Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2013

Registration Number 333-177972

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 5

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3841   27-2245891

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

22872 Avenida Empresa

Rancho Santa Margarita, California 92688

(949) 713-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s of principal executive offices)

Said S. Hilal

President and Chief Executive Officer

Applied Medical Corporation

22872 Avenida Empresa

Rancho Santa Margarita, California 92688

(949) 713-8000

(Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Gregg A. Noel

Brian J. McCarthy

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

300 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, CA 90071

(213) 687-5000

 

Bruce A. Mann

Andrew D. Thorpe

Morrison & Foerster LLP

425 Market Street

San Francisco, CA 94105-2482

(415) 268-7000

 

 

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether there registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨            Accelerated filer  ¨                   Non-accelerated filer  x             Smaller reporting company  ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $24,813,132.00   $2,843.58(2)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Previously paid.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion) Dated February 13, 2013.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

729,798 Shares

CLASS B COMMON STOCK

 

This is the initial public offering of Class B common stock of Applied Medical Corporation. No public market currently exists for our shares. The selling stockholders are offering 729,798 shares of our Class B common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

We have been informed by the underwriter that its bona fide estimate of the range of the maximum offering price is between $30.00 and $34.00 per share. We do not intend to apply to list our Class B common stock on any national securities exchange.

 

THE OFFERING    PER SHARE    TOTAL

Public Offering Price

   $                $                    

Placement Agency Fee (1)

   $                $                    

Proceeds to Selling Stockholders

   $                $                    

 

(1) Additional items of underwriting compensation are described in the “Plan of Distribution” section of this prospectus beginning on page 149.

 


OpenIPO® and Best Efforts Offering: The method of distribution being used by the underwriter in this offering differs somewhat from that traditionally employed in firm commitment underwritten public offerings. In particular, the public offering price and allocation of shares will be determined primarily by an auction process conducted by the underwriter participating in this offering. In addition, the selling stockholders are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares of Class B common stock but the underwriter has agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of Class B common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus. The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares. A more detailed description of the OpenIPO process and the best efforts offering is included in the “Plan of Distribution” section of this prospectus beginning on page 149.

 

 


The underwriter expects to deliver the shares of Class B common stock to purchasers on                    .

This offering involves substantial risk. You should purchase

shares only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.

 

Neither the Securities Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Applied Medical Corporation is an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

LOGO

The date of this prospectus is      2013.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     5   

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

     7   

Risk Factors

     9   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     43   

Background of the Demand Registration and this Offering

     45   

Use of Proceeds

     54   

Dividend Policy and History

     54   

Capitalization

     55   

Dilution

     56   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     57   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     59   

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     85   

Business

     87   

Management

     101   

Executive Compensation

     106   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     124   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     131   

Description of Capital Stock

     136   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     146   

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to
Non-U.S. Holders

     148   

Plan of Distribution

     151   

Legal Matters

     163   

Experts

     163   

Where You Can Find More Information

     163   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from or in addition to that contained in this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus. If anyone, including the underwriter, provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. In particular, you should not rely on any research reports provided by the underwriter, either through its website or by other means. We specifically disavow any such research reports. We believe that one such research report posted on the underwriter’s website contains false or misleading information about our business and prospects. The selling stockholders are offering to sell and are seeking offers to buy shares of our Class B common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus and any free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus or of any sale of the Class B common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


Table of Contents

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class B common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class B common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, “Applied Medical,” “Applied,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Applied Medical Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Applied Medical Corporation

We develop, manufacture and market medical devices for general, colorectal, bariatric, vascular, gynecological, urological and pediatric surgical procedures. We generate revenue by delivering surgical devices that reduce the invasiveness of open procedures and minimize the likelihood of trauma and wound-site infections during these procedures.

Our Mission

Our mission is to improve clinical outcomes and enhance the choices available to end users while increasing the availability and affordability of healthcare in general. We offer our customers the following key benefits:

 

   

Innovation. We have a long history of investing significant portions of our revenues in research and development. As of December 31, 2012, we have compiled a portfolio of 391 issued and 246 pending patents in the U.S., Europe, Japan, Australia and Canada. We respect other parties’ intellectual property and resolutely defend ours from infringers.

 

   

Lower Cost. We strive to reduce the cost of surgical procedures and related supplies. We spend approximately half of our research and development budget on developing reliable processes and automation for manufacturing our products.

 

   

Choices. We are reluctant to eliminate a product choice or an option for the hospital or surgeon. Although we discontinue some older products from time to time, our process for phasing out products is elaborate and takes into consideration our customers’ needs.

 

   

Exceptional Service. We have dedicated considerable time, capital and resources to serve our customers, from training to servicing clinical teams. We have also foregone opportunities for faster growth in order to dedicate time and effort towards updating our customers on the latest innovations and improvements.

 

   

Commitment to Science. We conduct basic scientific research in order to foster our product development. For example, our scientists have enhanced processes for incorporating titanium, gel and other materials into our products.

 

   

Commitment to Independent and Credible Research. We encourage independent clinical research by providing our products and sharing our knowledge regarding treatment protocols with researchers in order to foster better science, research design and implementation, as well as credible and accurate conclusions.

 

   

Commitment to Quality and Regulatory Compliance. We continue to strive towards unequivocal compliance with regulatory requirements, including quality system regulations and related policies and procedures.

While many of our competitors aspire to provide one or more of these benefits, we are committed to delivering all of them. This means that we strive to offer an improved product or outcome at a lower

 

 

 

 

 

1


Table of Contents

 

 

 

cost. We tend to price and sell our products at levels significantly below the prevailing average selling price, or ASP, in the marketplace. Although this approach may not be new in many markets, we believe it differentiates us in the medical device arena. We have remained committed to this approach throughout our 24 years. Our approach has tended to reduce ASPs and, to a great extent, meaningfully shrink the size, based on revenue, of our target markets. We believe that this approach is an efficient way of breaking into some highly contested and often foreclosed market segments.

Our Products

We provide medical devices for surgical procedures in the U.S. and select international markets. Our customers consist of hospitals and out-patient surgical centers. We sell our products to these customers either directly, through distribution agreements with third parties or under arrangements with Group Purchasing Organizations, or GPOs. We have developed direct distribution channels in the U.S., select European countries and Australia. In other countries, we rely on independent distributors who understand our mission and the promise of our brand. Our products are employed by surgeons in a wide variety of general, colorectal, bariatric, vascular, gynecological, urological and pediatric surgical procedures.

We have two principal product lines, which consist of surgical access devices and surgical instruments. Our surgical access products include trocars used in laparoscopic procedures, our GelPort and GelPOINT products used in hand assisted laparoscopic and single-incision procedures, respectively, and our Alexis wound protectors/retractors for open surgical procedures. A trocar is an access port introduced into the patient’s abdomen in laparoscopic surgery, also known as “keyhole surgery,” which is a minimally invasive surgical technique performed in the abdomen through small incisions less than two centimeters, as opposed to open surgery using much larger incisions. Our surgical instrument products include laparoscopic clip appliers, scissors, graspers, dissectors, retrieval systems and a variety of atraumatic clips and clamps used in vascular procedures.

Reasons for this Offering

We are conducting this offering because Institutional Venture Partners IV, L.P., or IVP, and the selling stockholders are compelling us to register the shares of Class B common stock offered hereby by exercising demand registration rights. We and our board of directors believe doing so, under the timing and in the manner demanded by IVP, is not in the best interests of Applied, and that we will derive little benefit from the registration of our Class B common stock, as we do not currently propose or intend to use our common stock to raise capital in the public markets or as acquisition consideration. We have had no discussions with the selling stockholders regarding alternative liquidity events with respect to their demand registration.

Our board of directors and management team considered both reasons for and reasons against conducting an initial public offering of our shares, particularly the following negative factors:

 

   

becoming subject to requirements to disclose business information that could put us at a competitive disadvantage and impair our ability to execute our business model;

 

   

customer perception that we may become more vulnerable to influence from outside investors or to unsolicited attempts to acquire control of our company;

 

   

incurring significant costs and expenses of going public, including legal and accounting fees, filing fees, travel costs and printing costs, as well as ongoing costs and expenses of operating as a public company;

 

   

being required to devote a significant amount of our management’s time and resources to public company reporting obligations; and

 

 

 

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

   

our expectation that we will not need additional access to capital or liquidity to finance our operating and capital requirements until 2016.

As a result of the above factors, our board of directors and management team believe that we will derive little benefit from the registration of the selling stockholders’ shares for sale in this offering or being a public company and have determined that this compulsory initial public offering is not in the best interests of Applied.

IVP, however, has determined that IVP and the selling stockholders “need” their Applied shares to be “marketable securities that reflect the true value” of their investment and, for IVP’s part after 24 years, that it is difficult for IVP to maintain the existence of a venture capital fund that IVP claims was designed to last only for 10 years. IVP’s solution to their problem is to force us to go public.

Although IVP owns less than 20% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, IVP was able to initiate this offering because IVP holds at least 50% of the shares having registration rights under the Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1991, among us and certain of our stockholders. See “Background of the Demand Registration and this Offering” for additional detail regarding the role of IVP in instituting and structuring this offering.

Corporate Information

Applied Medical Corporation was incorporated in Delaware in February 2010 to become the holding company for Applied Medical Resources Corporation, which was founded in California in 1987. Our principal executive offices are located at 22872 Avenida Empresa, Rancho Santa Margarita, California 92688, and our telephone number is (949) 713-8000. Our corporate website is www.appliedmedical.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Trademarks and Logos

Applied Medical, Separator® access system, Universal® seal, GelPort, GelPOINT, Alexis, Fios, Kii, Epix, Inzii, Stealth and the Applied Medical logo are registered trademarks of Applied. This prospectus also includes the registered and unregistered trademarks of other persons.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of any or all of these exemptions, but do not know if some investors will find our Class B common stock less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for our Class B common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with accounting standards newly issued or revised after April 5, 2012. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

 

 

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents

 

 

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period, or (d) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering of common equity securities.

Summary Risk Factors

This offering and our business are subject to numerous risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Some of these risks include:

 

   

this offering is made at the demand of the selling stockholders and IVP, and our board of directors and executive officers believe this offering is not in the best interests of Applied;

 

   

the underwriter’s estimate of the range of initial public offering prices was established without consultation with us;

 

   

our stock price could decline significantly and rapidly following this offering;

 

   

liquidity and trading volume of our Class B common stock may be limited as a result of the unique circumstances of this offering;

 

   

our business is highly competitive, and competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business;

 

   

we may not be able to sustain our position in the trocar market;

 

   

our reliance on research and development efforts, innovation and long-term investments in capital expenditures may not allow us to remain competitive;

 

   

this offering and operating as a public company may negatively impact the creativity, initiative and teamwork fostered by our unique culture;

 

   

our business is subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding manufacturing and distribution of medical devices;

 

   

three of our executive officers have control over key decision making as a result of a voting agreement among holders of over a majority of our voting stock;

 

   

the loss of Said Hilal, Nabil Hilal, Ted Stanley, Gary Johnson or Samir Tall or other key team members could harm our business;

 

   

there are risks associated with the auction process for this offering;

 

   

the market price of our Class B common stock may be volatile or may decline, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price; and

 

   

our Class B common stock could be less attractive to investors if we take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements available to emerging growth companies.

 

 

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

 

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Class B common stock offered by the selling stockholders

729,798 shares

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

13,375,033 shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

153,439 shares

 

Preferred stock to be outstanding after this offering

6,266,171 shares

 

Total Class A and Class B common stock and preferred stock to be outstanding after this offering

19,794,643 shares

 

Voting, conversion and other rights

The rights of holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock.

 

  Each share of preferred stock at the option of the holder thereof is convertible at any time into one share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. Each share of preferred stock is subject to automatic conversion into shares of Class B common stock upon the occurrence of certain events, including a public offering of our common stock in a firm-commitment underwriting. See “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock” for a summary of the additional rights, privileges and preferences to which the preferred stock is entitled.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, all share information in this prospectus is based on 153,439 shares of Class A common stock, 12,645,235 shares of Class B common stock and 6,995,969 shares of preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and:

 

   

assumes the conversion of 729,798 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 729,798 shares of Class B common stock;

 

 

 

 

 

5


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

   

excludes 6,613 shares and 89,976 shares of Class A and Class B common stock, respectively, which were held in treasury;

 

   

includes 30,665 shares and 953,367 shares of Class A and Class B common stock, respectively, which were obtained with nonrecourse notes receivable or pursuant to an early exercise feature, which shares will not be presented as outstanding in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012;

 

   

excludes 43,600 shares of Class A common stock and 2,847,703 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options that have been granted under our stock incentive plans; and

 

   

excludes 2,307,066 (and an additional 494,866 shares effective as of January 1, 2013) shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock available for future grant or issuance under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

 

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents summary consolidated historical financial data. We derived the summary income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus. We derived the summary income statement data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the summary balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus. We have prepared this unaudited information on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
           2010                  2011           2011
(unaudited)
     2012
(unaudited)
 
     (in thousands, except per share information)  

Consolidated Income Statement Data:

          

Revenues:

          

Product revenue

   $ 271,810       $ 338,453      $ 245,971       $ 270,603   

Royalties and licensing revenue

     10,365         11,631        9,269         3,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     282,175         350,084        255,240         273,643   

Cost of revenues

     55,041         69,634        48,880         56,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     227,134         280,450        206,360         217,340   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Selling, general and administrative

     156,781         169,803        117,168         134,436   

Research and development

     38,308         48,340        34,164         46,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     195,089         218,143        151,332         180,927   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     32,045         62,307        55,028         36,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

          

Interest and other income

     1,007         1,299        990         1,532   

Interest expense

     (2,358      (2,069     (1,606      (2,861
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     (1,351      (770     (616      (1,329
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     30,694         61,537        54,412         35,084   

Provision for income taxes

     9,809         17,162        15,357         12,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     20,885         44,375        39,055         22,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

          

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     680         (1,425     174         759   

Unrealized loss on long-term investments, net
of tax

     —           —          —           (449
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     680         (1,425     174         310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 21,565       $ 42,950      $ 39,229       $ 22,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 11,667       $ 27,097      $ 23,920       $ 13,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share:

          

Basic

   $ 1.19       $ 2.30      $ 2.05       $ 1.11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.18       $ 2.20      $ 1.97       $ 1.09   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares:

          

Basic

     9,785         11,793        11,690         12,415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,901         12,305        12,143         12,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,      As of September 30,  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:    2010      2011      2012  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 52,789       $ 59,870       $ 75,155   

Property, plant and equipment

     122,583         163,940         214,257   

Total assets

     235,652         315,098         404,222   

Total long-term liabilities

     61,910         75,006         98,439   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     14,118         14,106         14,106   

Total stockholders’ equity

     114,203         162,125         190,829   

 

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making a decision to buy our Class B common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our Class B common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer to the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Special Risks Related to this Offering

Institutional Venture Partners IV, L.P. and the other selling stockholders are compelling us to register the shares of Class B common stock offered hereby by exercising demand registration rights and selecting an underwriter of its own choosing. While we intend to comply with our obligations under the Master Rights Agreement, our board of directors and executive officers believe that filing the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and effecting a compulsory initial public offering of our Class B common stock are not in the best interests of Applied.

Institutional Venture Partners IV, L.P., or IVP, Bank of America Ventures, Pantheon International Participations PLC, Landmark Equity Partners, other stockholders affiliated with IVP and the other selling stockholders identified herein are compelling us to register shares of Applied Class B common stock held by the selling stockholders for sale by means of an initial public offering. IVP and the selling stockholders initiated this offering under the terms of an Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1991, or the Master Rights Agreement. Applied and its board of directors believe a compulsory initial public offering, initiated by IVP, and conducted in the manner demanded by IVP and the selling stockholders, is not in the best interests of Applied.

Under the demand registration rights provisions of the Master Rights Agreement, holders of at least 50% of the shares having registration rights may request that we file a registration statement for the resale of their shares under the Securities Act. On August 25, 2011, IVP notified us of its original request for registration of our Class A common stock. IVP has determined not to offer any shares or convert any of its preferred stock into common stock. IVP and the participating selling stockholders have informed us that they will not approve certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation which were expected to be made on the basis of IVP’s initial request for registration of shares of Class A common stock. For more information about this offering, including information about IVP’s role in initiating and structuring this offering, see “Background of the Demand Registration and this Offering.”

We did not select WR Hambrecht + Co as the underwriter for this offering. IVP selected WR Hambrecht + Co as the lead underwriter in connection with its initial demand for registration under the Master Rights Agreement in August 2011. WR Hambrecht + Co has not completed an initial public offering of shares of any company as a lead underwriter since 2007, and has not committed to us to provide any support for our Class B common stock following this offering. WR Hambrecht + Co has not communicated or cooperated with us to the extent that we would have expected from an underwriter in an initial public offering. In addition, we believe that WR Hambrecht + Co may be taking actions that are not in the best interests of us, our stockholders and potential investors. For example, WR Hambrecht + Co posted on its “OpenIPO” website a research report about Applied prepared by DBK Consulting under a consulting arrangement with WR Hambrecht + Co. We believe several statements in the research report, as posted, were directly contradictory to information included in this prospectus, and other statements in the research report reflected opinions about our industry that are contrary to our management’s view. We believe WR Hambrecht + Co made the initial DBK Consulting research report available without determining whether or not the content of the report contained any untrue

 

9


Table of Contents

statements of material fact or was otherwise false or misleading. We informed WR Hambrecht + Co of certain statements in the DBK Consulting report which are false or misleading, in response to which WR Hambrecht + Co removed the report from its website pending its review of the contents of the report. WR Hambrecht + Co then posted a revised DBK Consulting research report on its “OpenIPO” website. While DBK Consulting appears to have removed certain statements we identified to WR Hambrecht + Co as false, many other statements in the DBK consulting report similarly identified as false or misleading remain in the revised report. We have demanded that WR Hambrecht + Co inform potential investors that they should not rely on any such report. WR Hambrecht + Co also posted a “Selling Stockholder Message” on its “OpenIPO” website on October 29, 2012. The Selling Stockholder Message is a video featuring Reid Dennis, founder of Institutional Venture Partners. IVP is not selling shares in this offering. See “Background of the Demand Registration and this Offering.” We specifically disavow the content of the DBK Consulting research report and the Selling Stockholder Message. You should not take any such materials into account when making a decision whether or not to buy our Class B common stock.

As a result of the registration of shares of our Class B common stock for sale under the Securities Act, we will be required to incur the time and costs associated with the preparation of filings with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including reports required by the Exchange Act. As a consequence of making these filings with the SEC, detailed information regarding Applied and our stockholders will be fully available for review by any member of the public. In addition, the costs associated with these reports and other filing obligations will constitute significant additional overhead expense. These costs include professional fees for our independent registered public accounting firm and corporate/securities counsel, printing and mailing costs and internal compliance costs. Because we will be a public company, we may be required to publicly disclose information that we consider sensitive, including product development activities, margin and significant customer and project information, which information will be available to our competitors. We will also incur substantial costs as a result of, among other things, management’s time expended in preparing and reviewing such filings.

At the same time, our board of directors believes that we will derive little benefit from the registration of our Class B common stock, as we do not currently propose or intend to use our common stock to raise capital in the public markets or as acquisition consideration. As a result, our board of directors believes that we will derive little benefit from being a public company and that the public disclosure of sensitive financial and other information to our competitors may competitively disadvantage us. If our concerns about becoming a public company are realized, we may in the future take steps to cease our status as a public company.

Our stock price could decline significantly and rapidly following this offering.

The initial public offering price for the shares of Class B common stock to be offered and sold by the selling stockholders will be determined by an auction process conducted by the underwriter. The underwriter has informed us that it expects the initial public offering price to be between $30.00 and $34.00 per share. Unlike a typical underwritten public offering, the underwriter did not consult with our management team or board of directors prior to estimating the initial public offering price range. Accordingly, the underwriter’s estimate of the initial public offering price range may not have taken into account the risks and challenges that we expect to affect our business or the risks associated with this offering and the auction process described in this section of the prospectus. For example, we believe the estimated price range was primarily influenced by historical operating results and was determined without regard to our ability to sustain the same levels of revenue growth, operating margins, operating income, net income and net income per share in future periods. We believe we are more likely than not to be unable to sustain profitability levels experienced in 2011 or prior periods. For example, our operating income, net income and net income per share (basic) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 declined 33.8%, 42.3% and 45.9%, respectively, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. While the underwriter expects the auction process to provide information about market demand for

 

10


Table of Contents

our Class B common stock at the time of this initial public offering, this information will be based upon an offering of a number of shares representing only 4% of our outstanding shares. We also believe the underwriter’s estimate of the initial offering price range does not take into account the likelihood that the offering price may not reflect the possibility of inadequate demand for the shares in the trading market. The underwriter has informed us that it expects the bidding process to reveal a clearing price for shares of our Class B common stock offered in the auction. However, this clearing price may not bear any relation to future prices for our shares following completion of this offering. Unlike a typical initial public offering, where holders of substantial numbers of outstanding shares are subject to “lock-up” agreements or “market stand-off” provisions, a significant number of shares of our Class B common stock held by the selling stockholders and other stockholders will be eligible for sale immediately following completion of this offering. As discussed below under “Substantial future sales of our Class B common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall,” holders of approximately 10,492,381 shares of our Class B common stock (including shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and all of the shares of Class B common stock sold in this offering) will not be subject to any agreement to refrain from trading for any period of time (contrary to the case in most typical initial public offerings), and those shares will be immediately eligible for sale following the completion of this offering. Because only a very small number of our outstanding shares will be sold in this offering and approximately fourteen times that number will be immediately eligible for sale following the completion of this offering, we believe it is likely that the initial public offering price will have only a limited relationship to the market demand for the total number of shares of our Class B common stock that will be eligible for sale by the selling stockholders and other stockholders once trading begins. If there is little or no demand for our shares of Class B common stock at or above the initial public offering price following the completion of this offering, or if the number of shares that become available for trading subsequent to the completion of this offering exceeds the demand for our shares, the price of our shares will decline. Any significant decline in our stock price following the completion of this offering could lead to securities class-action litigation that would be expensive, time-consuming and distracting to our management team. If your objective is to make a short-term profit by selling the shares you purchase in the offering shortly after trading begins, you should not submit a bid in the auction.

As a result of the unique circumstances surrounding this offering, we expect that the liquidity of our Class B common stock may be limited.

A number of factors particular to this offering may significantly limit the liquidity and trading volume of our Class B common stock. Our Class B common stock will not be listed on a national securities exchange in connection with this offering. After the consummation of this offering, our Class B common stock may be traded in the over-the-counter market and may be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board quotation system, or the OTCBB, which is a FINRA-sponsored and operated inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities. We do not intend to seek to have our Class B common stock quoted on the OTCBB; however, the underwriter intends to arrange for our Class B common stock to be quoted on the OTCBB. Quotation of our Class B common stock on the OTCBB may limit the liquidity, trading volume and price of our Class B common stock more than if our Class B common stock were quoted or listed on the Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. Additionally, over-the-counter bulletin board stocks may not be purchased on margin and may not be used as collateral for margin loans under the rules of the Federal Reserve Board. Investors’ inability to acquire the Class B common stock on margin or use their shares of Class B common stock as collateral for margin loans may further limit the trading volume of our shares. If our Class B common stock becomes ineligible for quotation on the OTCBB, we expect the liquidity, trading volume and price of our Class B common stock may be further impaired.

We currently have no intention of registering our Class B common stock under the Exchange Act, unless at the end of 2012 our Class B common stock is held by more than 300 holders of record or we are otherwise contractually required to register our Class B common stock under the Exchange Act. While we

 

11


Table of Contents

will file periodic reports as required by the Exchange Act, if we do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, we will not be required to file, and have no current intention of voluntarily filing, proxy statements and certain other disclosures required by the Exchange Act. If we do not file proxy statements and such other disclosures because we are not required to do so, we expect the liquidity, trading volume and price of our Class B common stock to be further impaired.

In addition, we currently have no intention to raise capital in the future by selling shares of our Class B common stock in the public markets. As a result, the public trading volume of our Class B common stock will be largely limited to the shares being offered by this prospectus. Furthermore, we may in the future repurchase shares of our Class B common stock in the public markets, which would further reduce the trading volume of our Class B common stock. Also, our management does not intend to hold quarterly earnings calls or otherwise engage in conversations with stock market analysts. Any limitation on the amount of information available to analysts or other investors about Applied is likely to limit the interest of public investors in owning or trading Applied’s securities. Lack of liquidity in our Class B common stock may limit the price at which you may be able to sell our securities.

T. Peter Thomas, an affiliate of IVP and one of our former directors, has questioned our determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock in connection with our repurchase of certain of his shares of Class B common stock. Resolving this potential claim may require costly and time-consuming litigation, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

T. Peter Thomas, an affiliate of IVP and a member of our compensation committee from January 1989 until February 2011, was removed from our board of directors by action of our stockholders in January 2012. Following his removal from the board of directors, Mr. Thomas exercised vested stock options to purchase 37,950 shares of our Class B common stock and paid the aggregate exercise price of $277,650 for such shares. On February 16, 2012, we exercised our right to repurchase all of such shares pursuant to the applicable stock option agreements between Applied and Mr. Thomas. In connection with the repurchase of these shares, we provided Mr. Thomas with a check in the amount of $495,247.50, which reflects a repurchase price of $13.05 per share. The repurchase price reflects our compensation committee’s good faith determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock most recently preceding the date of Mr. Thomas’ removal as a director. The determination of fair market value was made in accordance with our long-standing equity valuation process for equity transactions under our stock incentive plans, which also considers stock valuations received from a qualified and independent third party. In December 2011, we granted stock options and awarded restricted shares for an aggregate of 25,000 shares of Class B common stock and 10,000 shares of Class A common stock on the basis of the same determination of fair market value. Mr. Thomas has asserted, with the support of IVP, that the fair market value determination used in connection with the repurchase of his shares was not made in good faith, thereby challenging the process we use for establishing stock option values used in our financial statements. Mr. Thomas claims to have received a third-party offer to purchase his shares of Class B common stock at a price of $25.00 per share. In addition, Mr. Thomas has informed us that IVP values its Applied shares at $32.66 per share for purposes of preparing IVP’s own audited financial statements, based on a valuation conducted by a valuation firm engaged by IVP. Until September 10, 2012, Mr. Thomas rejected our compensation committee’s determination of fair market value, requested additional cash consideration from us for the repurchase of his shares and refused to transfer the Class B common stock that he had received upon exercise of his options to us. On August 31, 2012, we initiated litigation against Mr. Thomas and IVP, asserting claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, conversion and declaratory relief against Mr. Thomas and claims for conversion and aiding and abetting conversion against IVP. On September 11, 2012, Mr. Thomas delivered to us a stock transfer instrument to complete the transfer of the 37,950 shares of Class B common stock, but reserved the right to continue to challenge our compensation committee’s

 

12


Table of Contents

determination of fair market value and to request additional cash consideration from us for the repurchase of his shares. We continue to disagree with Mr. Thomas’ assertions regarding the fair market value of our common stock.

We have reviewed the valuations commissioned by IVP, and notwithstanding the valuation set forth in IVP’s reports, we and our board of directors continue to believe the valuation process used by our board of directors is appropriate. In contrast to the valuation assertions made by Mr. Thomas and IVP, our compensation committee has determined that the fair market value of our Class B common stock was $8.36 per share as of March 14, 2012, $9.83 per share as of June 15, 2012 and $9.96 per share as of October 19, 2012. Even though Mr. Thomas has delivered the necessary stock transfer instruments, we continue to seek damages against Mr. Thomas and IVP as a result of their actions. Litigation to resolve these matters could be costly and time-consuming and continue to distract our senior management from business operations. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.” Mr. Thomas’ assertions may have additional adverse effects that we are unable to predict or quantify in advance. The consequences of Mr. Thomas’ assertions may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our outstanding shares of preferred stock have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our common stock, and more than a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock will remain held by IVP, which may restrict our ability to engage in various transactions.

As of December 31, 2012, we had 6,995,969 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding in six different series. The selling stockholders will convert 729,798 shares of preferred stock into 729,798 shares of Class B common stock in connection with this offering, after which 6,266,171 shares of preferred stock will remain issued and outstanding. Our preferred stock has rights, preferences and privileges senior to our common stock, including rights to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of common stock, cash dividends and the proceeds from any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, either voluntary or involuntary. The holders of our preferred stock have voting rights and, as of December 31, 2012, accounted for 36% of the total voting power of our capital stock. In addition, the holders of our preferred stock are entitled to certain special voting rights that may prevent us from taking an action or consummating a transaction that our board of directors may determine is in our best interest and the best interests of the holders of our common stock, as long as more than 300,000 shares of preferred stock remain outstanding. IVP, stockholders affiliated with IVP and other selling stockholders will continue holding 5,964,794 shares of preferred stock, of which 3,580,204 shares of preferred stock will be held by IVP. As long as IVP holds more than a majority of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock, IVP will control the vote of all matters requiring the approval of the holders of preferred stock. There can be no assurance that IVP will approve any such matters that our board of directors may consider beneficial to us and our stockholders. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation has authorized 25 million shares of Class A common stock and 25 million shares of Class B common stock. The holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock must approve any amendment to our certificate of incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock. There can be no assurance that IVP would approve any such amendment. As a result, in the future we may not have enough authorized shares to enable us to issue additional shares for acquisitions, financings, incentive compensation or other corporate purposes. All shares of preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock, and therefore the holders of preferred stock would no longer be able to block the type of transactions described above, if we effect a firm commitment registered public offering with an offering price of at least $9.00 per share and at least $10 million in the aggregate; however, there can be no assurance that we may undertake such an offering in the future. For a more detailed discussion of the rights, preferences and privileges of each series of our preferred stock, see “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock.”

 

13


Table of Contents

If you are not an institutional investor, you may purchase our Class B common stock in this offering only if you reside within certain states in which we will apply to have the shares registered.

At the request of the underwriter, we will apply to register, or will rely on an exemption from registration for, the offer and sale of our Class B common stock to retail customers only in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nevada, New Hampshire, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. The selling stockholders and the underwriter will not offer or sell the shares to retail customers in any state unless and until registration in the state is effective or we have made any filings in the state necessary to claim an exemption from registration. If you are not an “institutional investor,” you must be a resident of one of these jurisdictions, and this offering must be registered or exempt from registration in such jurisdiction, to purchase our Class B common stock in this offering. The selling stockholders may offer and sell the shares to institutional investors in this offering pursuant to an exemption provided for sales to these investors under the Blue Sky laws of the various states. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities. Under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, states are pre-empted from regulating the registration of transactions in certain categories of securities that are designated as “covered securities.” We will initially be required to file reports under the Exchange Act and our securities will be considered covered securities as long as we continue to file such reports. Therefore, your resale of the Class B common stock will be exempt from state registration requirements until such time that we cease to file reports under the Exchange Act. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, we have no intention of registering our Class B common stock under the Exchange Act, unless at the end of 2012 our Class B common stock is held by more than 300 holders of record or we are otherwise contractually required to register our Class B common stock under the Exchange Act. Once we cease to file reports under the Exchange Act, holders of Class B common stock that are not institutional investors will need to comply with the registration requirements in the jurisdiction in which they reside in order to resell shares of our Class B common stock, which compliance may be onerous and expensive and may negatively impact your ability to sell your shares of Class B common stock at the time and for the price you desire. For a discussion of the Blue Sky state securities laws and registrations affecting this offering, please see the section entitled “Plan of Distribution — State Blue Sky Information” below.

Risks Related to Our Business

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, and we may not be able to effectively compete against other providers of medical devices, particularly those with greater resources.

In the medical devices market, we face intense competition from companies with dominant market positions such as Ethicon Endo-Surgery, a division of Johnson & Johnson, and Covidien, among others. These competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have and may be better able to:

 

   

respond to new technologies or technical standards;

 

   

react to changing customer requirements and expectations;

 

   

acquire other companies to gain new technologies or products that may displace our product lines;

 

   

manufacture, market and sell products;

 

   

devote resources to the development, production, promotion, support and sale of products; and

 

   

deliver a broad range of competitive products at lower prices.

 

14


Table of Contents

Hospitals, Group Purchasing Organizations, or GPOs, Integrated Healthcare Networks, or IHNs, and Integrated Delivery Networks, or IDNs, make contracting and purchasing decisions based on their desire to secure a broad array of surgical supplies, many of which are unique to our principal competitors. Our principal competitors are able to leverage their broader product portfolios and dominant market positions in some segments by, for example, bundling their products into specially priced packages that create strong financial incentives for their customers to purchase their products. These practices may negate savings customers would gain from buying select products from Applied and may deter such customers from buying Applied’s products.

We expect competition in the markets in which we participate to continue to increase as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings. As a result of all these factors, our customers could decide to purchase products from our competitors or reduce their purchases from us. Increased product competition may result in reduced market share and declining profitability.

We may not be able to sustain our position in the trocar market.

A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from the sales of trocars and other products, primarily surgical instruments, often used with trocars. We believe a significant contributor to the growth in our market share of trocars and these other products has been the positive effects of implementation of a “carve-out” in contracts between Ethicon Endo-Surgery, a division of Johnson & Johnson, on the one hand, and GPOs, IHNs and hospitals, on the other hand. The carve-out involved an agreement by Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. and Ethicon, Inc. not to count purchases by their customers from non-full line medical device suppliers such as Applied to adversely impact the purchaser’s discounts on its purchases of Ethicon Endo-Surgery and/or Ethicon products. The carve-out benefits us by allowing our customers to purchase trocars and other products, primarily instruments, from Applied without triggering price increases on their purchases of Ethicon Endo-Surgery and/or Ethicon products. We believe the carve-out has significantly contributed to the growth in our market share of trocars and surgical instruments because our product revenue, the majority of which has been derived from the sales of trocars and surgical instruments, grew significantly from $46.9 million in 2003, when the carve-out was first implemented, to $338.5 million in 2011. We are unable to quantify the impact that the expiration of the carve-out may have on our sales of trocars and surgical instruments because the carve-out is only one factor that contributed to the growth in our market share of trocars and surgical instruments. We believe the growth in our sales of trocars and surgical instruments can also be attributed to a number of other factors, including our product innovations, the efforts of our sales team, the economic environment and our competitive pricing policies, the availability of clinical studies supporting the efficacy of our products, and the expansion of our global distribution capabilities.

The carve-out resulted, in part, from action taken by Applied in 2003, including participation in congressional hearings and the filing of an antitrust lawsuit against Johnson & Johnson, Johnson & Johnson Health Care Systems, Inc., Ethicon, Inc., Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. and Novation LLC. In 2009, the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California approved a class action settlement agreement incorporating the carve-out. We believe the carve-out requirement of the class action settlement agreement will expire in October 2015.

We believe that Covidien voluntarily agreed to carve-outs in some additional circumstances for purchases from non-full line medical device suppliers by its customers and that Covidien no longer allows for these carve-outs. We are not aware of any contractual restriction that would prevent Covidien from instituting pricing practices targeted against non-full line medical device suppliers like Applied. If our principal competitors are able to assert their market power, then our sales of trocars and surgical instruments may be negatively impacted.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we do not continue to innovate, or if we reduce our research and development spending, we may not remain competitive and our operating results will suffer.

We rely on innovation through research and development activities, devoting a substantial portion of our revenues to research and development expenditures. Although markets for many of our products were — and to a certain extent remain — foreclosed by our competitors, innovation has been our most effective way to overcome the barriers to entry into these markets. Our success depends on providing improved clinical outcomes and value, both of which require heavy investments in research and development at a time when our competitors are also increasing their commitment to research and development. Adverse competitive and economic conditions may negatively impact our ability to continue the necessary level of commitment to our research and development activities.

From 2007 to 2011, we reduced the percentage of our revenues allocated to research and development, and to enhancing our products, processes, and automation, from 19% to 14%. This reduced spending may put us at a disadvantage with respect to the development of new technologies. Our operating results will also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our customers or to changes in prevalent surgical techniques, or are not effectively brought to market. If we are unable to predict future customer preferences or modify our products or develop new ones to remain competitive, clinicians or hospitals may reduce their purchases of our products. As relevant technologies continue to develop, our competitors may be able to offer research results that are better than those generated by our research and development efforts.

Because we do not charge a premium for our products, despite our belief that our products provide enhanced clinical performance, our research and development efforts are also critical to reducing our manufacturing costs. Therefore, our recent reductions in research and development expenditures may negatively impact every facet of our business model. If we fail to maintain our ability to innovate, our cost structure may be negatively impacted, and we may be unable to continue to offer value or deliver on the premise of the Applied brand.

Our future performance will depend largely on the success of products we have not developed yet.

Technology is an important component of our business and growth strategy, and our success depends to a significant extent on the development, implementation and acceptance of new product designs. Commitments to develop new products must be made well in advance of any resulting sales, and technologies and standards may change during development, potentially rendering our products outdated or uncompetitive before their introduction. Our ability to develop products to meet evolving industry requirements and at prices acceptable to our customers will be significant factors in determining our competitiveness.

In addition, we will need to develop new products and technologies to replace declining revenues from existing product lines. For example, trocars and surgical instruments are responsible for a significant portion of our revenues, and the trocar market may decline on both a revenue-basis and a unit volume-basis over the near to intermediate-term future. As a result, we will need to develop and market additional products to compensate for the possible decline in trocar revenue, including products in new or adjacent product markets. We may expend considerable funds and other resources on the development of next-generation products without any guarantee that these products will be successful.

If we are not successful in bringing one or more of these potential products to market, whether because we fail to address marketplace demand, fail to develop viable technologies or otherwise, our revenues may decline and our results of operations could be seriously harmed.

 

16


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain relationships with GPOs, sales of our products would decline.

Our ability to sell our products to U.S. hospitals depends in part on our relationships with GPOs. Many of our existing and potential customers become members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate pricing arrangements and contracts, sometimes exclusive, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors, and these negotiated prices are made available to a GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members. If we are not one of the providers selected by a GPO, affiliated hospitals and other members may be less likely to purchase our products. If a GPO has negotiated a sole sourcing contract or a contract requiring that the GPO satisfy a minimum percentage of its requirements with another manufacturer’s products, we may be precluded from making sales to members of the GPO for the duration of the contractual arrangement. Our failure to renew contracts with GPOs may cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our sales, financial condition and results of operations. In 2011 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, revenue from the sale of our products to GPO members amounted to approximately $144 million and $107 million, respectively, representing approximately 66% and 65%, respectively, of our total revenue from sales to U.S. hospitals. In the future, if we are unable to maintain existing and develop new relationships with GPOs, our competitive position would likely suffer and our business would be harmed.

If we fail to effectively predict, sustain or manage our growth, our business and operating results could be harmed.

If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of our products, effectiveness of our regulatory compliance, responsiveness to our customers, reputation of our brand, and our financial and operational results will be negatively affected. To effectively manage our growth, we will need to continue to improve our operational and managerial skills and our reporting systems and procedures.

Applied’s high degree of vertical integration requires that growth trends be identified, quantified and addressed approximately two to three years in advance. Many of the manufacturing processes we employ are unique, or partially unique, to Applied, which creates obstacles for our supply chain unless we are prepared far in advance. Projected increases in production volume cannot be addressed by sending production to outside vendors. Increasing our production requires considerable capital investments in specialized facilities, power, advanced equipment, specialized tooling and, in certain situations, proprietary and unique materials and raw supplies. By contrast, if we overestimate growth and over-build, our fixed overhead will climb faster than revenues and adversely impact our margins.

Our rate of revenue growth decreased from approximately 32% annually in 2007 to approximately 24% annually in 2011. As a result of the economic recession and market conditions, we lowered our rate of investment in 2009 and 2010. If our rate of growth accelerates in the future, we may have difficulty increasing production to take advantage of the opportunities presented by such growth and our operating results could be harmed.

Our business model demands long-term investments in capital and operating expenses that are likely to cause significant fluctuation in our quarterly results.

To compete effectively, we have to be disproportionately agile, innovative, and strategic, with a willingness to sacrifice short-term results for long-term objectives and strategies. We expect that our quarterly results will continue to lack uniformity, either due to competitive pressures or because of our desire to prioritize the long-term health of our business over our immediate results. In particular, we may make significant expenditures in research and development and manufacturing processes that will not result in material improvements to our results of operations for the foreseeable future. We have no intention to vary our research and development and capital expenditures in response to quarter-to-quarter variations in our results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

The Applied culture is an integral part of our success. If we cannot maintain our culture at the management level as we grow, the innovation, creativity, initiative and teamwork fostered by our culture will be impaired, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that our success has its foundation in our culture and business model, which we believe fosters the development of our team members and drives our innovation, creativity, initiative and teamwork. One of the key unanswered and important questions about Applied’s future is the scalability of its culture at the management level. As our organization grows, and we are required to implement more stratified and complex management structures, including those necessary to comply with public disclosure and reporting obligations associated with becoming a public company, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the positive and beneficial aspects of our organizational culture. For example, the key members of our senior management team, consisting of Said Hilal, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Nabil Hilal, our Group President, Technology, Stephen E. Stanley, our Group President, Distribution, Gary Johnson, our Group President, Surgical, and Samir Tall, our Chief Financial Officer, have over 100 years of combined experience with Applied. Expanding our senior management team by adding individuals from different backgrounds will likely dilute the culture that has made Applied successful. This could negatively impact our business model, ability to implement our business strategies and our future success. This offering may create changes that could alter the Applied culture and its built-in advantages.

Our culture has specific and extensive requirements for staffing, which may hinder our ability to retain or hire qualified personnel needed to grow effectively.

Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of our highly skilled and exceptional team members. We have maintained a rigorous, highly selective and time-consuming hiring process and have made considerable investments in the training and development of our team members. We believe that our approach to hiring and training has significantly contributed to our culture and success to date. As we continue to grow, our hiring process may prevent us from hiring the personnel we need in a timely manner. If we fail to properly anticipate, prepare or develop candidates for future needs, we may adversely impact our staffing ability, growth, responsiveness, innovation or services.

Personnel retention is important to us because a considerable percentage of our management-level team members have been cultivated internally over a number of years through considerable training, rotation programs, mentoring and development. In many instances, and for a sizeable percentage of our operations, our only source of qualified team members is our internal training program. Failure to identify any external sources of qualified personnel may hinder our future growth.

In addition, our ongoing and future success depends in a large part upon the continued services of key members of our senior management team. Our senior management team has operated cohesively and cooperatively for many years while developing our next layer of leaders and managers. Our culture, strategies, competitive advantages and cultivating, mentoring style of management relies on the presence and cooperation of this senior management team and the teams reporting to every member of senior management.

Should we experience high turnover, our business may be damaged and our operating results may suffer. If we fail to design and maintain appropriate compensation programs, our ability to retain specially trained team members may suffer, which in turn will impair our ability to expand, retain business and deliver operating results in line with our projections.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our senior management team has run Applied using a collective, consultative style. This approach may not be suitable for a public company, and may end up limiting our ability to manage our business effectively.

The Applied approach to decision-making is neither committee-based, nor individual-based. Rather, it relies on the collective intelligence of those who are well-informed and versed in our industry and the particulars of our business model. This process tends to be more deliberative and, therefore, slower than individual-based decision making. Disagreement among key individuals contributing to the collective intelligence could prevent key strategic decisions from being made in a timely manner. To date, this process has resulted in, and capitalized on, cohesiveness that is strongly evident within our organization. This managerial cohesiveness is derived largely from the strong relationships among our senior management team. Our collaborative approach may not be scalable, durable or appropriate once Applied grows beyond a certain size or expands our senior management team. If we fail to adapt in a timely manner to pressures on our decision making style, our growth, success, culture and profitability may all suffer.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our product offerings and grow our business in response to changing technologies, end user demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may determine to do so through the acquisition of businesses or technologies rather than through internal development. We do not have experience acquiring other businesses and technologies. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. Furthermore, even if we successfully acquire additional businesses or technologies, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business or technology. In addition, we may unknowingly inherit liabilities from future acquisitions that arise after the acquisition and are not adequately covered by indemnities. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our results of operations. If an acquired business or technology fails to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

In response to increased prices and fees charged by certain of our third-party distributors, we are taking steps to improve our own direct distribution capabilities, and such efforts may not provide us with the anticipated benefits.

Certain of our third-party distributors have recently sought to increase the prices and related fees that they charge us to distribute our products to our customers. One key distributor, Owens & Minor, terminated a distribution agreement with us, effective June 30, 2012, after we refused the distributor’s attempt to unilaterally increase service fees. Sales through this distributor accounted for approximately 13% of our total revenues in 2011 and 9.5% during the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our operating results will be negatively impacted if our customers must arrange alternative distribution arrangements for our products. We are taking steps to enhance our own direct distribution capabilities to deliver our products, including the construction or acquisition of warehouse and distribution facilities in geographic areas outside of Southern California. In April 2012, we entered into a lease for a warehouse and distribution facility in New York and began shipping product from this facility in June 2012. In December 2012, we entered into an additional lease for a warehouse and distribution facility in Georgia. We do not have experience in logistics or distribution and the pursuit of improving our own direct distribution channels may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur more expenses than relying on third-party distributors, even after accounting for such increases in prices and related fees, especially at first when we will not enjoy any economies of scale in our direct

 

19


Table of Contents

distribution activities. If we become reliant on our own distribution channels and such distribution channels fail to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

We may seek to gain access to new technologies and markets by developing strategic partnerships with, or making investments in, other medical device manufacturers and these strategic partnerships and investments may not provide us with the anticipated benefits.

Instead of developing new technologies entirely with our own internal resources, we may seek to enter into strategic partnerships with other medical device manufacturers in order to gain access to new technologies and markets. These partnerships may take a number of forms, including joint development or licensing arrangements. We may not be able to enter into these relationships at all, our strategic partners may not devote sufficient resources to developing and implementing the technologies that we seek, and these relationships may not provide us access to commercially viable technology. In addition, these relationships may not be successful in generating additional revenue for us. Any reliance on strategic partnerships for the development of new technology may also slow down our internal research and development efforts, which will put us at a competitive disadvantage if we eventually decided to terminate future strategic relationships.

We have made and may continue to make investments in other companies that we believe provide strategic opportunities for us. In February 2012, we acquired 9% of the outstanding shares of Cardica, Inc., a designer and manufacturer of proprietary stapling and other surgical connection devices for cardiac and laparoscopic surgical procedures, for $5.4 million. We intend that these investments will complement our research and development and/or sales and distribution efforts, potentially provide access to new technologies and markets, and create opportunities for additional sales of our products and services. However, these investments may not have the desired results, and we may lose all or a large portion of these investments. We also may need to make further investments to support the activities of these other companies. On September 28, 2012, Cardica filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC, including its audited financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2012. The audit report on Cardica’s financial statements included an explanatory paragraph highlighting substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. These investments, potential impairment charges or additional costs could negatively affect our results of operations for a given period, cause variability of our operating results or negatively impact our operating results for several future periods.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by the political and economic conditions of the countries in which we conduct business and other risks related to our international operations.

In 2011 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, approximately 38% and 40%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated from sales of products in countries other than the U.S. Our international distribution system consists of direct sales offices in Amersfoort, Netherlands, and Brisbane, Australia and approximately 70 distributors who sell in approximately 65 countries. Many of these countries are subject to varying degrees of political, economic and social instability. In particular, the ongoing financial uncertainty in Europe (including concerns that certain European countries may default in payments due on their national debt), the resulting economic uncertainty and the fluctuations in the values of the Euro and British pound compared to the U.S. dollar have, from time to time, adversely affected our sales in Europe. Multiple factors relating to our international operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These factors include:

 

   

challenges associated with cultural differences, languages and distance;

 

   

differences in clinical practices, needs, products, modalities and preferences;

 

   

longer payment cycles in some countries;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

credit risks of many kinds;

 

   

legal and regulatory differences and restrictions;

 

   

currency exchange fluctuations;

 

   

foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned in certain countries;

 

   

political and economic instability and export restrictions;

 

   

variability in sterilization requirements for multi-usage surgical devices;

 

   

potential adverse tax consequences;

 

   

higher cost associated with doing business internationally;

 

   

challenges in implementing educational programs required by Applied’s approach to doing business;

 

   

negative economic developments in economies around the world and the instability of governments, including the threat of war, terrorist attacks, epidemic or civil unrest;

 

   

adverse changes in laws and governmental policies, especially those affecting trade and investment;

 

   

pandemics, such as the avian flu, which may adversely affect our workforce as well as our local suppliers and customers;

 

   

import or export licensing requirements imposed by governments;

 

   

differing labor standards;

 

   

differing levels of protection of intellectual property;

 

   

the threat that our operations or property could be subject to nationalization and expropriation;

 

   

varying practices of the regulatory, tax, judicial and administrative bodies in the jurisdictions where we operate; and

 

   

potentially burdensome taxation and changes in foreign tax laws.

A portion of our international sales are made through distributors. As a result, we are dependent upon the financial health of our distributors. If a distributor were to go out of business, it would take substantial time, cost and resources to find a suitable replacement and the products held by such distributor may not be returned to us or to a subsequent distributor in a timely manner or at all.

Any material decrease in our foreign sales may negatively affect our profitability. We generate our international sales primarily in Europe, where healthcare regulation and reimbursement for medical devices vary significantly from country to country. This changing environment could adversely affect our ability to sell our products in some European countries.

We compete internationally with the same competitors as in the U.S., and also with a number of international competitors. If we fail to deal with the differences between U.S. and international markets, or fail to compete effectively in the international markets, our business will be harmed.

We face different market characteristics and additional competitors outside the U.S. In certain markets, other companies have greater brand recognition, a more established image, or stronger connections and familiarity with the clinical community, hospital procurement practices, and local bidding processes. In some countries, bids are based on current usage and current products which, by

 

21


Table of Contents

nature, favor pre-existing suppliers. In many markets, we need to have an established presence in the market in order to be included in the bidding process. If we fail to understand international users and their requirements and preferences, we will fail to penetrate those markets.

We have no current plans to expand into emerging markets, which will limit our global reach, global potential and the size of many of our opportunities.

Many companies that compete with us target emerging markets, including China and India, giving these opportunities heavy emphasis and sizeable investments. Should their efforts succeed, our competitors might gain many advantages over us, including higher worldwide unit volumes. We do not invest in these emerging markets, and we currently have no plans to do so. If we fail to target emerging markets, we may end up conceding some significant competitive advantages to competitors who effectively address such opportunities. This in turn may impact our cost structure, margins and operating results and profitability.

We occasionally become subject to commercial disputes that could harm our business by distracting our management from the operation of our business, by increasing our expenses and, if we do not prevail, by subjecting us to potential monetary damages and other remedies.

From time to time, we are engaged in disputes regarding our commercial transactions. These disputes could result in considerable legal expenses and litigation requirements that require monies, managerial time and attention. As a general approach, we are not inclined to settle those claims we feel are unfair or unwarranted, despite the possibility that such a settlement may be less expensive than pursuing a fair and just outcome. These disputes can, therefore, result in monetary damages or other remedies that could adversely impact our financial position or operations. Even if we prevail in these disputes, they may distract our management from operating our businesses and the cost of defending these disputes would reduce our operating results.

Our business is vulnerable to the availability of raw materials, our ability to forecast customer demand and our ability to manage production capacity.

Our ability to meet customer demand depends, in part, on our production capacity and on obtaining supplies, a number of which may be obtained only from a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers. A reduction or disruption in our production capacity or our supplies could negatively impact our business.

We must accurately predict both the demand for our products and the lead times required to obtain the necessary components and materials. If we overestimate demand, we may experience underutilized capacity and excess inventory levels. If we underestimate demand, we may miss sales opportunities and incur additional costs for labor overtime, equipment overuse and logistical complexities. Additionally, our production capacity could be affected by manufacturing problems. Difficulties in the production process could reduce yields or interrupt production, and, as a result, we may not be able to deliver products on time or in a cost-effective, competitive manner. Our failure to adequately manage our capacity could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to meet customer demand also depends on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of materials, parts and components from our suppliers. We generally do not maintain contracts with any of our key suppliers. From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit the amounts supplied to us or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. Supply disruptions may also occur due to shortages in critical materials. In addition, a number of our raw materials are obtained from a single supplier. Many of our suppliers must undertake a time-consuming qualification process before we can incorporate their raw materials into our production process. If we are unable to

 

22


Table of Contents

obtain materials from a qualified supplier, it can take up to a year to qualify a new supplier, assuming an alternative source of supply is available. A reduction or interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of one or more supplies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is vulnerable to inflation.

We are limited in our ability to raise prices as a result of our long-term GPO contracts, and because of our desire to maintain lower ASPs. As a result, increases in our raw materials, production and transportation costs may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We may not be able to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could impair our competitive position.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our rights to the patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and all the other intellectual property rights used in our products. Protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. We rely primarily on patent protection and trade secrets, as well as a combination of copyright and trademark laws and nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements to protect our technology and intellectual property rights. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or maintain any competitive advantage. Despite our intellectual property rights practices, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our technology without authorization, develop similar technology independently or design around our patents.

We cannot be assured that any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent to us. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO. Our issued and licensed patents and those that may be issued or licensed in the future may expire or may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related technologies. Upon expiration of our issued or licensed patents, we may lose some of our rights to exclude others from making, using, selling or importing products using the technology based on the expired patents. There is no assurance that competitors will not be able to design around our patents. We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. We cannot assure you that we can meaningfully protect all our rights in our unpatented proprietary technology or that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary products or processes or otherwise gain access to our unpatented proprietary technology.

Further, we may not be able to obtain patent protection or secure other intellectual property rights in all the countries in which we operate, and under the laws of such countries, patents and other intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in scope. If any of our patents fail to protect our technology, it would make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products. Our trade secrets may be vulnerable to disclosure or misappropriation by employees, contractors and other persons. Any inability on our part to adequately protect our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We seek to protect our know-how and other unpatented proprietary technology with confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our team members, independent distributors and consultants. However, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements or in the event that our competitors discover or

 

23


Table of Contents

independently develop similar or identical designs or other proprietary information. In addition, we rely on the use of registered and common law trademarks with respect to the brand names of some of our products. Common law trademarks provide less protection than registered trademarks. Loss of rights in our trademarks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims by third parties which could be costly to defend, divert management’s attention and resources, and may result in liability.

The medical devices field is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights. Companies in the medical device industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage in the marketplace. From time to time, third parties may and do assert against us their patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights relating to technologies that are important to our business. Searching for existing intellectual property rights may not reveal important intellectual property and our competitors may also have filed for patent protection, which is not publicly-available information, or claimed trademark rights that have not been revealed through our availability searches. We may be subject to claims that our team members have disclosed, or that we have used, trade secrets or other proprietary information of our team members’ former employers. Our efforts to identify and avoid infringing on third parties’ intellectual property rights may not always be successful. Any claims that our products or processes infringe these rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, could be costly, time consuming and may divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. In addition, we may not prevail in such proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation.

Any claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement against us, even those without merit, could:

 

   

increase the cost of our products;

 

   

be expensive and time consuming to defend;

 

   

result in our being required to pay significant damages to third parties;

 

   

force us to cease making or selling products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand our products, product candidates and technologies;

 

   

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property on terms that may not be favorable or acceptable to us;

 

   

require us to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which would require significant effort and expense;

 

   

require us to indemnify third parties pursuant to contracts in which we have agreed to provide indemnification for intellectual property infringement claims;

 

   

divert the attention of our management and other key team members;

 

   

result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the affected products impacted by the claims until the claims are resolved; and

 

   

otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any of the foregoing could affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

Certain competitors have shown a strong inclination to litigate against us. For years, we avoided settling cases where we believe the claim is unfounded, unfair or extortive in nature. This has proven to be very expensive and demanding. We are highly unlikely to change this disciplined approach, despite its costs.

Competitors may violate our intellectual property rights, and we may bring litigation to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, which may result in substantial expense and may divert our attention from implementing our business strategy.

We believe that the success of our business depends, in significant part, on obtaining patent protection for our products and technologies, defending our patents and preserving our trade secrets. We continue to be involved in significant litigation to protect our patent position and may be required to engage in further litigation. From 1996 through 2009, we engaged in a series of litigation proceedings against U.S. Surgical Corporation, part of Tyco Healthcare (currently Covidien), in which we claimed that Covidien was infringing certain of our trocar patents. Through these proceedings, Applied obtained two judgments that Covidien’s predecessors, Tyco Healthcare and U.S. Surgical, willfully infringed Applied patents on the Universal® seal technology.

In May 2011 and September 2011, we filed additional patent infringement lawsuits against Covidien. We may not prevail in these suits or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.”

Our failure to pursue any potential claim could result in the loss of our proprietary rights and harm our position in the marketplace. Therefore, we may be forced to pursue litigation to enforce our rights. Our ongoing and future litigation could result in significant additional costs and further divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations and the implementation of our business strategy.

Our facilities are vulnerable to natural disasters and other unexpected losses, and we may not have adequate insurance to cover such losses.

We rely on our manufacturing facilities in Orange County, California. Our facilities are susceptible to damage from earthquakes as well as from fire, floods, loss of power or water supply, telecommunications failures and similar events. In particular, our headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in a known earthquake fault zone near areas that have been affected by wild brush fires. A natural disaster could significantly disrupt our operations.

In the event that one of our facilities was affected by a natural or man-made disaster, we would be forced to rely on third-party manufacturers if we could not shift production to our other manufacturing facility. Our insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business from casualties may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are forced to seek alternative facilities, or if we voluntarily expand one or more of our manufacturing operations to new locations, we may incur additional transition costs and we may experience a disruption in the supply of our products until the new facilities are available and operating. In addition, much of the machinery we use in our production process is custom-made. If such machinery is damaged, we may experience a long lead-time before this unique machinery is replaced or rebuilt and we are able to resume production.

Our manufacturing and distribution operations are highly dependant on our information technology systems and we do not currently have a redundant data center. In the event of a failure of our primary data center, our manufacturing and distribution operations will be disrupted which will adversely affect our business.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, any disruption, delay, transition or expansion of our manufacturing operations could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and our customers may cancel orders or purchase products from our competitors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws, which could increase our costs and restrict our operations in the future.

Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations concern, among other things, the generation, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, the clean up of hazardous substance releases, and the emission or discharge of materials into the air or water. We have incurred, and may in the future continue to incur, expenditures in connection with environmental health and safety laws and regulations. Any failure by us to comply with the requirements of such laws and regulations could result in the limitation or suspension of production or subject us to monetary fines or civil or criminal sanctions, or other future liabilities.

In addition, if there is any change in environmental, health or safety laws, we could incur substantial additional costs to alter our manufacturing processes and adjust our supply chain management. Such changes could also result in significant inventory obsolescence. Compliance with environmental, health and safety requirements could also restrict our ability to expand our facilities in the future.

We may need substantial additional funding and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which would force us to delay, reduce, eliminate or abandon growth initiatives or product development programs.

Our cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to meet all of our cash requirements. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to:

 

   

expand the distribution of our products;

 

   

acquire additional facilities for manufacturing, distribution and office uses and construct improvements in all facilities;

 

   

fund our operations;

 

   

continue our research and development;

 

   

protect our intellectual property rights or defend, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe third-party patents or other intellectual property rights; and

 

   

deliver our new products, if any such products receive regulatory clearance or approval for commercial sale.

Our funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

market acceptance of our products;

 

   

the cost of our research and development activities;

 

   

the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the cost of defending, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe third-party patent or other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the cost and timing of additional regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

   

the cost and timing of expanding our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies, although we currently have no commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.

Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay product development initiatives or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to market. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products.

Continuing weakness in the global economy and turmoil in the credit markets may adversely affect our business until an economic recovery is underway.

If current economic conditions and turmoil in the credit markets continues or worsens, we could experience a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations. Increasing levels of unemployment and pressures to contain healthcare costs could adversely affect the global growth rate of procedure volume, which could negatively affect our results. In addition, current economic conditions may have an adverse effect on our customers’ ability to borrow money from their existing lenders or to obtain credit from other sources to purchase our products. The recent economic crisis could also adversely affect our suppliers’ ability to provide us with materials and components, either of which may negatively impact our business.

Our operations may be adversely impacted by our exposure to risks related to foreign currency exchange rates.

We market our products in certain foreign markets through our subsidiaries and other international distributors. The related sales agreements may provide for payments in a foreign currency. A majority of our sales and expenditures are transacted in U.S. dollars, although we transact with foreign customers in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These foreign currency revenues, when converted into U.S. dollars, can vary depending on average exchange rates during a particular period. In addition, we are exposed to foreign currency gains or losses on outstanding foreign currency denominated receivables. When converted to U.S. dollars, these receivables can vary depending on the monthly exchange rates at the end of the period. Certain of our foreign sales support subsidiaries transact in their respective country’s local currency, which is also their functional currency. As a result, expenses of these foreign subsidiaries when converted into U.S. dollars can vary depending on average monthly exchange rates during a particular period. Certain intercompany transactions may give rise to realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses. Accordingly, our operating results are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

In addition, we hold a large proportion of our cash and cash equivalents in Euros and Australian dollars. As of September 30, 2012, we held approximately 85% of our cash and cash equivalents in Euros and Australian dollars primarily through a U.S. domestic subsidiary. The balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date and the statements of comprehensive income and cash flows are translated into U.S. dollars using the average monthly exchange rate during the period. Any foreign exchange gain or loss as a result of translating the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar is included in equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

We currently do not hedge against our foreign currency exchange rate risks and therefore believe our exposure to these risks may be higher than if we entered into hedging transactions, including forward exchange contracts or similar instruments. If we decide in the future to enter into

 

27


Table of Contents

forward foreign exchange contracts to attempt to reduce the risk related to foreign currency exchange rates, these contracts may not mitigate the potential adverse impact on our financial results due to the variability of timing and amount of payments under these contracts. In addition, these types of contracts may themselves cause financial harm to us and have inherent levels of counterparty risk over which we would have no control.

Our operating results could be negatively impacted by future changes in the allocation of income to each of the entities through which we operate and to each of the income tax jurisdictions in which we operate.

We operate through multiple entities and in multiple income tax jurisdictions with different income tax rates both inside and outside the U.S. Accordingly, our management must determine the appropriate allocation of income to each such entity and each of these jurisdictions. Income tax audits associated with the allocation of this income and other complex issues, including inventory transfer pricing and cost sharing and product royalty arrangements, may require an extended period of time to resolve and may result in income tax adjustments if changes to the income allocation are required. Since income tax adjustments in certain jurisdictions can be significant, our future operating results could be negatively impacted by settlement of these matters.

Our outstanding debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

The agreements relating to our outstanding debt contain some financial covenants limiting our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, incur capital expenditures, merge with or acquire other companies, make investments, pay dividends, repurchase shares of capital stock, incur additional indebtedness and liens and conduct transactions with affiliates. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions until our current debt obligations are paid in full or we obtain the consent of the lenders. We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow or revenue to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest on our debt. Furthermore, future working capital, borrowings or equity financing may not be available to repay or refinance any such debt. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Covenants and Other.”

Our significant indebtedness could adversely affect our operations, including our ability to perform our obligations, and reduce our cash available for other purposes.

As of September 30, 2012, we had approximately $100.4 million of total outstanding indebtedness. As of September 30, 2012, we had $67.0 million of borrowing availability under our $150.0 million senior secured credit facility, or the senior secured credit facility. We may also be able to incur substantial indebtedness in the future, including additional senior indebtedness, which may or may not be secured. For a description of the senior secured credit facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Our significant indebtedness poses risks to our business, including the risks that:

 

   

we could have difficulty satisfying our debt obligations, and if we fail to comply with such obligations, an event of default could result;

 

   

we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to required payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the cash flow available to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities or to pay dividends to or repurchase shares from stockholders;

 

   

covenants relating to our indebtedness may restrict our ability to pay dividends to or repurchase shares from our stockholders;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

covenants relating to our indebtedness may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities, which may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

as our operations evolve and our needs change, we may need to request amendments to the covenants in our senior secured credit facility; if we cannot obtain such required approvals, the limitations in our senior secured credit facility may have a negative impact on our operations;

 

   

covenants relating to our indebtedness may restrict us from making strategic acquisitions and exploiting business opportunities or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

our debt may negatively impact the terms on which customers or suppliers do business with us or alternatively require us to provide such customers or suppliers with credit support;

 

   

our debt could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or the industry in which we operate, placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt; and

 

   

we may have difficulty repaying or refinancing our obligations under the senior secured credit facility as interest or principal payments are due or on the maturity date.

If any of these risks occur, our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Industry

If product liability claims are brought against us, we could face substantial liability and costs.

The manufacture and sale of medical devices exposes us to product liability claims and product recalls, including those that may arise from misuse or malfunction of, or design flaws in our products or the use of our products with incompatible components or systems. Any losses that we may suffer from future liability claims, and the effect that any product liability litigation may have upon the reputation and marketability of our technology and products, together with the corresponding diversion of the attention of our key team members, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any product liability claims could be time-consuming and require significant cost and management resources and may subject us to significant damages. We currently have product liability insurance that we believe to be adequate, but we cannot be certain that it will be sufficient to cover all damages or claims. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain or maintain insurance in the future at satisfactory rates or in adequate amounts to protect us against any product liability claims. There can be no assurance that existing insurance coverage will extend to other products in the future. A successful claim may prevent us from obtaining adequate product liability insurance in the future on commercially desirable items, if at all.

Our products may in the future be subject to product recalls that could harm our reputation, business operations and financial results.

The Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design, manufacture or labeling. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious injury or death. In addition, foreign governmental bodies have the authority to require the recall of our products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors,

 

29


Table of Contents

design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We may initiate certain voluntary recalls involving our products in the future. Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. If we determine that certain of those recalls do not require notification of the FDA, the FDA may disagree with our determinations and require us to report those actions as recalls. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers and negatively affect our sales. In addition, the FDA could take enforcement actions against us, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.

If our marketed products cause or contribute to a death or a serious injury, or malfunction in certain ways, we will be subject to medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions.

Under the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulations, or MDR regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. In addition, all manufacturers placing medical devices in European Union markets are legally bound to report any serious or potentially serious incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the relevant authority in whose jurisdiction the incident occurred. In the future, we may experience events that may require reporting to the FDA pursuant to the MDR regulations. Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results. In addition, failure to report such adverse events to appropriate government authorities on a timely basis, or at all, could result in an enforcement action against us.

The medical device field is subject to stringent regulation and failure to obtain regulatory approval will prevent commercialization of our products.

Medical devices are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, by comparable agencies in foreign countries and by other regulatory agencies and governing bodies. Under the FDCA and associated regulations, manufacturers of medical devices must comply with certain regulations that cover the composition, labeling, testing, clinical study, manufacturing, packaging and distribution of medical devices. In addition, medical devices must receive FDA clearance or approval before they can be commercially marketed in the U.S., and the FDA may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effects of approved products that have been commercialized and can prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of these post-market evaluation programs. The process of obtaining marketing clearance from the FDA for new products could take a significant period of time, require the expenditure of substantial resources, involve rigorous pre-clinical and clinical testing, require changes to the products and result in limitations on the indicated uses of the product.

Our failure to obtain and maintain FDA clearances or approvals on a timely basis, or at all, would prevent us from commercializing our current or upgraded products in the U.S., which could severely harm our business.

Each medical device that we wish to market in the U.S. generally must first receive clearance from the FDA. Even if regulatory approval of a product is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed. We cannot assure you that

 

30


Table of Contents

the FDA will grant 510(k) clearance on a timely basis, if at all, for new products or uses that we propose for existing products. 510(k) clearance is a process required by the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act in which device manufacturers must register, to notify the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, of their intent to market a medical device at least 90 days in advance. This is also known as premarket notification, or PMN. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from four to twelve months, although it can take longer.

Modifications to our marketed devices may require new regulatory clearances, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified devices until clearances are obtained.

Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance. We may not be able to obtain such clearances in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearances would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made modifications to our devices in the past and we may make additional modifications in the future, some of which we may determine do not require additional clearances. If the FDA disagrees and requires new clearances for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Off-label promotion of our products or promotional claims deemed false or misleading could subject us to substantial penalties.

Obtaining 510(k) clearance only permits us to promote our products for the uses cleared by the FDA. Although we may request additional cleared indications for our current products, the FDA may deny those requests, require additional expensive clinical data to support any additional indications or impose limitations on the intended use of any cleared product as a condition of clearance. We must have adequate substantiation for our product performance claims. If the FDA determines that we have promoted our products for off-label use, or have made false or misleading or inadequately substantiated promotional claims, we could be subject to fines, injunctions or other significant penalties or restrictions.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

Our products, along with the manufacturing processes and promotional activities for such products, are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. In particular we and our suppliers are required to comply with the quality system regulation, or QSR, which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through unannounced inspections. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses. Failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, discovery of previously unknown problems with our products (including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency), manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, or failure to adequately respond to any FDA observations concerning these issues, could result in, among other things, any of the following actions:

 

   

issuance of public warning letters;

 

   

a shut-down or interruption of our manufacturing operations;

 

   

withdrawal or suspension of clearance or approval by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;

 

   

product recall, detention or seizure;

 

   

fines and civil penalties;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

unanticipated expenditures;

 

   

operating restrictions;

 

   

injunctions; and

 

   

criminal prosecution.

If any of these actions were to occur, it would harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be, or may not continue to be, in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the SEC promulgated final rules regarding disclosure of the use of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries, as well as procedures regarding a manufacturer’s efforts to prevent the sourcing of such minerals and metals produced from those minerals. These new requirements will require due diligence efforts for the 2013 calendar year, with initial disclosure requirements effective in May 2014. We may incur costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including expenses arising from diligence activity relating to sources of any conflict minerals used in our products and the costs of remediation and other changes to products, processes, or sources of supply required, if any, as a consequence of such activities. The implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply, and pricing of materials used in our products.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

We currently market, and intend to continue to market, our products internationally. Outside the U.S., we can market a product only if we receive a marketing authorization and, in some cases, pricing approval, from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval in addition to other risks. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. If we fail to receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state health care laws, including fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Although we do not provide health care services, nor receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, health care regulation by federal and state governments will impact our business. Health care fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws potentially applicable to our operations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the Federal Health Care Programs’ Anti-Kickback Law, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration intended to induce the purchase, order or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal health care program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

 

   

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which established new federal crimes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services, as well as imposed certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and

 

   

state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of certain health information.

If we were found to be in violation of any of such laws or other similar governmental regulations to which we are directly or indirectly subject, and as a result we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion of our products from reimbursement under Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

Legislative and regulatory changes in the health care industry could have a negative impact on our financial performance. Furthermore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be significantly and adversely affected by recently enacted health care reform legislation in the U.S. or if reform programs are adopted in our key markets.

Changes in the health care industry in the U.S. and elsewhere could adversely affect the demand for our products as well as the way in which we conduct our business. Significantly, President Obama signed health care reform legislation into law that will require most individuals to have health insurance, establish new regulations on health plans, and create insurance pooling mechanisms and other expanded public health care measures. This legislation also will reduce Medicare spending on services provided by hospitals and other providers and, effective January 1, 2013, impose a 2.3% tax on the sale of taxable medical devices by the manufacturer, producer or importer. Based on a preliminary assessment, we believe that our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in the range of $3 million to $5 million during the year ending December 31, 2013 as a result of implementing this new medical device excise tax.

Many details of the recently enacted health care reform legislation will be addressed in the implementing regulations. We cannot predict the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us or what health care initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the state level.

In general, an expansion in government’s role in the U.S. health care industry may lower reimbursements for our products, reduce demand for innovative products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially.

Furthermore, many private payors look to Medicare’s coverage and reimbursement policies in setting their coverage policies and reimbursement amounts such that federal reforms could influence the private sector as well. Finally, many states also may attempt to reform their Medicaid programs such that either coverage for certain items or services may be narrowed or reimbursement for them could be reduced. These health care reforms may adversely affect our business.

Consistent with or in addition to Congressional or state reforms, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, the federal agency that administers the Medicare and Medicaid programs, could change its current policies that affect coverage and reimbursement for our products. Each year

 

33


Table of Contents

however, CMS re-examines the reimbursement rates for hospital inpatient and outpatient and physician office settings and could either increase or decrease the reimbursement rate for procedures utilizing our products. We are unable to predict when legislation or regulation that affects our business may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect any such legislation or regulation would have on our business. Any such legislation, regulation or policies that affect the coverage and reimbursement of our current or future products, or the procedures utilizing our current or future products, could cause our sales to decrease and our revenue to decline.

In addition, the requirements or restrictions imposed on us or our products may change, either as a result of administratively adopted policies or regulations or as a result of the enactment of new laws. Any new regulations or statutory provisions could result in delays or increased costs during the period of product development, clinical trials, and regulatory review and approval, as well as increased costs to assure compliance.

Further, our success in international markets also depends upon the eligibility of reimbursement for our products through government-sponsored health care payment systems and other third-party payors. Outside of the U.S., reimbursement systems vary by country. These systems are often subject to the same pressures to curb rising health care costs and control health care expenditures as those in the U.S. In addition, as economies of emerging markets develop, these countries may implement changes in their health care delivery and payment systems. If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payors outside of the U.S. are not obtained, sales of our products outside of the U.S. may be adversely affected.

Inadequate levels of coverage or reimbursement from governmental or other third-party payors for our products, or for procedures using our products, may cause our revenues to decline.

Sales of our products depend in part on the reimbursement and coverage policies of governmental and private health care payors. The ability of our health care provider customers, including hospitals, to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products, or for the procedures in which our products are used, may impact our customers’ purchasing decisions and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The U. S. government may consider healthcare policies and proposals intended to curb rising healthcare costs, including those that could significantly affect both private and public reimbursement for healthcare services. For example, we may be affected by the outcome of pending government negotiations which would result from the automatic spending reductions that include cuts to Medicare payments pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011. Future significant changes in the healthcare systems in the United States or elsewhere, and current uncertainty about whether and how changes may be implemented, could have a negative impact on the demand for our products. We are unable to predict whether other healthcare legislation or regulations affecting our business may be proposed or enacted in the future, what effect any legislation or regulation would have on our business, or the effect ongoing uncertainty about these matters will have on the purchasing decisions of our customers.

Third-party payors have adopted, and are continuing to adopt, health care policies intended to curb rising health care costs. These policies include:

 

   

controls on reimbursement for health care services and price controls on medical products and services;

 

   

limitations on coverage and reimbursement for new medical technologies and procedures; and

 

34


Table of Contents
   

the introduction of managed care and prospective payment systems in which health care providers contract to provide comprehensive health care for a fixed reimbursement amount per person or per procedure.

These trends could lead to pressure to reduce prices for our current products and product candidates and could cause a decrease in the size of the market or a potential increase in competition that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Auction Process for this IPO

The auction process for this public offering may result in a phenomenon known as the “winner’s curse,” and, as a result, investors may experience significant losses.

The auction process for this offering may result in a phenomenon described as the “winner’s curse.” At the conclusion of the auction, bidders that receive allocations of shares in this offering (successful bidders) may infer that there is little incremental demand for our shares above or equal to the initial public offering price. This effect may be exacerbated due to the relatively small number of shares that are being offered by the selling stockholders in this offering, meaning that bidders that offer a higher price in the auction for a small number of shares could have a disproportionate effect on the clearing price established by the underwriter as compared to a larger offering that would include a more typical percentage of the issuer’s outstanding shares. As a result, successful bidders may conclude that they paid too much for our shares and could seek to immediately sell their shares to limit their losses should our stock price decline. In this situation, other investors that did not submit successful bids may wait for this selling to be completed, resulting in reduced demand for our Class B common stock in the public market and a significant decline in our stock price. Therefore, we caution investors that submitting successful bids and receiving allocations may be followed by a significant decline in the value of their investment in our Class B common stock shortly after this offering.

The auction process for this offering may result in a situation in which less price-sensitive investors play a larger role in the determination of the offering price and constitute a larger portion of the investors in this offering, and, therefore, the offering price may not be sustainable once trading of our Class B common stock begins.

In a typical initial public offering, a majority of the shares sold to the public are purchased by professional investors that have significant experience in determining valuations for companies in connection with initial public offerings. These professional investors typically have access to, or conduct their own independent research and analysis regarding, investments in initial public offerings. Other investors typically have less access to this level of research and analysis or may be motivated by other factors in making their investment decisions and, as a result, may be less sensitive to price when participating in the auction process in this offering. Because of the auction process and the other risk factors associated with this offering described in this section of the prospectus, these less price-sensitive investors may have a greater influence in setting the initial public offering price and may have a higher level of participation in this offering than is normal for initial public offerings. This, in turn, could cause the auction process to result in an initial public offering price that is higher than the price professional investors would be willing to pay for our shares. As a result, our stock price may decrease significantly and rapidly once trading of our Class B common stock begins. Also, because professional investors may have a substantial degree of influence on the trading price of our shares over time, the price of our Class B common stock may decline and not recover after this offering is completed. Furthermore, if the initial public offering price is above the level that investors determine is reasonable for our shares, some investors may attempt to short-sell (a transaction in which the investor profits if our stock price declines) our stock after trading begins, which would create additional downward pressure on the trading price of our Class B common stock.

 

35


Table of Contents

The initial public offering price may have little or no relationship to the price that would be established using traditional valuation methods, and therefore, the initial public offering price may not be sustainable once trading begins.

The underwriter and the selling stockholders may set the initial public offering price near or equal to the auction clearing price. The offering price of the shares of Class B common stock offered by the selling stockholders may have little or no relationship to, and may be significantly higher than, the price that otherwise would be established using traditional indicators of value, such as:

 

   

our future prospects and those of our industry in general;

 

   

our sales, earnings, and other financial and operating information;

 

   

multiples of revenue, earnings, cash flows, and other operating metrics;

 

   

market prices of securities and other financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours; and

 

   

the views of research analysts.

The underwriter did not consult with our management team or board of directors prior to estimating the initial public offering price range. Accordingly, the underwriter’s estimate of the initial public offering price range may not have taken into account the risks and challenges that we expect to affect our business, the risks associated with this offering and the auction process described in these risk factors. As a result, the initial public offering price of the shares sold by the selling stockholders may not be sustainable once trading begins, and the price of our Class B common stock may decline, significantly and rapidly, following completion of this offering.

Some bids made at or above the initial public offering price may not receive an allocation of shares.

The underwriter may require that bidders confirm their bids before the auction for the initial public offering closes. If a bidder is requested to confirm a bid and fails to do so within a required time frame, that bid may be rejected and may not receive an allocation of shares even if the bid is at or above the initial public offering price. Further, if the auction process leads to a pro rata reduction in allocated shares and a rounding down of share allocations pursuant to the rules of the auction, a bidder may not receive any shares in the offering despite having bid at or above the initial public offering price. Bids that are at or above the initial public offering price that are deemed to be manipulative of or disruptive to the bidding process, not creditworthy, or otherwise not deemed appropriate, may be rejected or reduced. For example, in previous transactions for other issuers in which the auction process was used, WR Hambrecht + Co has rejected or reduced bids when WR Hambrecht + Co, in its sole discretion, deemed the bids not creditworthy or had reason to question the bidder’s intent or means to fund its bid. In the absence of other information, the underwriter or a participating dealer may assess a bidder’s creditworthiness based solely on the bidder’s history with the underwriter or a participating dealer. WR Hambrecht + Co has also rejected or reduced bids that it deemed, in its sole discretion, to be potentially manipulative or disruptive or because the bidder had a history of alleged securities law violations. Other conditions for valid bids, including eligibility and account funding requirements of participating dealers, may vary. As a result of these varying requirements, a bidder may have its bid rejected by the underwriter or a participating dealer while another bidder’s identical bid is accepted.

Potential investors may receive a full allocation of the shares they bid for if their bids are successful and should not bid for more shares than they are prepared to purchase.

The underwriter and IVP may set the initial public offering price near or equal to the auction clearing price. In this event, the number of shares represented by successful bids will likely approximate the number of shares offered by the selling stockholders by this prospectus, and

 

36


Table of Contents

successful bidders may be allocated all or nearly all of the shares that they bid for in the auction. Therefore, we caution investors against submitting a bid that does not accurately represent the number of shares of our Class B common stock that they are willing and prepared to purchase.

Risks Related to this Offering

There is no existing market for our Class B common stock, and an active trading market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class B common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that trading market may become. An active and liquid trading market may not develop or be sustained following the closing of this offering. In addition, the underwriter is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of Class B common stock, but has agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of Class B common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus. The initial public offering price for the shares of our Class B common stock sold in this offering will be determined by an auction process, and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the market following this offering. The market price for our Class B common stock may decline below the initial public offering price and our stock price is likely to be volatile. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the value of your shares. The price of our Class B common stock in any market may be lower than the price you pay for our shares in this offering, and the price of our Class B common stock may not appreciate over time.

We expect that the price of our Class B common stock will fluctuate substantially.

The market price of our Class B common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the risk factors described in this section of the prospectus and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the operating performance or valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us. The market price of our Class B common stock is also likely to be volatile due to many other factors, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts;

 

   

conditions and trends in the medical technology industry;

 

   

announcements of significant contracts by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our significant customers;

 

   

the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

any adverse outcome of intellectual property litigation that we may become involved in from time to time;

 

   

changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;

 

   

the trading volume of our Class B common stock and the number of shares of Class B common stock eligible for sale;

 

   

changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular

 

37


Table of Contents

companies affected. These broad market factors may materially harm the market price of our Class B common stock, regardless of our operating performance. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our Class B common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against that company. This type of litigation, if instituted against us and regardless of whether we prevail on the underlying claim, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

Although the initial public offering price of the shares of Class B common stock offered for sale by the selling stockholder may have little or no relationship to the price that may have been established using traditional valuation methods, research analysts may rely upon these methods to establish target prices for our Class B common stock. If research analysts publish target prices for our Class B common stock that are below the initial public offering price or the then current trading market price of our shares, our stock price may decline. We do not currently have any research coverage by industry or securities analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our Class B common stock would likely decrease. We also do not expect analysts to have a reason to cover us. Since there is no minimum amount of shares of Class B common stock required to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, any reduction in the number of shares actually sold in the offering may also discourage analyst coverage. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, we do not plan on giving guidance, and if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our Class B common stock. See “Dividend Policy and History.”

Substantial future sales of our Class B common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Additional sales of our Class B common stock in the public market after the consummation of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class B common stock to decline. The 729,798 shares of our Class B common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. After the consummation of this offering, an additional 90,910 shares of Class A common stock and 9,756,240 shares of Class B common stock (including 6,080,210 shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock) will be available for immediate sale in the public market without restriction. Further, an additional 7,499,663 shares are held by our affiliates and may be sold in the public market if the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration such as Rule 144 under the Securities Act is available. Beginning 90 days after the offering, 7,297,163 of the shares held by affiliates will be tradable in the public market, subject only to the volume limitations under Rule 144. The remaining 1,717,032 shares of common stock will become freely tradeable over the course of the next six months as lock-up agreements or the applicable holding period under Rule 144 expire.

 

38


Table of Contents

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement covering all of the shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. Registration of the sale of these shares would generally permit their sale into the market immediately, subject to vesting restrictions. In addition, some of our stockholders holding approximately 60% of our outstanding stock after giving effect to this offering have registration rights pursuant to the Master Rights Agreement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information.

If you purchase shares in this offering, you may experience substantial dilution.

While the price you pay for shares of our Class B common stock sold in this offering is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, because this is a secondary offering of shares, the sale of shares to new investors will not result in a change to our net tangible book value per share. You will experience dilution in the future upon the exercise of options to purchase our common stock, including those options currently outstanding and those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

If we are unable to assess favorably the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, our stock price could be adversely affected.

Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we would expect to file with the SEC, and will likely require in the same report, a report by our independent auditors on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, as an “emerging growth company” as defined by the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent auditors will not be required to furnish such an assessment until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies. We may not be able to remediate any future deficiencies in time to meet the deadline imposed by Sarbanes-Oxley for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we cannot timely and favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, investor confidence and our stock price could decline.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which may divert from our business operations.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and Sarbanes-Oxley. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

39


Table of Contents

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our Class B common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act. For so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley, including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. Further, we are eligible to delay adoption of accounting standards newly issued or revised after April 5, 2012 applicable to public companies and we intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. To the extent we choose to do so, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances. If we take advantage of any of these exemptions, investors may find our Class B common stock less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for our Class B common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our status as a public company may expose us to competitive disadvantages that could harm our business operations and financial results.

The Exchange Act reports that we will be required to file with the SEC after this offering will contain detailed information regarding our financial condition, including margin and significant customer information, product development activities and executive compensation. We consider much of this information to be highly sensitive and have historically expended great effort maintaining its confidentiality. Our competitors, customers and suppliers may be able to leverage this information to our competitive disadvantage in their future strategic positioning and negotiations with us. For example, our competitors may be able more effectively to bundle their products to deter certain customers from buying our products. Our customers, distributors and suppliers may use publicly available information about our financial condition to demand more favorable contractual terms, both pricing and otherwise. Additionally, our competitors may seek to hire away members of our senior management team or other key employees, using as leverage the detailed compensation information in our Exchange Act filings. Our heightened profile as a public company may have additional, unforeseen adverse consequences to us and our financial condition.

The sale of our Class B common stock in this offering may limit our senior management’s ability to manage our business effectively.

Our Class B common stock, which is the stock being offered and sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, has ten votes per share and our Class A common stock has one vote per share. Immediately after completion of this offering, the public holders of our Class B common stock, in the aggregate, will be entitled to exercise approximately 4% of the voting power of our outstanding shares. Having our Class B common stock voted by members of the public who may have only short-term goals for our business could exert undesirable pressure on the ability of our senior management team to maintain its collective, consultive style and may end up limiting our ability to manage our business effectively in the long term.

 

40


Table of Contents

The concentration of ownership of our Class B common stock with our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

As of December 31, 2012, our current executive officers and directors (and their affiliates) together owned approximately 59% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 38% of the voting power of our outstanding shares. In addition, the holders of 10,150 shares of Class A common stock, 10,323,942 shares of Class B common stock and 185,961 shares of preferred stock have entered into a voting agreement pursuant to which they have granted irrevocable proxies to a voting committee comprised of Said S. Hilal, Nabil Hilal and Stephen E. Stanley, granting them the right to vote all of the stockholders’ shares during the term of the voting agreement. Since February 24, 2011, the number of shares covered by the voting agreement has increased by 10,150 shares of Class A common stock and 1,060,283 shares of Class B common stock. As a result of the voting agreement, as of December 31, 2012, our executive officers and directors controlled approximately 54% of the voting power of our outstanding shares. Following this offering, our executive officers and directors will control approximately 77% of our outstanding Class B common stock, whether through direct or indirect beneficial ownership or their right to direct the voting of such shares in accordance with the voting agreement, representing approximately 53% of the voting power of our outstanding shares. Accordingly, since our executive officers and directors have and will have majority voting control before and after this offering, any reduction of Class B common stock sold by the selling stockholders in this offering would not affect the selling stockholders’ inability to influence corporate matters requiring stockholder approval. Our executive officers will therefore have significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters. As a result, we may take actions that you do not view as beneficial, and the market price of our Class B common stock could be adversely affected.

If we were to list on a national securities exchange, it is likely that we would avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception to the corporate governance rules for NYSE or NASDAQ listed companies, which could make our Class B common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Our Class B common stock will not be listed on a national securities exchange and we currently have no intention to do so. However, if we decide to list on a national securities exchange in the future, we may qualify as a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for NYSE or NASDAQ listed companies. If we elect to take advantage of this exemption, we would not be required to have a majority of our board of directors be independent, nor would we be required to have a compensation committee or an independent nominating function. Accordingly, should the interests of our controlling stockholders differ from those of other stockholders, the other stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for NYSE or NASDAQ listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could make our Class B common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law and the voting agreement will limit your ability to influence our affairs and could negate a transaction that stockholders may consider favorable.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

 

   

Our certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock. Our Class B common stock, which is the stock that is being sold in this offering, is entitled to ten votes

 

41


Table of Contents
 

per share and our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. As a result of this structure, our founders, executive officers, directors (and their affiliates) and team members will have significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

 

   

Our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

 

   

Stockholders must provide advance notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to certain Delaware anti-takeover provisions. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction. Our board of directors could rely on Delaware law to prevent or delay an acquisition of us. See “Description of Capital Stock — Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law that May Have an Anti-takeover Effect.”

Also, provisions in the voting agreement may delay or prevent a transaction with respect to Applied that you may consider in your best interests. In particular, our stockholders party to the voting agreement can not tender any of their Applied securities into a tender offer with a third-party that may lead to a change of control of Applied unless the tender offer has been approved by the voting committee under the voting agreement. This limitation on the ability of certain of our stockholders to tender their shares may make it difficult for a third-party acquiror to acquire control of our company by means of a tender offer.

 

42


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting the financial condition of our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our belief that this offering is not in the best interests of Applied;

 

   

our ability to compete against those with greater resources;

 

   

our ability to keep pace with changes in technology and our competitors;

 

   

our ability to effectively implement our business strategies;

 

   

our ability to continue to develop and improve our products;

 

   

our relationships with GPOs and purchasers of our products;

 

   

our ability to sustain or grow the market position for our products;

 

   

the success of future products in the marketplace;

 

   

our dependence on the members of our senior management team;

 

   

our ability to preserve the Applied culture;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to retain and attract highly skilled personnel;

 

   

acquisitions of other companies or technologies;

 

   

our ability to improve/expand our direct distribution capabilities;

 

   

our ability to satisfy the obligations of our outstanding indebtedness;

 

   

our reliance on disclosure exemptions available to “emerging growth companies”;

 

   

strategic relationships with, or investments in, other companies;

 

   

changes in general economic and business conditions, domestically and internationally;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations;

 

   

disruptions of established supply channels;

 

   

availability and costs of raw materials;

 

   

changes in inflation;

 

   

changes in government regulations;

 

   

fluctuations in our operating results;

 

   

our ability to maintain and effectively manage our growth;

 

   

the impact of a natural disaster;

 

   

the costs of complying with laws and regulations applicable to public reporting companies; and

 

   

other risk factors included under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

43


Table of Contents

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential” and similar expressions, as they relate to our company, our business and our management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

 

44


Table of Contents

BACKGROUND OF THE DEMAND REGISTRATION AND THIS OFFERING

Introduction

Throughout our history, we have confronted larger and more established competitors in a continuing series of market challenges. We have sought to level the playing field by providing innovative and improved clinical outcomes while concurrently reducing the cost of our products to offer them at prices significantly below our competitors’ prices, and we manufacture all of our products here, in the U.S.A. We refer to this combination of characteristics as the Applied business model. To accomplish our objectives, we must invest heavily in our team members and their training, research and development, process and clinical development, automation and robotics, vertical integration and end-user education. We also often must defend our intellectual property and confront unfair competition through legal proceedings.

Our earliest products were vascular and urological devices that were positioned against similar devices offered by strong competitors. Our early revenue growth came slowly and at a great cost and effort. In 1990, we achieved a technical breakthrough in trocar seals that provided us with an opportunity to enter the general surgery market. Unfortunately, both of the major competitors in the trocar market used our patented technology without license and challenged the validity of our patents. We initiated expensive and time-consuming intellectual property litigation to stop the unlawful infringement of our intellectual property. By 1998, we prevailed in the initial legal battles over our trocar seal patents. Covidien, then known as U.S. Surgical, was ordered to pay damages and was enjoined from using our intellectual property. The other competitor, Johnson & Johnson’s Ethicon Endo-Surgery, agreed to license our patents.

Despite offering products at a lower price than our competitors, we were foreclosed from the trocar market and prevented from achieving any significant market penetration because of our competitors’ market practices. For nearly ten years, we continued to innovate and reduce our prices, without achieving more than a nominal market share. As a result of our efforts, dedication to our business model, and the combined effect of Senate hearings, antitrust legal action and national news coverage of contracting practices of dominant competitors and GPOs, starting in 2003, we started to get better access to customers. We also began to respond to our stockholders’ requests for liquidity by repurchasing some or all of their Applied shares, and in so doing, we increased the percentage ownership of all other stockholders, including IVP.

From 2008 to 2010, with economic conditions deteriorating and competition intensifying, we scaled back certain critical operational and capital investments to protect our cash position. Because we rely on significant levels of investment in our business to sustain our business model, we did not plan to sustain these reductions in investments and expenses for the long term. Reducing the levels of our operating and capital investments threatened to reduce our growth and restrict our capacity to manufacture enough products to meet demand. We therefore predicted the need, once the economic outlook became more positive and we strengthened our financial position by establishing a new banking relationship, not only to return to our prior investment levels but to accelerate our spending further to make up for lost time.

By 2010, our operating results and financial position had improved, primarily as a result of temporary reductions in operating expenses and capital expenditures. Our net income increased, from $9.0 million in 2008 to $20.9 million in 2010, and our cash balances improved from $20.9 million as of December 31, 2007 to $52.8 million as of December 31, 2010. We believe that IVP was aware of our operational decisions and cash position. Given that our revenue growth, earnings and cash flow during the period from 2009 to 2010 was not sustainable, we believe that IVP may have been motivated to force us to register the selling stockholders’ shares for this offering before our operating results return to more typical levels. IVP’s general partners, including Mr. Reid Dennis, appear to believe that IVP’s

 

45


Table of Contents

$5.6 million investment in our business made over 20 years ago was the driving force behind our growth and ability to successfully overcome tremendous obstacles. We believe IVP wrongly and unfairly claims credit for Applied’s success.

Background of Our Conflict with IVP

Applied was founded in 1987. In October 1988, we raised $1.8 million from venture capital investors, including $1.5 million invested by IVP and its general partner, Institutional Venture Management IV, or IVM. T. Peter Thomas, a general partner of IVM, joined our board of directors in October 1988 in connection with the financing. IVM and entities affiliated with IVM’s general partners (Mr. Dennis, Samuel D. Colella, Mr. Thomas, Mary Jane Elmore, Norman A. Fogelsong and Geoffrey Y. Yang) are selling stockholders in this offering. IVP has determined not to sell shares in this offering.

In subsequent venture financing transactions through December 1990, IVP invested an additional $4.2 million in Applied, bringing its total direct capital investment to $5.6 million for 4,531,903 shares of our preferred stock, or an average purchase price of $1.25 per share. Our last venture capital financing was completed in March 1992, in a transaction in which IVP did not participate. In connection with our last round of venture capital financing, we entered into an Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1991, or the Master Rights Agreement. Under the demand registration rights provisions of the Master Rights Agreement, holders of at least 50% of the shares having registration rights may request that we file a registration statement for the resale of their shares under the Securities Act.

IVP’s ownership position has been significantly enhanced indirectly by our repurchases of shares from other stockholders. In November 2009, IVP sought directly to increase its ownership in Applied by acquiring additional shares outright. Mr. Dennis, on behalf of IVP, proposed that another investment fund affiliated with IVP acquire shares of our preferred stock from other investors “on the cheap.” In an attempt to secure Applied’s agreement to permit IVP’s affiliate to acquire shares from our existing stockholders, Mr. Dennis indicated that IVP was willing to wait another three to five years before a potential Applied initial public offering if we cooperated. Following extensive discussions among our Senior Management team, we ultimately declined Mr. Dennis’ proposal.

In December 2009, IVP demanded a pro rata distribution of all of the shares of our preferred stock and common stock owned by IVP to its partners. While IVP asserted that the proposed distribution would eliminate the need to seek approval from its limited partners to further extend the life of the limited partnership, and the related expenses of maintaining the fund, including annual auditing fees, and that IVP sought to retain voting power over the shares to be distributed to its limited partners, Mr. Thomas informed us that the primary reason for the proposed distribution was to avoid the potential consequences to IVM’s general partners of the then-proposed change in federal income tax laws to impose federal income tax on general partners’ carried interest in investment funds at ordinary income tax rates rather than at capital gains rates. Following two weeks of pressure put on us by IVP’s representatives to accomodate IVP’s directive, which we considered to be designed solely for the benefit of IVM’s general partners rather than all of IVP’s partners, and complicated by IVP’s reluctance to seek its limited partners’ agreement to the proposed retention by IVM of voting rights to shares proposed to be distributed to IVP’s limited partners, IVP transferred 21% of its Applied shares to IVM, followed by IVM’s transfer of those shares to seven trusts affiliated with IVM’s general partners. On December 30, 2009, IVP transferred 951,699 shares of our preferred stock and 56,308 shares of our common stock to IVM, which in turn transferred all of those shares to trusts affiliated with Messrs. Dennis, Colella, Thomas, Fogelsong and Yang and Ms. Elmore (each of which trusts is a selling stockholder in this offering). As a result of these transactions, the aggregate number of our shares owned by IVP and IVM was reduced to 3,865,132 shares from 4,873,139 shares.

 

46


Table of Contents

In April 2010, and in light of market conditions and the desire of some of our stockholders to obtain liquidity for their investment in Applied, we elected to make an offer to our existing stockholders to repurchase their shares in a stock repurchase program. We allowed eligible stockholders to tender their Applied shares to us for repurchase at a price to be determined by an auction process within a specified range. This repurchase program was supported by Mr. Thomas, who was on our board of directors. Our proposed price range of $5.25 per share to $7.25 per share was based upon our determination that the fair market value of Applied shares as of December 31, 2009 was $6.30 per share. In the course of planning for the repurchase program, we learned from Mr. Dennis that a third-party valuation obtained by IVP in December 2009 indicated values of $17.01 per share for our common stock and up to $19.91 per share for one series of our preferred stock.

Other than having been advised of the existence of IVP’s valuations, none of the members of our board of directors (other than perhaps Mr. Thomas) or our management had any information regarding the valuation information provided by IVP, including the adequacy or accuracy of any of the assumptions underlying the valuation. We do not know the extent, if any, to which developments in our business, our financial data or projections, or our third-party valuation information was considered by IVM or its general partners in connection with their December 2009 valuation of our shares.

We offered to purchase up to 1,500,000 shares of common stock in the repurchase program. Upon closing of the auction, we repurchased 363,732 shares of common stock and 15,000 shares of preferred stock from stockholders at a repurchase price of $7.25 per share.

Events Leading to the Demands for Registration

In September 2010, our board of directors, including Mr. Thomas, discussed the possibility of initiating an initial public offering of Applied’s shares to effect the disposition of IVP’s investment in Applied, as well as the disposition of shares held by other investors. Mr. Thomas indicated that many or most of IVP’s limited partners desired liquidity for their investment in IVP, and he shared IVP’s view that a fair market value for Applied’s shares could be obtained only by means of an initial public offering, ruling out any other potential means to achieve liquidity for IVP’s limited partners.

While we had undertaken a series of steps to prepare for an initial public offering, we communicated to IVP and its representatives that Applied would not be in a position to make a final decision regarding an initial public offering until the completion of the second phase of our patent litigation with Covidien then pending in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, with a trial then scheduled for May 2011. Certain of our products had been found to infringe Covidien’s patents in the first phase of this litigation. Pending before the Court during the second phase of the litigation was a request by Covidien to enjoin us from making or selling portions of our key trocar product line. Considering the potential impact a negative trial outcome could have on our business, we determined that conducting an initial public offering under the cloud of this litigation was undesirable. We told IVP that if market conditions were acceptable, the patent litigation was resolved favorably, and Applied was otherwise prepared to move forward, then we would be willing to take further steps to prepare for and consider undertaking an initial public offering.

In June 2011, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas postponed the patent trial with Covidien until October 2011. We affirmed to IVP our intent to consider an initial public offering following completion of the trial and subject to market conditions and other appropriate factors.

In early July 2011, we received an ultimatum from IVP and the general partners of IVM in a letter threatening to demand registration under the Master Rights Agreement. IVP’s letter proposed an arrangement whereby IVP would agree not to exercise its demand registration rights until October 24, 2011 (after completion of the pending patent trial), but only if we agreed to waive our right under the

 

47


Table of Contents

Master Rights Agreement to defer registration for up to 90 days. IVP demanded each of the members of our board of directors sign a document agreeing to IVP’s proposal and waiving the 90-day deferral provision of the Master Rights Agreement. The document was signed by Mr. Thomas in his capacity as a director of Applied before he discussed the matter with the other members of our board of directors.

In a separate letter purporting to explain IVP’s position and acknowledging his conflict of interest, Mr. Thomas noted that IVP sought to send messages to its own limited partner investors to give them “some comfort beyond [the general partners’] personal words that [IVP] was taking steps to deliver liquidity of the [Applied] holding” and “that the general partners of [IVP]… are performing their fiduciary requirement to assure liquidity with a quality IPO in the Q2 2012 time frame.”

On August 15, 2011, and following extensive discussions among our board of directors that necessarily excluded Mr. Thomas, we informed IVP of our board’s unanimous determination not to accept IVP’s ultimatum on the basis that doing so would not be in the best interests of Applied and our stockholders. We also communicated to IVP our board’s belief that delivery of a demand registration request would not be in anyone’s best interest or conducive to a successful liquidity event. We proposed engaging in discussions with IVP, its representatives and select limited partners to explore liquidity alternatives in a manner that is fair, expeditious and mutually agreeable.

Despite our offer to engage in discussions, on August 25, 2011, IVP notified us of its first demand for registration of our common stock for sale in an initial public offering and its selection of WR Hambrecht + Co as the lead underwriter for the offering. We provided notice to all stockholders with registration rights under the Master Rights Agreement of IVP’s demand and requesting their indication of the number of registrable securities they request to be included in the offering. IVP, IVM and its general partners requested to include 4,417,456 shares of common stock in the offering and other stockholders requested to include an additional 1,988,291 shares of common stock in the offering.

In September 2011, we encouraged representatives of the underwriter and Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel for the underwriter, to meet with us and representatives of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, our counsel, to discuss terms and features of the demand registration and related organizational matters. Representatives of the underwriter advised us on October 3, 2011 that they and their counsel would participate in the meeting, scheduled to be held on October 5, 2011, by conference call. During this conference call, we informed the underwriter and its representatives of our intention to comply with the requirements of the Master Rights Agreement and our position that listing our shares on a national securities exchange was not required by the terms of the Master Rights Agreement.

On October 20, 2011, we provided a draft of the registration statement for IVP’s demand registration to Morrison & Foerster. The offering described in the draft registration statement included certain key features. First, the selling stockholders would offer shares of Class A common stock. Second, a total of 6,405,747 shares would be offered, representing the number of shares which holders of shares party to the Master Rights Agreement requested to be included in the offering. The number of shares to be sold in the offering pursuant to the initial demand included 6,084,080 shares issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock, representing more than 50% of our outstanding shares of preferred stock, thereby triggering the automatic conversion of all shares of preferred stock into common stock pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation. As a result of the proposed structure of the offering, we would no longer have any shares of preferred stock outstanding. Third, prior to the closing of the offering we would amend our certificate of incorporation to provide that shares of Class B common stock would automatically convert into Class A common stock upon sale or transfer to any person or entity other than certain permitted transferees. We filed the registration statement with the SEC on November 14, 2011, and filed amendments to the registration statement on December 30, 2011 and February 14, 2012. Each of these filings included the structural features of this offering described above.

 

48


Table of Contents

On February 24, 2012, we received a letter from Morrison & Foerster. Morrison & Foerster indicated that it had been authorized by the selling stockholders to inform us of the following significant changes to the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the offering:

 

   

The selling stockholders would offer shares of Class B common stock, not Class A common stock;

 

   

Only 729,728 shares would be offered by the selling stockholders, not 6,405,747 shares;

 

   

Despite its previous claims that the limited partners of IVP sought liquidity for their investment in IVP through an initial public offering, IVP would not be selling any shares in the restructured offering;

 

   

Stockholders who previously elected not to participate in the demand registration, including Mr. Thomas and Landmark Equity Partners, were demanding to have some of their shares included in the registration statement for sale in the offering; and

 

   

The selling stockholders would not support any amendment to our certificate of incorporation to include the previously anticipated provision (which we believe is customary in dual class common stock structures) for the automatic conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock upon a sale or transfer, subject to certain exceptions.

In the following weeks, we received numerous additional communications from IVP and other selling stockholders relating to the changes to the offering initiated by IVP. As a consequence of these changes, we will have 6,266,171 shares of preferred stock outstanding after completion of this offering, of which 4,294,794 shares, or 68.5%, will remain held by IVP, IVM and affiliates of its general partners. The proposed amendments to our certificate of incorporation would have required the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding preferred stock voting as a separate class. The changes to the structure of the offering have resulted in significant changes to the capital structure and distribution of voting power that will remain in place following completion of this offering. In response to the correspondence received from Morrison & Foerster and certain of our stockholders, we sent a letter to each stockholder party to the Master Rights Agreement asking such stockholder to confirm whether the correspondence that we had received from Morrison & Foerster and IVP accurately described the stockholder’s intention and proposed participation with respect to the offering.

Upon confirming that the correspondence with Morrison & Foerster, IVP and the other selling stockholders reflected the election of the participants, we determined that the cumulative effect of the changes to the offering required by IVP and the selling stockholders represented a separate and independent demand for registration under the Master Rights Agreement with respect to our Class B common stock. Bank of America Ventures, Pantheon International Participations PLC, Landmark Equity Partners, IVM and other affiliates of IVP and the other selling stockholders identified herein have elected to participate in this new offering pursuant to the registration rights provisions of the Master Rights Agreement. IVP has determined not to offer any shares or convert any of its preferred stock into common stock in connection with this offering.

After having incurred significant expense and dedicated management time and energy to comply with IVP’s initial demand for registration, we believe we were close to completion of the offering in late February 2012. IVP’s determination shortly thereafter to restructure the demand registration, and Mr. Thomas’ challenge to our determination of the fair market value of our shares, as described in more detail below, have resulted in significant delays to the registration process as well as substantial additional legal and accounting expense for Applied.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our Views Relating to IVP’s Course of Conduct and the Timing of Its Demands for Registration

In 2009 and 2010, Applied responded to the global economic challenges by applying fiscally cautious budgeting and spending and accumulating cash from operations for use in case of any further deterioration of economic conditions. We believe IVP’s leadership has been and is aware of the intensive capital investments and operating expenses, as well as considerable time and effort, necessary to sustain the Applied model and build a sustainable presence in highly competitive markets. We also believe that IVP developed a plan to force us to complete an initial public offering, and to establish a marketable security, at this time, to leverage our unusual and unsustainable condition of growth, earnings and cash flow, and to portray our operating performance at optimum levels.

Applied’s management and board of directors have agreed that the conditions and operating performance experienced in 2009 and 2010 cannot be sustained without a return to our historic investment levels, and without making additional expenditures to compensate for lost time. IVP and the underwriter seem determined to present our unsustainable historical performance to investors in this offering. We have therefore attempted to emphasize for potential investors the risks and challenges we continue to confront and their anticipated impacts on our future operating results and financial condition.

As more particularly described in “Risk Factors” above, we believe:

 

   

this offering is made at the demand of the selling stockholders and IVP, and our board of directors and executive officers believe this offering is not in the best interests of Applied;

 

   

this offering will not result in any benefit to Applied;

 

   

the small number of shares to be sold by the selling stockholders in this “micro offering” appears to be designed to minimize impact to the selling stockholders from the large number of our shares that will be available for sale after completion of this offering;

 

   

this offering will impose significant costs on, and competitive risks to, our business;

 

   

the underwriter’s estimate of the range of initial public offering prices was established without consultation with us;

 

   

our stock price could decline significantly and rapidly following this offering;

 

   

liquidity and trading volume of our Class B common stock may be limited as a result of the unique circumstances of this offering;

 

   

this offering and operating as a public company may negatively impact the creativity, initiative and teamwork fostered by our unique culture;

 

   

there are risks associated with the auction process for this offering;

 

   

the market price of our Class B common stock may be volatile or may decline, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price; and

 

   

our Class B common stock could be less attractive to investors if we take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements available to emerging growth companies.

During 2012, lower hospital census, declining average selling prices, weakening foreign exchange and austerity measures in Europe have had a negative effect on our addressable market size. Our own growth rates for revenues and operating income have dropped dramatically from 2010 to 2012, as competitive conditions have intensified. Our growth rate for product revenues dropped from 24.5% between 2010 and 2011 to 10.0% for the first nine months of 2012 as compared to the first nine months of 2011. While our net income increased 112.5% between 2010 and 2011, it declined 42.3% in

 

50


Table of Contents

the first nine months of 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. We remain committed to long-term sustainability and have begun to resume increased levels of investments in research and development, adding sales and administrative personnel, and making additional capital expenditures for facilities and equipment to prepare for future growth opportunities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We believe IVP has over-valued our shares and communicated its inflated valuation information to its limited partners, potentially for several years. We believe that instead of engaging with our management or board of directors to explore other approaches to liquidity, IVP has restructured this offering to minimize the number of shares to be sold and to impair our capital structure without offering any way to improve the market for our shares following this offering or otherwise mitigating the negative impact of this demand registration.

IVP’s History of Disregarding Information Relevant to Valuation; Litigation

Since 2009, IVP has disputed or disregarded our good faith determinations of the value of our shares when our valuations have conflicted with IVP’s own views. To our knowledge, IVP has not considered our internal valuations or the underlying assumptions on which our valuations are based in guiding any of its actions in connection with this offering. We have not received any of the reports that IVP provides to its limited partners or other interested parties, and we do not know the extent, if any, to which affiliates of IVP have used IVP’s portfolio valuation information in connection with their operations, communications or fund-raising activities. We also believe the underwriter has placed insufficient weight on our internal valuations in setting the initial public offering price range for this offering, as evidenced by the underwriter’s failure to consult with us in connection with setting the price range for this offering.

One instance of IVP’s disregard for our fair market value determinations relates to our repurchase of stock from T. Peter Thomas, an affiliate of IVP and general partner of IVM, and a member of our compensation committee from January 1989 until February 2011. Mr. Thomas was removed from our board of directors by action of our stockholders in January 2012. Following his removal from our board of directors, Mr. Thomas exercised vested stock options to purchase 37,950 shares of our Class B common stock and paid the aggregate exercise price of $277,650 for such shares. On February 16, 2012, we exercised our right to repurchase all of such shares pursuant to the applicable stock option agreements between Applied and Mr. Thomas. In connection with the repurchase of these shares, we provided Mr. Thomas with a check in the amount of $495,247.50, which reflects a repurchase price of $13.05 per share. The repurchase price reflects our compensation committee’s good faith determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock most recently preceding the date of Mr. Thomas’ removal as a director.

Mr. Thomas has asserted, with the support of IVP, that the fair market value determination used in connection with the repurchase of his shares was not made in good faith. Mr. Thomas claims to have received an independent third-party offer to purchase his shares of Class B common stock at a price of $25.00 per share. Mr. Thomas also has informed us that IVP values its Applied shares at $32.66 per share for purposes of preparing IVP’s own audited financial statements, based on a valuation conducted by a valuation firm engaged by IVP. We do not know the extent, if any, to which developments in our business, our financial data or projections or our third-party valuation information were considered by IVP in connection with its December 2011 valuation of our shares.

We have reviewed the valuations commissioned by IVP, and our management and board of directors continue to believe the valuation process used by our board of directors is the most appropriate process. In contrast to the valuation assertions made by Mr. Thomas and IVP, our compensation committee determined that the fair market value of our Class B common stock was $8.36 per share as of March 14, 2012 and $9.83 per share as of June 15, 2012.

 

51


Table of Contents

On August 31, 2012, Applied filed a lawsuit against Mr. Thomas and IVP in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Orange, asserting claims against Mr. Thomas and IVP relating to Mr. Thomas’ breach of stock option agreements in connection with the exercise of our repurchase rights. We have asserted claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, conversion and declaratory relief against Mr. Thomas and claims for conversion and aiding and abetting conversion against IVP. We seek damages and certain declaratory relief. Upon filing the lawsuit, Mr. Thomas delivered the necessary stock transfer instruments. At the same time, Mr. Thomas reserved the right to continue to dispute our determination of fair market value. We continue to seek damages against Mr. Thomas and IVP as a result of their actions. On January 16, 2013, the Court issued an order transferring the case to the Superior Court for the State of California, County of San Mateo. Litigation to resolve these matters has been, and could remain, costly and time-consuming, and continues to distract our senior management from operating our business. See “Risk Factors” and “Business — Legal Proceedings.”

Our Concerns Regarding the Underwriter’s Estimate of the Range of Initial Public Offering Prices

We do not agree with the underwriter’s estimate of the initial public offering price range. As more particularly described in “Plan of Distribution,” potential investors may submit bids at any price, above or below the estimate range of prices. For the reasons described below and in “Risk Factors,” we believe the underwriter’s estimated price range is not sustainable. Moreover, and regardless of the offering price achieved through the underwriter’s “OpenIPO” process, we believe the public offering price will not be sustainable after this offering. The underwriter did not consult with us about valuation before communicating to us its estimate of the initial public offering price range. Accordingly, we believe the underwriter’s estimate of the initial public offering price range does not take into account the risks and challenges that we expect will affect our business or the risks associated with this offering and the auction process being used by the underwriter.

While we continue to comply with our obligations to effect the registration of shares under the Master Rights Agreement, we are concerned with what we believe is IVP’s and the underwriter’s focus on attempting to sell shares at a price we consider unjustified. We have further concerns stemming from our belief that the underwriter’s estimate of the initial public offering price range was arbitrarily selected to support IVP’s inflated estimates of the valuation of Applied shares held by IVP. We are also concerned that the selling stockholders are only offering a small percentage of our outstanding shares, or “float,” in this offering. This offering is a “micro-float” offering, in which not more than 4% of our outstanding shares are being offered for sale to the public. A “micro” float can help the selling stockholders offload shares at a premium price, while potentially resulting in losses for early investors when additional shares are sold into the market after the closing of the offering. After the completion of this offering, there will be a significant number of shares eligible for sale by all Applied stockholders, which increases the risk of future price declines if stockholders sell additional shares into the market. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We are also concerned that potential investors and others aware of this offering will misconstrue the circumstances surrounding this offering and our compliance with the registration requirements of the Master Rights Agreement. The underwriter has published a third party “research” report, prepared by a consultant engaged by the underwriter, which we believe contains false, misleading and overly optimistic information, while giving little, if any, emphasis to the real and significant risks associated with this offering and our business prospects. The underwriter has also chosen to publish on its “OpenIPO” website a “Selling Stockholder Message,” which is a video featuring Mr. Dennis (who is not selling any shares held in his own name in this offering). IVP’s and the underwriter’s communications relating to this offering were not reviewed, approved or authorized by us prior to their publication, and we specifically disavow the content of such communications.

 

52


Table of Contents

Conclusion

In determining whether to purchase shares in this offering, you should rely only on the information in this prospectus and any free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. See “Risk Factors” for more information about the special risks associated with this offering and the underwriter’s “OpenIPO” auction process.

We continue to believe that an initial public offering, at this time and in the manner initiated and controlled by IVP, is not in Applied’s best interests. We also caution you to weigh the disclosures in this prospectus about our business model and its advantages against the vulnerabilities and operating challenges applicable to our financial outlook, regardless of any statements made by the selling stockholders and their underwriter in connection with this offering. We are concerned that prospective investors who are given the opportunity to buy our shares from the selling stockholders will receive information from the underwriter or from IVP that does not adequately balance our advantages and opportunities against the significant risks of an investment in our shares.

For example, the underwriter claims on its website that “WRH+Co is the FIRST Underwriter to Publish Pre-IPO Research.” The underwriter engaged DBK Consulting to write a Research Report about us. Deborah B. Kaster prepared the report for DBK Consulting and the underwriter posted it on the underwriter’s OpenIPO website. We are not aware of any research reports prepared and published for any other company by Deborah B. Kaster or DBK Consulting. After we informed the underwriter of false or misleading statements contained in the initial DBK Consulting report, the underwriter removed the report from its website and replaced it with a revised report. While the revised report removed some of the statements we identified as false or misleading, it only modified others to appear as statements of DBK Consulting’s opinion. For the reasons described in “Risk Factors” above, we specifically disavow the content of DBK Consulting’s report and urge prospective investors not to rely on it.

We did not choose to go public. IVP has forced us to do so. We did not choose the underwriter for this offering. IVP did. We understand that the underwriter invited other internationally recognized investment banking firms to participate in this offering. We also understand that none of those firms were willing to do so under the circumstances.

We believe a “micro IPO” initiated at the demand of a venture capitalist, in which:

 

   

the shares offered constitute less than 4% of our outstanding shares, when immediately after the offering a significant number of our shares will be eligible for sale in the public market (see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”);

 

   

we believe that the underwriter has not fully understood our business, as evidenced by statements included in the DBK Consulting report; and

 

   

the underwriter estimated the range of initial public offering prices without consulting with our management team,

presents special risks to us and potential investors in this offering.

We cannot give potential investors any assurance that the initial public offering price for the shares to be sold in this offering will be established within or near the estimate of the range of prices communicated to us or the public by the underwriter, or that the price so established by the underwriter’s OpenIPO auction process will be sustained in the market following completion of the offering.

 

53


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class B common stock by the selling stockholders. We expect to incur approximately $             million of expenses in connection with this offering, including those expenses of the selling stockholders that we are obligated to pay under the Master Rights Agreement.

DIVIDEND POLICY AND HISTORY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Class B common stock, Class A common stock or preferred stock. The holders of our outstanding shares of preferred stock are entitled to certain preferences and priorities with respect to dividends. We are not permitted to pay dividends on any shares of common stock unless and until threshold amounts of dividends are paid on the outstanding shares of preferred stock. In addition, the holders of our outstanding shares of preferred stock would be entitled to participate in any dividends thereafter declared and paid on our common stock, on an as-converted basis as if they were the holders of the number of shares of Class B common stock into which their shares of preferred stock were then convertible.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings, if any, in the foreseeable future will be used for working capital and to support our operations. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions and preferences of our outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any, restrictions in our debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. For a more detailed description of the restrictions and preferences of our preferred stock with respect to dividends, see “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock — Dividends.” We are also restricted from declaring or paying cash dividends under the senior secured credit facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Covenants and Other.”

We have an ongoing authorization, since February 2009, from our Board of Directors to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of our common stock and preferred stock from stockholders for a price and on such terms and conditions as management may determine appropriate in each case, subject to compliance with legal restrictions and covenants with our secured lenders. We expect to continue stock repurchase activity following completion of this offering in a manner consistent with past practices. Our senior secured credit facility includes provisions allowing us to repurchase shares of capital stock or pay dividends in aggregate amounts of up to $10 million per year and up to $50 million over the five-year term of the credit facility.

 

54


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of 729,798 shares of preferred stock into 729,798 shares of Class B common stock in connection with this offering.

This table should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    September 30, 2012  
    Actual     Pro forma  
    (in thousands, except
share information)
 

Long-term debt (including current portion)

  $ 99,416      $ 99,416   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 7,009,998 shares authorized, 6,995,969 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2012, actual; 7,009,998 authorized, 6,266,171 issued and outstanding, pro forma (1)

    14,106        12,241   

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 153,439 issued and outstanding (2)(4)

    —          —     

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 12,319,699 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2012, actual; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 13,049,497 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (1)(3)(4)

    12        13   

Additional paid-in capital

    37,024        38,888   

Retained earnings

    153,686        153,686   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 304,244      $ 304,244   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Assumes the selling stockholders’ conversions of shares of preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock in connection with this offering are allocated among the series of preferred stock as follows

 

     Number of Shares  

Series A preferred stock

     257,795   

Series B preferred stock

     244,162   

Series D preferred stock

     35,000   

Series E preferred stock

     3,750   

Series F preferred stock

     189,091   
  

 

 

 
     729,798   
  

 

 

 

 

(2) Amounts issued and outstanding exclude 6,613 shares of Class A common stock which are held in treasury and include 37,125 shares of Class A common stock which were obtained with nonrecourse notes receivable or pursuant to an early exercise feature, which shares are not presented as outstanding in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(3) Amounts issued and outstanding exclude 83,909 shares of Class B common stock which are held in treasury and include 1,068,918 shares of Class B common stock which were obtained with nonrecourse notes receivable or pursuant to an early exercise feature, which shares are not presented as outstanding in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(4) Amounts issued and outstanding exclude 43,600 shares of Class A common stock and 2,916,731 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options that have been granted under our stock incentive plans and 2,569,641 shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock available for future grant or issuance under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

We calculate net tangible book value per share of our common stock by dividing the net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2012 (assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock).

As of September 30, 2012, we had a net tangible book value of $204.9 million, or approximately $10.53 per share. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class B common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering, and the offering will not result in a change to the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock). Accordingly, our net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2012 would have remained $10.53 after giving effect to the sale of Class B common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. Cash payments made by purchasers of the shares being offered will not result in a change in our net tangible book value per share.

As of September 30, 2012, persons who were officers, directors, promoters or affiliated persons during the five-year period ended September 30, 2012 purchased no shares of Class A common stock and 1,890,350 shares of Class B common stock from us for total consideration of $12.3 million. The average price per share paid by such persons was $6.49 for Class B common stock, as compared to an assumed initial public offering price of $32.00 (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

You will experience dilution in the future upon the exercise of options to purchase our common stock, including those options currently outstanding and those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial additional dilution.

 

56


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the selected income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus. We derived the selected income statement data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the selected balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto that are included in this prospectus. We have prepared this unaudited information on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following financial data are only a summary and should be read together with our financial statements and the notes thereto, and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2010             2011         2011
(unaudited)
    2012
(unaudited)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Income Statement Data:

        

Product revenue

   $ 271,810      $ 338,453      $ 245,971      $ 270,603   

Royalties and license revenue

     10,365        11,631        9,269        3,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     282,175        350,084        255,240        273,643   

Cost of revenues

     55,041        69,634        48,880        56,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     227,134        280,450        206,360        217,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     156,781        169,803        117,168        134,436   

Research and development

     38,308        48,340        34,164        46,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     195,089        218,143        151,332        180,927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     32,045        62,307        55,028        36,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest and other income

     1,007        1,299        990        1,532   

Interest expense

     (2,358 )     (2,069     (1,606     (2,861
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net 

     (1,351     (770     (616     (1,329
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     30,694        61,537        54,412        35,084   

Provision for income taxes

     9,809        17,162        15,357        12,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     20,885        44,375        39,055        22,518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     680        (1,425     174        759   

Unrealized loss on long-term investments, net of tax

     —          —          —          (449
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     680        (1,425     174        310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 21,565      $ 42,950      $ 39,229      $ 22,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 11,667      $ 27,097      $ 23,920      $ 13,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2010              2011          2011
(unaudited)
     2012
(unaudited)
 
     (in thousands, except per share information)  

Net income per share:

           

Basic

   $ 1.19       $ 2.30       $ 2.05       $ 1.11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.18       $ 2.20       $ 1.97       $ 1.09   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares:

           

Basic

     9,785         11,793         11,690         12,415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,901         12,305         12,143         12,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,      As of September 30, 2012  
     2010      2011      (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 52,789       $ 59,870       $ 75,155   

Property, plant and equipment

     122,583         163,940         214,257   

Total assets

     235,652         315,098         404,222   

Total long-term liabilities

     61,910         75,006         98,439   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     14,118         14,106         14,106   

Total stockholders’ equity

     114,203         162,125         190,829   

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Applied is a medical device company dedicated to improving clinical outcomes, enhancing choices and availability, and improving value and service in the surgical side of healthcare. We compete against highly established and powerful competitors by enhancing products and their clinical outcomes while, at the same time, reducing the ASPs in the marketplace. We believe that this is an efficient way of breaking into some highly contested and often foreclosed market segments.

One of the most significant trends currently underway in our markets is price compression. Although some observers believe that such pressures are tied to current economic conditions, uncertainties and unemployment, we believe that the causes are more fundamental. For example, most market ASPs for specialized surgical devices are highly inflated and have not been subject to true competitive environments. As a result, and in light of economic limitations, cutbacks and austerity measures throughout the world, we believe prices are likely to fall dramatically over the next five to ten years.

Another key trend is the reprocessing of single-use medical devices for reuse due to the high prices of the devices charged by suppliers, although these devices were designed, qualified and approved as single-use only devices. The FDA has recently begun to permit re-processors to clean and sterilize these devices for second and third uses. Hospitals pressed for savings tend to save their used products and, through re-processors, attempt to reuse these same devices a second or third time, usually for half the original prices. This trend has had more impact on suppliers with the highest market ASPs, although it has had a limited impact on our business because of the value we offer and our exceptionally competitive pricing strategies.

A third key trend currently underway in our business is the increased prices and related fees demanded by certain of our distributors in recent contract negotiations. We believe that the increased prices and related fees demanded by our distributors in such contract negotiations are attempts to capture an increasing portion of our revenues as a result of the public disclosure of our financial condition, including our margins. We are taking steps to enhance our own direct distribution capabilities to deliver our products and moving away from reliance on third-party distributors to distribute our products to our customers.

Although our research and development activities often translate into improved product offerings, we generally do not charge any premium for the improved versions of our products, even though improved products typically involve significant research and development expenditures and incremental production costs. Rather than pursuing premium pricing, we rely instead on the efficiencies created by our vertical integration, innovative processes and automation to cushion the impact of deteriorating market ASPs and mitigate the impact of lower product margins often associated with improved products in many situations.

Our operating margins are heavily impacted by the extent of our operating expenditures and investments. We believe we spend a considerably higher percentage of our revenues on research and development than our competitors do.

 

59


Table of Contents

Similarly, we spend a high percentage of our revenues on our selling efforts and we believe we have managed to build one of the larger sales forces in our market. We spend considerable amounts on training, educating and retaining our sales team and consider this investment critical to our success. We expect to continue to spend similar amounts for the foreseeable future.

Our general and administrative expenditures are usually increased by the cost of litigation expenses. We have spent considerable amounts to defend and enforce our patents, to defend against patent infringement claims and to ensure our markets are not foreclosed or subjected to acts of unfair competition and predatory practices by our competitors. As we expand our product offerings and develop new products, we expect to experience an increase in litigation expenses to ensure such additional markets are not foreclosed or subjected to predatory practices by current and potential new competitors.

We have experienced and continue to experience growth in our operations, specifically since the foreclosed nature of the laporoscopic device market changed somewhat after 2003, in part as a result of the implementation of the carve-out by Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. and Ethicon, Inc. Following the opening of this market in 2003, we have experienced compounded growth rates in excess of 20 percent. We believe the carve-out will expire in October 2015, after which time we expect it may become more difficult for our trocar products and surgical instruments to compete in the marketplace. However, we are unable to quantify the impact that the expiration of the carve-out may have on our sales of trocars and surgical instruments because the carve-out is only one factor that contributed to our product revenue growth. We believe the growth in our sales of trocars and surgical instruments can also be attributed to a number of other factors, including our product innovations, the efforts of our sales team, the economic environment and our competitive pricing policies, the availability of clinical studies supporting the efficacy of our products, and the expansion of our global distribution capabilities.

For many years prior to the current global financial crisis, we invested heavily in infrastructure, personnel, research and development, automation and distribution channels. For example, in 2006 and 2007 we spent approximately 20% and 19%, respectively, of our revenues on research and development, and $60.0 million and $16.7 million on capital expenditures. Principally as a result of the global financial crisis, our planned research and development expenditures were reduced to approximately 14%, 13% and 13% of our revenues in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and we reduced our planned levels of capital expenditures. We increased spending in our planned research and development expenses to approximately 14% and 17% of our revenues in 2011 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. Similarly, we increased capital expenditures in 2011 as compared to 2010 by 21%, to $56.5 million and we have incurred capital expenditures of $63.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. We intend to continue to significantly increase investments in research and development, sales and marketing and capital expenditures during the balance of 2012 and beyond. As a result of this increased spending and the industry factors described above, we expect our net income, gross margins and operating margins will be adversely impacted for the foreseeable future.

Results of Operations

The following describes the line items set forth in our consolidated income statements.

Revenues

We have two principal product lines, which consist of surgical access devices and surgical instruments. Surgical access devices include trocars used in laparoscopic procedures, GelPort® and GelPOINT® products used in hand-assisted laparoscopic and single-incision procedures, respectively, and Alexis® wound protectors/retractors for open surgical procedures. Surgical instrument product revenues are derived from sales of laparoscopic clip appliers, scissors, graspers, dissectors, retrieval systems, clips and clamps used in a variety of surgical procedures. Our product revenues consist

 

60


Table of Contents

primarily of sales of these surgical devices and instruments to hospitals and out-patient surgical centers for use by surgeons in operating rooms. We sell these surgical devices and instruments through our direct sales force and through distributors.

Our total revenues consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

(unaudited)
 
         2010             2011             2011             2012      

Surgical access devices

     67     67     66     67

Surgical instruments

     20     22     22     24

Other products

     9     8     8     8

Royalties and licensing

     4     3     4     1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our royalty revenue is primarily related to an agreement which expired in January 2012, pursuant to which we licensed certain technology to an unrelated licensee. Pursuant to this agreement, we received royalties at a specified per unit price for sales made by the licensee. Under this agreement, we recorded royalties aggregating approximately $9.3 million, $10.6 million, $9.3 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Cost of revenues

We manufacture all of the products we sell. Our cost of revenues consists of material and component costs, direct labor and other direct and indirect manufacturing overhead costs. We recognize cost of revenues when we recognize revenue for the transaction.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and other compensation costs for sales and administrative personnel, which include the executive, finance, information technology, legal and human resources departments, sales commissions, travel costs, professional and consulting fees, legal fees, facilities and other indirect costs.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and other compensation costs for personnel involved in product and technology research and development activities, prototyping and tooling costs and depreciation.

Interest income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investment balances.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest charges on our short- and long-term borrowings.

Other income (expense)

Other income (expense) generally consists of income (expense) generated from non-operating transactions.

 

61


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes is comprised of federal, state, local and foreign taxes based on income.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2012

Revenues

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,           
             2011                        2012                % Change  
     (unaudited, dollars in thousands)           

Product revenue

   $ 245,971         $ 270,603           10

Royalties and licensing revenue

     9,269           3,040           -67
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

Total revenues

   $ 255,240         $ 273,643           7
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

Total revenues increased by 7%, or $18.4 million, to $273.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $255.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Product revenue increased $24.6 million to $270.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $246.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Of this increase, $15.0 million was attributable to increased unit sales of our surgical access and, to a lesser extent, other devices, and $9.6 million was attributable to increased unit sales of our surgical instruments. The increased product revenue was also due to an expansion of our sales force and our continued expansion in select European markets, primarily Germany, the United Kingdom, Spain and the Netherlands. The increase in unit sales of surgical access devices was primarily attributable to trocar ports, Alexis products, GelPort systems and GelPOINT platforms. Increases in unit sales of surgical instruments were primarily attributable to endo instruments and laparoscopic clip appliers. These increases in revenue include a $4.9 million unfavorable impact due to changes in foreign currency rates, primarily resulting from the weakening of the Euro.

Royalties and licensing revenue decreased $6.3 million to $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $9.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to a lower volume of trocars sold under royalty agreements, of which the primary licensing agreement expired on January 31, 2012. We anticipate our royalties and licensing revenue to be further reduced to an immaterial amount for the remainder of 2012 due to the expiration of our principal outbound technology license agreement in January 2012.

Revenues by geography

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,         
             2011                        2012              % Change  
     (unaudited, dollars in thousands)         

United States

   $ 160,641         $ 164,724         3

Percentage of total revenues

     63        60   

International

   $ 94,599         $ 108,919         15

Percentage of total revenues

     37        40   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    
   $ 255,240         $ 273,643         7
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

The growth in revenues from international markets was primarily due to increased direct business with hospitals from sales force expansion in select European markets, primarily Germany, the United Kingdom, Spain and the Netherlands. We currently anticipate our international revenues growing at a higher rate than our revenue in the United States in 2013.

 

62


Table of Contents

Cost of revenues and gross profit

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,         
             2011                        2012              % Change  
     (unaudited, dollars in thousands)         

Cost of Revenues

   $ 48,880         $ 56,303         15

Percentage of total revenues

     19        21   

Gross Profit

   $ 206,360         $ 217,340         5

Percentage of total revenues

     81        79   

Cost of revenues increased by $7.4 million to $56.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $48.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Gross profit increased $10.9 million to $217.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $206.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Our gross margin decreased by 2% to 79% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from 81% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This decrease was primarily attributable to increased labor and facility costs associated with added production capacity that grew at a slightly higher rate than the growth in revenues. The increase in production capacity was primarily attributable to the increased inventory requirements of our new east coast warehouse and distribution facility which commenced operations in the second quarter of 2012 and increased inventory in transit due to a change in the primary shipping method to our foreign subsidiaries from air to ocean and the additional inventory required that was previously carried by a former distributor, which terminated its distribution agreement effective June 30, 2012.

Our cost of revenues and corresponding gross profit as a percentage of revenue can be expected to fluctuate in future periods depending upon changes in our product sales mix and prices, distribution channels and geographies, manufacturing yields, period expenses, production volume and currency exchange rates. Based on management’s current expectations with respect to continued price compression combined with increasing labor and facility costs, we expect our gross profit margins to decrease in 2013 and the foreseeable future.

Selling, general and administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,         
             2011                        2012              % Change  
     (unaudited, dollars in thousands)         

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 117,168         $ 134,436         15

Percentage of total revenues

     46        49   

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $17.2 million, or 15%, to $134.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from $117.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This increase was due to a $5.6 million increase in payroll and related costs, primarily due to an increase of approximately 80 team members as of September 30, 2012 as compared to September 30, 2011 and a $6.7 million increase in incentive plan and bonus expenses due to management’s ability to meet or exceed both company and individual performance objectives. Stock-based compensation expense increased by $3.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which was primarily attributable to a stock option repricing in March 2012 and, to a lesser extent, to the timing and volume of stock option and restricted stock grants. Losses from foreign currency transactions were $0.6 million higher for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011 primarily due to the weakening of the Euro. Facility and related infrastructure expenses increased by $1.5 million as a result of costs incurred resulting from a fire in one of our properties in the second quarter of 2012 and as a result of multiple

 

63


Table of Contents

buildings acquired during the previous 12 months. Expenses related to the initial public offering were $1.1 million higher in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. These increases were offset by a $2.1 million decrease in patent litigation expense.

As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 46% to 49% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, primarily as a result of our continued investment in our sales team and increased depreciation expense resulting from higher capital expenditures in 2012. We currently expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase for the remainder of 2012 and in 2013 as we make further investments in recruiting and training our sales team members, increase our emphasis on clinical selling efforts, complete improvements to recently acquired real estate and continue our efforts with respect to the initial public offering.

Effective January 1, 2013, a 2.3% medical device excise tax will be imposed on the sale of taxable medical devices by the manufacturer, producer or importer. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this medical device excise tax on our results of operations and financial position. Based on a preliminary assessment, we believe that our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in the range of $3 million to $5 million during the year ending December 31, 2013 as a result of implementing this new medical device excise tax.

Research and development

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,         
             2011                        2012              % Change  
     (unaudited, dollars in thousands)         

Research and development

   $ 34,164         $ 46,491         36

Percentage of total revenues

     13        17   

Research and development expenses increased by $12.3 million, or 36%, to $46.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $34.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Approximately $5.8 million of this increase was due to increases in payroll and related costs, primarily due to an increase of approximately 80 research and development team members as of September 30, 2012 as compared to September 30, 2011. This increase in team members is a direct result of our continued effort to invest in technologies, processes, automation, products and advanced tooling. Expenses for prototyping, tooling and outside services for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 increased $4.2 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to increased development activity, outside consulting and testing of new devices. Depreciation expense increased by $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as a result of higher capital expenditures on development and tooling equipment. Stock-based compensation expense also increased by $0.2 million during the same period as a direct result of stock option repricing in March 2012.

As a percentage of total revenues, research and development expenses increased from 13% during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to 17% during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as a result of our product development expenses growing at a slightly faster rate than our revenue and further investing in our processes, automation, products and advanced tooling. We expect our level of research and development expenses to continue at current or increased levels for the remainder of 2012 and 2013 as we continue to invest in innovative processes and automation and accelerate our product development cycle.

 

64


Table of Contents

Other expense, net

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,           
             2011                        2012                % Change  
     (unaudited, dollars in thousands)           

Interest and other income

   $ 990         $ 1,532           55

Interest expense

     (1,606        (2,861        78
  

 

 

      

 

 

      
   $ (616      $ (1,329     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

Interest and other income increased by $0.5 million to $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to higher average cash and cash equivalents balances in 2012. Interest expense increased by $1.3 million to $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 primarily due to a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $0.9 million incurred in connection with the refinancing of our long-term indebtedness, which was completed based on substantially different terms, with our new senior secured credit facility in April 2012 and from increased borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility during the same period.

As a result of our anticipated borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility, as further discussed in “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” we expect interest expense to increase in the foreseeable future.

Provision for income taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,           
             2011                        2012                % Change  
     (unaudited, dollars in thousands)           

Provision for income taxes

   $ 15,357         $ 12,566           -18

Our effective tax rate, which is calculated as the provision for income taxes as a percent of income before the provision for taxes, was 36% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 28% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase in the effective tax rate during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to the federal research and development tax credits which were not in effect during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and an increase in income of certain foreign subsidiaries subject to U.S. taxation and non-deductible expenses related to our initial public offering.

Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
             2010                      2011              % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Product revenue

   $ 271,810       $ 338,453         25

Royalties and licensing revenue

     10,365         11,631         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 282,175       $ 350,084         24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues increased by 24%, or $67.9 million, to $350.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $282.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

65


Table of Contents

Product revenue increased $66.7 million to $338.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $271.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily caused by a $44.9 million increase in unit sales of our surgical access devices and a $20.1 million increase in unit sales of our surgical instruments, due to further expansion in select European markets, primarily Spain, Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom, combined with an expansion of our sales force. The increase in unit sales of surgical access devices was primarily attributable to trocar ports, GelPort systems, GelPOINT platforms and Alexis products. Increases in unit sales of surgical instruments were primarily attributable to increases in endo instruments and laparoscopic clip appliers. These increases in product revenues include a $5.6 million favorable impact due to changes in foreign currency rates resulting from the strengthening of the Euro and the Australian dollar.

Royalties and licensing revenues increased $1.2 million to $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to a higher volume of trocars sold under royalty agreements. We expect royalty and licensing revenues to be largely eliminated after January 2012 due to the expiration of our principal outbound technology license agreement.

Revenues by geography

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
          2010             2011         % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)        

United States of America

   $ 182,701      $ 217,155        19

Percentage of total revenues

     65     62  

International

     99,474        132,929        34

Percentage of total revenues

     35     38  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

   $ 282,175      $ 350,084     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The growth in revenues from international markets was primarily due to increased direct business with hospitals, from sales force expansion in select European markets, primarily Spain and Italy, and to a lesser extent from changes in foreign currency rates resulting from the strengthening of the Euro and the Australian dollar during 2011.

Cost of revenues and gross profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
         2010             2011         % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Cost of revenues

   $ 55,041      $ 69,634        27

Percentage of total revenues

     20     20  

Gross profit

   $ 227,134      $ 280,450        23

Percentage of total revenues

     80     80  

Cost of revenues increased by $14.6 million to $69.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $55.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Gross profit increased by $53.3 million to $280.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $227.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our gross margin remained consistent at 80% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011.

Our cost of revenues and corresponding gross profit as a percentage of revenue can be expected to fluctuate in future periods depending upon changes in our product sales mix and prices, distribution channels and geographies, manufacturing yields, period expenses, production volume and currency exchange rates. Based on management’s current expectations with respect to continued price compression, we expect our gross profit margins to decrease in 2012 and the foreseeable future.

 

66


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
         2010             2011         % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Selling, general and administrative

     $156,781        $169,803        8%   

Percentage of total revenues

     56     49  

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $13.0 million, or 8%, to $169.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $156.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was due to a $9.0 million increase in payroll and related costs, primarily due to an increase of approximately 90 team members during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, and a $7.5 million increase in incentive plan and bonus expenses due to management’s ability to meet or exceed both company and individual performance objectives in 2011. In addition, commission expense increased by $3.1 million, which was primarily attributable to expansion of our sales force, resulting in a higher revenue base. Consultant and outside service expenses increased by $2.9 million due to the growth of our operations, including $1.6 million incurred in relation to this offering. Expenses related to travel, meetings and conventions were $2.3 million higher as the cost of travel increased and we sponsored more conventions and physician training sessions in a continued effort to sustain our brand through clinical selling programs, including training and educational initiatives. Other sales and administrative expenses were $2.9 million higher, including $0.9 million from foreign currency transactions. These increases were offset by losses of $4.9 million incurred in the acquisition of a research and development facility previously under lease and $2.2 million incurred on disposal of fixed assets in 2010. Stock-based compensation expense decreased by $3.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, which was attributable to the timing and volume of grants of stock options and restricted stock awards, including a stock option repricing in March 2010, which resulted in $1.0 million of incremental stock compensation during the year ended December 31, 2010. Additionally, legal expenses decreased by $3.4 million as a result of the timing of trials related to patent and other competition-related litigation.

As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 56% to 49% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily as a result of revenue growing at a faster rate than our non-variable selling expenses. We currently expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase significantly in 2012 in absolute dollars as we make further investments in infrastructure to meet our reporting obligations as a public company, recruit and train additional sales team members, increase our emphasis on clinical selling efforts and incur additional costs associated with intellectual property litigation.

Research and development

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
         2010             2011         % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Research and development

     $38,308        $48,340        26%   

Percentage of total revenues

     13     14  

Research and development expenses increased by $10.0 million, or 26%, to $48.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Of this increase, approximately $6.2 million was due to increased payroll and payroll related costs due to the addition of approximately 90 research and development team members. This increase in team members was part of our continued effort to invest in technologies, processes, automation, products and advanced tooling. An additional increase of $1.6 million in incentive plan and bonus

 

67


Table of Contents

expenses was primarily due to management’s ability to meet or exceed both company and individual performance objectives in 2011. Our increased spending was also attributable to a $1.3 million increase in prototype and tooling expenses and an additional $0.9 million increase in depreciation expense as a result of higher levels of capital expenditures.

As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses increased to 14% during the year ended December 31, 2011 from 13% during the year ended December 31, 2010, as a result of our product development expenses growing at a slightly faster rate than our revenue. We expect our level of research and development expenses to further increase in 2012 and the forseeable future as we continue to invest in innovative processes and automation and accelerate our product development cycle.

Other expense, net

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
         2010             2011         % Change  
     (in thousands)        

Interest and other income

   $ 1,007      $ 1,299        29

Interest expense

     (2,358     (2,069     -12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ (1,351   $ (770  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest and other income increased by $0.3 million to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to higher interest yields realized on cash deposits in foreign bank accounts. Interest expense decreased by $0.3 million to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to lower interest rates charged on our existing debt with variable interest rates.

Provision for income taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
         2010              2011          % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Provision for income taxes

   $ 9,809       $ 17,162         75
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Our effective tax rate, which is calculated as the provision for income taxes as a percent of income before the provision for income taxes, was 28% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 32% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to an increase of research tax credits of $1.3 million and the release of a liability for uncertain tax positions of $2.1 million related to foreign net operating losses in 2011, offset by anticipated income in jurisdictions in which we do business with different effective tax rates.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have funded our working capital requirements and expansion primarily with cash provided by our operating activities and our credit facilities. Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash flows provided by operating activities, our existing cash and cash equivalents, and our credit facilities. Cash flow metrics, such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, for us are not comparable to the same metrics for other companies in our industry because of our vertically integrated and capital intensive business model. For example, we own rather than lease most of our facilities (unlike other companies in our industry), and have financed our acquisitions of real properties,

 

68


Table of Contents

improvements and equipment with borrowings under our credit facilities. We believe the resulting amounts of depreciation expense and interest expense are greater from period to period than the rent expense we otherwise would incur if we operated our facilities and equipment under operating leases. As of September 30, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $75.2 million, short-term investments of $3.1 million and short and long-term debt of $99.4 million. Included in our cash and cash equivalents were $8.6 million in cash and $66.6 million in cash equivalents, consisting of money market accounts and certificates of deposit with banking institutions. We entered into a new senior secured credit facility in April 2012 which provides (1) a $35 million senior secured revolving credit facility, (2) a $50 million senior secured term loan, and (3) a $65 million senior secured delayed draw term loan facility. Proceeds of the $50 million term loan were used to refinance $49.6 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness, including $20 million of advances under our prior revolving line of credit which was replaced with the new $35 million senior secured revolving credit facility. In June 2012, we advanced $17.6 million under the senior secured delayed draw term loan facility, the proceeds of which were used for the acquisition of industrial facilities in Rancho Santa Margarita, California. In July 2012, we advanced an additional $8.0 million under the senior secured delayed draw term loan facility, the proceeds of which were used for construction related to recent real estate acquisitions and other capital investments. In November 2012, we advanced $3.5 million under the senior secured delayed draw term loan facility in connection with the acquisition of real estate and other capital investments. In January 2013, we borrowed $5.0 million under the senior secured revolving credit facility for working capital purposes.

Our new senior secured credit facility has financial and operational covenants that could limit our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, incur capital expenditures, merge with or acquire other companies, make investments, pay dividends, repurchase shares of capital stock, incur additional indebtedness and liens and conduct transactions with affiliates. Further, the new senior secured credit facility also includes financial covenants that require us to remain below a maximum leverage ratio and maintain a minimum fixed charge ratio. The new credit facilities also impose certain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends to, or repurchase shares of capital stock from, our stockholders. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness”.

From time to time we have responded to requests from stockholders for liquidity by repurchasing their shares of common stock or preferred stock and have provided opportunities for stockholders to sell their shares back to us. We have an ongoing authorization, since February 2009, from our Board of Directors to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of our common stock and preferred stock from stockholders for a price and on such terms and conditions as management may determine appropriate in each case, subject to compliance with legal restrictions and covenants with our secured lenders. We expect to continue stock repurchase activity following completion of this offering in a manner consistent with past practices. Our senior secured credit facility includes provisions allowing us to repurchase shares of capital stock or pay dividends in aggregate amounts of up to $10 million per year and up to $50 million over the five-year term of the credit facility.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our cash flow data:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September  30,
 
    2010     2011     2011
(unaudited)
    2012
(unaudited)
 
    (in thousands)  

Cash provided by operating activities

  $ 50,488      $ 52,039      $ 38,030      $ 54,672   

Cash used in investing activities

    (44,327     (58,434     (30,338     (73,069

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    10,992        14,194        (1,854     32,909   

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

    544        (718     506        773   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 17,697      $ 7,081      $ 6,344      $ 15,285   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $54.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $38.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was comprised of $22.5 million in net income, net non-cash operating expenses of $20.9 million and an increase in operating liabilities net of operating assets of $11.3 million. Adjustments for non-cash items of $20.9 million consisted primarily of $13.2 million in depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment, $5.0 million of stock-based compensation, a $0.9 million loss from early extinguishment of debt, a $0.9 million increase in the provision for excess and obsolete inventory and a $0.8 million increase in the provision for accrued warranty costs. The increase in cash resulting from changes in operating liabilities net of operating assets primarily consisted of an increase of $16.3 million in accrued payroll and related benefits, mainly related to an increase in amounts accrued under management incentive and bonus plans, which was paid in November 2012, an increase of $9.3 million in other current liabilities primarily due to an increase in accrued income and other taxes payable and an increase of $0.7 million in other liabilities. These increases were primarily offset by a $12.8 million increase in inventory which was attributable to management’s effort to meet increased demand in unit sales and increased inventory requirements resulting from our new east coast warehouse and distribution facility which commenced operations in the second quarter of 2012 and a change in shipping method to our foreign subsidiaries from air to ocean, an increase of $1.4 million in our accounts receivable due to a 10% increase in product revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, and a decrease of $0.5 million in accounts payable and an increase of $0.3 million in other current assets.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $38.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was comprised primarily of $39.1 million in net income and net non-cash operating expenses of $12.7 million, offset by an increase in operating assets net of operating liabilities of $13.8 million. Adjustments for non-cash items of $12.7 million consisted primarily of $10.2 million in depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment, $1.3 million of stock-based compensation, a $0.7 million increase in the provision for accrued warranty costs and a $0.5 million increase in the provision for excess and obsolete inventory reserves. The decrease in cash resulting from changes in operating assets net of operating liabilities primarily consisted of a $6.7 million increase in our accounts receivable due to a $52.8 million, or 27%, increase in product revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010, a $14.5 million increase in inventories which was primarily attributable to management’s effort to meet increased forecasted sales demand and to take advantage of lower prices by buying raw materials ahead of anticipated price increases, and a $1.3 million increase in other assets. These decreases to cash were primarily offset by a $5.6 million increase in other non-current liabilities which was attributable to the accrual of a long-term bonus plan which commenced in 2010, an increase of $1.3 million in accounts payable, an increase of $1.1 million in accrued payroll and related benefits and an increase of $0.8 million in other current liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $52.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $50.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased primarily as a result of $44.4 million in net income and net non-cash operating expenses of $21.1 million, offset by an increase in operating assets net of operating liabilities of $13.5 million. Adjustments for non-cash items of $21.1 million consisted primarily of $14.0 million in depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment, $2.2 million of stock-based compensation, $2.2 million in a deferred income tax provision, a $0.9 million increase in the provision for excess and obsolete inventory reserves, a $0.8 million increase in the provision for accrued warranty costs, a $0.6 million increase in the provision for doubtful accounts and a $0.6 million loss on disposal of fixed assets. The decrease in cash resulting from

 

70


Table of Contents

changes in operating assets net of operating liabilities primarily consisted of an $8.6 million increase in our accounts receivable due to a $66.7 million, or 25%, increase in product revenue during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010, a $14.5 million increase in inventories which was primarily attributable to management’s effort to meet increased forecasted sales demand and to take advantage of lower prices by buying raw materials ahead of anticipated price increases, a $1.5 million increase in other current assets primarily related to prepaid expenses, a $10.4 million decrease in other non-current liabilities which was primarily attributable to a $7.6 million reclass of the long-term bonus plan, a $2.7 million decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and an increase of $0.5 million in other current liabilities. These decreases to cash were offset by an increase of $19.9 million (including a $7.6 million reclass from other non-current liabilities) in accrued payroll and related benefits primarily related to the long-term bonus plan which commenced in 2010 and an increase of $2.1 million in accounts payable.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $50.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and was primarily a result of net income of $20.9 million, net non-cash operating expense of $25.3 million and an increase in operating liabilities net of operating assets of $4.3 million. Adjustments for non-cash items of $25.3 million consisted primarily of $12.6 million of depreciation on property, plant and equipment, $2.6 million of expenses in connection with the reconfiguration of a facility, $4.9 million of a loss on the purchase of a facility which was previously leased by Applied and $6.1 million of stock-based compensation. These increases were partially offset by a $2.2 million increase in a deferred tax benefit in 2010. The $4.3 million increase in operating liabilities net of operating assets consisted of a $5.1 million increase in accrued payroll and related benefits due to the increase in the number of team members, a $6.6 million increase in long-term liabilities which was primarily attributable to the accrual of a long-term bonus plan which commenced in 2010 and will be paid in 2013 and a $0.8 million increase in other current liabilities, a $0.6 million increase in accounts payable and a $0.7 million decrease in other current assets. These increases to cash were offset by a $7.0 million increase in accounts receivable which was primarily attributable to the $50.2 million, or 23%, increase in product revenues during 2010, a $2.7 million increase in inventories which was primarily attributable to management’s efforts to meet increased sales demand and to take advantage of lower prices by buying raw materials in bulk.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $73.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily due to capital expenditures of $62.5 million, the purchase of a long-term investment for $5.4 million, the purchase of a short-term investment for $3.1 million, the purchase of a secured note receivable for $1.5 million offset by $0.4 million of collections on secured notes receivable and a net increase in notes receivable from employees of $1.0 million. Net cash used in investing activities was $30.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to capital expenditures of $29.5 million and an increase in restricted cash of $0.8 million.

Net cash used in investing activities of $58.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to capital expenditures of $56.5 million, an increase of $1.1 million in restricted cash, the $0.8 million purchase of a secured note receivable and the issuance of $0.3 million of notes receivable to employees offset by the collection of $0.2 million on notes receivable from employees.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $44.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and was primarily due to capital expenditures of $46.6 million and the issuance of notes receivable to team members and stockholders of $0.4 million, offset by a decrease in restricted cash of $1.8 million and proceeds from short-term investments of $0.9 million.

Our industry is capital intensive, particularly as it relates to manufacturing facilities. Historically, our capital expenditures have consisted principally of purchased manufacturing equipment and

 

71


Table of Contents

facilities, research and testing equipment and facilities, computer systems, office furniture and equipment. We expect our capital expenditures for facilities, machinery and equipment to remain significant for the foreseeable future.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $32.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to $79.2 million of proceeds from long-term debt and $7.4 million of net proceeds from short-term borrowings resulting mainly from our new senior secured credit facility, which closed in April 2012, proceeds of $1.1 million from stock option exercises and $0.5 million from interest and principal collections on notes receivable from stockholders offset by $53.0 million of repayments of long-term debt primarily relating to the refinancing of substantially all of our indebtedness, with the exception of one mortgage note payable, with our new senior secured credit facility, $1.6 million of debt issuance costs paid in connection with our new senior secured credit facility and the repurchase of treasury stock for $0.7 million.

Net cash used in financing activities of $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was primarily due to the repayment of $5.0 million of short-term debt, $3.6 million of repayments on long-term debt, $0.4 million paid in connection with common stock conversion from Class B to Class A and repurchases of preferred and common stock for $0.3 million, offset by proceeds from new long-term debt of $4.4 million, proceeds from stock option exercises of $1.7 million and collections on notes receivable from stockholders of $1.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to the proceeds from new short-term borrowings of $21.4 million, proceeds from new long-term debt of $4.4 million, collection of $2.5 million of principal and $0.3 million of interest on nonrecourse notes receivable from stockholders, proceeds from stock option exercises of $1.7 million and $0.1 million from excess tax benefits from share-based payments offset by repayment of $10.0 million of short-term borrowings, $5.3 million of repayments on long-term debt, $0.5 million of amounts paid in connection with the voluntary conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock and repurchases of preferred and common stock for $0.6 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily due to $31.3 million in net proceeds from new long-term debt, $5.0 million in net proceeds from net short-term borrowings and $5.6 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options, offset by repayments of $27.8 million on long-term debt and the repurchases of common stock for $ 2.7 million.

Future liquidity needs

During 2011, our operations were primarily funded from cash generated by operations. We anticipate significantly higher capital expenditures related to expanding our international operations, acquiring real estate in the United States and related construction and capital improvement activities and investing in other capital equipment. Our focus on international expansion will require both continuing and incremental investments in facilities and infrastructure in the U.S., Europe and Australia. For the next 12 months, we believe that our cash balances, cash flow from operations, and available borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility will be sufficient to fund our operations, our working capital requirements, and our presently planned capital investments.

We do not currently have any material commitments with respect to planned capital expenditures, other than a commitment to purchase land adjacent to our office and warehouse facilities in Amersfoort, Netherlands for approximately $2.2 million in February 2013, and a commitment to purchase a manufacturing system for $4.1 million, of which $1.6 million has been incurred as of September 30, 2012 and construction related to recent real property acquisitions and capital improvement activities. We currently expect our planned capital expenditures in 2013 to be approximately $61.0 million. Our senior secured credit facility

 

72


Table of Contents

includes covenants limiting the aggregate amount of capital expenditures we may incur in any single calendar year to $100 million for 2012, $75 million for 2013 and 2014 and $55 million for 2015 and 2016. Through September 30, 2012, we incurred approximately $63.7 million of capital expenditures, and we incurred an aggregate of approximately $81 million of capital expenditures in 2012. On September 19, 2012, Applied entered into Amendment No. 1 to our senior secured credit facility which increased the capital expenditure limitation from $75 million to $100 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. In the event that we require additional working capital to fund future operations, we could seek to obtain funding through debt financing arrangements. Our new senior secured credit facility also includes covenants restricting our ability to incur additional debt. There can be no assurance that any financing transaction will be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products, delay or cancel facilities projects or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU No. 09-13”). ASU No. 09-13 modifies the requirements that must be met for an entity to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a multiple-element arrangement when other items have not yet been delivered. We adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2011. We did not enter into any revenue arrangements subject to this new guidance during 2011 and, therefore, the implementation of this new guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU No. 10-06”). ASU No. 10-06 expands the interim and annual disclosure requirements of fair value measurements, including the information about transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and requires additional disclosure regarding purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of Level 3 measurements, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 10-06 for Level 1 and Level 2 measurements effective January 1, 2010 and for Level 3 measurements effective January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2012, we adopted ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS, or ASU 11-04. ASU 11-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS. The new guidance changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for level 3 fair value measurements. The adoption of ASU No. 11-04 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2012, we adopted ASU 2011-05 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, or ASU 11-05. ASU 11-05 requires us to present net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. The new standard eliminates the option to present items of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity or in the notes to the financial statements. The new requirements do not change which components of comprehensive income are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income, or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. We elected to present a single continuous statement of comprehensive income.

 

73


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011.

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Amounts reflected in
consolidated balance sheet:

              

Debt, including current portion

   $ 66,749       $ 5,696       $ 23,502       $ 8,529       $ 29,022 (1) 

Amounts not reflected in
consolidated balance sheet:

              

Construction contract obligations

     11,766         11,766         —           —           —     

Operating lease obligations

     3,287         1,462         1,638         187         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 81,802       $ 18,924       $ 25,140       $ 8,716       $ 29,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) As further discussed in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”, we entered into a new senior secured credit facility in April 2012 which consists of (1) a $35 million senior secured revolving credit facility, (2) a $50 million senior secured term loan, and (3) a $65 million senior secured delayed draw term loan facility. Proceeds of the $50 million term loan were used to refinance $49.6 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness, including $16.4 million of advances under our prior revolving line of credit which were outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and are presented as long-term indebtedness in our balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 as a result of the refinancing.

In May 2011, we acquired real property in Amersfoort, Netherlands, for a purchase price of $3.8 million which was paid from available cash. We completed the construction of office and warehouse facilities on this land in the third quarter of 2012. As of September 30, 2012, the total cost of construction was $13.5 million, which was paid from available cash.

In the first nine months of 2012, we acquired four industrial facilities in Rancho Santa Margarita, California for an aggregate purchase price of $29.2 million, which was paid from borrowings under our credit facilities and available cash.

In November 2012, we acquired an industrial facility in Rancho Santa Margarita for an aggregate purchase price of $2.1 million, which was paid from available cash and an existing credit facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and any related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

 

74


Table of Contents

We believe that the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity than our other accounting policies and accordingly, represent our critical accounting policies. We have other key accounting policies, which involve the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that are significant to understanding our results, which are included in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods, work-in-process, and raw materials, including components which are semi-finished goods. Product inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method (which approximates first-in, first-out) and includes material, labor and overhead. Inventory valuation allowances are recorded for materials that have become obsolete or are no longer used in current production and for inventory that has a market value less than the carrying value in inventory. We generally purchase raw materials in quantities that we anticipate will be fully used within one year. However, changes in operating strategy and customer demand, and frequent unpredictable fluctuations in market values for such materials can limit our ability to effectively utilize all of the raw materials purchased and sold through resulting finished goods to customers for a profit. We regularly monitor potential inventory excess, obsolescence and lower market values compared to standard costs and, when necessary, reduce the carrying amount of our inventory to its market value. Specific reserves are maintained to reduce the carrying value of inventory items on hand that we know may not be used in finished goods. Our inventory reserve was $0.7 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. If our estimates for potential inventory losses prove to be too low, then our future earnings will be affected when the related additional inventory losses are recorded.

Revenue recognition

We derive revenues from various sources including direct sales to end user hospitals, other direct customers, sales to domestic and international distributors and sales to original equipment manufacturers. Domestic and international distributors will resell the products to end user hospitals and other customers in their assigned territories. Revenue is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the price is fixed or determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. We record revenue from product sales when title and risk of ownership have been transferred to the customer, which is typically upon delivery to the customer. When collectability is not reasonably assured, the recognition of revenue is deferred until payment is received as long as the remaining revenue recognition criteria are met.

Customers do not have a general right of return for credit or refund on product sales; however, we allow customers to return product upon approval within 30 days from original sale. We estimate and accrue for these returns as a reduction of product revenues and accounts receivable based on historical return rates. Accruals for sales returns were not material as of December 31, 2010 or 2011 or September 30, 2012.

We also sell certain products under an arrangement in which the end user hospitals participate in clinical product evaluations. The terms and conditions for these arrangements provide for customer return provisions which generally range from 30 to 90 days from the initial delivery of the product under evaluation. Due to the nature of the clinical product evaluations, our level of continuing involvement subsequent to delivery can be significant, and therefore, revenue recognition is deferred on these clinical product evaluations until the evaluation period is complete. Deferred revenue related to evaluation sales was $1.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

Certain domestic distributors purchase products at specified distributor pricing and then resell the products to end user hospitals which may have separate pricing agreements with us or are members of GPOs which have contracts with us. In those situations when distributor prices are higher

 

75


Table of Contents

than the end user hospital contracted prices, we provide discounts or charge-backs to these distributors for the excess of the distributor prices above the end user hospital prices. We estimate and provide allowances for the discounts or charge-backs at the time of sale as a reduction to product revenues and accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, we accrued charge-backs of $4.3 million, $4.8 million and $4.2 million, respectively.

Stock-based compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to officers, team members, consultants and non-employee directors based on estimated fair values on the date of grant. Stock-based awards consist of stock options and restricted stock. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award as determined using an acceptable option-pricing model and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period (vesting period), net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the value of stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based awards. Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant dates requires considerable judgment, including estimating the risk-free interest rate, expected option term, stock price volatility and dividend yield. Management develops estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly over time. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury notes as of the grant date with a term approximating the expected life of the options. We utilize the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all options to calculate the expected option life. The expected stock price volatility is based on historical volatility of similar companies that are public and compete in the medical device industry. The use of this peer data to determine expected volatility will continue until sufficient information regarding the volatility of our share price is available and reliable. Applied has not historically declared dividends and therefore, the estimated annual dividend yield is 0%.

Beginning in 2010, we accepted promissory notes from certain team members as consideration for stock to be issued upon exercise of stock options. The total outstanding balance of these notes receivable was $7.7 million, $7.6 million and $8.4 million as of December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. These notes receivable are accounted for as nonrecourse loans. For accounting purposes, the nonrecourse notes are accounted for as the grant of new stock options. The estimated fair values of the newly granted stock options are recognized as compensation expense on the issuance date of the nonrecourse note. As a result, we recognized compensation expense related to these notes in the amount of $2.2 million, $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The common stock underlying the notes receivable is not presented as outstanding in the consolidated balance sheet. As principal payments are made on the notes receivable, the Class B common stock is presented as outstanding on a pro-rata basis.

In March 2012, we repriced outstanding stock options to purchase 9,000 shares of Class A common stock and 1,330,800 shares of Class B common stock. These stock options had been granted in October 2011 and December 2011, with exercise prices ranging from $12.40 to $14.96 per share of Class A common stock and from $13.05 to $15.75 per share of Class B common stock. The compensation committee determined the fair market value of our shares as of March 14, 2012 to be $8.36 per share of Class B common stock and $7.94 per share of Class A common stock. The factors considered by the compensation committee in repricing these options included the various assumptions underlying the fair market value determination, including management’s consideration that the estimated time to liquidity as of March 2012 was extended by approximately 30 months, as compared to the estimated time to liquidity as of December 8, 2011. The compensation committee also considered that the repriced stock options were originally granted as part of a program designed to

 

76


Table of Contents

ensure our retention of key team members in light of the challenging market conditions and the prospect of being forced to become a public company as a result of this offering. Accordingly, the compensation committee considered the possibility that the original stock options, if not repriced, were less likely to achieve the goal of our retention program for key team members. For further information regarding the valuation of our shares as of March 14, 2012, see “ — Common stock valuations — March 14, 2012” below. For further information regarding the repricing of these stock options, see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Common stock valuations

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended that all options granted were exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The assumptions used in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, we exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each stock-based award grant date, including the following factors:

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to our common stock;

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

   

the U.S. and global capital market conditions; and

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock.

We granted restricted stock and stock options with the following exercise price ranges each quarter since August 20, 2010, at which time we completed a holding company reorganization.

 

Stock-based award grant period

   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Number of
Restricted
Stock
Awards
     Common
Stock Fair
Value Per
Share at
Grant Date
 

Quarter ended September 30, 2010

     —           —           —           —     

Quarter ended December 31, 2010
Class B common stock

     399,300       $ 7.67         —         $ 7.67   

Quarter ended March 31, 2011
Class B common stock

     558,900       $ 10.50         400       $ 10.46   

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

     —           —           —           —     

Quarter ended September 30, 2011

     —           —           —           —     

October 25, 2011(1)

           

Class A common stock

     1,000       $ 14.96         —           —     

Class B common stock

     1,316,800       $ 15.75         334,700       $ 15.75   

December 14, 2011(1)

           

Class A common stock

     8,000       $ 12.40         2,000       $ 12.40   

Class B common stock

     20,000       $  13.05         5,000       $ 13.05  

March 21, 2012

           

Class A common stock

     34,600       $ 7.94         8,400       $ 7.94   

Class B common stock

     150,000       $ 8.36         59,500       $ 8.36   

December 13, 2012

           

Class B common stock

     —           —           285,000       $ 9.96   

 

(1) In March 2012, we completed a stock option repricing to reduce the exercise price of the stock options granted in October and December 2011. See “Executive Compensation — Elements of Compensation — 2012 Option Repricing.”

 

77


Table of Contents

There have been no other stock-based awards granted since December 13, 2012 through the date of this prospectus.

In order to determine the fair value of our Class A and Class B common stock underlying option grants and the fair value of the restricted stock, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, and options). Our BEV was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF, and the market-based approach using the comparable company method. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as terminal value. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risk inherent in the business. The market-based approach considers multiples of financial metrics based on both revenues and earnings multiples of a selected peer group of companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. Once calculated, the discounted cash flow and comparable company methods are then weighted. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, we assumed that the preferred stock would convert to common stock. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

Quarter ended December 31, 2010

During the fall of 2010, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued their gradual recovery and our business continued expanding domestically and internationally, resulting in improved financial results in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. We experienced sequential revenue growth in the quarter ended September 30, 2010, with $70.7 million of revenue compared to $65.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2010. Compared to the prior year period, total revenue increased by 16.9% from $60.5 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our Class B common stock as of September 30, 2010 and determined the fair value of our Class B common stock to be $7.67 per share. Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 17.2% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately two years, which was considered to be reasonable based on facts and circumstances at that time. The board of directors also considered whether there were any events or other factors to consider which would change the estimated fair value between the valuation date of September 30, 2010 and the grant date of December 10, 2010. Based on this valuation and the factors discussed above, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $7.67 per share.

Quarter ended March 31, 2011

In the first quarter of 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued their uncertain recoveries and we continued to achieve improved financial results for the year ended December 31, 2010 and into the first quarter of 2011. We continued our sequential revenue growth with total revenue of $81.1 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2010, compared to $70.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2010. Compared to the prior year period, total revenue increased by 27.9% from $63.4 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our Class B common stock as of December 31, 2010 and determined the estimated fair value of our Class B common stock to be $8.31 per share. Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 12.8% based on a liquidity event expected to occur approximately over a year from the valuation date, which was considered to be reasonable based on facts and

 

78


Table of Contents

circumstances at that time. Using the actual rate of increases in our Class B common stock based on the common stock valuations performed, we estimated the increase in the fair value of our Class B common stock from December 31, 2010, the date of the last common stock valuation, through March 18, 2011, the grant date of the stock options, to be approximately $2.19, resulting in an estimated Class B common stock fair value of $10.50 as of March 18, 2011. Accordingly, the board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.50 per share.

October 18, 2011

In the second and third quarters of 2011, our business growth rate declined and our financial results demonstrated lower growth rates than prior periods. We experienced continued sequential revenue growth, with total revenue of $85.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, compared to $81.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our Class B common stock as of October 18, 2011, and determined the fair value of our Class B common stock to be $15.75 per share. Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 15.1% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately two years. Estimating the time to liquidity was carefully considered as of October 18, 2011. We placed significant weight on the volatility of the U.S. stock market and the reduction in the number of initial public offerings during the third quarter of 2011. Accordingly, we extended the time to a liquidity event from the last common stock valuation date. We also considered the demand registration rights exercised by certain of our stockholders on August 25, 2011, as further discussed under the “Risk Factors” section. At the time of the common stock valuation, the board of directors and management did not, and continue to not, believe that an initial public offering is currently in the best interests of our company. We did, however, consider the possibility that complying with our obligations under the registration rights provisions of the Master Rights Agreement could result in our undertaking an initial public offering earlier than the two year estimated time to a liquidity event, although we believe this possibility was limited due to the uncertain market for initial public offerings during the late summer and fall of 2011 and our uncertainty over the underwriter’s views as to the timing of this offering. We further considered that if we were compelled to register our Class B common stock, our liquidity would not increase significantly as compared to prior to the consummation of this offering. After carefully weighing the above noted factors, we based our Class B common stock valuation on October 18, 2011 on an estimated time to liquidity of approximately two years, which represented the board of director’s and management’s best estimate of a liquidity event given our uncertainty as to whether this offering will be completed successfully. Based on all of these factors, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $15.75 per share.

December 8, 2011

During the second and third quarter of 2011, our revenue growth rate continued to decline. We experienced sequential revenue growth, with total revenue of $88.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 compared to $85.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011.

While our financial results continued in transition from prior periods of higher revenue growth and cash flows, we expected that our net income, gross margins and operating margins will be adversely impacted by price compression, decreases in sales volume and increased investments in research and development, sales and marketing and capital expenditures in 2012 and beyond. As a result, we updated our five-year forecast to take into account these factors for purposes of performing our common stock valuation as of December 8, 2011. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our Class A and Class B common stock as of December 8, 2011, and determined the fair value of our Class A common stock to be $12.40 and our Class B common stock to be $13.05 per share. Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 16.6% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 1.5 years. Estimating the time to liquidity was carefully considered as of December 8, 2011. We placed significant weight on the volatility of the U.S. stock market and the continuing reduction in the number of initial public offerings during the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

79


Table of Contents

At the time of the common stock valuation, the board of directors and management did not, and continue not to, believe that an initial public offering is currently in the best interests of our company. We did, however, consider the continued uncertainty of the timing of this offering. We further considered that even if the registration of our Class B common stock were to be effective, our liquidity would not increase significantly as compared to prior to the consummation of this offering. After carefully weighing the above noted factors, we based our Class A and Class B common stock valuation on December 8, 2011 on an estimated time to liquidity of approximately 1.5 years, which represented the board of director’s and management’s best estimate of a liquidity event given our uncertainty as to whether this offering will be completed successfully.

March 14, 2012

We continued to experience only modest sequential revenue growth through the fourth quarter of 2011 with total revenue of $94.8 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 compared to $88.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. Then our revenue declined to $91.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 from $94.8 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Reduced operating spending levels in the first quarter of 2012 resulted in operating income of $11.8 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $7.3 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. We continue to fully expect that price compression, decreases in sales volume and increased investments in research and development, sales and marketing and capital expenditures in 2012 will negatively impact our revenues, gross margins, operating margins and net income in 2012 and beyond. Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 30.2% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately 4 years. Estimating the time to liquidity was carefully considered by management and ultimately extended from approximately 1.5 years as of the December 8, 2011 valuation to approximately 4 years for purposes of performing the March 14, 2012 valuation. In extending the estimated time to liquidity, we considered the continued volatility of the U.S. stock market, and the potential impacts the nature of this offering may have on the market price of our shares following this offering. We also considered our reduced liquidity needs in the short and long term. In April 2012, we entered into a new $150 million senior secured credit facility, which management expects will meet our current liquidity needs through the maturity date of April 2017. Based on our current five-year forecast and other facts and circumstances, we anticipate that we would undertake a liquidity event in January 2016 to coincide with the maturity of the senior secured credit facility in April 2017.

Based on the above noted assumptions and factors, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of our Class A and Class B common stock as of March 14, 2012 and determined the fair value of our Class A common stock to be $7.94 and our Class B common stock to be $8.36. The board of directors considered whether there were any events or other factors to consider which would change the estimated fair value between the valuation date of March 14, 2012 and the grant date of March 21, 2012. Based on this valuation and the factors discussed above, our board of directors granted stock options using the common stock valuation as of March 14, 2012.

October 19, 2012

The continuing price compression of our products in the second and third quarters of 2012 affected our revenue growth on a quarterly basis. Our product revenues increased marginally from $88.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 to $90.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, and $91.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2012. Increased operating expenses in the first three quarters of 2012, including increased depreciation expense resulting from increased levels of capital expenditures in 2011 and 2012, resulted in lower operating incomes of $11.8 million, $13.0 million and $11.6 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively, as compared to the same periods in previous year of $17.7 million, $19.0 million and $18.3 million, respectively. We believed the markets we operate in were evolving as

 

80


Table of Contents

competitive conditions intensified and as a result, we anticipated significant reductions in surgical procedure volumes and heightened price compression. In response to these changing conditions, we adjusted our revenue growth assumptions in 2013 and beyond. We also adjusted our long-term growth assumptions to reflect incremental increases in levels of investments in research and development, sales and administrative personnel and capital expenditures planned for 2013 and beyond, including anticipated personnel additions to prepare for future growth opportunities and the anticipated impacts of the new medical device excise tax. These assumptions were the basis for revising the five-year forecast used for purposes of the common stock valuation as of October 19, 2012. This revision to our five-year forecast significantly lowered our projected cash flows and, for certain future periods, resulted in negative cash flows. Consistent with prior periods, we estimated our BEV using a combined income and market approach. However, as a direct result of the revisions to the five-year forecast and the resulting negative cash flows, certain valuation assumptions and inputs were modified. Specifically, with respect to the income approach, we modified how we estimated net working capital and the terminal value. With respect to the market approach, we applied valuation multiples to a future period rather than historical and current-year periods as a direct result of the change in our current expectations regarding projected operating results going forward.

Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 15% based on a liquidity event expected to occur in 3.28 years. Based on our current five-year forecast and other facts and circumstances, we continue to anticipate that we would undertake a liquidity event in January 2016 to coincide with the maturity of the senior secured credit facility in April 2017. This assumption is consistent with the valuation we prepared as of March 14, 2012. The non-marketability discount changed from 30.2% as of March 14, 2012 to 15.0% as of October 19, 2012. The primary reason for this change is due to a change in the method of calculating the non-marketability discount. Although both methods are acceptable under guidance from the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, we believe the method used in October 2012 is more representative of fair value in the circumstances because it estimates the discount based on the average price over the estimated holding period rather than on the final price as of a point in time. The remaining change in the non-marketability discount is due to the passage of time and changes in the risk free rate and volatility.

Based on the above noted assumptions and factors, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of our Class A and Class B common stock as of October 19, 2012 and determined the fair value of our Class A common stock to be $9.46 and our Class B common stock to be $9.96. Based on this valuation and the factors discussed above, we granted restricted share awards for 285,000 shares of Class B common stock on December 13, 2012 using the common stock valuation as of October 19, 2012.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax expenses and assessing temporary differences resulting from recognition of items for income tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a period, we must reflect this increase as an expense within the tax provision in our income statement.

Management’s judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We continue to monitor the realizability of our deferred tax assets and adjust the valuation allowance accordingly.

 

81


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, we had state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $1.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2019 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, we had $5.4 million of California research and development tax credits available for use in future tax periods which may be carried forward indefinitely. Management considered all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial performance, and determined that a valuation allowance of $5.1 million was appropriate as of December 31, 2011 for those deferred tax assets that are not expected to provide future tax benefits.

As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was $3.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The amount of unrecognized benefits which, if ultimately recognized, could favorably affect the tax rate in a future period was $2.6 million and $3.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. This amount is net of any federal and/or state benefits. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in various jurisdictions may change in the next 12 months due to the expiration of statutes of limitation or audit settlements. As of December 31, 2011, management estimates that the decrease in unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months will total approximately $0.3 million.

Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income tax expense. At December 31, 2011, we had accrued $0.3 million of interest and penalties (net of tax benefits of $0.1 million) related to uncertain tax positions.

We conduct business in multiple jurisdictions, and as a result, one or more of our subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. We have concluded that we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and non-U.S. income tax examinations by taxing authorities prior to 2007.

JOBS Act

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying companies.

As defined in the JOBS Act, a company whose initial public offering of common equity securities occurred after December 8, 2011 and whose annual gross revenues are less than $1.0 billion will, in general, qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of its initial public offering of common equity securities;

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year in which it has annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more;

 

   

the date on which it has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

   

the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as the company (a) has an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) has been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for a period of at least 12 months, and (c) has filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Securities Act of 1934.

Under this definition, we will be an “emerging growth company” upon completion of this offering and could remain an “emerging growth company” until as late as December 31, 2017.

 

82


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company” we are electing to delay adoption of accounting pronouncements newly issued or revised after April 5, 2012 applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Sarbanex-Oxley Section 404(b), (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (3) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (4) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

While we manufacture all of our products in the U.S., we have sales and distribution facilities within the U.S. and internationally. Accordingly, we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, interest rate changes and inflation. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is set forth below.

Foreign currency exchange risk

A majority of our assets and liabilities are maintained in the U.S. in U.S. dollars, and a majority of our sales and expenditures are transacted in U.S. dollars. We transact business in various foreign currencies other than the U.S. dollar which exposes us to foreign currency risk. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we derived approximately 38% and 40%, respectively, of our revenue from international customers. We expect the percentage of revenue derived from outside the U.S. to increase in future periods as we continue to expand globally. These foreign currency revenues, when converted into U.S. dollars, can vary depending on average exchange rates during a respective period. In addition, we are exposed to foreign currency gains or losses on outstanding foreign currency denominated receivables and cash balances maintained in foreign banks. We hold a large proportion of our cash and cash equivalents in Euros and Australian dollars. As of September 30, 2012, we held approximately 85% of our cash and cash equivalents in Euros and Australian dollars, primarily through a U.S. domestic subsidiary. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses on these transactions are included in our statements of comprehensive income or equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as incurred. Certain of our foreign sales support subsidiaries transact in their respective country’s local currency, which is also their functional currency. As a result, expenses of these foreign subsidiaries when converted into U.S. dollars can vary depending on average monthly exchange rates during a respective period. Certain intercompany transactions may give rise to realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses. These foreign currency gains or losses are included in our statements of comprehensive income as incurred.

The balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date and the statements of income and cash flows are translated into U.S. dollars using the average monthly exchange rate during the period. Any foreign exchange gain or loss as a result of translating the balance sheets of our

 

83


Table of Contents

foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar is included in equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Our primary foreign currency exchange rate exposures are with the Euro, the British pound and the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency exchange rates have experienced significant movements recently and may continue in the future. We currently do not enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures denominated in foreign currencies and do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The effect of a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material effect on our future operating results or cash flows, depending on which foreign currency exchange rates change and depending on the directional change (either a strengthening or weakening against the U.S. dollar). We expect ongoing weakness in the Euro and to a lesser extent, the British pound and the Australian dollar, to exert significant negative pressure on our revenues and results of operations for the remainder of 2012 and beyond. As our foreign operations continue to grow, our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk may become more significant.

Inflation risk

Inflation and changing prices did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations in 2010, 2011 or in the first nine months of 2012. However, because we are limited in our ability to raise prices as a result of our long-term GPO contracts, and because of our desire to maintain lower ASPs, increases in our raw materials, production and transportation costs may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Interest rate risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is primarily related to investments and fixed rate debt.

We maintain cash and cash equivalents, consisting of investments with original maturities of less than three months when acquired, with financial institutions in the U.S., Europe and Australia. Interest rate fluctuations did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations in 2010, 2011 or in the first nine months of 2012.

As of September 30, 2012, we had $18.4 million of fixed-rate debt. In April 2012, we refinanced all of our existing debt into a senior secured term loan with a variable rate, except for a mortgage note payable with a principal balance of $18.4 million and a fixed rate of interest of 6.59% as of September 30, 2012. While changes in market interest rates may affect the fair value of our fixed-rate debt, we believe the effect, if any, of reasonably possible near-term changes in the fair value of such debt on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will not be material.

 

84


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facility

This summary highlights the principal terms of the $150 million senior secured credit facility, or the senior secured credit facility, we entered into with Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, two of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, or the borrowers, on April 17, 2012 and amended on September 19, 2012. The senior secured credit facility consists of:

   

a $35 million revolving credit facility, or the revolving credit facility,

 

   

a $50 million term loan facility, or the term loan facility, and

 

   

a $65 million delayed draw term loan facility, or the delayed draw term loan facility.

This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the final and executed documentation of the senior secured credit facility, a copy of which is filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Use of Proceeds

The proceeds from the term loan facility were used to refinance substantially all of the borrowers’ existing indebtedness (with the exception of one real estate loan). Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will be available for working capital needs and general corporate purposes, including the issuance of up to $15 million of letters of credit. Delayed draw term loans are available for the financing of equipment and real property purchases and related capital expenditures and, subject to certain conditions, future potential share repurchases.

Interest and Fees

The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under the senior secured credit facility are equal to the sum of the applicable margin (determined on the basis of the borrowers’ compliance with certain debt to EBITDA ratios) plus, at the borrowers’ option, either LIBOR or the Alternate Base Rate (in each case, as such terms are customarily defined in credit facilities of the same type). In addition, the borrowers are required to pay commitment fees to the lenders under each of the revolving credit facility and delayed draw term loan facility in respect of unused commitments, letter of credit fees to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of outstanding letters of credit, and certain other fees and expenses to the arranger and agents for providing the senior secured credit facility.

Guarantees and Collateral

The borrowers’ obligations under the senior secured credit facility are guaranteed by Applied Medical Corporation and by all existing and future domestic subsidiaries. All obligations under the senior secured credit facility and under any guaranty thereof are required to be secured by a first priority security interest on all of the capital stock or other equity interests of the borrowers and each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries (limited, in the case of certain foreign subsidiaries, to a pledge of 66% of its equity interests) and all other existing and future assets and properties of the Borrowers and their subsidiaries (excluding certain foreign subsidiaries and certain real property located in Irvine, California).

Prepayments

Voluntary prepayments of loans under the senior secured credit facility are permitted in whole or in part, at any time and without penalty, subject to certain conditions.

Maturity and Amortization

The senior secured credit facility will terminate and all amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facility will be due and payable in April 2017. The term loan facility amortizes each year

 

85


Table of Contents

in quarterly installments with a balloon payment due at maturity. The delayed draw term loan facility requires interest payments only for a period of six months subsequent to any loan advance, and after that period will amortize over a period between seven and fifteen years, based on the use of proceeds from the loan, with a balloon payment due at maturity.

Covenants and Other

The senior secured credit facility contains usual and customary covenants, including, without limitation:

 

   

delivery of financial statements, compliance certificates and notices of default, material litigation and material governmental and environmental proceedings;

 

   

compliance with laws and material contractual obligations;

 

   

payment of taxes;

 

   

maintenance of insurance;

 

   

limitation on liens, mergers, sales of assets and incurrence of debt;

 

   

limitation on dividends, stock redemptions and the redemption and/or prepayment of certain other debt;

 

   

limitation on investments, acquisitions, and capital expenditures;

 

   

limitations on fundamental changes and asset dispositions;

 

   

limitations on transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

limitations on activities of Applied.

In addition, the senior secured credit facility contains usual and customary negative and financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio.

The senior secured credit facility contains usual and customary representations and warranties and events of default for credit facilities of the same type.

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Applied develops, manufactures and markets medical devices for general, colorectal, bariatric, vascular, gynecological, urological and pediatric surgical procedures. We generate revenue by delivering surgical devices that reduce the invasiveness of open procedures and minimize the likelihood of trauma and wound-site infections during these procedures.

Our Mission

Our mission is to improve clinical outcomes and enhance the choices available to end users while increasing the availability and affordability of healthcare in general. Our approach enables surgeons to deliver improved clinical outcomes while helping hospitals reduce the cost of care. We reduce the overall cost of the product and the procedure while delivering what we believe to be superior quality products, based on the results of numerous clinical studies, a large portion of which were conducted by independent researchers. We also strive to prevent cost increases, even when we introduce new generations of products, enhancements or additional benefits to our products.

Some of the key benefits we offer our customers include:

 

   

Innovation. We have a long history of investing significant portions of our revenues in research and development. As of December 31, 2012, we have compiled a portfolio of 391 issued and 246 pending patents in the U.S., Europe, Japan, Australia and Canada. We respect other parties’ intellectual property and resolutely defend ours from infringers.

 

   

Lower Cost. We strive to reduce the cost of surgical procedures and related supplies. We spend approximately half of our research and development budget on developing reliable processes and automation for manufacturing our products.

 

   

Choices. We are reluctant to eliminate a product choice or an option for the hospital or surgeon. Although we discontinue some older products from time to time, our process for phasing out products is elaborate and takes into consideration our customers’ needs.

 

   

Exceptional Service. We have dedicated considerable time, capital and resources to serve our customers, from training to servicing clinical teams. For example, we have devoted resources toward educating physicians about hand-access laparoscopy to encourage the technique’s use in urology and general surgery. We have also foregone opportunities for faster growth in order to dedicate time and effort towards updating our customers on the latest innovations and improvements.

 

   

Commitment to Science. We conduct basic scientific research in order to foster our product development. For example, our scientists have enhanced processes for incorporating titanium, gel and other materials into our products.

 

   

Commitment to Independent and Credible Research. We encourage independent clinical research by providing our products and sharing our knowledge regarding treatment protocols with researchers in order to foster better science, research design and implementation, as well as credible and accurate conclusions.

 

   

Commitment to Quality and Regulatory Compliance. We continue to strive towards unequivocal compliance with regulatory requirements, including quality system regulations and related policies and procedures.

While many of our competitors aspire to provide one or more of these benefits, we are committed to delivering all of them. This means that we strive to offer an improved product or outcome at a lower cost. We tend to price and sell our products at levels significantly below the prevailing average selling price, or ASP, in the marketplace. Although this approach may not be new in many

 

87


Table of Contents

markets, we believe it differentiates us in the medical device arena. We have remained committed to this approach throughout our 24 years. Our approach has tended to reduce ASPs and, to a great extent, meaningfully shrink the size, based on revenue, of the available markets which we target. We believe that this approach is an efficient way of breaking into some highly contested and often foreclosed market segments. In a third-party report entitled The U.S. Market for Laparoscopic Devices, iDATA recognized that we have been successful in our pricing strategy, putting us in the second-leading position after Ethicon in terms of market share of disposable trocars, on a market revenue basis.

Applied Medical Corporation was incorporated in Delaware in February 2010 to become the holding company for Applied Medical Resources Corporation, which was founded in California in 1987.

How We Generate Revenue

The majority of our revenues come from selling medical devices for surgical procedures to hospitals and out-patient surgical centers for use by surgeons in the operating room. Although we have had portions of our revenues associated with royalties in prior years, today a small and decreasing portion of our revenues comes from collecting royalties from licensed technologies, mainly to our competitors. Royalty and licensing revenue has been largely eliminated due to the expiration of our principal outbound technology license agreement in January 2012.

Despite the fact that we often offer advanced products, improvements and upgrades on a frequent basis, we do not pursue premium pricing for such enhancements. To the contrary, we offer our improved products at prices significantly below the ASPs prevalent in the marketplace. We have products that have not seen a price increase in a decade, and many have seen prices reduced, despite the absence of competitive price pressures. However, we maintain our margins through automation of our manufacturing practices and increased volume of our unit shipments.

Our Target Markets

The laparoscopy market consists of products that enable the surgeon to access certain anatomies without the need for an open incision. Instead, devices called trocars are used to facilitate the introduction of a carbon dioxide gas, a scope attached to a camera for visualization, and instruments for conducting the therapeutic procedure. The advantages of this less-invasive approach are well-established and documented. Still, not every open procedure is suitable for laparoscopy. We supply many products used in laparoscopy, including trocars for access, instruments for grasping or cutting, tissue bags for removing specimens and devices for clipping or closing ducts and blood vessels. The great majority of our laparoscopic devices are single-use devices, although some customers choose to reprocess and reuse these devices. We have not supported the practice of reprocessing our devices, as we feel doing so exposes patients to additional risks.

Not all laparoscopic procedures are done solely through trocars or without an incision. In some procedures, surgeons choose to use a hand-assisted approach, where a small incision is made to accommodate the introduction of a hand access device that maintains the carbon dioxide gas within the abdomen while allowing the surgeon to introduce a hand into the abdominal cavity. The advantages of such an approach have been studied, documented and published in peer-reviewed clinical papers. Applied’s trade name for its product in the hand-access market is GelPort® laparoscopic system.

A third and emerging technique is known by many names, including “scar-less” and “single access” technique. Here, one device replaces three, four or five trocars, and accommodates access of scopes and instruments through a single incision hidden underneath the navel. Applied’s trade name for its product in the single-access market is GelPOINT® advanced access system.

 

88


Table of Contents

Our Product Markets

Our products span the scope of surgical procedures, from general to cardiac. However, we categorize our products in terms of whether or not the market for the device is developed.

Developed Product Markets. In developed product markets, most of the potential procedures are already using our devices or a similar device of one of our competitors, and the challenge is to grow our market share. Developed product markets usually involve an entrenched competitor or competitors, established relations with customers, contracts that extend over a number of years and a variety of entry barriers. Other factors can require considerable time and perseverance to change, including overcoming existing customer preferences, the size and efficiencies of existing sales and distribution channels, manufacturing volumes and learning curves associated with new products.

Developing Product Markets. In developing product markets, the great majority of potential procedures are not using our new modality, technology or devices, or similar products of a competitor. In many situations, we may be the only company advocating the new approach or technology and there are many situations where the competition is non-existent, lagging in development, or adopting a wait-and-see attitude. Developing product markets have some distinct and, sometimes, decisive competitive advantages and disadvantages.

One advantage is being first to the market, setting the standard, training the surgeons and residents on the new approaches, building a track record of innovation and support, and establishing volumes necessary to support additional research and development and investments in training and support. Some companies prefer to avoid the risk and expense and go for being the second entrant, learning from mistakes and taking advantage of a relatively developed market and base. Another advantage is the opportunity for early recognition of needs and solutions, two key requirements for inventing and patenting valuable intellectual property.

One of the largest disadvantages and risks of market development is the investment in time and capital required to advocate, train and support a new clinical modality, technology or capabilities. The effort to develop new markets carries a much higher risk of missing the mark, taking much longer to succeed or simply not succeeding.

The unpredictable nature of developing markets is counterbalanced by the relative predictability of products in established and developed product markets. Our portfolio of products in the developed product market gives us the opportunity to support advancements in clinical modalities and technologies. By considering such opportunities, we also reduce our exposure to the market powers of our competitors who dominate many of the medical device segments. Our customers usually recognize and appreciate the commitment we have for advancing the clinical and technical states of the art.

Often within developed markets, we encounter a new technology or advancement that requires us to treat that portion of the market as a developing sub-segment. For example, among developed markets, our largest presence is in laparoscopy, and especially as that modality applies to general surgery, colorectal and bariatric procedures. In this segment, we sell trocars, instruments and access devices. Some of our trocars and access devices, however, employ new technologies requiring extensive investments in research and development, manufacturing methods and processes, training and education, both internally and externally.

Our Products

We are a leader in advanced surgical access devices for minimally invasive and traditional surgery.

 

89


Table of Contents

Surgical Access Products

We introduced the first universal seal trocar over 20 years ago. A trocar is an access port introduced into the patient’s abdomen in laparoscopic surgery, also known as “keyhole surgery,” which is a minimally invasive surgical technique performed in the abdomen through small incisions less than two centimeters, as opposed to open surgery using much larger incisions. We supply many products used in laparoscopy, including trocars for access, instruments for grasping or cutting, tissue bags for removing specimens, and devices for clipping or closing ducts and blood vessels.

Trocars are used in most laparoscopic procedures. Our trocars are packaged in a variety of configurations both standard and custom packaged to meet customers’ needs. Our Kii® abdominal access system combines our Universal seal technology with our advanced optical Separator® obturators and an enhanced cannula. The obturator is a stylus that is used to create a channel through tissue to provide access to the abdomen. The seal housing and cannula create a channel to allow for the introduction and exchange of instruments while preserving a carbon dioxide pressurized surgical environment in the abdomen. Kii® also comes equipped with advanced fixation, where the fixation balloon maintains superior cannula retention, reducing tissue trauma and reducing unintentional displacement of the trocar. Our extensive offering of trocar products includes a number of generational improvements that augment, often without obsolescing, our earlier offerings.

Our Separator® obturator, with its unique Sequential Helix technology, enables non-bladed access with minimal tissue injury and placement of trocars without the use of any cutting elements within the obturator. This approach significantly reduces abdominal wall and vessel trauma, while keeping muscle fibers uncut and allowing separated tissue to rejoin upon removal of the cannula.

We have also pioneered and introduced a new technology for the most critical entry of the abdomen, the first one. Upon immediate penetration of the peritoneum, the membrane that forms the lining of the abdominal cavity, our Kii® Fios® first-entry creates a space for the tip of the obturator. Under direct visualization of individual tissue layers during insertion, insufflation of the abdominal cavity with carbon dioxide gas can be rapidly achieved with only a 3 mm intrusion into the peritoneal cavity. This technology has the potential to significantly reduce the risk of injuries while establishing secure, controlled surgical environment for laparoscopic procedures.

For single incision surgery, our GelPOINT® access platforms enable minimally invasive surgery through a single access point by providing a flexible, air-tight fulcrum to facilitate triangulation of standard instrumentation. By offering an increased range of motion and significant retraction and exposure, the GelPOINT® platforms provide enhanced versatility and access for a wide range of abdominal and transanal procedures.

Our GelPort® laparoscopic system combines the speed and precision of open surgery with the clinical outcomes and patient benefits of minimally invasive surgery. The GelPort® system allows surgeons to rapidly alternate between a hand access, straight laparoscopic and open surgical technique to improve procedural efficiency and clinical outcomes.

For advanced access in traditional surgical procedures, our Alexis® wound protector/retractor provides 360 degrees of circumferential retraction with minimal tissue injury, while significantly decreasing wound infection and maintaining moisture at the incision site. The self-retaining design of the Alexis® wound protector/retractor effectively holds the incision site open, allowing the surgeon to easily access the operative field and enhance surgical assistance.

Surgical Instruments

Our instrument products complement our trocar products and include our Epix® instruments and Inzii® retrieval systems. Our Epix® universal laparoscopic clip applier is a technologically advanced

 

90


Table of Contents

blood vessel clamping, or occlusion, system which places a large format occlusion clip, traditionally placed with instruments 10 mm in diameter, with an instrument that is only 5 mm in diameter. The Epix® clip applier also utilizes a more substantial clip to provide strength and security upon placement. Similarly, the Epix® 5 mm scissors combine precision and strength through unique dual-edge blades that allow the surgeon to transect a broad range of tissue. The high grade stainless steel blades sustain sharpness, even over extensive use. Our Epix® laparoscopic grasper is designed to grasp the patient tissue while reducing the force on the tissue.

Our Epix® laparoscopic dissector contains a stainless steel curve jaw that allows visualization of the jaw tip. The teeth provide traction to engage tissue for the purpose of dissection and manipulation. The angled shaft allows for a triangulated view of the jaw and precise placement in the therapeutic field. Our Inzii® universal retrieval system is specifically designed to perform with our Kii® 5 mm and larger trocars. This system combined with our Epix® instruments provides a total 5 mm solution to many laparoscopic procedures.

Our Stealth® occlusion products are used in vascular surgical procedures to provide superior traction and reduced occlusion force with minimal tissue injury through a variety of low-profile clamp, insert and clip configurations.

The Applied Brand

We strongly believe in building and defending the Applied brand. Our brand is our reputation – it must be demonstrated and defended through consistent and faithful adherence to our promises to our customers.

Our brand is the sum total of all experiences, from how we manufacture and maintain quality, to how we price, ship, service, educate and participate in the community. Each Applied team member is an integral and important part of our brand, which ties our culture to everything else that we do. As a result, we place high emphasis on our recruiting practices, education, development of careers and rotation programs.

To help solidify the Applied brand, we frequently rely on an objective, education-based approach to promoting our products through our team of clinical development professionals. The mission of this team is to educate users, mainly surgeons, and their organizations on the advantages and limitations of any approach or device – and to avoid commercialization efforts that aim at simply selling the highest volume of products to healthcare providers and their patients. Our aim is to live up to the promises of our business model and brand.

Culture and Team Members

We consider our culture and team members to be one of our greatest strengths. Culture and team membership translate into grass root efficiencies for Applied. We are fortunate to have what we believe to be an exceptional group of team members, inclined to excel, and desirous of making a difference in their respective fields, improving healthcare and making it more available and cost effective.

For the casual observer, Applied appears to be a company prolific and adept in developing technologies and products. However, the Applied team will point out that we develop none of these things; instead, we develop team members who, in turn, develop technologies, products and market share, effectively, efficiently and prolifically.

Our culture is an almost equal mix of cultivation — the commitment to teach and mentor — and competency — the determination and skill of achieving results. Our workplace is also a place of continuing education. Those we invite to join the team are inclined to excel and, if they fit the Applied

 

91


Table of Contents

culture, together we can find them the position most conducive to their success. We look for mettle, drive, intellectual prowess, heart and curiosity, in that order, and with lesser concern for education, experience or expertise — those latter three can be supplied along the way; the first five have to be there already.

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 2,400 team members worldwide. We continue to add team members while keeping an eye on the impact to the overall culture.

Distribution

We distribute our products through direct and indirect channels of distribution. We have developed direct distribution channels in the U.S., select European countries and Australia. In other countries, we rely on independent distributors who understand our mission and the promise of our brand. We do not have a presence in many emerging markets, including China and India, and no current plans to address those markets. For fiscal years 2010 and 2011, approximately 65% and 62% respectively, of our revenues were attributable to sales in the U.S. Certain of our third-party distributors have recently sought to increase the prices and related fees that they charge us to distribute our products to our customers. One key distributor, Owens & Minor, terminated a distribution agreement with us, effective June 30, 2012, after we refused the distributor’s attempt to unilaterally increase service fees. This distributor accounted for approximately 13% and 6.6% of our total revenues in 2011 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. We are taking steps to enhance our own direct distribution capabilities to deliver our products, including the construction or acquisition of storage and distribution facilities in geographic areas outside of Southern California. In April 2012, we entered into a lease for a warehouse and distribution facility in New York and began shipping product from this facility in June 2012. In December 2012, we entered into an additional lease for a warehouse and distribution facility in Georgia.

Our distribution channels tend to be stratified, with different teams responsible for different contact points, phases of the selling process and functions. We have teams that address the initial administrative contacts, clinical contacts, clinical evaluations and continued services. We also have a global division dedicated to education, be it the education of our sales forces, Clinical Development and Research and Development teams, or the training of clinical personnel in regards to new procedures, technologies or devices.

We spend considerable time, effort and money on training and qualifying our team members. For example, we conduct a comprehensive sales training program. We also run numerous surgeon training sessions around the U.S. and outside the U.S., and train hundreds of surgeons to use our products every year.

We sell our full product portfolio in many international markets, concentrating our direct distribution operations in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Spain, Italy, and Australia. Our international indirect distribution system consists of approximately 70 distributors that sell our products in approximately 65 countries in Europe, Asia and the South Pacific, Central and South America and the Middle East. Our international distributors purchase products directly from us for resale to their local customers. As part of our strategy to grow internationally, we have selectively converted from distributors to direct sales representation in certain countries, as we did in Australia in 2004. As our penetration of these markets has increased, so has our hiring, training and development in these markets.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are an important part of our commitment to innovate. Our innovation objectives include:

 

   

Enhanced clinical outcomes;

 

   

Exceptional quality and consistency of products;

 

92


Table of Contents
   

Highly predictable, repeatable and reliable processes;

 

   

The fastest ability to respond to market changes, customer demands and needs, emergency situations in the marketplace, and the ability to keep our supply lines short and responsive;

 

   

The most versatile automation abilities, structure and systems in order to automate without lengthening the development process or reducing flexibility to change the product upon receipt of validated input from the marketplace;

 

   

The most responsive development process for tooling up, modifying or expanding tooling capacity; and

 

   

The lowest manufacturing costs possible, within the confines of meeting all the above requirements, and in ways that enable us to deliver the superior value promised by our brand.

These extensive and demanding requirements have also required us to commit a high percentage of our revenues to our research and development efforts. For fiscal years 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we spent approximately $38.3 million, $48.3 million and $46.5 million, respectively, on research and development, which represented approximately 13%, 14% and 17%, respectively, of our revenues for such periods.

Manufacturing

We are a vertically integrated manufacturer, producing almost all our devices in-house. The great majority of our products start out as high quality, medical grade polymers, or medical grade stainless steel, and exit our facilities as fully manufactured and packaged medical devices.

As a result, we have a short supply line between our raw materials and finished goods which gives us greater control over our product quality.

The downside of this approach is the intensity of our capital expenditures and the requirements for facilities, power, and equipment. This approach also requires the high levels of long-term planning and the ability to predict future needs. Many of our processes are unique to us, and many preparations for additional capacities have to start two to three years ahead of the evolving needs.

We use a diverse and broad range of raw materials in the manufacturing of our products. We purchase all of our raw materials and select items, such as packaging, from external suppliers. In addition, we purchase some supplies from single sources for reasons of proprietary know-how, quality assurance, sole source availability, or due to regulatory qualification requirements. We work closely with our suppliers to ensure continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and reliability. To date, we have not experienced any significant difficulty locating and obtaining the materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements.

Clinical Development

We believe in delivering high quality, innovative and FDA compliant products that also encompass value and service to our customers. Our clinical development efforts focus on spreading reliable, supportable clinical testimonials, research, papers, and experiences to the users. We focus on increasing the awareness of the marketplace regarding Applied, its way of doing business and its innovative products. Customers recognize us for not just our innovations, products and prices, but also for our brand and our dedication to it and them.

Competition

In the medical devices market, we face intense competition from companies with dominant market positions such as Ethicon Endo-Surgery, a division of Johnson & Johnson, and Covidien,

 

93


Table of Contents

among others. These competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have and may be better able to:

 

   

respond to new technologies or technical standards;

 

   

react to changing customer requirements and expectations;

 

   

acquire other companies to gain new technologies or products that may displace our product lines;

 

   

manufacture, market and sell products;

 

   

devote resources to the development, production, promotion, support and sale of products; and

 

   

deliver a broad range of competitive products at lower prices.

Hospitals, GPOs, IHNs, and IDNs make contracting and purchasing decisions based on their desire to secure a broad array of surgical supplies, many of which are unique to our principal competitors. Our principal competitors are able to leverage their broader product portfolios and dominant market positions in some segments by, for example, bundling their products into specially priced packages that create strong financial incentives for their customers to purchase their products. These practices may negate savings customers would gain from buying select products from Applied and may deter such customers from buying Applied’s products. We expect competition in the markets in which we participate to continue to increase as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions to protect our proprietary technology and our brand. We also rely on confidentiality procedures and agreements, and contractual provisions to achieve the same. We do not pursue patent protection where the possibility for meaningful enforcement is limited.

Applied Medical is a registered trademark in the U.S. and several other countries. Other registered trademarks include: Separator® access system, Universal® seal, GelPort, GelPOINT, Alexis, Fios, Kii, Epix, Inzii, Stealth and the Applied Medical logo.

Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property. For example, effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our products are distributed. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. Any increase in unauthorized use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results.

Companies in the medical device arena own large numbers of patents, copyrights and trademarks, and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Because we invest significant portions of our revenues in research and development, and because we have been inventive and effective, we have compiled a portfolio of 391 issued and 246 pending patents in the U.S., Europe, Japan, Australia and Canada as of December 31, 2012. We spend a sizeable amount every year to defend our intellectual property. As we expand our offerings into existing and new segments, the possibility of increased intellectual property conflicts and confrontations will grow. Our efforts may not always stop a third-party, and our technologies may not always withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use.

 

94


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

FDA Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device that we wish to market in the U.S. must receive 510(k) clearance. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from four to twelve months, but it can last longer. We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance will ever be obtained for any product we propose to market. We have obtained any required FDA clearance for all of our current products that require clearance.

The FDA decides whether a device must undergo either the 510(k) clearance or PMA approval process based upon statutory criteria. These criteria include the level of risk that the agency perceives is associated with the device and a determination whether the product is a type of device that is similar to devices that are already legally marketed. Devices deemed to pose relatively less risk are placed in either Class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit a PMN requesting 510(k) clearance, unless an exemption applies. The premarket notification must demonstrate that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” in intended use and in safety and effectiveness to a legally marketed predicate device, which is a pre-existing medical device to which equivalence can be drawn, that is either in Class I, Class II, or is a Class III device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of a PMA application.

Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general regulatory controls for medical devices, or the General Controls, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s quality system regulations, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below. A small number of our products are Class I devices.

Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, and any other special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification procedure. Pursuant to the Medical Device User Fee and Modernization Act of 2002, or MDUFMA, as of October 2002 unless a specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees. Certain Class II devices are exempt from this premarket review process. A majority of our products, encompassing all of our significant product lines, are Class II devices.

Class III devices are those devices which have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be assured solely by the General Controls and the other requirements described above. These devices almost always require formal clinical studies to demonstrate safety and effectiveness and must be approved through the premarket approval process described below. Premarket approval applications (and supplemental premarket approval applications) are subject to significantly higher user fees under MDUFMA than are 510(k) premarket notifications. None of our products are Class III devices.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require a PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA can review any decision. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s decision not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the agency may retroactively require the manufacturer to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. The FDA also can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. We have modified some of our 510(k) cleared devices, but have determined that, in our view,

 

95


Table of Contents

based on FDA guidance as to when to submit a 510(k) notification for changes to a cleared device, new 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals are not required. We cannot assure you that the FDA would agree with any of our decisions not to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for any modification, we also may be required to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until we obtain a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval.

A clinical trial may be required in support of a 510(k) submission. These trials generally require an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, application approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a nonsignificant risk device eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results. Clinical trials may begin if the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

A host of regulatory requirements apply to our marketed devices, including the quality system regulation (which requires manufacturers to follow elaborate design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures), the MDR regulations (which require that manufacturers report to the FDA specified types of adverse events involving their products), labeling regulations, and the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses. Class II devices also can have special controls such as performance standards, postmarket surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidelines that do not apply to class I devices. Unanticipated changes in existing regulatory requirements or adoption of new requirements could hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to inspection and market surveillance by the FDA to determine compliance with regulatory requirements. If the FDA finds that we have failed to comply, the agency can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as:

 

   

fines, injunctions and civil penalties;

 

   

recall, detention or seizure of our products;

 

   

the issuance of public notices or warnings;

 

   

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

   

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance of new products;

 

   

withdrawing 510(k) clearance already granted; and

 

   

criminal prosecution.

The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us. Our failure to comply with applicable requirements could lead to an enforcement action that may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Health Care Fraud and Abuse

In the United States, there are federal and state anti-kickback laws that generally prohibit the payment or receipt of kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration in exchange for the referral of patients or other health-related business. For example, the Federal Health Care Programs’ Anti-Kickback Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)) prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any bribe, kickback or other remuneration intended to induce the referral of patients for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, health care products and services

 

96


Table of Contents

reimbursed by a federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid). Recognizing that the federal anti-kickback law is broad and potentially applicable to many commonplace arrangements, the Office of Inspector General within the Department of Health and Human Services, or OIG, has issued regulations, known as the safe harbors, which identify permissible practices. If all of the requirements of an applicable safe harbor are met, an arrangement will not be prosecuted under this law. Safe harbors exist for a number of arrangements relevant to our business, including, among other things, payments to bona fide employees, certain discount arrangements, and certain payment arrangements involving GPOs. The failure of an arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal. However, conduct that does not fully satisfy each requirement of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG or the Department of Justice. Violations of this federal law can result in significant penalties, including imprisonment, monetary fines and assessments, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs. Exclusion of a manufacturer would preclude any federal health care program from paying for its products. In addition to the federal anti-kickback law, many states have their own kickback laws. Often, these state laws closely follow the language of the federal law. Some state anti-kickback laws apply regardless of whether federal health care program payment is involved. Federal and state anti-kickback laws may affect our sales, marketing and promotional activities, educational programs, pricing and discount practices and policies, and relationship with health care providers by limiting the kinds of arrangements we may have with hospitals, GPOs and others in a position to purchase or recommend our products.

Federal and state false claims laws prohibit anyone from presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to third-party payors that are false or fraudulent. For example, the federal Civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.) imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program (including Medicaid and Medicare). Manufacturers, like us, can be held liable under false claims laws, even if they do not submit claims to the government, where they are found to have caused submission of false claims by, among other things, providing incorrect coding or billing advice about their products to customers that file claims, or by engaging in kickback arrangements with customers that file claims. A number of states also have false claims laws, and some of these laws may apply to claims for items or services reimbursed under Medicaid and/or commercial insurance. Sanctions under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer’s products from reimbursement under government programs, and imprisonment.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements related to healthcare matters. The health care fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willingly executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment.

Due to the breadth of some of these laws, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws. In addition, there can be no assurance that we would not be required to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws. Evolving interpretations of current laws or the adoption of new federal or state laws or regulations could adversely affect many of the arrangements we have with customers and physicians. Our risk of being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that some of these laws are open to a variety of interpretations. If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, which could hurt our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

97


Table of Contents

Foreign Regulation

Many foreign countries in which we market or may market our products have regulatory bodies and restrictions similar to those of the FDA. International sales are subject to foreign government regulation, the requirements of which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval and the requirements may differ. Companies are now required to obtain a CE Mark, which shows conformance with the requirements of applicable European Conformity directives, prior to sale of some medical devices within the European Union. During this process, the sponsor must demonstrate compliance with the International Organization for Standardization’s manufacturing and quality requirements. We have CE Marking on all our products that require such markings.

Third-Party Reimbursement

Health care providers, including hospitals, that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and private payors, such as indemnity insurers and managed care plans, to cover and reimburse all or part of the cost of the products and the procedures in which they are used. As a result, demand for our products is dependent in part on the coverage and reimbursement policies of these payors.

CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, along with its contractors, establishes coverage and reimbursement policies for the Medicare program. In addition, private payors often follow the coverage and reimbursement policies of Medicare. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and reimburse the procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future or that payment rates will be adequate.

In general, Medicare will cover a medical product or procedure when the product or procedure is reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis or treatment of an illness or injury, or to improve the functioning of a malformed body part. Even if the medical product or procedure is considered medically necessary and coverage is available, Medicare may place restrictions on the circumstances where it provides coverage.

Our success in non-U.S. markets depends largely upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement from the third-party payors through which health care providers are paid in those markets. Health care payment systems in non-U.S. markets vary significantly by country, and include single-payor, government managed systems as well as systems in which private payors and government-managed systems exist side-by-side. Our ability to achieve market acceptance or significant sales volume in international markets will be dependent in large part on the availability of reimbursement for procedures performed using our products under health care payment systems in such markets. There can be no assurance that reimbursement for our products, or the procedures in which our products are used, will be obtained or that such reimbursement will be adequate.

Other U.S. Regulation

We must also comply with numerous federal, state and local laws relating to matters such as environmental protection, safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, fire hazard control and, among other things, the generation, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous substances.

Legal Proceedings

On July 19, 2006, Tyco Healthcare Group LP, or Tyco, sued Applied in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging certain of our trocar products infringed patents owned by Tyco. In October 2009, the lawsuit was expanded to include U.S. Surgical Corp., or U.S. Surgical, as an additional plaintiff and to include certain additional trocar products of Applied. Tyco and U.S. Surgical sought monetary damages and injunctive relief. We asserted defenses of non-infringement and invalidity of the patent claims asserted by Tyco and U.S. Surgical. The matter was divided into two phases, the first

 

98


Table of Contents

involving products no longer manufactured by us and the second involving products currently manufactured by us. In March 2010, following trial in the first phase, a jury returned a verdict invalidating two claims of one of the asserted patents and finding we infringed one claim of another asserted patent. The jury awarded damages of $4.8 million against us. In September 2011, in the second phase of the case, the Court issued a summary judgment that asserted claims of two of the patents were invalid; the Court also allowed claims of two other patents to proceed to trial. In October 2011, a jury returned a verdict of non-infringement and invalidity on all asserted patent claims. The Court has not yet issued a final judgment. We intend to appeal the infringement verdict of the first phase to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.

On May 17, 2011, Applied sued Tyco Healthcare Group LP, d/b/a Covidien, in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, alleging that certain of Tyco’s trocar products infringe a patent owned by Applied. Tyco has asserted counterclaims, including non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability. In March 2012, the Court granted Tyco’s motion for summary judgment of non-infringement but denied Tyco’s motion for summary judgment for invalidity. The Court entered final judgment on April 20, 2012, dismissing Tyco’s counterclaims of invalidity and unenforceability without prejudice. Applied is appealing the Court’s judgment for non-infringement.

On September 13, 2011, Applied sued Tyco Healthcare Group LP, d/b/a Covidien, in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, alleging that certain of Tyco’s single incision surgical access products infringe a patent owned by Applied. Tyco has asserted counterclaims, including non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability. 

In February 2012, T. Peter Thomas, a former director affiliated with IVP, exercised vested stock options to purchase 37,950 shares of Class B common stock. On February 16, 2012, we exercised our right to repurchase all of such shares at a price per share of $13.05 pursuant to express terms of the applicable benefit plans and stock option agreements that govern the terms of Mr. Thomas’ options. The repurchase price reflects our compensation committee’s good faith determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock. Our compensation committee made this determination in accordance with the our long-standing equity valuation process for equity transactions under our stock incentive plans, which also considers stock valuations received from a qualified and independent third party. Our equity valuation process uses a combination of the discounted cash flow and guideline public company models along with various other assumptions, including consideration of our estimated future financial performance and the financial performance of companies that are relatively comparable to us, to estimate fair value. Mr. Thomas, with the support of IVP, has questioned the determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock in connection with the repurchase of these shares and asserted a valuation that is consistent with the estimated initial public offering price range shown on the front cover of this prospectus that was not based on, and did not take account of, our estimated future financial performance and, in our view, is based on the financial performance of certain companies that are not directly comparable to us, as well as certain other assumptions with which we disagree. We believe that Mr. Thomas’ and IVP’s assertions are without merit and intend to defend against them vigorously. On August 31, 2012, Applied filed a lawsuit against Mr. Thomas and IVP in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Orange, asserting claims against Mr. Thomas and IVP relating to Mr. Thomas’ breach of stock option agreements in connection with the above-described exercise of our repurchase rights. We have asserted claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, conversion and declaratory relief against Mr. Thomas and claims for conversion and aiding and abetting conversion against IVP. We seek damages (including punitive damages) and certain declaratory relief. On September 11, 2012, Mr. Thomas delivered to us a stock transfer instrument to complete the transfer of the 37,950 shares of Class B common stock, but reserved the right to continue to challenge our compensation committee’s determination of fair market value and to request additional cash consideration from us for the repurchase of his shares. On January 16, 2013, the Court issued an

 

99


Table of Contents

order transferring the case to the Superior Court for the State of California, County of San Mateo. Resolution of this litigation matter to our satisfaction is expected to be costly and time-consuming and may have additional adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations which we are unable to predict or quantify at the present time.

On January 4, 2013, Gaya Limited, Covidien LP and Covidien Sales LLC sued Applied in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, asserting claims relating to certain of Applied’s patents and the hand access product market. The plaintiffs seek substitution of inventors on certain of Applied’s patents (or, alternatively, addition of inventors), damages, costs and expenses of litigation, and attorneys’ fees. Management is not currently able to determine whether there will be a loss, or to reasonably estimate the loss or range of loss, with respect to this matter.

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, including employment disputes, disputes on agreements and other commercial matters. In addition, we operate in an industry susceptible to significant patent claims and, at any given time, may be involved as either a plaintiff or defendant in one or more patent infringement actions. If a patent infringement claim were to be determined against us, we may be required to make significant royalty and other payments or be subject to an injunction or other limitation on our ability to manufacture or distribute one or more products. While it is not feasible to predict the outcome of certain proceedings, based upon experience, current information and applicable law, we do not expect any current proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, one or more of the proceedings could be material to our business and results of operations in a future period.

Facilities

Our U.S. headquarters are located in a 96,000 square foot facility in Rancho Santa Margarita, California. Additional facilities in Orange County, California include manufacturing and production facilities, research and development facilities and facilities for sales, branding and various administrative functions, comprised of fourteen facilities with approximately 712,000 square feet. Our principal distribution warehouse facility is a 252,000 square foot facility in Irvine, California. Due to the highly specialized requirements of our operations, culture and expansion plans, we own all of our facilities located in Orange County, California. We also lease approximately 27,000 square feet of space in a warehouse and distribution facility located in Wawayanda, New York and approximately 13,000 square feet of space in Australia for sales and distribution. In December 2012, we entered into an additional lease for approximately 29,000 square feet of space in a warehouse and distribution facility located in Duluth, Georgia. In May 2011, we acquired land in the Netherlands to construct our 95,000 square foot European headquarters. The construction was completed in the third quarter of 2012. We believe that our owned and leased facilities are adequate and suitable for their use.

 

100


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of January 31, 2013.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Said S. Hilal

     64       President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

Nabil Hilal

     62       Group President, Technology; Director

Stephen E. Stanley

     52       Group President, Distribution

Gary Johnson

     44       Group President, Surgical

Samir Tall

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Dennis L. Fowler, M.D.

     65       Director

Leslee A. Temple, FASLA

     62       Director

Thomas M. Kasten

     70       Director

Said S. Hilal has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Applied since its inception in 1987. Mr. Hilal holds an M.B.A from the University of Southern California and M.S. and B.S. degrees in Mechanical Engineering from California State University, Long Beach. Mr. Hilal is a brother of Nabil Hilal and a brother-in-law of Samir Tall, other executive officers of Applied. Mr. Hilal brings to our board of directors 32 years of experience in the medical device and implant arena, and an aversion to financial leverage and debt. He is an advocate of paying for assets, costs and investments as early and as quickly as possible. Mr. Hilal is also an adamant supporter of local operations where communications, responsiveness and shortened supply lines prevail.

Nabil Hilal has been the Group President of our Technology Group, which includes Intellectual Property and Legal, Operations, Corporate Engineering and Automation, since March 2005. Mr. N. Hilal joined Applied in 1989 and holds an M.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Aston in Birmingham, England and a B.S. degree in Chemistry from the American University in Beirut. Mr. N. Hilal is a brother of Said S. Hilal and a brother-in-law of Samir Tall. Mr. N. Hilal brings 28 years of medical device experience and 37 years of technology-based operations to our board of directors. Mr. N. Hilal is a strong believer in the active weaving of technology, process and automation into every facet of operation. He is an advocate of vertical integration and heavy capital investments to improve quality, compliance and efficiencies.

Stephen E. Stanley has been the Group President of our Global Distribution Group since 2004, and has served in a variety of senior management and executive positions since 1990. Mr. Stanley holds an MBA from Pepperdine University and a B.S. degree in Biomedical/Mechanical Engineering from the University of California, San Diego. Mr. Stanley has extensive experience on the technical and clinical sides of our business. He brings balance to the forecasting and planning processes at Applied, due to his extensive experience in that field, and his knowledge of markets and selling process.

Gary Johnson has been the Group President of our Surgical Group, which includes the Surgical Divisions and Corporate Branding, since March 2007 and has been with Applied since 1992. Mr. Johnson holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Colorado State University. From 2004 to March 2007, Mr. Johnson was our Division President, General Surgery. Mr. Johnson has

 

101


Table of Contents

extensive experience in many facets of our business. His knowledge covers clinical and market environments, business conditions, competitors, contracting practices and trends affecting technologies.

Samir Tall has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2011. Mr. Tall joined Applied in 1991 and has served in various capacities, with responsibilities for Information Technology, Strategic Procurement, and Personnel. Mr. Tall was our Chief Information Officer until July 2006 when he assumed the additional role of Vice President, Integrated Systems and Personnel. He was appointed Senior Vice President, Integrated Systems in August 2008 and added to his responsibility the role of Acting Senior Vice President, Finance in August 2009. In January 2010, he was promoted to acting Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Tall holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from Saint Joseph University in Beirut. Mr. Tall is a brother-in-law of Said S. Hilal and Nabil Hilal. Mr. Tall has extensive experience in building teams to address emerging needs.

Board of Directors

Dennis L. Fowler, M.D., MPH, has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2009. Dr. Fowler has been Professor of Clinical Surgery at Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons since 2000. From 2004 to 2008, he was also Vice President, Medical Director for Perioperative Services, New York Presbyterian Hospital/Columbia. Since 2009, he has been Director of Outcomes Research, and, in 2010, he was Chief Projects Officer of the Center for the Integration of Medicine and Innovative Technology (CIMIT), in Boston, MA. Since 1990, as a pioneer in minimally invasive surgery, he has been on the clinical advisory boards of numerous startup companies engaged in commercializing healthcare technology. The board of directors believes Dr. Fowler’s in-depth knowledge of the healthcare industry and hospital operations provides him with a critical perspective regarding our products, technologies and prospects. In addition, Dr. Fowler brings to the board of directors his unique perspective as a physician.

Leslee A. Temple, FASLA, has been a director since September 1, 2011. After 33 years with NUVIS, a landscape architecture and site planning firm founded in 1971 and based in Costa Mesa, CA, and having served as its Chief Financial Officer, Ms. Temple was elected in 2011 as its President. Ms. Temple is responsible for corporate strategic planning, transition integration, operations, administration, marketing, and the firm’s investment and 401k portfolios. During her 38 year professional career she has served on the boards of directors of several organizations, including Plaza Bank in Irvine, where she served as Chair of its Asset-Liability Management Committee. She earned a Bachelor of Science in Landscape Architecture from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona. She is one of approximately 1,100 people in the U.S. with the distinction of “Fellow” in the American Society of Landscape Architects (FASLA). Ms. Temple was the first woman to be Vice President of Finance and then President/Executive Director of the Landscape Architecture Foundation, based in Washington, DC. Ms. Temple brings extensive experience and expertise in the field of creating the type of specific organizational environments that are important to Applied and its culture. Ms. Temple’s progressive views on landscape design will benefit the ongoing development of our central Orange County campus. Her knowledge and contacts in the field of landscaping in Orange County, as well as her standing in the landscaping community, have already proven helpful and insightful to Applied.

Thomas M. Kasten has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007 and as Chairman of our compensation committee since February 2011. Mr. Kasten served on the City Council of the Town of Hillsborough, California for 12 years from 2000 to December 2012. Mr. Kasten also served as Mayor of the Town of Hillsborough from 2004 to 2006 and from 2010 to December 2012. Mr. Kasten has served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Bay Area Water Supply and Conservation Agency since 2010. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Kasten held the position of Chair of the City/County Association of Governments of San Mateo County, and served as chairman of its Finance and

 

102


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee. Mr. Kasten has also served in a variety of senior executive positions with Levi Strauss & Co., including President of the Jeanswear, Youthwear and Womenswear Divisions, Executive Vice President of New Business Development, Vice President of Information Technology for the United States and Vice President of Marketing for the Jeans Division. Mr. Kasten holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley. Mr. Kasten brings to the board of directors the totality of his business and public service experience. Mr. Kasten’s extensive experience with public company issues while at Levi Strauss & Co. has been helpful to Applied’s team and board.

Composition of the Board of Directors; Director Independence

Our bylaws provide that our board of directors shall consist of at least one member, with the exact number of directors to be determined by resolution of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, with us, our senior management and our independent registered public accounting firm, our board of directors has determined that Dr. Fowler and Mr. Kasten, are independent directors as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Our certificate of incorporation, as it will be in effect after the consummation of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes to be comprised of the directors in office, with each class serving for a staggered three-year term. Class I directors will serve an initial one-year term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering. Class II directors will serve an initial two-year term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering. Class III directors will serve an initial three-year term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering. Upon the expiration of the initial term of each class of directors, the directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term. Our directors will hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Executive officers are appointed by and serve at the direction of our board of directors.

Board Committees

We currently have two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Mr. Kasten and Dr. Fowler. Our board of directors has determined that each of these directors is independent as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the applicable rules of the SEC, and that each member of the audit committee meets the financial literacy and experience requirements of the applicable SEC rules. We will adopt an audit committee charter to be effective upon the consummation of this offering.

Our audit committee charter will provide for the audit committee’s oversight of our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. The primary duties of our audit committee are to, among other things:

 

   

Evaluate our independent registered accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

   

Determine the engagement and compensation of our independent registered accounting firm;

 

   

Approve the retention of our independent registered accounting firm to perform any proposed, permissible non-audit services;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

Monitor the rotation of partners and managers of the independent registered accounting firm on our engagement team as required;

 

   

Review our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

Review our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

   

Meet periodically with our management and internal audit team to consider the adequacy of our internal controls and the objectivity of our financial reporting;

 

   

Establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

   

Review on an ongoing basis and approve related party transactions, as defined in SEC rules;

 

   

Prepare the reports required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement, if we are subject to the proxy rules under the Exchange Act; and

 

   

Discuss with our management and our independent registered accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Kasten (Chairperson) and Dr. Fowler. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Kasten and Dr. Fowler is independent as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and qualifies as an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. We will adopt a compensation committee charter to be effective upon the consummation of this offering. The primary duties of the compensation committee are to:

 

   

Establish overall employee compensation policies and recommend to our board of directors major compensation programs;

 

   

Review and approve the compensation of our executive officers and directors, including salary and bonus awards;

 

   

Administer our various employee benefit, pension and equity incentive programs; and

 

   

Prepare an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement.

Other Committees

Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past fiscal year been an officer or employee of Applied. None of the members of the compensation committee has formerly been an officer of Applied. None of our executive officers serve, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

104


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitations of Liability

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to certain limitations, we shall indemnify our directors and officers against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors. Such indemnity only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of Applied and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful. The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of Applied and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful and is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of our certificate of incorporation, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of Applied or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also permit us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any officer or director for whom at our request is or was serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not we have or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and regardless of the whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. In addition, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

105


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following is a summary of certain key elements of the compensation programs and policies in place for our named executive officers, or NEOs, during 2012. For fiscal year 2012, we had five NEOs, as follows:

 

   

Said S. Hilal, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Nabil Hilal, our Group President, Technology;

 

   

Stephen E. Stanley, our Group President, Distribution;

 

   

Gary M. Johnson, our Group President, Surgical; and

 

   

Samir Tall, our Chief Financial Officer.

Specifically, this section provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program and each compensation component that we provide. Our compensation plans, agreements and arrangements are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve the principles and objectives of our executive compensation and benefits program.

We expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. During 2011 and 2012, and in recognition of the leadership and performance of the executive team, the increasing size and complexity of Applied, the potential of being compelled to complete an initial public offering at the demand of IVP, ongoing and potential litigation, increasingly hostile competitive conditions and challenging economic conditions, the compensation committee approved and implemented a retention program designed to ensure that compensation for our NEOs and other key team members is, and will remain, competitive. The compensation committee determined that our NEOs and key team members were being compensated at below competitive levels and adopted an approach to gradually increase their compensation to competitive levels. The retention program approach to gradually increase compensation for our NEOs and key team members includes three elements: increased base salary, increased annual bonus plan target amounts and grants of long-term equity-based compensation. The increases to the base salaries and annual bonus targets and long-term equity compensation implemented in connection with our retention program, and subsequent gradual increases implemented through October 2012, were proposed to the compensation committee by our senior staff (comprised of the five NEOs). The increases and adjustments provided for Messrs. Johnson, Stanley and Tall were also designed to equate their respective compensation levels and equity awards in recognition of their comparable levels of responsibilities as NEOs. We do not use specific formulas, multiples or weightings in determining the amounts or the allocation of the various compensation elements. While our compensation committee may from time to time evaluate executive compensation information of other public companies in light of the retention objectives of compensation elements for our NEOs, we do not determine the levels of compensation elements based upon averages of or other comparisons to those established by other companies. Instead, the compensation for each of our NEOs has been designed to provide a combination of fixed and at-risk cash compensation that is tied to achievement of our short- and long-term objectives. We believe that this approach achieves the primary objectives of our compensation program. The compensation committee considered a number of factors in determining to implement the retention program approach, including:

 

  (1) the paramount importance of retaining our NEOs and key team members to maintain Applied’s culture and vertical integration efficiency,

 

  (2) the significant expansion of our NEOs’ and key team members’ responsibilities, given the recent additions of team members and the commensurate increase in the sizes of programs, budgets and communications,

 

106


Table of Contents
  (3) Applied’s prospective status as a public company, the increased responsibilities of our NEOs and key team members associated therewith and the possible adverse changes to the Applied working place, culture and success associated therewith, and

 

  (4) the increase in worldwide training and mentoring requirements for our NEOs and key team members, including more frequent engagement with international Applied team members and international travel.

The retention program reflects Applied’s commitment to recruit and retain the best team members and compensate them at the best levels possible.

Elements of 2012 Compensation

During fiscal year 2012, our NEOs’ total direct compensation included both fixed components (base salary, other executive benefits and perquisites) and variable components (discretionary annual and other cash bonuses and equity awards). The following describes each component of compensation, the rationale for that component and how the compensation amounts were determined.

Base Salary

Base salaries historically have constituted a smaller portion of total compensation for our executive officers, and this remained true in fiscal year 2012. Base salaries support our retention objective by providing our executive officers with steady cash flow during the course of the fiscal year that is not contingent on short-term variations in our corporate performance.

In September 2011, for the reasons described above as the first element of the retention program implemented by our compensation committee, base salary levels for our NEOs in 2011 were adjusted retroactively to July 1, 2011 as follows:

 

   

Said Hilal: to $700,000 from $583,000;

 

   

Nabil Hilal: to $575,000 from $477,000;

 

   

Mr. Stanley: to $500,000 from $402,800;

 

   

Mr. Johnson: to $450,000 from $371,000; and

 

   

Mr. Tall: to $400,000 from $330,000.

In February 2012, for the reasons described above as the first element of the retention program implemented by our compensation committee, the base salary levels for our NEOs were adjusted to the following levels:

 

   

Said Hilal: $875,000;

 

   

Nabil Hilal: $675,000;

 

   

Mr. Stanley: $525,000;

 

   

Mr. Johnson: $485,000; and

 

   

Mr. Tall: $450,000.

The base salary level adjustments were effective as of January 1, 2012, other than Mr. Tall’s which was retroactive to November 1, 2011. In May 2012, the compensation committee approved increases to Mr. Tall’s and Mr. Johnson’s base salaries to $525,000, effective July 1, 2012.

In October 2012, the compensation committee approved increases to the base salaries of our NEOs. Effective January 1, 2013, the base salary levels for our NEOs are:

 

   

Said Hilal: $945,000;

 

   

Nabil Hilal: $729,000;

 

107


Table of Contents
   

Mr. Stanley: $567,000;

 

   

Mr. Johnson: $567,000; and

 

   

Mr. Tall: $567,000.

Annual Bonus Plan

We maintain an annual bonus plan under which all team members are eligible to receive discretionary cash bonuses. Under the annual bonus plan, the overall bonus pool and amounts to be awarded to our NEOs and other team members have been determined on the basis of our achievement of certain performance objectives and, for each individual team member, his or her achievement of individual performance objectives for the applicable period based upon subjective considerations of individual performance and other factors.

For the 2011 annual bonus plan, the target bonus amounts for each of our NEOs were established in October 2010 with the approval of the compensation committee. In September 2011, the 2011 annual bonus plan target bonus levels were increased, effective July 1, 2011, as the second element in connection with the retention program described above. Performance objectives for the 2011 annual bonus plan were based upon total revenues, gross margins and operating earnings, with each of the gross margin and operating earnings factors weighted at 40% and the total revenue factor weighted at 20%. Key organizational objectives for the 2011 annual bonus plan emphasized sales force expansion, stratification, training and development, together with continued exceptional levels of high quality, compliance, availability, capacity and manufacturing cost control, as well as continued improvements and product line extensions in existing product lines, accelerated efforts to ensure access to our product markets in the competitive environment and expanded efforts in all aspects of our global training and education program. In November and December, 2011, the compensation committee approved payments of cash bonuses to the NEOs under the 2011 annual bonus plan, based upon our results of operations for the three quarterly periods ended September 30, 2011 and projected results for the remaining period of the full fiscal year, and determined that Applied’s actual performance for the full year was likely to significantly exceed the performance objectives established for the 2011 period. Specifically, the percentage achievement of the performance objectives were estimated to range from 124% to 129% of the total revenues objective, from 189% to 209% of the gross margin objective and from 319% to 329% of the operating earnings objective. After applying the weighting factors for the three objectives, and a range of outcomes from 228% to 241%, the compensation committee approved cash bonus payments in the amount of 235% of each NEOs’ average target 2011 annual bonus amounts, as follows:

 

    

 

   Target Bonus
Amount-
Initial
     Target Bonus
Amount-
Adjusted
    2011 Annual Bonus
Amount
 

Said S. Hilal

      $ 700,000       $ 850,000      $ 1,821,250   

Nabil Hilal

        330,000         400,000        857,750   

Stephen E. Stanley

        297,000         400,000        818,975   

Gary Johnson

        264,000         325,000        692,075   

Samir Tall

        250,000         325,000        675,625   

Performance objectives for the 2012 annual bonus plan are based upon total revenues, operating earnings and our assessment of customers’ clinical response to our initiatives and investments relating to clinical selling, clinical training and similar programs, measured by certain product roll-out targets, with the total revenues factor weighted at 50% and each of the operating earnings and product roll-out factors weighted at 25%. Key organizational objectives for the 2012 annual bonus plan emphasized efforts to strengthen our brand and sustainability through strategic development and other initiatives designed to ensure access to product markets in light of competitive

 

108


Table of Contents

practices, development of select product markets, accelerating investments in technologies, processes, automation, materials, products and advanced tooling, and implementation of additional accounting, legal and compliance infrastructure necessary for a public company. In November 2012, the compensation committee approved payments of cash bonuses to the NEOs under the 2012 annual bonus plan, based upon our results of operations for the three quarterly periods ended September 30, 2012 and projected results for the remaining period of the full fiscal year, and determined that Applied’s actual performance for the full year was likely to significantly exceed the performance objectives established for 2012. Specifically, the percentage achievement of the performance objectives were estimated at 106% of the total revenues objective, 398% of the adjusted operating income objective and 100% of the clinical response objective. After applying the weighting factors for the three objectives, the compensation committee approved cash bonus payments in the amount of 180% of each NEOs’ target 2012 annual bonus amount, as follows:

 

     Target Bonus
Amount
     2012 Annual Bonus
Amount
 

Said S. Hilal

   $ 1,000,000       $ 1,800,000   

Nabil Hilal

     575,000         1,035,000   

Stephen E. Stanley

     475,000         855,000   

Gary Johnson

     475,000         855,000   

Samir Tall

     475,000         855,000   

In November 2012, the compensation committee approved target bonus amounts for the 2013 annual bonus plan. Performance objectives for the 2013 annual bonus plan have not been established. The compensation committee approved target annual cash bonus payments for our NEOs as follows:

 

   

Said Hilal: $1,100,000;

 

   

Nabil Hilal: $632,500;

 

   

Mr. Stanley: $522,500;

 

   

Mr. Johnson: $522,500; and

 

   

Mr. Tall: $522,500.

Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan

Effective January 1, 2010, we adopted a Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan, which is administered by the compensation committee, provides for the establishment of bonus pools for executives and team members contingent on achieving certain performance objectives over a defined period. The Applied Participation Points Program, or the APP Program, has been established as award schedules under the Bonus Plan, covering the three-year performance period from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2012. Performance objectives for the APP Program were based on aggregate revenues and aggregate operating income during the three-year performance period, subject to certain adjustments for excluded expenses. Other potential performance criteria which may be used in the future are cash flow; earnings per share; earnings before interest, taxes and amortization; return on equity; total stockholder return; share price performance; return on capital; return on assets or net assets; revenue, product revenue or licensing revenue; income or net income; operating income or net operating income; operating profit or net operating profit; operating margin or profit margin; return on operating revenue; return on invested capital; or market segment shares. The APP Program provided for an aggregate bonus pool of up to $16.0 million for the 2010 to 2012 performance period, to become payable if we achieved the targeted performance objectives, with additional amounts potentially payable if our actual achievement exceeded the performance objectives. One of the award schedules in the APP Program was established for strategic bonus plan awards to six members of our senior management team, including the NEOs, under which a bonus pool of $6.0 million was created, with additional amounts potentially payable if our actual achievement exceeded the performance objectives.

 

109


Table of Contents

In November 2012, the compensation committee approved payments of cash bonuses to the NEOs under the APP Program for the three-year award period ended December 31, 2012, based upon our results of operations for 2010, 2011 and the three quarterly periods ended September 30, 2012 and projected results for the remaining period of the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, and determined that Applied’s actual performance for the full year was likely to exceed the performance objectives established for the 2012 period. Specifically, the percentage achievement of the performance objectives was estimated at 103% of the total revenues objective and 237% of the adjusted operating income objective. Based upon those operating results, the compensation committee approved payments of cash bonuses under the APP Program in the aggregate amount of $33.68 million, of which cash bonus payments in the aggregate amount of $11.367 million are payable to our NEOs. These cash bonus payments were completed in November 2012.

The following table sets forth the allocation of cash bonus awards to each of the NEOs under the APP Program for the three-year award period ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Potential Strategic Bonus Plan
Award at 100% Achievement
     Actual Strategic Bonus Plan
Award
 

Said S. Hilal

   $ 1,600,000       $ 3,368,000   

Nabil Hilal

     1,100,000         2,315,500   

Stephen E. Stanley

     900,000         1,894,500   

Gary M. Johnson

     900,000         1,894,500   

Samir Tall

     900,000        
1,894,500
  

On August 9, 2012, our compensation committee established new APP Program award schedules under the Bonus Plan covering a three-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2015. Performance objectives for the new award schedules remain based on aggregate revenues and aggregate operating income during the three-year performance period subject to certain adjustments for excluded expenses. The new award schedules under the APP Program provide for an aggregate bonus pool of up to $35.625 million, payable no later than March 2016, if we achieve the targeted performance objectives, with additional amounts potentially payable if our actual achievement exceeds the performance objectives. One of the new award schedules in the APP Program was established for strategic bonus plan awards to six members of our senior management team, including the NEOs, under which a bonus pool of $10.625 million was created, with additional amounts potentially payable if our actual achievement exceeds the performance objectives.

The following table sets forth the allocation of potential cash bonus awards to each of the NEOs under the APP Program for the three year period ending December 31, 2015:

 

     Potential Strategic Bonus Plan
Award at 100% Achievement
 

Said S. Hilal

   $ 3,125,000   

Nabil Hilal

     1,875,000   

Stephen E. Stanley

     1,562,500   

Gary M. Johnson

     1,562,500   

Samir Tall

     1,562,500   

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

In addition to our performance-based cash bonus awards, we provide long-term stock-based incentive awards to our executive officers. These stock-based incentive awards generally consist of options to purchase shares of our common stock and awards of restricted stock. We believe that equity awards help further our compensation objectives by encouraging our executives to remain with us through at least the vesting period applicable to the award and by providing our executives with incentives to continue to focus on our financial performance and increasing stockholder value.

 

110


Table of Contents

In October 2011, the compensation committee approved awards of stock options and restricted shares to each of the NEOs, as the third element in connection with the retention program described above. We granted options to purchase 320,000 shares of Class B common stock to Said Hilal and options to purchase 140,000 shares of Class B common stock to each of Nabil Hilal and Messrs. Stanley, Johnson and Tall, at an exercise price of $15.75 per share. The exercise price was reduced to $8.36 in 2012. The compensation committee also made restricted stock awards of 80,000 shares of Class B common stock to Said Hilal and 35,000 shares to each of Nabil Hilal and Messrs. Stanley, Johnson and Tall. These equity awards vest over a 46-month period, with vesting commencing on November 1, 2011, with 25% of the options or restricted shares vesting on September 1, 2012 and the remaining shares and options vesting in equal monthly increments over the following 36 months. The compensation committee also approved tax gross-up payments to all team members receiving restricted share awards in this round of awards, including the NEOs. We believe that the 46-month vesting schedule aligns the interests of our executive officers with our stockholders in achieving our long-term objectives and facilitating executive retention.

In October 2012, the compensation committee approved awards of restricted shares of Class B common stock to each of the NEOs in connection with a transitional equity award program, by issuing 50,000 shares of Class B common stock to Said Hilal and 25,000 shares to each of Nabil Hilal and Messrs. Stanley, Johnson and Tall which were granted in December 2012. The compensation committee also approved tax gross-up payments to all team members receiving restricted share awards in this round of awards, including the NEOs. In approving these restricted share awards, the compensation committee considered the demonstrated ability of key Applied team members, including the NEOs, to execute our business model and achieve strong results against exceptionally tough competition and during tough economic conditions, and to recognize the recipients for fostering the teamwork and spirit of camaraderie that prevails throughout the organization. The transitional equity award program was approved taking into account the increasing size and complexity of our business, this controversial hostile demand registration and the offering’s potential impact on the team. The equity awards were approved by the compensation committee in furtherance of our efforts to attract and retain the best teams, team members, motivation, incentives and rewards.

Stock Option Exercise Loan Program

We are not party to any loan arrangements with our executive officers or directors. However, under the terms of our stock incentive plans and the stock option agreements relating to grants of stock options thereunder, holders of stock options desiring to acquire our shares by exercising those stock options may satisfy the exercise price of such options by delivering a full recourse promissory note to us in respect of the aggregate exercise price on terms approved by the board of directors. In July 2010, we initiated, and the board approved, a stock option exercise loan program authorizing the acceptance of promissory notes from our team members (other than executive officers or directors) in connection with the exercise of stock options granted under our stock incentive plans. The board determined, in light of the general economic conditions, that allowing team members to deliver promissory notes to pay the exercise price of stock options would enhance their ability to exercise stock options by providing financial flexibility to make their option exercise decisions in a way consistent with their individual tax planning strategies. Promissory notes bear interest at annual rates determined by our finance department to reflect market rates, have terms ranging from one to four years and must be secured by a pledge of the shares issued upon exercise of the stock options. For accounting purposes, the notes receivable are treated as nonrecourse loans and accounted for as the grant of new stock options. The estimated fair values of the newly-granted stock options are recognized as compensation expense on the issuance date of the nonrecourse note. See note 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, our board of directors approved a limited extension of our stock option exercise loan program to our NEOs, enabling them to use promissory notes to pay the exercise price and related income tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of stock options under

 

111


Table of Contents

our stock incentive plans until December 31, 2010. The board’s approval limited the principal amount of executive officers stock option exercise loans to $250,000 for Said Hilal and $500,000 for each of our four other NEOs, and provided that the maturity date of executive officer stock option exercise loans must be the earlier of December 31, 2012 or prior to the date as of which the prohibition on personal loans to executive officers of an issuer under Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act becomes applicable to us or our executive officers.

In December 2010, our NEOs exercised stock options and participated in the stock option exercise loan program, as summarized below. The principal amount and accrued interest on all stock option exercise loans provided to our executive officers were paid in full prior to November 14, 2011.

 

   

Said Hilal delivered a full-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $250,000 in connection with the exercise of stock options to purchase 160,000 shares of Class B common stock, together with cash in the aggregate amount of $870,000. No interest or principal on this promissory note was paid in 2010. On November 4, 2011, the entire outstanding principal amount of $250,000 and accrued and unpaid interest in the amount of $7,911 on Said Hilal’s promissory note was paid in full.

 

   

Nabil Hilal delivered a full-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 in connection with the exercise of stock options to purchase 160,500 shares of Class B common stock, together with cash in the aggregate amount of $623,500. No interest or principal on this promissory note was paid in 2010. On November 4, 2011, the entire remaining outstanding principal amount of $250,000 and accrued and unpaid interest in the amount of $8,039 on Nabil Hilal’s promissory note was paid in full.

 

   

Stephen E. Stanley delivered a full-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $499,999 in connection with the exercise of stock options to purchase 82,261 shares of Class B common stock. No interest or principal on this promissory note was paid in 2010. On February 7, 2011, the entire outstanding principal amount of $499,999 and accrued and unpaid interest in the amount of $1,951 on Mr. Stanley’s promissory note was paid in full.

 

   

Gary Johnson delivered a full-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $402,650 in connection with the exercise of stock options to purchase 71,000 shares of Class B common stock. No interest or principal on this promissory note was paid in 2010. On November 8, 2011, the entire outstanding principal amount of $402,650 and accrued and unpaid interest in the amount of $12,741 on Mr. Johnson’s promissory note was paid in full.

 

   

Samir Tall delivered a full-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $150,010 in connection with the exercise of stock options to purchase 59,360 shares of Class B common stock, together with cash in the aggregate amount of $265,510. No interest or principal on this promissory note was paid in 2010. On November 4, 2011, the entire outstanding principal amount of $150,010 and accrued and unpaid interest in the amount of $4,747 on Mr. Tall’s promissory note was paid in full.

2010 Option Repricing

In March 2010, we completed a stock option repricing. Eligible directors, officers, employees and non-employees were provided an opportunity to elect to amend certain eligible outstanding stock options with stated exercise prices at or above $10 per share. Eligible option holders elected to amend stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,328,475 shares of Class B common stock, some of which were held by our NEOs. For further information regarding the re-pricing of such stock options, see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

2012 Option Repricing

In March 2012, our compensation committee repriced options to purchase 9,000 shares of Class A common stock and options to purchase 1,330,800 shares of Class B common stock which had

 

112


Table of Contents

been granted at exercise prices of $15.75 per share for options to purchase Class B common stock granted in October 2011, $13.05 per share for options to purchase Class B common stock granted in December 2011, $14.96 per share for options to purchase Class A common stock granted in October 2011 and $12.40 per share for options to purchase Class A common stock granted in December 2011. In light of the compensation committee’s determination of fair market value in March 2012, these stock options were repriced to $8.36 per share of Class B common stock and $7.94 per share of Class A common stock. The repriced stock options included options granted to our NEOs in October 2011. For further information regarding the repricing of such stock options, see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Stock Incentive Plans under which equity awards have been granted to our executives are described below.

Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan

The Applied Medical Corporation 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, or the Plan, was adopted by the board of directors of Applied and approved by our stockholders on December 19, 2008. It was most recently amended and restated effective October 18, 2011, or the Effective Date. The Plan was intended to be the successor to the Applied Medical Resources Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, or the AMRC 1998 Plan, which was assumed by Applied effective August 20, 2010. Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the AMRC 1998 Plan. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan will terminate on October 18, 2021.

Awards; Eligibility. The Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees of Applied or a subsidiary and the granting of nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and the granting or sale of restricted shares to employees, non-employee directors and consultants of Applied or a subsidiary.

Administration. The Plan provides that our board of directors will administer the Plan, but our board of directors may delegate any or all administrative functions under the Plan to one or more committees, each of which must consist of at least two directors of the board of directors who have been appointed by the board of directors. The compensation committee of our board of directors currently administers the Plan, including determining the recipient of an award, the number of shares subject to each award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option, and the terms and conditions of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of the award.

Authorized Shares. Under the Plan, 6,736,068 shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are currently authorized for issuance. In addition, the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan will be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year ending in 2021, in an amount equal to the least of 500,000 shares, 2.5% of the outstanding shares on the last day of the immediately preceding year or another smaller amount determined by our board of directors. The number of shares that may be delivered upon the exercise of incentive stock options granted under the Plan may not exceed 10,000,000. The number of shares available for issuance under the Plan will be reduced by one share issued pursuant to an award. Shares subject to awards granted under the Plan that are forfeited or terminated before being exercised or settled will again become available for issuance under the Plan. Shares not delivered because they are tendered to satisfy exercise price, because the award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the award, or because they are withheld for payment of taxes will again become available for issuance under the Plan. In addition, shares subject to outstanding options under our AMRC 1998 Plan that expire or that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised will again become available for awards under our Plan.

 

113


Table of Contents

From and after the date on which Applied first becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act (that date to be extended, as applicable, to the end of any transition period under applicable law, no participant may receive options, restricted shares or SARs under the Plan totaling more than an aggregate of 500,000 shares in any calendar year, except that, in a participant’s first year of service, the participant may receive equity awards under the Plan totaling up to an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares.

Stock Options. A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock in the future at a certain exercise price that is determined on the date of grant. Under the Plan, incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options must be granted with an exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. As provided under applicable law, incentive stock options granted to any holder of more than 10% of the voting shares of our company must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. No incentive stock option can be granted to an employee if as a result of the grant, the employee would have the right in any calendar year to exercise for the first time one or more incentive stock options for shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000.

The compensation committee will determine, and the stock option agreement will specify, the date when all or any installment of the option is to become exercisable. The compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Plan) or other events. Each stock option agreement will set forth the term of the options, which is prohibited from exceeding 10 years from the date of grant (five years from the date of grant in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any holder of more than 10% of our voting shares), and the extent to which the optionee will have the right to exercise the option following termination of the optionee’s service with Applied.

Shares purchased on exercise of options will be subject to those forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and transfer restrictions as the compensation committee may determine, as set forth in the applicable stock option agreement. During an optionee’s lifetime, his or her options will be exercisable only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representatives, and will not be transferable other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by our board of directors in its sole discretion, a nonqualified stock option may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be transferred by the optionee to a revocable trust, one or more family members or a trust established for the benefit of the optionee and/or one or more family members. Each stock option agreement will set forth the extent to which the optionee will have the right to exercise the option following termination of the optionee’s service.

Each stock option agreement will provide the optionee with the right to exercise the option following the optionee’s termination of service during the option term, to the extent the option was exerciseable for vested shares upon termination of service, for at least 30 days if the optionee’s termination of service is due to any reason other than cause, death or disability and for at least six months if the optionee’s termination is due to death or disability, but in no event later than the expiration of the option term. To the extent the option was not exercisable for vested shares on an optionee’s termination of service, the option will terminate when the optionee’s service terminates. If the optionee’s service is terminated for cause, the stock option agreement may provide that the optionee’s right to exercise the option terminates immediately on the effective date of the optionee’s termination. Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash or cash equivalents or by any other form (including full-recourse promissory notes) approved by the board of directors that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

Restricted Shares. Restricted shares are share awards that may be subject to vesting conditioned upon continued service, the achievement of performance objectives or the satisfaction of any other condition as specified in a restricted share agreement. Participants who are granted

 

114


Table of Contents

restricted share awards generally have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, other than the right to transfer such shares prior to vesting. Subject to the terms of the Plan, our compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of any restricted share award, including any vesting arrangement, which will be set forth in a restricted share agreement to be entered into between us and each recipient. Each award or sale of shares will be subject to those forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the compensation committee may determine, as set forth in the applicable restricted share agreement. Restricted shares may be awarded for such consideration as our compensation committee may determine, including without limitation cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, future services or services rendered prior to the award, without cash payment by the recipient, surrender of stock owned by the recipient for at least six months, and cancellation of indebtedness of Applied owing to the recipient. Any right to acquire shares will automatically expire if not exercised by the purchaser within 30 days after our compensation committee approves the award or sale of those shares.

Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs typically will provide for payments to the recipient based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the SAR. The underlying agreement will specify the exercise price, which may be determined in accordance with a predetermined formula while the SAR is outstanding. Each agreement will specify the date when all or an installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The agreement will also specify the term of the SAR. The agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the holder’s death, disability or retirement or other events, and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the SAR holder’s service. SARs may be awarded in combination with options, and may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related options are forfeited. A SAR may be included in an incentive stock option only at the time of grant but may be included in a nonqualified stock option at the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Plan) or an initial public offering of our stock. When a SAR is exercised, our compensation committee may elect to pay the holder (or any person having the right to exercise a SAR after the holder’s death) in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock. Our compensation committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents of a SAR previously granted, or (b) authorize a holder to elect to cash out a SAR previously granted, in either case at the time and based on the terms and conditions that our compensation committee establishes. Shares issued on settlement of SARs will be subject to the forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the compensation committee may determine, as may be set forth in the applicable agreement.

Other Plan Features. We will have the right to repurchase shares that have been acquired through an award or sale of shares or the exercise or settlement of an award upon termination of the participant’s service if provided in the applicable restricted share agreement, stock option agreement or SAR agreement. The compensation committee in its sole discretion will determine when the right to repurchase will lapse as to all or any portion of the shares, and may, in its discretion, provide for accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Plan) or other events.

The shares or other benefits granted, issued, retainable or vested under an award may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals for a specified period of time relating to one or more of the following performance criteria, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either Applied as a whole or to a business unit or subsidiary, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group or index: cash flow, earnings per share, earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, return on equity, total stockholder return, share price performance, return on capital, return on assets or net assets, revenue, product revenue or licensing revenue, income or net income,

 

115


Table of Contents

operating income or net operating income, operating profit or net operating profit, operating margin or profit margin, return on operating revenue, return on invested capital, or market segment shares. The board of directors or compensation committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under any such criteria to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: asset write-downs, litigation or claim judgments or settlements, the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs and any extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 or in managements’ discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our annual report to stockholders for the applicable year. The board of directors or compensation committee may grant an award with other performance-based vesting criteria where such award is not intended to be exempt from the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Our board of directors or compensation committee may permit a participant to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or income tax obligations by having Applied withhold all or a portion of any shares that would otherwise be issued to him or her by surrendering all or a portion of any shares that he or she previously acquired, subject to certain limitations. If our shares are publicly traded at the time of exercise, our board of directors or compensation committee may permit participants to meet the withholding obligation by cashless exercise or pledge. Our board of directors or compensation committee may permit any other means of tax withholding as it deems appropriate.

In the event of a recapitalization, stock split or similar capital transaction, our compensation committee will make appropriate and equitable adjustments to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the share number in the formula for automatic annual increases, the limitation regarding the total number of shares underlying awards given to an individual participant in any calendar year and other adjustments in order to preserve the benefits of outstanding awards under the Plan. In the event we are a party to a merger or other consolidation, or in the event of a transaction providing for the sale of all or substantially all of our stock or assets, outstanding awards will be subject to the agreement of merger, consolidation or sale, which may provide for treatment of those awards in one or more of the following ways without the recipients’ consent: continuation of outstanding awards by Applied, assumption of the Plan and outstanding awards by the surviving corporation or its parent, substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options or rights with substantially the same terms for such outstanding awards, immediate exercisability of such outstanding awards followed by the cancellation of such awards, or settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding awards (whether or not then exerciseable) in cash, cash equivalents or equity (including cash or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting schedules applicable to such awards or the underlying shares) followed by the cancellation of such awards.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time and for any reason, subject to stockholder approval where required by applicable law. Any amendment or termination may not materially impair the rights of holders of outstanding awards without the holders’ consent.

1998 Stock Incentive Plan

The Applied Medical Resources Corporation 1998 Stock incentive Plan, or the AMRC 1998 Plan, was adopted by the board of directors of Applied and subsequently approved by our stockholders. The terms of the AMRC 1998 Plan continue to govern awards previously granted under that plan.

Awards; Eligibility. The AMRC 1998 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options to officers and other key employees of Applied or an affiliated company, and nonqualified stock options and rights to purchase shares to officers and other key employees of Applied or an affiliated company, members of the board of directors and consultants to Applied or an affiliated company.

 

116


Table of Contents

Administration; Authorized Shares. The AMRC 1998 Plan is administered by the Board, which may delegate its authority to a committee. A total of 6,325,036 shares of common stock may be issued under the AMRC 1998 Plan.

Stock Options. A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock in the future at a certain exercise price that is determined on the date of grant. All stock options granted under the AMRC 1998 Plan were granted with an exercise price that was no less than fair market value on the date of grant. Payment of the exercise price may be made by such means as is determined by the plan administrator. Each stock option vests and becomes exercisable in one or more installments at such time or times and subject to such conditions, including without limitation the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives, as is determined by the plan administrator; provided that in no event will any stock option granted to an employee who is not an officer or director vest as to less than 20% of the shares represented thereby in each of the five years following the date of grant. No option may be exercisable more than ten years after it is granted. Generally, no option will be assignable or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the life of the optionee will be exercisable only by the optionee. In the event of a termination of a participant’s employment (or service as a director or consultant), the agreement may provide for the right of Applied to repurchase the underlying shares.

Rights to Purchase. A right to purchase is the right to purchase, for a purchase price determined by the plan administrator, shares of common stock subject to such terms, restrictions and conditions as the plan administrator may determine at the time of grant, which may include continued employment or the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives. Payment of the purchase price may be made by such means as is determined by the plan administrator. If payment is made by promissory note, any cash dividends paid with respect to the stock may be applied, in the discretion of the plan administrator, to repayment of such note. The stock purchase agreement will specify the date or dates, the performance goals or objectives which must be achieved, and any other conditions on which the stock may vest, provided that in no event will stock issued to an employee who is not an officer or director vest as to less than 20% per year for each of the five years following issuance. No right to purchase will be assignable or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided by the plan administrator. In the event of a termination of a participant’s employment or service as a director or consultant, the agreement may provide for the right of Applied to repurchase the shares.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the AMRC 1998 Plan), if options and rights to purchase are not assumed by the acquiror, the number of shares otherwise vested as of such date will be doubled (but not above the number of shares subject to the award) and each participant will be given at least 15 days’ notice of the proposed transaction.

Amendment and Termination. The board of directors may alter, amend, suspend or terminate the AMRC 1998 Plan, so long as such action does not affect or impair the rights of participants under existing awards.

Other Executive Benefits and Perquisites

We provide health insurance, holiday, vacation and sick day benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as other eligible employees. The vacation benefit for executive officers is determined on an individual basis. We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies in our industry.

In addition, during fiscal year 2011, certain of the NEOs received additional benefits in the form of income tax gross-up payments in connection with restricted share awards, special 20-year service cash bonus payments, 401(k) matching contributions, payments in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days, and payments of professional fees for tax and estate planning services.

 

117


Table of Contents

Retirement Savings

We have established a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including the NEOs, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to contribute pre-tax amounts, up to a statutorily prescribed limit, to the 401(k) plan. In addition, we match pre-tax contributions on behalf of eligible employees, up to a certain percentage of the individual’s contribution. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-preferred retirement savings through our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our NEOs, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

Generally, Section 162(m) of the Code disallows a tax deduction to any publicly held corporation for any individual remuneration in excess of $1.0 million paid in any taxable year to its chief executive officer and each of its other NEOs, other than its chief financial officer. However, remuneration in excess of $1.0 million may be deducted if, among other things, it qualifies as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the Code.

As we are not currently publicly-traded, we have not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code into consideration in setting compensation. Following this offering, and at such time as Section 162(m) applies to us, we expect that, where reasonably practicable, the compensation committee may seek to qualify the compensation paid to our NEOs for the “performance-based compensation” exemption under Section 162(m) of the Code. As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our NEOs in the future, the compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m) of the Code. The compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemption from the deductibility limit in Section 162(m) of the Code when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Furthermore, we do not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to awards under our 2008 Plan until the earliest to occur of our annual stockholders’ meeting in 2015, a material modification of the 2008 Plan or exhaustion of the share supply under the 2008 Plan. However, qualified performance-based compensation performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 280G of the Code disallows a tax deduction with respect to excess parachute payments to certain executives of companies which undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Code imposes a 20% excise tax on the individual with respect to the excess parachute payment. Parachute payments are compensation linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans including stock options and other equity-based compensation. Excess parachute payments are parachute payments that exceed a threshold determined under Section 280G of the Code based on the executive’s prior compensation. In approving the compensation arrangements for our NEOs in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G of the Code. However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility

 

118


Table of Contents

under Section 280G of the Code and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 409A of the Code requires that “nonqualified deferred compensation” be deferred and paid under plans or arrangements that satisfy the requirements of the statute with respect to the timing of deferral elections, timing of payments and certain other matters. Failure to satisfy these requirements can expose employees and other service providers to accelerated income tax liabilities, penalty taxes and interest on their vested compensation under such plans. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our employees and other service providers, including our NEOs, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, Section 409A.

2010 / 2011 / 2012 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table summarizes information concerning the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid for services rendered in all capacities by our NEOs during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life insurance, or other benefits which are available generally to all of our team members.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
awards

($)(1)
    Stock
awards

($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan  Compensation
($)(3)
    All other
compensation

($)(4)
    Total
compensation
($)
 

Said S. Hilal

    2010        550,000        1,894,140        363,821        627,000        0        543,828        3,978,789   

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2011        636,181        1,821,250        1,798,976        1,260,000        0        1,115,425        6,631,832   
    2012        868,269        1,800,000        2,096,132        498,000        3,368,000        932,083        9,562,484   

Nabil Hilal

    2010        450,000        892,680        444,114        378,000        0        298,267        2,463,061   

Group President, Technology

    2011        521,569        857,750        787,052        551,250        0        521,881        3,239,502   
    2012        671,154        1,035,000        917,060        249,000        2,315,500        257,199        5,444,913   

Stephen E. Stanley

    2010        380,000        799,412        381,022        157,500        0        130,053        1,847,987   

Group President, Distribution

    2011        447,159        818,975        787,052        551,250        0        452,248        3,056,684   
    2012        524,039        855,000        917,058        249,000        1,894,500        222,036        4,661,633   

Gary Johnson

    2010        350,000        716,144        542,135        157,500        0        120,493        1,886,272   

Group President, Surgical

    2011        406,958        692,075        787,052        551,250        0        452,248        2,889,583   
    2012        502,115        855,000        917,058        249,000        1,894,500        234,921        4,652,594   

Samir Tall

    2010        300,000        640,120        273,355        630,000        0        484,843        2,328,318   

Chief Financial Officer

    2011        361,423        675,625        787,052        551,250        0        463,528        2,838,878   
    2012        491,154        855,000        917,058        249,000        1,894,500        261,193        4,667,905   

 

(1) Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted, as well as any incremental fair value of previously granted options that were repriced in 2010 and 2012 as applicable, computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation, or ASC Topic 718. Amounts also include incremental fair value of stock option exercise loans for stock options exercised in 2010 using full recourse promissory notes to pay the exercise price of the shares acquired. Grant date fair value was determined using a generally accepted option valuation methodology referred to as the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Information regarding assumptions used in calculating the value of stock option awards made to executive officers is provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” above. For further discussion of the 2010 and 2012 stock option repricings and the Stock Option Exercise Loan Program, see “— 2010 Option Repricing,” “— 2012 Option Repricing,” “— Stock Option Exercise Loan Program,” and note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. For a discussion of valuation assumptions for the option and stock grants, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Common stock valuations.”
(2) Amounts disclosed in this column relate to awards of restricted shares made under the 2008 Plan. With respect to each restricted share award, the amounts disclosed reflect the grant date fair market value of the shares awarded, determined in good faith by the board of directors and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code.

 

119


Table of Contents
(3) Amounts disclosed in this column relate to cash bonus awards under the Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan earned by and paid to the NEOs in November 2012.
(4) Amounts disclosed in this column include income tax gross-up payments, special 20-year service cash bonus payments, 401(k) matching contributions, payments in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days, Hart-Scott-Rodino filing fees, and payments of professional fees for tax and estate planning services, as set forth below:

 

Name   Year     Income
tax
gross-up
payments(1)
    20 year
service
bonus
    401(k)
matching
contribution
    Professional
service
fees
    Payment
for
unused
vacation
    HSR
filing fee
    Total
all other
compensation
 

Said S. Hilal

    2010        473,048        10,000        1,225        2,440        57,115        —          543,828   
    2011        1,030,909        —          1,225        4,810        78,481        —          1,115,425   
    2012        547,225        —          1,225        69,402        269,231        45,000        932,083   

Nabil Hilal

    2010        285,187        10,000        —          3,080        —          —          298,267   
    2011        451,023        —          —          2,060        68,798        —          521,881   
    2012        238,277        —          —          18,922        —          —          257,199   

Stephen E. Stanley

    2010        118,828        10,000        1,225        —          —          —          130,053   
    2011        451,023        —          1,225        —          —          —          452,248   
    2012        220,811        —          1,225        —          —          —          222,036   

Gary Johnson

    2010        118,828        —          1,225        440        —          —          120,493   
    2011        451,023        —          1,225        —          —          —          452,248   
    2012        222,196        10,000        1,225        1,500        —          —          234,921   

Samir Tall

    2010        475,312        —          1,225        8,306        —          —          484,843   
    2011        451,023        10,000        1,225        1,280        —          —          463,528   
    2012        239,606        —          1,225        20,362        —          —          261,193   

 

(1) Income tax gross-up payments were made to the NEOs in connection with restricted share awards described in footnote (2) to the Summary Compensation Table. Additional income tax gross-up payments were made to Said S. Hilal, Nabil Hilal, Gary Johnson and Samir Tall in 2012 in connection with payments made for professional service fees and to Said S. Hilal in connection with payment of Hart-Scott-Rodino filing fees.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End 2012

The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2012.

 

           Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Grant
date(1)(2)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options

(#)
exercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options

(#)
unexercisable
     Option
exercise
price

($)(2)
     Option
expiration
date
     Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
(#)(3)
     Market value
of shares or
units of
stock that
have not

vested
($)(4)
 

Said S. Hilal

    

 

12/10/10

10/25/11

  

  

   

 

15,000

320,000

  

  

    

 

—  

—  

  

  

    

 

7.67

8.36

  

  

    

 

12/9/20

10/24/21

  

  

    

 

—  

55,000

  

  

    

 

—  

547,800

  

  

Nabil Hilal

     10/25/11        105,000         —           8.36         10/24/21         24,062         239,658   

Stephen E. Stanley

     10/7/03        13,105         —           7.00         10/6/13         —           —     
     4/21/06        89,110         —           7.00         4/20/16         —           —     
     7/30/08        17,739         —           8.58         7/29/18         —           —     
     12/24/08        8,674         —           5.15         12/23/18         —           —     
     12/10/10        40,000         —           7.67         12/9/20         —           —     
     10/25/11        140,000         —           8.36         10/24/21         24,062         239,658   

Gary Johnson

     4/21/06        60,000         —           7.00         4/20/16         —           —     
     8/8/07        80,000         —           7.00         8/7/17         —           —     
     12/24/08        77,000         —           5.15         12/23/18         —           —     
     12/10/10        40,000         —           7.67         12/9/20         —           —     
     10/25/11        140,000         —           8.36         10/24/21         24,062         239,658   

Samir Tall

     7/29/09 (5)      —           6,000         7.00         7/28/19         —           —     
     10/25/11        140,000         —           8.36         10/24/21         24,062         239,658   

 

120


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock option awards with a grant date of December 10, 2010 started vesting on January 1, 2012 in monthly increments as follows: Said S. Hilal – 1,250 shares per month; Stephen E. Stanley and Gary M. Johnson – 833 shares per month. These stock options include provisions which allow the holder to exercise the options prior to the vesting dates, in which case the shares acquired are subject to repurchase by Applied at the original exercise price paid per share in the event of a termination of employment.
(2) Stock option awards with a grant date of October 25, 2011 started vesting on September 1, 2012 in onetime increments as follows: Said S. Hilal – 80,000 shares; and Nabil Hilal, Stephen E. Stanley, Gary Johnson and Samir Tall – 35,000 shares. After October 1, 2012, the awards continue to vest in monthly increments as follows: Said S. Hilal – 6,667 shares per month; and Nabil Hilal, Stephen E. Stanley, Gary Johnson and Samir Tall – 2,917 shares per month. These stock options include provisions which allow the holder to exercise the options prior to the vesting dates, in which case the shares acquired are subject to repurchase by Applied at the original exercise price paid per share in the event of termination of employment. Stock option awards with a grant date of October 25, 2011 were repriced in March 2012 to reduce the exercise price to $8.36 per share from $15.75 per share.
(3) Restricted share awards with a grant date of October 25, 2011 started vesting on September 1, 2012 in onetime increments as follows: Said S. Hilal – 20,000 shares; and Nabil Hilal, Stephen E. Stanley, Gary Johnson and Samir Tall – 8,750 shares; then, after October 1, 2012, the awards continue to vest in monthly increments as follows: Said S. Hilal – 1,667 shares per month; and Nabil Hilal, Stephen E. Stanley, Gary Johnson and Samir Tall – 729 shares per month.
(4) Based on the compensation committee’s most recent determination of fair market value of $9.96 as of October 19, 2012.
(5) This option grant vests in equal monthly increments of 500 shares on the first day of each calendar month until August 1, 2011, and thereafter in equal monthly increments of 750 shares on the first day of each calendar month until August 1, 2013, when it becomes fully vested.

Pension Benefits

Our NEOs did not participate in or have account balances in qualified or nonqualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us during fiscal year 2012. Our board of directors or compensation committee may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interest.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our NEOs did not participate in or have account balances in nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by us during fiscal year 2012. Our board of directors or compensation committee may elect to provide our executive officers and other team members with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interest.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

None of our NEOs are party to any agreements or arrangements with us that would result in payments upon termination or change in control.

Director Compensation

The table below summarizes the compensation received by our non-employee directors in 2012.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Name (1)

 

Fees earned or
paid in cash ($)

     Stock awards
($) (2)
     Option awards
($) (3)
     Total
($)
 

Dennis L. Fowler, M.D.

    80,000         83,240         36,534         199,774   

Thomas M. Kasten

    95,000         108,320         54,800         258,120   

T. Peter Thomas

    0         0         0         0   

Mark P. de Raad

    95,000         108,320         18,267         221,587   

Leslee A. Temple, FASLA

    129,800         33,440         54,800         218,040   

 

(1) Said Hilal and Nabil Hilal did not receive additional compensation for services as directors in 2012. Mr. de Raad resigned from our board in January 2013 in order to better devote his full time and attention to his employer, Masimo Corporation. Mr. Thomas was removed from our board of directors by action of our stockholders in January 2012.

 

121


Table of Contents
(2) Amounts disclosed in this column relate to awards of restricted shares made under the 2008 Plan.
(3) Amounts represent the incremental fair value of previously granted options that were repriced on March 21, 2012, computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation, or ASC Topic 718. For further discussion of the 2012 stock option repricing, see “ — 2012 Option Repricing,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other than fees paid in cash and awards of restricted shares or stock option grants under our 2008 Plan as described above, we did not pay our non-employee directors any compensation for serving on our board of directors during 2012. We did, however, reimburse non-employee directors for expenses incurred in connection with their service on the board of directors, including reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with attending board of directors’ meetings.

In March 2011, the compensation committee approved awards of stock options to each of the outside directors. We granted options to purchase 2,000 shares of Class B common stock to each of Mr. Kasten and Dr. Fowler and options to purchase 1,500 shares of Class B common stock to Mr. de Raad. We also granted options to purchase 1,500 shares of Class B common stock to each of Messrs. Kasten and de Raad, in their capacities as chairman of our compensation committee and audit committee, respectively. The compensation committee also approved an initial outside director option grant to Mr. de Raad, who joined our board in February 2011, covering 8,000 shares of Class B common stock. All of the foregoing stock options have an exercise price of $10.50 per share. These equity awards, other than the committee chairman option grants, vest over a 48-month period, with vesting commencing on January 1, 2011 (or, for Mr. de Raad, March 1, 2011), with 25% of the options or restricted shares vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vesting in equal monthly increments over the following 36 months. The committee chairman option grants vest in equal monthly installments over the 12-month period starting January 1, 2011 for Mr. Kasten and March 1, 2011 for Mr. de Raad.

In October 2011, the compensation committee approved awards of stock options and restricted shares to each of the outside directors. We granted options to purchase 9,600 shares of Class B common stock to Mr. Kasten, options to purchase 6,400 shares of Class B common stock to Dr. Fowler, options to purchase 3,200 shares to Mr. de Raad, and options to purchase 1,600 shares to Leslee A. Temple, who joined our board in September 2011. The compensation committee also approved an initial outside director option grant to Ms. Temple, covering 8,000 shares of Class B common stock. All of the foregoing stock options were granted with an exercise price of $15.75 per share. The exercise price of these stock options was reduced to $8.36 per share in March 2012 as part of a repricing program. The compensation committee also made restricted stock awards of 2,400 shares of Class B common stock to Mr. Kasten, 1,600 shares of Class B common stock to Dr. Fowler, 800 shares to Mr. de Raad and 400 shares to Ms. Temple. The compensation committee awarded differing amounts of equity awards to each of the independent directors in recognition of their respective terms of service on our board. These equity awards vest over a 46-month period, with vesting commencing on November 1, 2011, with 25% of the options or restricted shares vested on September 1, 2012 and the remaining shares and options vesting in equal monthly increments over the following 36 months. The compensation committee also approved special director fee payments of $25,000 to each of Messrs. Kasten and de Raad, Dr. Fowler and Ms. Temple, in recognition of their service and to assist them in satisfying tax obligations arising from the restricted share awards.

In March 2012, the compensation committee approved awards of restricted shares to each of the outside directors. We awarded 4,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock to each outside director in respect of their service as a member of the board of directors, and 3,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock to Messrs. Kasten and de Raad in respect of their service as chairmen of the compensation committee and the audit committee, respectively. These equity awards vest over a period of 60 months for board member awards and 24 months for committee chair awards, in each case commencing on April 1, 2012 and vesting in equal monthly increments. The compensation

 

122


Table of Contents

committee also approved cash payments to each of the independent directors to assist them in satisfying tax objectives arising from the restricted share awards.

In October 2012, the compensation committee approved awards of restricted shares of Class B common stock to each of the outside directors in respect of their service as members of the board of directors as part of the transitional equity award program described above. In December 2012, pursuant to such approval, we issued 5,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock to each of Messrs. Kasten and de Raad and Dr. Fowler. We also made a cash payment of $49,800 in lieu of the restricted share award to Ms. Temple at her request. We also made special director fee payments of $50,000 to each of the outside directors in recognition of their service to Applied and to assist them in satisfying tax obligations arising from the restricted share awards and, for Ms. Temple, the cash payment made in lieu of her restricted share award.

 

123


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 2010, there has not been any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors or executive officers, any holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the compensation arrangements and indemnification agreements described in “Management” and the transactions set forth below.

Master Rights Agreement

We are party to a Master Rights Agreement with certain of our stockholders providing for rights to register under the Securities Act the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock.

Demand Registration Rights. Holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities have the right to request that we file a registration statement on their behalf, otherwise known as a demand registration, on two occasions.

We have concluded that the selling stockholders have elected to initiate their second demand registration in connection with this offering.

Piggyback Registration Rights. If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for our own account or the account of any other holder, stockholders party to the Master Rights Agreement are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include shares of their common stock therein.

Expenses of Registration. We will pay all registration expenses, other than the underwriter’s fees, related to any demand or piggyback registration, including this initial public offering.

Indemnification. The Master Rights Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholder in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

All of these registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriter or placement agent of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration.

Voting Agreement

We and certain of our stockholders are party to a voting agreement pursuant to which such stockholders have granted irrevocable proxies to a voting committee consisting of Said Hilal, Nabil Hilal and Stephen E. Stanley, granting them the right to vote all of such stockholders’ shares during the term of the voting agreement. As of December 31, 2012, a total of 10,150 shares of our Class A common stock, 10,323,942 shares of our Class B common stock, and 185,961 shares of our preferred stock, representing approximately 53% of the voting power of our outstanding shares, are subject to the voting agreement. Since February 24, 2011, the number of shares covered by the voting agreement has increased by 10,150 shares of Class A common stock and 1,060,283 shares of Class B common stock. The original term of the voting agreement was three years, with a scheduled expiration date of February 2014. In June 2012, the voting agreement was amended and restated by stockholders holding approximately 97% of the voting power of the shares represented by the voting agreement, in accordance with its terms. The term of the amended and restated voting agreement was extended for a five year period to June 30, 2017. Stockholders party to the voting agreement who consented to the

 

124


Table of Contents

amended and restated voting agreement also agreed to a provision which will result in the conversion of their shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock upon a sale, transfer or other disposition of their shares of Class B common stock, with certain exceptions for permitted transfers. As a result of the voting agreement, the voting committee will have significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future.

Exercises of Repurchase Rights

Our stock option agreements for stock option grants under our stock incentive plans include provisions allowing us to repurchase shares issued to employees, directors and consultants within specified time periods following a cessation of service. In most cases, we have the right to repurchase shares issued under these arrangements for a repurchase price equal to the fair market value of the shares as of the date of such cessation of service.

T. Peter Thomas, a former member of our board of directors and a member of our compensation committee from January 1989 until February 2011, was removed from our board of directors by action of our stockholders in January 2012. Following his removal from the board of directors, Mr. Thomas exercised vested stock options to purchase 37,950 shares of our Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $277,650. On February 16, 2012, we exercised our right to repurchase all of such shares at a price per share of $13.05, for an aggregate repurchase price of $495,247.50, pursuant to the applicable stock option agreements between Applied and Mr. Thomas. The repurchase price reflects our compensation committee’s good faith determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock most recently preceding the date of Mr. Thomas’ removal as a director. The determination of fair market value was made in accordance with our long-standing equity valuation process for equity transactions under our stock incentive plans, which also considers stock valuations received from a qualified and independent third-party. Mr. Thomas, with the support of IVP, has questioned the determination of the fair market value of the Company’s Class B common stock in connection with the repurchase of these shares and claims to have received a third-party offer to purchase his shares of Class B common stock at a price of $25.00 per share. In addition, Mr. Thomas has informed us that IVP valued its Applied shares at $32.66 per share for purposes of preparing IVP’s own audited financial statements, based on a valuation conducted by a valuation firm engaged by IVP. Based on this information, Mr. Thomas requested additional cash consideration from us for the repurchase of his shares. On September 11, 2012, Mr. Thomas delivered to us a stock transfer instrument to complete the transfer of the 37,950 shares of Class B common stock, but reserved the right to continue to challenge our compensation committee’s determination of fair market value and to request additional cash consideration from us for the repurchase of his shares. We believe that Mr. Thomas’ and IVP’s assertions are without merit and intend to defend against them vigorously. On August 31, 2012, we initiated litigation asserting claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, conversion and declaratory relief against Mr. Thomas and claims for conversion and aiding and abetting conversion against IVP. Resolution of this litigation matter is expected to be costly and time-consuming and may have additional adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations which we are unable to predict or quantify at the present time.

Thomas C. Hoster, a former member of our board of directors and a member of our audit committee from December 2003 until June 1, 2011, resigned from our board of directors on June 1, 2011. On May 17, 2012, Mr. Hoster exercised vested stock options to purchase 19,200 shares of our Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $134,400. On May 25, 2012, we exercised our right to repurchase all of such shares at a price per share of $10.46, for an aggregate repurchase price of $200,832, pursuant to the applicable stock option agreements between Applied and Mr. Hoster. The repurchase price reflects our compensation committee’s good faith determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock most recently preceding the date of Mr. Hoster’s resignation as a director.

 

125


Table of Contents

Mark P. de Raad, a former member of our board of directors and former chairman of our audit committee, resigned from our board of directors on January 18, 2013 in order to better devote his full time and attention to Masimo Corporation, for which he serves as Chief Financial Officer. At Mr. de Raad’s request, we exercised our right to repurchase 12,800 shares of our Class B common stock previously issued to Mr. de Raad as restricted share awards for an aggregate repurchase price of $69,640, pursuant to the applicable restricted share award agreements between Applied and Mr. de Raad. The repurchase price reflects our compensation committee’s good faith determination of the fair market value of our Class B common stock most recently preceding the date of Mr. de Raad’s resignation as a director for the 6,992 shares which had vested on or before such date.

Employment of Family Members

Family relationships are common among Applied employees at all levels of our organizational structure, from our executive management team to our production-level employees. We believe these relationships contribute to the positive culture described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Serene Wachli, a Division General Manager of Applied’s Surgical Group, is a daughter of Nabil Hilal, Group President, Technology and a director of Applied, a niece of Said Hilal, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Applied, and a niece of Samir Tall, our Chief Financial Officer. Tom Wachli, Division General Manager of Applied’s Technology Group, is Serene Wachli’s husband, a son-in-law of Nabil Hilal, and related to Said Hilal and Samir Tall. Each of Mr. and Mrs. Wachli are parties to the Voting Agreement.

During 2010, Mrs. Wachli received $81,515 in salary and $70,302 in cash bonuses. During 2011, Mrs. Wachli received $133,627 in salary and $120,000 in cash bonuses. In 2011, Mrs. Wachli received a cash payment in the amount of $8,200 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. During 2012, Mrs. Wachli received $166,154 in salary, a $150,000 cash payment under our annual bonus plan and a $411,255 cash payment under our Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan. In 2012, Mrs. Wachli received a cash payment in the amount of $7,538 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. Mrs. Wachli’s current annual base salary and target annual plan bonus are $170,000 and $80,000, respectively. During 2010, Mr. Wachli received $139,100 in salary and $92,000 in cash bonuses. In 2010, Mr. Wachli received a cash payment in the amount of $10,700 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. Also in 2010, Applied paid for $3,000 of estate planning services on behalf of Mr. and Mrs. Wachli. During 2011, Mr. Wachli received $164,004 in salary and $120,000 in cash bonuses. In 2011, Mr. Wachli received a cash payment in the amount of $7,615 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. During 2012, Mr. Wachli received $173,462 in salary, a $150,000 cash payment under our annual bonus plan and a $351,000 cash payment under our Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan. In 2012, Mr. Wachli received a cash payment in the amount of $14,231 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. Mr. Wachli’s current annual base salary and target annual plan bonus are $185,000 and $80,000, respectively. In 2010, Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli received 401(k) matching contributions in the amounts of $716 and $1,008, respectively, and in both 2011 and 2012, Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli received 401(k) matching contributions in the amount of $1,225 each. Mrs. Wachli also received a fully-vested award of 1,000 shares of Class B common stock with a fair market value of $6,750 on July 29, 2010, and a full tax gross-up payment in the amount of $4,500 in connection with the foregoing share award. On December 2, 2010, each of Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli received an award of stock options to purchase 25,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $7.67 per share. The stock options vest over four years and have a term of ten years. During 2010, Mrs. Wachli exercised stock options to purchase 54,400 shares of Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $397,550. Mrs. Wachli delivered full recourse promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $317,050 to us in connection with these stock option exercises. During 2010, Mr. Wachli exercised stock options to purchase 46,000 shares of Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $338,750. Mr. Wachli delivered full recourse promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $293,250 to us in connection with these stock option exercises. On March 18, 2011, each of Mrs. Wachli

 

126


Table of Contents

and Mr. Wachli received an award of stock options to purchase 20,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $10.50 per share. The stock options vest over four years and have a term of ten years. In March 2011, each of Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli exercised the foregoing option grants in full, pursuant to the early-exercise feature of such stock options, and delivered a full recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $210,000 to us in connection with these stock option exercises. On October 25, 2011, each of Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli received stock options to purchase 40,000 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $15.75 per share and an award of 10,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock. The stock options vest over forty-six months, with options to purchase 10,000 shares vesting on September 1, 2012 and the remaining options vesting in equal monthly increments of 833 shares over the remaining three years. Each of Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli also received a full tax gross-up payment in the amount of $128,864 in connection with the foregoing share awards. On December 13, 2012, Mrs. Wachli received an award of 7,500 restricted shares of Class B common stock and Mr. Wachli received an award of 5,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock. Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli also received full tax gross-up payments in the amounts of $66,243 and $44,162, respectively, in connection with the foregoing share awards.

The outstanding full recourse promissory notes delivered by Mrs. Wachli in connection with the stock option exercises mature in December 2014 and March 2015 and bear interest at the rate of 3.75%. The outstanding full recourse promissory note delivered by Mr. Wachli in connection with the stock option exercises matures in December 2015 and bears interest at the rate of 3.75%. As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the full recourse promissory notes delivered by Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli were $304,346 and $194,857, respectively. Mrs. Wachli paid $10,400 in principal and $464 in interest in 2010, paid $49,656 in principal and $16,383 in interest in 2011 and paid $162,648 in principal and $16,728 in interest in 2012 on the foregoing promissory notes. Mr. Wachli paid $21,057 in principal and $464 in interest in 2010, paid $71,257 in principal and $14,970 in interest in 2011 and paid $216,080 in principal and $14,390 in interest in 2012 on the foregoing promissory notes.

Dima Hilal, Division General Manager of Applied’s Surgical Group, is a daughter of Nabil Hilal, Group President, Technology and a director of Applied, a niece of Said Hilal, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Applied, and a niece of Samir Tall, our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Hilal is a party to the Voting Agreement. During 2010, Mrs. Hilal received $123,420 in salary and $71,191 in cash bonuses. In 2010, Applied paid for $3,000 of estate planning services on behalf of Mrs. Hilal. During 2011, Mrs. Hilal received $142,435 in salary and $120,000 in cash bonuses. In 2011, Mrs. Hilal received a cash payment in the amount of $7,813 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. During 2012, Mrs. Hilal received $121,673 in salary, a $144,000 cash payment under our annual bonus plan and a $411,255 cash payment under our Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan. In 2012, Mrs. Hilal received a cash payment in the amount of $4,653 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. Mrs. Hilal’s current annual base salary and target annual plan bonus are $166,500 and $80,000, respectively. Mrs. Hilal also received a fully-vested award of 1,000 shares of Class B common stock with a fair market value of $6,750 on July 29, 2010, and a full tax gross-up payment in the amount of $4,500 in connection with the foregoing share award. On December 2, 2010, Mrs. Hilal received an award of stock options to purchase 25,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $7.67 per share. The stock options vest over four years and have a term of ten years. During 2010, Mrs. Hilal exercised stock options to purchase 54,220 shares of Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $396,290. Mrs. Hilal delivered full recourse promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $368,290 to us in connection with these stock option exercises. On March 18, 2011, Mrs. Hilal received an award of stock options to purchase 20,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $10.50 per share. The stock options vest over four years and have a term of ten years. In May 2011, Mrs. Hilal exercised the foregoing option grant in full, pursuant to the early-exercise feature of such stock options, and delivered a full recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $210,000 to us in connection with this stock option exercise. On

 

127


Table of Contents

October 25, 2011, Mrs. Hilal received stock options to purchase 40,000 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $15.75 per share and an award of 10,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock. The stock options vest over forty-six months, with options to purchase 10,000 shares vesting on September 1, 2012 and the remaining options vesting in equal monthly increments of 833 shares over the remaining three years. Mrs. Hilal also received a full tax gross-up payment in the amount of $128,864 in connection with the foregoing share award. On December 13, 2012, Mrs. Hilal received an award of 7,500 restricted shares of Class B common stock. Mrs. Hilal also received a full tax gross-up payment in the amount of $66,243 in connection with the foregoing share award.

The full recourse promissory notes delivered by Mrs. Hilal in connection with the stock option exercises mature in September 2014, December 2014 and May 2015 and bear interest at the rate of 3.75%. As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the full recourse promissory notes delivered by Mrs. Hilal was $535,410. Mrs. Hilal paid $6,343 in principal and $816 in interest in 2010, paid $15,482 in principal and $13,018 in interest in 2011 and paid $21,055 in principal and $20,711 in interest in 2012 on the foregoing promissory notes.

Bassam Istanbouli, an I.T. Business Analyst employed by us, is a brother-in-law of Nabil Hilal, Group President, Technology and a director of Applied. Mr. Istanbouli is a party to the Voting Agreement. During 2010, Mr. Istanbouli received $131,192 in salary and $22,000 in cash bonuses. In 2010, Mr. Istanbouli received a cash payment in the amount of $10,033 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. During 2011, Mr. Istanbouli received $133,500 in salary and $16,000 in cash bonuses. In 2011, Mr. Istanbouli received a cash payment in the amount of $4,878 in consideration of accrued and unused vacation days. During 2012, Mr. Istanbouli received $133,500 in salary, a $28,000 cash payment under our annual bonus plan and a $36,270 cash payment under our Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan. Mr. Istanbouli received education assistance of $5,056 in 2011 and $5,250 in 2012. Mr. Istanbouli’s current annual base salary and target annual plan bonus are $133,500 and $10,000, respectively.

During 2010, Mr. Istanbouli exercised stock options to purchase 16,750 shares of Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $117,250. Mr. Istanbouli delivered full recourse promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $112,000 (including $3,500 related to taxes) to us in connection with these stock option exercises.

On March 18, 2011, Mr. Istanbouli received an award of stock options to purchase 2,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $10.50 per share. The stock options vest over four years and have a term of ten years. In April 2011, Mr. Istanbouli exercised the foregoing option grant in full, pursuant to the early-exercise feature of such stock options, and delivered a full recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $21,000 to us in connection with this stock option exercise.

The full recourse promissory notes delivered by Mr. Istanbouli in connection with the stock option exercises mature in December 2014 and March 2015, and bear interest at the rate of 3.75%. As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the full recourse promissory notes delivered by Mr. Istanbouli was $110,550. Mr. Istanbouli paid zero on the foregoing promissory notes in 2010, paid $1,950 in principal and $4,577 in interest in 2011 and paid $20,500 in principal and $4,847 in interest in 2012 on the foregoing promissory notes. We also made a personal loan to Mr. Istanbouli in the principal amount of $10,000 on September 12, 2012. This zero interest loan is payable in bi-weekly installments beginning in January 2013 and matures in April of 2014.

Samer Tall, a Manager employed by us, is a son of Samir Tall, our Chief Financial Officer, a nephew of Said Hilal, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Applied, and a nephew of Nabil Hilal, Group President, Technology and a director of Applied. Mr. Tall is a party to the Voting Agreement. During 2012, Mr. Tall received $59,769 in salary, a $6,930 cash payment under our annual bonus plan, a $56,160 cash payment under our Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan and $3,225 in other

 

128


Table of Contents

bonus payments. In 2012, Mr. Tall received a 401(k) matching contribution in the amount of $312. Mr. Tall’s current annual base salary and target annual plan bonus are $65,000 and $3,500, respectively.

On March 18, 2011, Mr. Tall received an award of stock options to purchase 1,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $10.50 per share. The stock options vest over four years and have a term of ten years. In March 2011, Mr. Tall exercised the foregoing option grant in full, pursuant to the early-exercise feature of such stock options, and delivered a full recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $10,500 to us in connection with this stock option exercise. The full recourse promissory note delivered by Mr. Tall in connection with the stock option exercise matured in November 2012 and bore interest at the rate of 3.75%. As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the full recourse promissory note delivered by Mr. Tall was $0. Mr. Tall paid $1,821 in principal and $264 in interest in 2011 and $8,679 in principal and $264 in interest in 2012.

On March 24, 2010, we completed a stock option repricing program, under which eligible stock option holders were given an opportunity to amend certain stock options to reduce the exercise price. In connection with the stock option repricing program, stock options held by each of Mrs. Wachli and Mr. Wachli to purchase 10,000 shares of Class B common stock were amended to reduce the exercise price to $7.00 per share from $10.00 and $12.00 per share, respectively. Stock options held by Mrs. Hilal to purchase 12,000 shares of Class B common stock were amended to reduce the exercise price to $7.00 per share from $10.00 per share. Stock options held by Mr. Istanbouli to purchase 2,000 shares of Class B common stock were amended to reduce the exercise price to $7.00 per share from $12.00 per share.

We completed another stock option repricing program on March 21, 2012, under which the exercise prices of stock options granted in October 2011 and December 2011 were amended to reduce the exercise price. In connection with the stock option repricing program, stock options held by each of Mrs. Wachli, Mr. Wachli and Mrs. Hilal to purchase 40,000 shares of Class B common stock were amended to reduce the exercise price to $8.36 per share from $15.75 per share.

Related Transactions with Members of the Board of Directors

Leslee A. Temple, FASLA, is a member of our board of directors. Ms. Temple is the President and a Corporate Principal of NUVIS Landscape Architecture & Planning. During 2012, NUVIS provided invoices for professional services and expenses in the aggregate amount of $244,096, for which we have made payments to NUVIS in the aggregate amount of $231,434 through December 31, 2012. We are in the process of planning continued professional services with NUVIS for landscape architecture design and related services for our campus environments, including several recently acquired facilities, in Orange County, California.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all transactions in which we are a participant and in which any parties related to us, including our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our securities, immediate family members of the foregoing persons, and any other persons whom our board of directors determines may be considered related parties, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. If advanced approval is not feasible, the audit committee has the authority to ratify a related party transaction at the next audit committee meeting. For purposes of our audit committee charter, a material interest is deemed to be any consideration received by such a party in excess of $120,000 per year.

In reviewing and approving such transactions, the audit committee shall obtain, or shall direct our management to obtain on its behalf, all information that our committee believes to be relevant and

 

129


Table of Contents

important to a review of the transaction prior to its approval. Following receipt of the necessary information, a discussion shall be held of the relevant factors if deemed to be necessary by our committee prior to approval. If a discussion is not deemed to be necessary, approval may be given by written consent of our committee. This approval authority may also be delegated to the chairman of the audit committee in respect of any transaction in which the expected amount is less than $250,000. No related party transaction may be entered into prior to the completion of these procedures.

The audit committee or its chairman, as the case may be, shall approve only those related party transactions that are determined to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders, taking into account all available facts and circumstances as our committee or the chairman determines in good faith to be necessary. These facts and circumstances will typically include, but not be limited to, the material terms of the transaction, the nature of the related party’s interest in the transaction, the significance of the transaction to the related party and the nature of our relationship with the related party, the significance of the transaction to us, and whether the transaction would be likely to impair (or create an appearance of impairing) the judgment of a director or executive officer to act in our best interest. No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration, or approval of any related party transaction with respect to which the member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party, except that such member of the audit committee will be required to provide all material information concerning the related party transaction to the audit committee.

 

130


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes provide information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, giving effect to the completion of this offering by:

 

   

each person or group who beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock or preferred stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our NEOs;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership, which is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or dispose or direct the disposition of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person includes shares of common stock issuable with respect to options or convertible securities held by that person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of December 31, 2012.

The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of common stock before this offering set forth below is based on 153,439 shares of our Class A common stock, 12,645,235 shares of our Class B common stock and 6,995,969 shares of our preferred stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012. The number of shares and percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering set forth below is based on 153,439 shares of our Class A common stock, 13,375,033 shares of our Class B common stock and 6,266,171 shares of our preferred stock outstanding after the completion of this offering, assuming conversion of 729,798 shares of preferred stock into Class B common stock. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an “*.”

 

131


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    % Total
Voting
Power (3)
    Shares
Being
Offered(4)
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
    % Total
Voting
Power (3)
 
    Class A
Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Preferred
Stock(2)
        Class A
Common

Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock (2)
    Preferred
Stock
   

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %       Class B
Common
Stock
    Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %    

Selling Stockholders:

                             

James Strand(5)

    0        *        0        *        5,000        *        *        5,000        0        *        0        *        0        *        *   

Fogarty Family Revocable Trust(6)

    0        *        321,667        2.5     33,334        *        1.8     33,334        0        *        321,667        2.4     0        *        1.6

Pantheon International Participations PLC(7)

    0        *        0        *        404,040        5.8     2.1     84,040        0        *        0        *        320,000        5.1     1.6

Landmark Equity Partners(8)

    0        *        0        *        505,051        7.2     2.6     105,051        0        *        0        *        400,000        6.4     2.0

Bank of America Ventures(9)

    0        *        22,222        *        1,184,250        16.9     6.1     234,250        0        *        22,222        *        950,000        15.2     4.9

Institutional Venture Management, IV, LP(10)

    0        *        215,914        1.7     3,649,218        52.2     19.7     69,014        0        *        215,914        1.6     3,580,204        57.1     19.3

Colella Family Trust(11)

    0        *        13,570        *        229,324        3.3     1.2     45,865        0        *        13,570        *        183,459        2.9     1.0

Thomas-Stewart Trust(12)

    0        *        13,854        *        145,461        2.1     *        45,461        0        *        13,854        *        100,000        1.6     *   

Dennis Living Trust(13)

    0        *        13,568        *        229,325        3.3     1.2     45,865        0        *        13,568        *        183,460        2.9     1.0

Elmore Living Trust(14)

    0        *        7,462        *        126,129        1.8     *        25,226        0        *        7,462        *        100,903        1.6     *   

The Fogelsong Trust(15)

    0        *        7,055        *        119,250        1.7     *        23,850        0        *        7,055        *        95,400        1.5     *   

Yang Family Trust(16)

    0        *        2,035        *        34,398        *        *        6,880        0        *        2,035        *        27,518        *        *   

Fogelsong Children’s Trust(17)

    0        *        1,764        *        29,812        *        *        5,962        0        *        1,764        *        23,850        *        *   

Greater than 5% Stockholders, Directors and Named Executive Officers:

                             

Institutional Venture Partners Funds(18)

    0        *        275,222        2.2     4,562,917        65.2     24.6     268,123        0        *        275,222        2.1     4,294,794        68.5     23.2

Said S. Hilal(19)

    11,750        7.6     12,353,533        84.2     185,961        2.7     57.8     45,461        11,750        7.6     12,353,533        80.2     140,500        2.2     57.6

Nabil Hilal(20)

    11,750        7.6     12,353,533        84.2     185,961        2.7     57.8     45,461        11,750        7.6     12,353,533        80.2     140,500        2.2     57.6

Stephen E. Stanley(21)

    11,750        7.6     12,353,533        84.2     185,961        2.7     57.8     45,461        11,750        7.6     12,353,533        80.2     140,500        2.2     57.6

Gary Johnson(22)

    0        *        690,100        5.3     0        *        3.4     0        0        *        690,100        5.0     0        *        3.4

Samir Tall(23)

    0        *        613,838        4.8     0        *        3.1     0        0        *        613,838        4.5     0        *        3.1

Dennis L. Fowler, M.D.(24)

    0        *        44,688        *        0        *        *        0        0        *        44,688        *        0        *        *   

Leslee A. Temple(25)

    0        *        14,000        *        0        *        *        0        0        *        14,000        *        0        *        *   

Thomas M. Kasten(26)

    0        *        51,000        *        0        *        *        0        0        *        51,000        *        0        *        *   

AMC Family Holdings A, LLC(27)

    0        *        4,679,398        37.0     0        *        23.8     0        0        *        4,679,398        35.0     0        *        23.8

AMC Family Holdings B, LLC(28)

    0        *        1,110,500        8.8     0        *        5.6     0        0        *        1,110,500        8.3     0        *        5.6

Patrick Elliott(29)

    29,000        16.7     5,000        *        0        *        *        0        29,000        16.7     5,000        *        0        *        *   

Susan Moralis(30)

    14,500        9.0     2,500        *        0        *        *        0        14,500        9.0     2,500        *        0        *        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)(31)

    11,750        7.6     12,367,533        84.2     185,961        2.7     57.9     45,461        11,750        7.6     12,367,533        80.2     140,500        2.2     57.7

Voting Group(32)

    11,750        7.6     12,353,533        84.2     185,961        2.7     57.8     45,461        11,750        7.6     12,353,533        80.2     140,500        2.2     57.6

 

(1) Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Applied Medical Corporation, 22872 Avenida Empresa, Rancho Santa Margarita, California 92688.
(2) Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder at any time, into one share of Class B common stock and therefore each holder of preferred stock is also deemed to beneficially own the underlying shares of Class B common stock.

 

footnotes continued on following page

 

132


Table of Contents
(3) Percentage total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock as a single class. Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to ten votes per share of preferred stock, each holder of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share of Class B common stock and each holder of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. The Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or as may otherwise be required by law. The preferred stock is convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class B common stock on a share-for-share basis and the Class B common stock is convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis.
(4) For all of the selling stockholders, the shares being offered represent shares of Class B common stock which will be issued upon conversion of preferred stock in connection with this offering.
(5) Consists of 5,000 shares of Series D preferred stock held of record by L. James Strand before the offering and zero shares after the offering.
(6) Includes 33,334 shares of Series A preferred stock held of record by the Fogarty Family Revocable Trust before the offering and zero shares of preferred stock after the offering.
(7) Consists of 404,040 shares of Series F preferred stock held of record by Pantheon International Participations PLC before the offering and 320,000 shares of Series F preferred stock held of record by Pantheon International Participations PLC after the offering. Pantheon Ventures (UK) LLP, or Pantheon Ventures, is the investment advisor of Pantheon International Participations PLC, or Pantheon International and, therefore, may be deemed to beneficially share ownership of the shares owned by Pantheon International. Pantheon Ventures has delegated responsibility for the management of Pantheon International’s investment in Applied to four of its partners: Alastair Bruce, Andrew Lebus, Rob Wright, and Rob Barr. The address of Pantheon International is c/o Pantheon Ventures (UK) LLP, Norfolk House, 31 St. James’ Square, London, United Kingdom, SW1Y 4JR.
(8) Consists of 505,051 shares of Series F preferred stock held of record by Landmark Equity Partners V, L.P. before the offering and 400,000 shares of Series F preferred stock held of record by Landmark Equity Partners V, L.P. after the offering. Timothy L. Haviland, Tina St. Pierre and Scott P. Conners have shared voting and/or dispositive powers over the shares owned by Landmark Equity Partners V, L.P. and, therefore, may be deemed to beneficially share ownership of such shares. The address of Landmark Equity Partners V, L.P. is 10 Mill Pond Lane, Simsbury, CT 06070.
(9) Includes 23,457 shares of Series A preferred stock, 660,793 shares of Series B preferred stock and 500,000 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by Bank of America Ventures, or BAV, before the offering and 23,457 shares of Series A preferred stock, 426,543 shares of Series B preferred stock and 500,000 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by BAV after the offering. BAV is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America, National Association, or BANA. BANA, a federally chartered bank, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BANA Holding Corporation, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BAC North America Holding Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NB Holdings Corporation, collectively the BANA Parent Companies, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation, or BAC. Because of the relationships to BAV, each of the BANA Parent Companies and BAC may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by BAV. Under the terms of an Investment Management Agreement, or IMA, between Scale Management, LLC, or Scale, BAC, BAV and BankAmerica Investment Corporation, Scale manages BAV’s investment in Applied and, therefore, may be deemed to beneficially share ownership of the shares owned by BAV. Scale disclaims beneficial ownership of shares owned by BAV. BAV shares with Scale dispositive power over the shares owned by BAV. BAC may also be deemed to share dispositive power over the shares owned by BAV. The Power of Attorney executed by BAC and BAV in connection with the IMA specifically appoints the following individuals of Scale to manage BAV’s investments in Applied: Kate Mitchell, Rory O’Driscoll, Sharon Wienbar, Mark Brooks and Louis Bock and, therefore, such individuals share voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by BAV. The address for the investment advisor of Bank of America Ventures is c/o Scale Venture Partners, 950 Tower Lane, Suite 700, Foster City, CA 94404.
(10) Consists of (1) 4,083 shares of Class B common stock, 25,352 shares of Series A preferred stock, 9,912 shares of Series B preferred stock, 30,000 shares of Series D preferred stock and 3,750 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by Institutional Venture Management IV, L.P., or IVM IV, before the offering and zero shares of preferred stock and 4,083 shares of Class B common stock held of record by IVM IV after the offering and (2) 211,831 shares of Class B common stock, 1,315,168 shares of Series A preferred stock, 514,198 shares of Series B preferred stock, 1,556,298 shares of Series D preferred stock and 194,540 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by Institutional Venture Partners IV, L.P., or IVP IV, prior to and after the offering. IVM IV is the general partner of IVP IV and, therefore, may be deemed to beneficially share ownership of the shares owned by IVP IV. Samuel D. Colella, Reid W. Dennis, Mary Jane Elmore, Norman A. Fogelsong, T. Peter Thomas and Geoffrey Y. Yang are the managing directors of IVM IV and share voting or dispositive power over the shares beneficially owned by IVM IV. The address of IVM IV is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite 250, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(11)

Includes 84,242 shares of Series A preferred stock, 32,934 shares of Series B preferred stock, 99,687 shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,461 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Colella Family Trust U/A/D Dated 9/21/92 before the offering and 38,377 shares of Series A preferred stock, 32,934 shares of Series B preferred stock, 99,687

 

footnotes continued on following page

 

133


Table of Contents
  shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,461 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Colella Family Trust U/A/D Dated 9/21/92 after the offering.
(12) Includes 3,000 shares of Class B common stock held of record by T. Peter Thomas before and after the offering. Excludes 37,950 shares of Class B common stock that we have repurchased from Mr. Thomas. Includes 67,394 shares of Series A preferred stock, 26,349 shares of Series B preferred stock, 41,750 shares of Series D preferred stock and 9,968 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 before the offering and 21,933 shares of Series A preferred stock, 26,349 shares of Series B preferred stock, 41,750 shares of Series D preferred stock and 9,968 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 after the offering.
(13) Includes 84,242 shares of Series A preferred stock, 32,936 shares of Series B preferred stock, 99,687 shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,460 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Dennis Living Trust U/A/D Dated 7/7/1989 before the offering and 38,377 shares of Series A preferred stock, 32,936 shares of Series B preferred stock, 99,687 shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,460 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Dennis Living Trust U/A/D Dated 7/7/1989 after the offering.
(14) Includes 46,333 shares of Series A preferred stock, 18,115 shares of Series B preferred stock, 54,828 shares of Series D preferred stock and 6,853 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Elmore Living Trust U/T/A Dated 7/27/1990 before the offering and 21,107 shares of Series A preferred stock, 18,115 shares of Series B preferred stock, 54,828 shares of Series D preferred stock and 6,853 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Elmore Living Trust U/T/A Dated 7/27/1990 after the offering.
(15) Includes 43,806 shares of Series A preferred stock, 17,127 shares of Series B preferred stock, 51,838 shares of Series D preferred stock and 6,479 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Fogelsong Trust U/T/A Dated 3/22/1984 before the offering and 19,956 shares of Series A preferred stock, 17,127 shares of Series B preferred stock, 51,838 shares of Series D preferred stock and 6,479 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Fogelsong Trust U/T/A Dated 3/22/1984 after the offering.
(16) Includes 12,636 shares of Series A preferred stock, 4,940 shares of Series B preferred stock, 14,953 shares of Series D preferred stock and 1,869 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Yang Family Trust U/D/T Dated 4/11/1994 before the offering and 5,756 shares of Series A preferred stock, 4,940 shares of Series B preferred stock, 14,953 shares of Series D preferred stock and 1,869 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Yang Family Trust U/D/T Dated 4/11/1994 after the offering.
(17) Includes 10,951 shares of Series A preferred stock, 4,282 shares of Series B preferred stock, 12,959 shares of Series D preferred stock and 1,620 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Fogelsong Children’s Trust U/T/A Dated 8/1/1985 before the offering and 4,989 shares of Series A preferred stock, 4,282 shares of Series B preferred stock, 12,959 shares of Series D preferred stock and 1,620 shares of Series E preferred stock held of record by the Fogelsong Children’s Trust U/T/A Dated 8/1/1985 after the offering.
(18) Consists of 211,831 shares of Class B common stock and 3,580,204 shares of preferred stock held of record by IVP IV; 4,083 shares of Class B common stock and 69,014 shares of preferred stock of held of record by IVM IV; 13,570 shares of Class B common stock and 229,324 shares of preferred stock held of record by the Colella Family Trust U/A/D Dated 9/21/92; 13,568 shares of Class B common stock and 229,325 shares of preferred stock held of record by the Dennis Living Trust U/A/D Dated 7/7/1989; 7,462 shares of Class B common stock and 126,129 shares of preferred stock held of record by the Elmore Living Trust U/T/A Dated 7/27/1990; 7,055 shares of Class B common stock and 119,250 shares of preferred stock held of record by the Fogelsong Trust U/T/A Dated 3/22/1984; 10,854 shares of Class B common stock and 145,461 shares of preferred stock held of record by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 and 3,000 shares held of record by T. Peter Thomas; 2,035 shares of Class B common stock and 34,398 shares of preferred stock held of record by the Yang Family Trust U/D/T Dated 4/11/1994; and 1,764 shares of Class B common stock and 29,812 shares of preferred stock held of record by the Fogelsong Children’s Trust U/T/A Dated 8/1/1985, before the offering, which are all affiliated with IVP IV and IVM IV.
(19) Consists of (1) 4,679,398 shares of Class B common stock held of record by a limited liability company, (2) 335,000 shares of Class B common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days and (3) 11,750 shares of Class A common stock, 7,339,135 shares of Class B common stock, 67,394 shares of Series A preferred stock, 26,349 shares of Series B preferred stock, 2,500 shares of Series C preferred stock, 79,750 shares of Series D preferred stock and 9,968 shares of Series E preferred stock owned by other stockholders party to the voting agreement, which includes 1,600 shares of Class A common stock and 1,694,591 shares of Class B common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days. The number of shares being offered represents 45,461 shares offered by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and which are subject to the voting agreement. Said S. Hilal is a member of the voting committee pursuant to the voting agreement and may be deemed to share voting power over, and, therefore, beneficial ownership of, the shares subject to the voting agreement to the extent provided therein.
(20)

Consists of (1) 1,610,500 shares of Class B common stock held of record by limited liability companies, (2) 105,000 shares of Class B common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days and (3) 11,750 shares of Class A common stock, 10,638,033 shares of Class B common stock, 67,394 shares of Series A preferred stock, 26,349 shares of Series B

 

footnotes continued on following page

 

134


Table of Contents
  preferred stock, 2,500 shares of Series C preferred stock, 79,750 shares of Series D preferred stock and 9,968 shares of Series E preferred stock owned by other stockholders party to the voting agreement, which includes 1,600 shares of Class A common stock and 1,924,591 shares of Class B common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days. The number of shares being offered represents 45,461 shares offered by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and which are subject to the voting agreement. Nabil Hilal is a member of the voting committee pursuant to the voting agreement and may be deemed to share voting power over, and, therefore, beneficial ownership of, the shares subject to the voting agreement to the extent provided therein.
(21) Consists of (1) 364,077 shares of Class B common stock held of record by a limited liability company, (2) 308,628 shares of Class B common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days and (3) 11,750 shares of Class A common stock, 11,680,828 shares of Class B common stock, 67,394 shares of Series A preferred stock, 26,349 shares of Series B preferred stock, 2,500 shares of Series C preferred stock, 79,750 shares of Series D preferred stock and 9,968 shares of Series E preferred stock owned by other stockholders party to the voting agreement, which includes 1,600 shares of Class A common stock and 1,720,963 shares of Class B common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days. The number of shares being offered represents 45,461 shares offered by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and which are subject to the voting agreement. Stephen E. Stanley is a member of the voting committee pursuant to the voting agreement and may be deemed to share voting power over, and, therefore, beneficial ownership of, the shares subject to the voting agreement. Stephen E. Stanley disclaims beneficial ownership of 17,840 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options.
(22) Includes 293,100 shares held of record by a limited liability company and 397,000 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(23) Includes 471,588 shares held of record by limited liability companies and 142,250 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(24) Includes 11,088 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(25) Includes 8,000 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(26) Includes 9,600 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days and 41,400 shares held of record by the Kasten Family Trust.
(27) Shares held of record by AMC Family Holdings A, LLC, or AMC-FH-A. Said S. Hilal controls the manager of AMC-FH-A and has voting and investment power over the securities held by AMC-FH-A.
(28) Shares held of record by AMC Family Holdings B, LLC, or AMC-FH-B. Nabil Hilal controls the manager of AMC-FH-B and has voting and investment power over the securities held by AMC-FH-B.
(29) Includes 20,000 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(30) Includes 8,000 shares underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(31) Includes an aggregate of 2,037,591 shares of Class B common stock and 1,600 shares of Class A common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days and the shares described in footnotes 19 through 26 above. The number of shares being offered represents 45,461 shares offered by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and which are subject to the voting agreement.
(32) Includes an aggregate of 2,029,591 shares of Class B common stock and 1,600 shares of Class A common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days owned by stockholders party to the voting agreement. The number of shares being offered represents 45,461 shares offered by the Thomas-Stewart Family Trust U/D/T Dated 10/16/96 of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and which are subject to the voting agreement. The members of the voting committee pursuant to the voting agreement are Said S. Hilal, Nabil Hilal and Stephen E. Stanley. Such persons may be deemed to share voting power over, and, therefore, beneficial ownership of, the shares subject to the voting agreement.

 

135


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of certain provisions of Delaware law, the material provisions of our capital stock and the other material terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect after the consummation of this offering (the bylaws to be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering being referred to in this prospectus as our new bylaws). This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

Our current authorized capital stock consists of 25,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 25,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 7,009,998 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 1,886,598 shares are designated as Series A preferred stock, 1,341,586 shares are designated as Series B preferred stock, 11,690 shares are designated as Series C preferred stock, 2,105,210 shares are designated as Series D preferred stock, 752,785 shares are designated as Series E preferred stock, and 912,129 shares are designated as Series F preferred stock. In this section, when we refer to “common stock,” we are referring to Class A common stock and Class B common stock, taken as a whole. Except as expressly provided in our certificate of incorporation, shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and are identical in all respects as to all matters.

The number of authorized shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or preferred stock may be decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class. The number of authorized shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or preferred stock may be increased by the affirmative vote of (1) the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class, and (2) so long as at least 300,000 shares of preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of preferred stock. The shares of preferred stock are convertible into Class B common stock at the option of the holder and are subject to automatic conversion into Class B common stock in certain circumstances. See “Preferred Stock — Conversion Rights.”

After the consummation of this offering, there will be 153,439 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, 13,375,033 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, 1,615,403 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and outstanding, 1,097,424 shares of Series B preferred stock issued and outstanding, 11,508 shares of Series C preferred stock issued and outstanding, 2,069,878 shares of Series D preferred stock issued and outstanding, 748,980 shares of Series E preferred stock issued and outstanding, and 722,978 shares of Series F preferred stock issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 90 holders of record of our Class A common stock, 360 holders of record of our Class B common stock, and 36 holders of record of our preferred stock.

Class A Common Stock

Voting rights

The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders, including amendments to our certificate of incorporation, must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a

 

136


Table of Contents

single class, except that the vote of our Class A common stock, voting as a separate class, is required to approve any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that would change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of Class A common stock so as to affect them adversely.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at that time, holders of Class A common stock will share ratably (based on the number of shares of common stock held) in any dividend declared by our board of directors. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A common stock may be paid only to holders of shares of Class A common stock. Dividends payable to holders of Class B common stock can only be paid if dividends in the same amount per share are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A common stock; however, dividends payable in shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire Class B common stock may be paid on shares of Class B common stock without the same dividend being paid to holders of Class A common stock if a dividend payable in shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire Class A common stock on the same terms is simultaneously paid to the holders of Class A common stock.

Liquidation Rights

On our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, all holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to share ratably (based on the number of shares of common stock held) in any assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences and any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class B common stock, then the outstanding shares of Class A common stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

Other Rights

Our Class A common stock is not subject to redemption. Holders of our Class A common stock are not entitled to any preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of common stock. All outstanding shares of Class A common stock are legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Class B Common Stock

Voting rights

The holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders, including amendments to our certificate of incorporation, must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class B common stock, Class A common stock and preferred stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, except that the vote of our Class B common stock, voting as a separate class, is required in order to amend, alter, repeal or waive any of the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 66  2/3% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock. Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

 

137


Table of Contents

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of Class B common stock will share ratably (based on the number of shares of common stock held) in any dividend declared by our board of directors. Dividends consisting of shares of Class B common stock may be paid only to holders of shares of Class B common stock. Dividends payable to holders of Class A common stock can only be paid if dividends in the same amount per share are simultaneously paid to holders of Class B common stock; however, dividends payable in shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire Class A Common Stock may be paid to the holders of Class A common stock without the same dividend being paid to the holders of Class B common stock if a dividend payable in shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire Class B common stock on the same terms is to the holders of Class B common stock.

Liquidation Rights

On our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, all holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to share ratably (based on the number of shares of common stock held) in any assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences and any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock, then the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

Other Rights

Our Class B common stock is not subject to redemption. Holders of our Class B common stock are not entitled to any preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of common stock. All the outstanding shares of Class B common stock are legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

General

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes six series of preferred stock. The powers, preferences and rights of each series of preferred stock and their respective qualifications, limitations and restrictions are set forth in our certificate of incorporation.

Voting Rights

The holders of preferred stock are entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted (with any fractional share determined on an aggregate conversion basis being rounded to the nearest whole share). Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders, including amendments to our certificate of incorporation, must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, except that (1) the vote of our preferred stock, voting as a separate class, is required to approve any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that would change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of preferred stock as to affect them adversely, and (2) the vote of any series of our preferred stock, voting as a separate class, is required to approve any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that would change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such series of preferred stock as to affect such series adversely.

 

138


Table of Contents

In addition, so long as at least 300,000 shares of preferred stock are outstanding, we may not without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock:

 

   

sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our property or business or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly owned subsidiary);

 

   

increase the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, preferred stock or any series of preferred stock;

 

   

create any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of preferred stock with respect to redemption, voting, dividends or upon liquidation;

 

   

do any act or thing which would result in taxation of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock under Section 305 of the Code;

 

   

declare or pay any dividend to the holders of any common stock or preferred stock; or

 

   

reduce the authorized number of directors to a number less than five

Dividend Rights

Holders of shares of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on any of our shares of common stock, at the rate of $0.081, $0.2043, $0.27, $0.09, $0.27 and $0.495 per share per annum, respectively, payable quarterly when, as and if declared by our board of directors. These dividends are not cumulative. After the payment of these dividends to the holders of preferred stock, any additional dividends declared by our board of directors will be distributed to holders of preferred stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock then held by each holder (assuming the conversion of all preferred stock in shares of Class B common stock).

Ranking

With respect to distribution rights and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock rank (1) with respect to their fixed liquidation amounts and declared but unpaid dividends: (a) senior to the Series A preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and all classes or series of our common stock and (b) on a parity with the Series F preferred stock; and (2) with respect to the residual amount described below: (a) junior to the Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock and (b) on a parity with all classes or series of our common stock.

With respect to distribution rights and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Series F preferred stock ranks (1) senior to the Series A preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and all classes or series of our common stock and (2) on a parity with the Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock.

With respect to distribution rights and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock rank (1) senior to all classes or series of our common stock and (2) junior to the Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock.

 

139


Table of Contents

Liquidation Preferences

Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock are entitled to receive, pari passu with the payments to the holders of Series F preferred stock described below, and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of our assets to the holders of Series A preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and common stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (1) $4.54, $4.54 and $6.00 for each outstanding share of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock, respectively, and an amount equal to the declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or (2) $2.27, $3.00 and $3.00 for each outstanding share of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock, respectively, plus an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends on such shares plus the residual amount described below. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amounts to which they are entitled, then the entirety of our assets and funds legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of such stock owned by the holders thereof.

Series F preferred stock

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Series F preferred stock are entitled to receive, pari passu with the payments to the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock described above, and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of our assets to the holders of Series A preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and common stock, an amount per share equal to $12.00 for each outstanding share of Series F preferred stock. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amounts to which they are entitled, then the entirety of our assets and funds legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of such stock owned by the holders thereof.

Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock described above, the holders of Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of our assets to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to declared but unpaid dividends on such shares plus the greater of (i) $0.90 and $1.00 for each outstanding share of Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock, respectively, or (ii) the amount that a holder of shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of one share of Series A preferred stock and one share of Series D preferred stock would receive had all of the Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock been converted into Class B common stock immediately prior to such event. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amounts to which they are entitled, then, subject to the rights of the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock described above, the entirety of our assets and funds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of such stock owned by the holders thereof.

 

140


Table of Contents

Residual Amount

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, and after the preferential distributions on the preferred stock described above have been paid, if the preferential payment to the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, and Series E preferred stock was made in accordance with provision (ii) above, then, subject to such provision, our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each (treating the Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series E preferred stock (as the case may be) as if converted into shares of Class B common stock for this purpose).

Merger Preference

Any reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets that results in our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction not holding (by virtue of the issuance of shares or securities with respect to such transaction) at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving, continuing or purchasing entity will be deemed to be a liquidation for purposes of the liquidation preferences described above.

Conversion Rights

Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder at any time, into such number of shares of Class B common stock as determined by dividing the issue price by the conversion price. The “issue prices” per share for the Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock are $0.90, $2.27, $3.00, $1.00, $3.00 and $5.50, respectively. The “conversion prices” per share for the Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock are, initially, equal to the respective issue price. The conversion prices are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse splits, recapitalizations and similar events as described below. In addition, the conversion prices for the Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock are subject to anti-dilution adjustment in the event we issue equity securities for a consideration per share less than the conversion price of the Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock or Series F preferred stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such common stock, other than issuances of common stock upon conversion of preferred stock, in connection with issuances under our equity incentive plans or in connection with certain other exceptions. Furthermore, the conversion price of the Series F preferred stock is subject to additional anti-dilution adjustment upon the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of any common stock if the issue price of such common stock in our underwritten public offering is less than $12.00 per share.

All shares of preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock at the conversion price then in effect upon the earlier of the following events:

 

   

the consummation of the sale of any common stock, whether for the account of us or any of our stockholders, in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, the public offering price of which is not less than $9.00 per share (adjusted to reflect subsequent stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) and $10,000,000 in the aggregate; and

 

   

either (a) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, approved by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock or (b) the conversion into shares of Class B common stock, at the option of the holders thereof, of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

141


Table of Contents

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of common stock, then the conversion price of each series of preferred stock shall be appropriately decreased or increased so that the number of shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock will be increased or decreased in proportion to such increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

Other Rights

Our preferred stock is not subject to redemption. Holders of preferred stock are not entitled to purchase any additional shares of preferred stock or common stock. All outstanding shares of preferred stock are legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Restrictions on Transfer

Our certificate of incorporation includes a restriction on transfer of shares. Pursuant to Article VIII of our certificate of incorporation, in order to ensure that we have at all times prior to our election to complete an initial public offering of our stock (i.e. pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act – an “IPO”) fewer than 500 stockholders of record (for purposes of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act), our certificate of incorporation provides that no stockholder shall sell, give, donate, assign, hypothecate, pledge, lend, encumber or grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer or dispose of any interest therein or thereto (including, without limitation, any option, contract or other right to acquire, sell or swap shares) prior to the consummation of an IPO except (i) with our prior written permission based upon approval of our board of directors or (ii) where any such transfer includes the transfer of all shares of our capital stock held by the transferor, as well as all rights and interests in shares (including, without limitation, the option or right to acquire shares) of our capital stock held by the transferor to a single transferee (excluding, for this purpose, any transferee that would not be regarded as a single holder of record for purposes of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act).

Our certificate of incorporation further provides that any attempt to transfer shares or any right, title or interest therein or thereto in violation of the foregoing provision shall be null and void ab initio, and neither we nor our transfer agent shall give effect thereto (or have any obligation to give effect) to any such attempted transfer. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that neither we nor our transfer agent shall recognize, register or otherwise give effect to (or have any obligation to recognize, register or otherwise give effect to) any attempt to transfer shares, or any right, title or interest therein or thereto, that would cause us to have 500 or more stockholders of record (for purposes of the Exchange Act) prior to consummation of an IPO.

Options

As of December 31, 2012, options to purchase an aggregate of 43,600 shares of our Class A common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $7.94 per share, and options to purchase an aggregate of 2,847,703 shares of our Class B common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.20 per share, were outstanding.

Registration Rights

We are party to a Master Rights Agreement with certain of our stockholders providing for rights to register under the Securities Act certain shares of our common stock and shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Master Rights Agreement.”

 

142


Table of Contents

Limitations on Directors’ Liability

The Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

Our new bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and new bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.

In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law that May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

Dual classes of common stock. As described above, our certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure, which provides our founders, current stockholders, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions. We intend that future issuances of Class B common stock will be limited to our founders, executives, directors and certain employees.

Authorized but unissued shares. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans and could also be issued in order to deter or prevent an attempt to acquire us. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

143


Table of Contents

Other limitations on stockholder actions. Advance notice is required for stockholders to nominate directors or to submit proposals for consideration at meetings of stockholders. This provision may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper notice is not provided and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors may be removed only for a cause.

The foregoing provisions of our certificate of incorporation and new bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Delaware Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any “business combination” (as defined below) with any “interested stockholder” (as defined below) for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 of the DGCL defines “business combination” to include: (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (2) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (5) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

 

144


Table of Contents

Voting Agreement

We and certain of our stockholders are party to a voting agreement pursuant to which such stockholders have granted irrevocable proxies to a voting committee consisting of Said Hilal, Nabil Hilal and Stephen E. Stanley, granting them the right to vote all of such stockholders’ shares during the term of the voting agreement. Certain provisions in the voting agreement may have an anti-takeover effect. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Voting Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class B common stock is             .

 

145


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the consummation of this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or upon the conversion of Class B common stock or preferred stock, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our Class B common stock to fall.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012, upon the consummation of this offering, we will have 13,375,033 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, 153,439 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 6,266,171 shares of preferred stock outstanding. All of the 729,798 shares of our Class B common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or future registration under the Securities Act.

Of the shares to be outstanding after the consummation of this offering, an additional 90,910 shares of Class A common stock and 9,756,240 shares of Class B common stock (including 6,080,210 shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock) will be available for immediate sale in the public market without restriction. Approximately 6.6 million of these shares are held by the selling stockholders. Further, an additional 7,499,663 shares of Class B common stock are held by our affiliates and may be sold in the public market if the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration such as Rule 144 under the Securities Act is available. Beginning 90 days after the offering, 7,297,163 of the shares held by affiliates will be tradable in the public market, subject only to the volume limitations under Rule 144 discussed below. The remaining 61,529 shares of Class A common stock and 1,655,503 shares of Class B common stock (including 185,961 shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock) will be restricted as a result of the applicable holding period under Rule 144 or the lock-up agreements described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all of these shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 to the extent such shares have vested and been released from any repurchase option that we may hold.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations (which are summarized below). Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately after the consummation of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed 1% of the number of shares of our Class B common stock then-outstanding, which will equal approximately 133,750 shares immediately after the consummation of this offering.

 

146


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Lock-Up Agreements

Certain stockholders party to the voting agreement entered into in February 2011 did not consent to the June 2012 amendment to such voting agreement. As a result, the stockholders that did not consent to this amendment are still subject to a lock-up provision included in the original voting agreement that restricts the sale of shares subject to the voting agreement by those parties for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who are not our affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) and who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of our initial public offering that was completed in reliance on and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will, subject to the lock-up restrictions described above, be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Equity Incentive Plans

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. As of December 31, 2012, we had 43,600 shares of Class A common stock and 2,847,703 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, as well as 2,307,066 shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock available for future grant or issuance under our stock incentive plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock (including those shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted or to be granted under our plans) registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market upon exercise by the holders, subject to vesting restrictions with us, contractual lock-up restrictions and restrictions on sales of securities by our affiliates, as described above.

 

147


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a holder that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below). This summary is based upon United States federal income tax law in effect on the date of this prospectus, which is subject to change or different interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation which may be important to particular investors in light of their particular investment circumstances, such as common stock held by investors subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, partnerships and their partners, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, and tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations)) or to investors that will hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated security transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. In addition, this summary does not discuss any United States federal income tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder that owns actually or constructively more than five percent of our common stock, or state, local, or non-United States tax considerations. This summary is written on the basis that investors have acquired our common stock pursuant to this offering and will hold our common stock as a “capital asset” (generally, property held for investment) under the Code. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state, local, and non-United States income and other tax considerations of an investment in our common stock.

For purposes of this summary, a “United States person” is, for United States federal income tax purposes, an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the laws of, the United States or any State (or the District of Columbia), an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or a trust the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or that has elected to be treated as a United States person. The term “Non-U.S. Holder” means any beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes) of our common stock that is not a United States person (as defined above).

If a partnership is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Prospective investors that are partners of a partnership holding our common stock are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

Dividends

Dividends paid in cash to you will generally be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a 30% rate subject to reduction or complete exemption under an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with a trade or business you conduct within the United States, or, if certain income tax treaties apply, are attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States, are not subject to the U.S. federal withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the applicable graduated individual or corporate rates. Special certification and disclosure requirements must be satisfied for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding, such as providing a properly executed IRS Form

 

148


Table of Contents

W-8ECI (or any successor form) to the withholding agent. If you are a corporation, any such effectively connected dividends that you receive may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate for dividends paid on our common stock, you must provide the withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form), claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the applicable income tax treaty.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

You will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if certain income tax treaties apply, is attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States;

 

   

if you are an individual and you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition and your holding period in the common stock, and (1) you beneficially own, or have owned, more than 5% of the total fair market value of our common stock at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition, or (2) our common stock ceases to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.

If you are described in the first or third bullet points above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain on a net income basis at the applicable graduated individual or corporate rates, subject to reduction by an applicable income tax treaty (and, if you are a corporation, you also may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax, subject to reduction by an applicable income tax treaty). If you are described in the second bullet point above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate), which gain may be offset by certain losses.

We have not made a determination, for United States federal income tax purposes, as to whether we are a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the aggregate fair market value of our real property and other business assets, we may be or become a USRPHC. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, shares of our common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if a holder actually or constructively holds more than five percent of our regularly traded common stock at any time during the five-year period preceding the disposition or, if shorter, during such holder’s holding period for our common stock. Although no assurance may be given, we believe that the common stock acquired in this offering will be regularly traded on the OTCBB, which is an established securities market. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the United States federal tax consequences of an investment in our common shares if we are or become a USRPHC.

 

149


Table of Contents

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Recently enacted legislation will require, after December 31, 2013, withholding at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in the institution held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations, may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either certifies to us that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. We will not pay any additional amounts to stockholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

You may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding with respect to any dividends on, and the proceeds from dispositions of, our common stock paid to you, unless you comply with certain reporting procedures (usually satisfied by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) along with certain certifications) or otherwise establish an exemption.

In addition, the amount of any dividends paid to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld from such payment or disposition generally must be reported annually to you and the IRS. The IRS may make such information available under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of your shares of our common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. If you sell your shares of our common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. office of a foreign broker, however, the broker will be required to report to the IRS the amount of proceeds paid to you, and also backup withhold on that amount, unless you provide appropriate certification to the broker of your status as a Non-U.S. Holder or you are an exempt recipient. Information reporting will also apply if you sell your shares of our common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a Non-U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met, or you are an exempt recipient.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided you timely furnish the required information to the IRS. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the filing of a U.S. tax return for claiming a refund of such backup withholding.

 

150


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

In accordance with the terms of the placement agency agreement among WR Hambrecht + Co, as underwriter, the selling stockholders and us, the underwriter has agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of Class B common stock offered hereby.

The placement agency agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter are subject to various conditions, principally the declaration of effectiveness by the SEC of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the absence of any material adverse change in our business, and the receipt of certificates, opinions and letters from us and counsel. The underwriter is not purchasing or selling any of the shares being sold pursuant to this prospectus and it is not required to arrange the purchase or sale of any specific number or dollar amount of shares. The underwriter will be deemed to be an underwriter of the Class B common stock offered hereby, and will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements and liability provisions of the Securities Act.

Placement Fees and Concessions

The underwriter proposes to procure potential purchasers to purchase shares of our Class B common stock at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as this price is determined by the OpenIPO process described below, and to certain dealers at this price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriter may allow, and dealers may re-allow, a concession not to exceed $         per share on sales to other dealers. The underwriter will, and any dealers that participate in the distribution of our Class B common stock may, be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any discount, commission, or concession received by them and any provided by the sale of the shares by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

The following table shows the per share and total fee (rounded to the nearest cent for the purposes of this table) to be paid to the underwriter by the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. The fee has been determined through negotiations between the selling stockholders and the underwriter, and has been calculated as a percentage of the offering price.

 

     Per Share  

Initial public offering price

   $                

Placement agency fee(1)

   $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $     

 

(1) Does not include up to          of legal fees of counsel to the underwriter to be reimbursed by IVP IV.

We estimate that the costs of this offering, exclusive of the fee, will be approximately $        . These fees and expenses are payable entirely by us. An electronic prospectus is available on the website maintained by WR Hambrecht + Co and may also be made available on websites maintained by selected dealers and selling group members participating in this offering.

State Blue Sky Information

The selling stockholders and the underwriter will offer and sell the shares of Class B common stock offered hereby to retail customers only in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nevada, New Hampshire, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. In Hawaii, we will rely on exemptions from the state registration requirements, and at the request of the underwriter we will make any filings necessary to claim these exemptions. In the other states listed above, at the request of the underwriter we will apply to have the shares of Class B common stock registered for sale, and the selling stockholders and the underwriter will not offer or sell the shares to retail customers in any state unless and until the registration is effective in the particular state.

 

151


Table of Contents

If you are not an institutional investor, you may purchase our securities in this offering only if you are a resident of one of the jurisdictions described directly above and this offering has been registered or is exempt from registration in the jurisdiction in which you reside. Institutional investors in every state may purchase shares of Class B common stock in this offering pursuant to exemptions provided to such entities under the Blue Sky laws of the various states. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, pre-empts the states from regulating transactions in certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” The resale of the Class B common stock is exempt from state registration requirements under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act as long as we file periodic and annual reports under the Exchange Act. However, states are permitted to require notice filings and collect fees with regard to these transactions, and a state may suspend the offer and sale of securities within such state if any such required filing is not made or fee is not paid. As of the date of this prospectus, Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, South Dakota, Utah, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming either do not presently require any notice filings or fee payments or have not yet issued rules or regulations indicating whether notice filings or fee payments will be required. The District of Columbia, Illinois, Maryland, Montana, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Ohio, Oregon, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Texas and Vermont currently permit the resale of the Class B common stock if we have registered the Class B common stock in the state or the proper notice filings and fees have been submitted. If any of these states that has not yet adopted a statute relating to the National Securities Markets Improvement Act adopts such a statute in the future requiring a filing or fee or if any state amends its existing statutes with respect to its requirements, we would need to comply with those new requirements in order for our securities to continue to be eligible for resale in those jurisdictions. When and if we cease to file periodic and annual reports under the Exchange Act, holders of Class B common stock that are not institutional investors will need to comply with the registration requirements in the jurisdiction in which they reside in order to resell shares of our Class B common stock.

Aside from the exemption from registration provided by the National Securities Markets Improvement Act, we believe that the Class B common stock will be eligible for sale on a secondary market basis in various states based on the availability of other applicable exemptions from state registration requirements, in certain instances subject to waiting periods, notice filings or fee payments.

The OpenIPO Auction Process

The distribution method being used in this offering is known as the OpenIPO auction, which differs from methods traditionally used in public offerings. In particular, as described under the captions “—Determination of Public Offering Price” and “— Allocation of Shares” below, the public offering price and the allocation of shares are determined by an auction conducted by the underwriter and other factors as described below. All qualified individual and institutional investors may place bids in an OpenIPO auction and investors submitting valid bids have an equal opportunity to receive an allocation of shares.

The following describes how the underwriter and some selected dealers conduct the auction process and, on behalf of the selling stockholders, confirm bids from prospective investors:

Prior to Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

Before the registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, but after a preliminary prospectus is available, the auction will open and the underwriter and participating dealers will solicit bids from prospective investors through the Internet and by telephone and facsimile. The

 

152


Table of Contents

bids specify the number of shares of our Class B common stock the potential investor proposes to purchase and the price the potential investor is willing to pay for the shares. These bids may be above or below the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares. Potential investors may submit multiple bids in the auction at multiple prices. All of an investor’s bids at or above the clearing price will be considered and cumulated at the close of the auction. Each of an investor’s successful bids will be treated separately for purposes of allocation and rounding of shares in the auction, as described in “—Allocation of Shares” below.

The shares offered by this prospectus may not be sold, nor may offers to buy be accepted, prior to the time that the registration statement filed with the SEC becomes effective. A bid received by the underwriter or a dealer involves no obligation or commitment of any kind prior to the notice of acceptance being sent, which will occur after effectiveness of the registration statement and closing of the auction. Bids can be modified at any time prior to the closing of the auction.

Potential investors may contact the underwriter or dealers through which they submitted their bid to discuss general auction trends or to consult on bidding strategy. The current clearing price is at all times kept confidential and will not be disclosed during the OpenIPO auction to any bidder; however, the underwriter or participating dealers may discuss general auction trends with potential investors. General auction trends may include a general description of the bidding trends or the anticipated timing of the offering. In all cases, any oral information provided with respect to general auction trends by the underwriter or dealer is subject to change. Any general auction trend information that is provided orally by the underwriter or participating dealer is necessarily accurate only as of the time of inquiry and may change significantly prior to the auction closing. Therefore, bidders should not assume that any particular bid will receive an allocation of shares in the auction based on any auction trend information provided to them orally by the underwriter or participating dealer.

Approximately two business days prior to the registration statement being declared effective, prospective investors will receive, by email, telephone or facsimile, a notice indicating the proposed effective date. Potential investors may at any time expressly request that all, or any specific, communications between them and the underwriter and participating dealers be made by specific means of communication, including email, telephone and facsimile. The underwriter and participating dealers will contact the potential investors in the manner they request.

Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

After the registration statement relating to this offering has become effective, potential investors who have submitted bids to the underwriter or a dealer will be contacted by email, telephone or facsimile. Potential investors will receive a notice on the day of effectiveness at least one hour prior to the close of the auction notifying them of the time that the registration statement will be declared effective, that they may withdraw their bids at any time prior to receipt of the notice of acceptance, and that the auction may close, and notices of acceptance may be sent, in as little as one hour following effectiveness. Bids will continue to be accepted in the time period after the registration statement is declared effective but before the auction closes. Bidders may also withdraw their bids in the time period following effectiveness, including after the closing of the auction but before the notice of acceptance of their bid is sent.

Reconfirmation of Bids

The underwriter will require that bidders reconfirm the bids that they have submitted in the offering if any of the following events occur:

 

   

more than 15 business days have elapsed since the bidder submitted its bid in the offering;

 

   

there is a material change in the prospectus that requires that the underwriter and we convey the material change to bidders in the offering and file an amended registration statement;

 

153


Table of Contents
   

there has been a decrease in the price range below the previously disclosed price range or an increase in the price range of more than 20% above the previously disclosed price range; or

 

   

if it is determined, after the auction is closed, that the initial public offering price will be below the stated price range or that there will be an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.

If a reconfirmation of bids is required, the underwriter will send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them that they must reconfirm their bids by contacting the underwriter or participating dealers with which they have their brokerage accounts. Bidders will have a minimum of four hours to reconfirm their bids from the time they receive the notice requesting reconfirmation. Bidders will have the ability to modify or reconfirm their bids at any time until the auction closes. If bidders do not reconfirm their bids before the auction is closed (which will be no sooner than four hours after the request for reconfirmation is sent), the selling stockholders and the underwriter will disregard their bids in the auction, and they will be deemed to have been withdrawn. If appropriate, the underwriter may include the request for reconfirmation in a notice of effectiveness of the registration statement.

Changes in the Price Range or a Reduction in the Offering Size Before the Auction is Closed

The underwriter has informed us that the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus was determined by negotiation between the underwriter and the selling stockholders. Neither the underwriter nor any of the selling stockholders consulted with our management team or board of directors in connection with their determination of such range. Among the primary factors that were considered by the selling stockholders and the underwriter in determining the initial public offering price range were the following:

 

   

General market trends and conditions;

 

   

Applied’s results of operations;

 

   

An assessment of Applied’s management and business potential;

 

   

Applied’s capital structure;

 

   

The market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies that the underwriter believes to be comparable to Applied;

 

   

The initial public offering of a medical device company of comparable size and performance; and

 

   

Applied’s decision not to apply for a listing on a national securities exchange.

The selling stockholders are putting up for auction 729,798 shares of Class B common stock, which is the amount of securities that have been registered under the Master Rights Agreement. The selling stockholders and the underwriter are conducting the auction in order to sell the maximum number of shares being offered using the highest price for which valid bids are received as the clearing price. Based on the auction demand available before the auction is closed, the selling stockholders and the underwriter may elect to change the price range or reduce the number of shares being put up for auction either before or after the SEC declares the registration statement effective. We will file an amendment to the registration statement to reflect any changes to the price range or a reduction in shares being put up for auction either prior to or after the effectiveness of the registration statement. If the selling stockholders and the underwriter elect to change the price range or reduce the number of shares being put up for auction after effectiveness of the registration statement, the underwriter will

 

154


Table of Contents

keep the auction open for at least one hour after notifying bidders of the new auction terms. In addition, for any change in price range or reduction in the number of shares being put up for auction, the underwriter or participating dealers will:

 

   

provide notice on the WR Hambrecht + Co website of the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be;

 

   

if appropriate, issue a press release announcing the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be; and

 

   

send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them of the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be.

In the event of a material change to the price range or any reduction in the number of shares being put up for auction from the previously provided disclosure and prior to and after the SEC declaring the registration statement effective, the underwriter will reconfirm all bids that have been submitted in the auction after notifying bidders of the new auction terms. The underwriter will generally not consider any increase or decrease in the price to be material unless there is a decrease in the price below the stated price range for the auction or an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.

Changes in the Price Range or a Reduction in the Offering Size After the Auction is Closed and Pricing Outside the Price Range

If the selling stockholders determine after the auction is closed that the initial public offering price will be above the stated price range in the auction but it is determined, based on the factors described above, that it will not result in any material change to the previously provided disclosure, the underwriter and participating dealers may accept all successful bids without reconfirmation. In this situation, the underwriter and participating dealers will communicate the final price and size of the offering in the notice of acceptance that is sent to successful bidders.

If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. See “— Best Efforts Offering with No Minimum Amount of Shares that must be Sold.” The selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which it received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearing price. In this situation, if the initial public offering price will be above the stated price range in the auction, but will not result in any material change to the previously provided disclosure, the underwriter and participating dealers may accept all successful bids without reconfirmation. The underwriter and participating dealers will communicate the final price and size of the offering in the notice of acceptance that is sent to successful bidders. The underwriter will generally not consider any increase or decrease in the initial public offering price to be material unless there is a decrease in the price below the stated price range for the auction or an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.

In all cases, if the selling stockholders determine, after the auction is closed, that the initial public offering price will be below the stated price range or that there will be an increase in the price range of more than 20% above the previously disclosed price range, then the selling stockholders will elect one of two alternatives:

Under the first alternative, the underwriter and participating dealers will convey the final price and offering size to all bidders in the auction, we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement with the final price and offering size, and all bids will be reconfirmed and offers accepted after the post-effective amendment has been declared effective by the SEC.

 

155


Table of Contents

Under the second alternative, the selling stockholders may re-open the auction pursuant to the following procedures:

 

   

WR Hambrecht + Co will provide notice on the WR Hambrecht + Co OpenIPO website that the auction has re-opened with a revised price range or a reduced offering size, as the case may be;

 

   

the underwriter and participating dealers will issue a press release announcing the new auction terms;

 

   

the underwriter and participating dealers will send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them that the auction has re-opened with a revised price range or a reduced offering size, as the case may be;

 

   

the underwriter and participating dealers will reconfirm all bids in the auction; and

 

   

we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement containing the new auction terms and have the post-effective amendment declared effective prior to the acceptance of any offers by the underwriter or participating dealers.

The second alternative will also be used in the event that, after the close of an auction, the selling stockholders reject all bids and elect to re-open the auction with a reduced the number of shares being put up for auction. Any post-effective amendment that reflects a new auction will disclose the results of the preceding auction.

Closing of the Auction and Pricing

The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective at a time agreed to by the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co, which we anticipate will be after the close of trading on the OTCBB on the same day on which the registration statement is declared effective. The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. However, the date and time at which the auction will close and a public offering price will be determined cannot currently be predicted and will be determined by the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co based on general market conditions during the period after the registration statement is declared effective. If the selling stockholders are unable to close the auction, determine a public offering price and file a final prospectus with the SEC within 15 days after the registration statement is initially declared effective, the rules of the SEC require that a post-effective amendment to the registration statement be filed and declared effective, and all bids more than 15 business days old must be reconfirmed, before the auction may be closed and before any bids may be accepted.

Once a potential investor submits a bid, the bid remains valid unless subsequently withdrawn by the potential investor. Potential investors are able to withdraw their bids at any time before the notice of acceptance is sent by notifying the underwriter or a participating dealer through which they submitted their bids. The auction website will not permit modification or cancellation of bids after the auction closes. Therefore, if a potential investor that bid through the Internet wishes to cancel a bid after the auction closes, the investor may have to contact the underwriter through which it submitted its bid (or the participating dealer through which the investor submitted the bid) by telephone, facsimile or email (or as specified by the underwriter or participating dealer through which the bidder submitted the bid).

Following the closing of the auction, the underwriter determines the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors. This price, which is called the “clearing price,” is determined based on the results of all valid bids at the time the auction is closed. The clearing price is not necessarily the public offering price, which is set as described in “Determination of Public Offering

 

156


Table of Contents

Price” below. The public offering price determines the allocation of shares to potential investors, with all valid bids submitted at or above the public offering price receiving a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction, then the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. The selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which it received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearing price.

You will have the ability to withdraw your bid at any time until the notice of acceptance is sent. The underwriter will notify successful bidders that the selling stockholders have accepted their bids by sending a notice of acceptance after the auction closes and a public offering price has been determined, and bidders who submitted successful bids will be obligated to purchase the shares allocated to them regardless of (1) whether such bidders are aware that the registration statement has been declared effective and that the auction has closed or (2) whether they are aware that the notice of acceptance of that bid has been sent. The underwriter will not cancel or reject a valid bid after the notices of acceptance have been sent.

Once the auction closes and a clearing price is set as described below, the selling stockholders accept the bids that are at or above the public offering price, but may allocate to a prospective investor fewer shares than the number included in the investors bid, as described in “— Allocation of Shares” below.

Best Efforts Offering with No Minimum Amount of Shares that must be Sold

This OpenIPO auction is being conducted as a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold. Accordingly, the selling stockholders are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares of Class B common stock, but the underwriter has agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. The selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which it received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearance price. However, because this is a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold, in the event that an investor fails to pay for shares that it purchased in the auction by the closing date, the selling stockholders may proceed with closing the offering without selling such shares. See “—The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares.”

Determination of Initial Public Offering Price

The public offering price for this offering is ultimately determined by negotiation between the underwriter and the selling stockholders after the auction closes and does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to our assets, current earnings or book value or to any other established criteria of value, although these factors are considered in establishing the initial public offering price. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The principal factor in establishing the public offering price is the clearing price resulting from the auction, although other factors are considered as described below. The clearing price is used by the underwriter and the selling stockholders as the principal benchmark, among other considerations described below, in determining the public offering price for the Class B common stock that will be sold in this offering.

The clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors, based on the valid bids at the time the auction is closed. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares

 

157


Table of Contents

using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. The selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which it received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearing price. Depending on the public offering price and the amount of the decrease in the number of shares sold, more dilution to potential investors in this offering could result.

Depending on the outcome of negotiations between the underwriter and the selling stockholders, the public offering price may be lower, but will not be higher, than the clearing price. The bids received in the auction and the resulting clearing price are the principal factors used to determine the public offering price of the Class B common stock that will be sold in this offering. The public offering price may be lower than the clearing price depending on a number of additional factors, including general market trends or conditions, the underwriter’s assessment of our management, operating results, capital structure and business potential and the demand and price of similar securities of comparable companies. The underwriter and the selling stockholders may also agree to a public offering price that is lower than the clearing price in order to facilitate a wider distribution of the Class B common stock to be sold in this offering. For example, the underwriter and the selling stockholders may elect to lower the public offering price to include certain institutional or retail bidders in this offering. The underwriter and the selling stockholders may also lower the public offering price to create a more stable post-offering trading price for our shares.

The public offering price always determines the allocation of shares to potential investors. Therefore, if the public offering price is below the clearing price, all valid bids that are at or above the public offering price receive a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If sufficient bids are not received, or if the selling stockholders do not consider the clearing price to be adequate, or if the underwriter and the selling stockholders are not able to reach agreement on the public offering price, then the underwriter, the selling stockholders and we will either postpone or cancel this offering. Alternatively, we may file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in order to conduct a new auction that may reflect a new price range or a reduced offering size.

The following simplified example illustrates how the public offering price is determined through the auction process:

Selling stockholders offer to sell 1,500 shares in a public offering of shares of Company X through the auction process. The underwriter, on behalf of the selling stockholders, receives five bids to purchase, all of which are kept confidential until the auction closes.

The first bid is to pay $10.00 per share for 1,000 shares. The second bid is to pay $9.00 per share for 100 shares. The third bid is to pay $8.00 per share for 900 shares. The fourth bid is to pay $7.00 per share for 400 shares. The fifth bid is to pay $6.00 per share for 800 shares.

Assuming that none of these bids are withdrawn or modified before the auction closes, and assuming that no additional bids are received, the clearing price used to determine the public offering price would be $8.00 per share, which is the highest price at which all 1,500 shares offered may be sold to potential investors who have submitted valid bids. However, the shares may be sold at a price below $8.00 per share based on negotiations between the selling stockholders and the underwriter.

If the public offering price is the same as the $8.00 per share clearing price, the selling stockholders would accept bids at or above $8.00 per share. Because 2,000 shares were bid for at or above the clearing price, each of the three potential investors who bid $8.00 per share or more would receive approximately 75% (1,500 divided by 2,000) of the shares for which bids were made. The two potential investors whose bids were below $8.00 per share would not receive any shares in this example.

 

158


Table of Contents

If the public offering price is $7.00 per share, the selling stockholders would accept bids that were made at or above $7.00 per share. No bids made at a price of less than $7.00 per share would be accepted. The four potential investors with the highest bids would receive a pro rata portion of the 1,500 shares offered, based on the 2,400 shares they requested, or 62.5% (1,500 divided by 2,400) of the shares for which bids were made. The potential investor with the lowest bid would not receive any shares in this example.

As described in “— Allocation of Shares” below, because bids that are reduced on a pro rata basis may be rounded down to round lots, a potential investor may be allocated less than the pro rata percentage of the shares bid for. Thus, if the pro rata percentage was 75%, the potential investor who bids for 200 shares may receive a pro rata allocation of 100 shares (50% of the shares bid for), rather than receiving a pro rata allocation of 150 shares (75% of the shares bid for).

The following table illustrates the example described above, after rounding down any bids to the nearest round lot in accordance with the allocation rules described below and assuming that the initial public offering price is set at $8.00 per share. The table also assumes that these bids are the final bids, and that they reflect any modifications that have been made to reflect any prior changes to the offering range, and to avoid the issuance of fractional shares.

 

    Bid Information
Initial Public Offering of Company X
    Auction Results  
    Shares
Requested
    Cumulative
Shares
Requested
    Bid
Price
    Shares
Allocated
    Approximate
Allocated
Requested
Shares
    Clearing
Price
    Amount
Raised
 
    1,000        1,000      $ 10.00        700        75.0   $ 8.00      $ 5,600   
    100        1,100      $ 9.00        100        75.0   $ 8.00      $ 800   

Clearing Price

    900        2,000      $ 8.00        700        75.0   $ 8.00      $ 5,600   
    400        2,400      $ 7.00        0        0     —          —     
       

 

 

       

 

 

 
    800        3,200      $ 6.00        0        0     —          —     
       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

          1,500          $ 12,000   
       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Allocation of Shares

Bidders receiving a pro rata portion of the shares they bid for generally receive an allocation of shares on a round-lot basis, rounded to multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, depending on the size of the bid. No bids are rounded to a round lot higher than the original bid size. Because bids may be rounded down to round lots in multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a greater percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. Thus, for example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 200 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of 100 shares (a 50% decrease from 200 shares) rather than receiving an allocation of 140 shares (a 30% decrease from 200 shares). In addition, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a lesser percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. For example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 100 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of all 100 shares to avoid having the bid rounded down to zero.

Generally the allocation of shares in this offering will be determined in the following manner, continuing the first example above:

 

   

Any bid with a price below the public offering price is allocated no shares.

 

159


Table of Contents
   

The pro rata percentage is determined by dividing the number of shares offered by the total number of shares bid at or above the public offering price. In our example, if there are 2,000 shares bid for at or above the public offering price, and 1,500 shares offered in the offering, then the pro rata percentage is 75%.

 

   

All of the successful bids are then multiplied by the pro rata percentage to determine the allocations before rounding. For example, the three winning bids for 1,000 shares (Bid 1), 100 shares (Bid 2) and 900 shares (Bid 3) would initially be allocated 750 shares, 75 shares and 675 shares, respectively, based on the pro rata percentage.

 

   

The bids are then rounded down to the nearest 100 share round lot, so the bids would be rounded to 700, 0 and 600 shares respectively. This creates a stub of 200 unallocated shares.

 

   

The 200 stub shares are then allocated to the bids. Continuing the example above, because Bid 2 for 100 shares was rounded down to 0 shares, 100 of the stub shares would be allocated to Bid 2. If there were not sufficient stub shares to allocate at least 100 shares to Bid 2, Bid 2 would not receive any shares in the offering. After allocation of these shares, 100 unallocated stub shares would remain.

 

   

Because Bid 3 for 900 shares was reduced, as a result of rounding, by more total shares than Bid 1 for 1,000 shares, Bid 3 would then be allocated the remaining 100 stub shares up to the nearest 100 round lot (from 600 shares to 700 shares).

If there are not sufficient remaining stub shares to enable a bid to be rounded up to a round lot of 100 shares the remaining unallocated stub shares would be allocated to smaller orders that are below their bid amounts. The table below illustrates the allocations in the example above.

 

     Initial
Bid
     Pro-Rata
Allocation (75%
of Initial Bid)
     Initial
Rounding
     Allocation of
Stub Shares
     Final Allocation  

Bid 1

     1,000         750         700         0         700   

Bid 2

     100         75         0         100         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bid 3

     900         675         600         100         700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,000         1,500         1,300         200         1,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Requirements for Valid Bids

In order to participate in an OpenIPO offering, all bidders must have an account with WR Hambrecht + Co or one of the participating dealers. Valid bids are those that meet the requirements, including eligibility, account status and size, established by the underwriter or participating dealers. In order to open a brokerage account with WR Hambrecht + Co, a potential investor must deposit $2,000 in its account. This brokerage account will be a general account subject to WR Hambrecht + Co’s customary rules, and will not be limited to this offering. Bidders will be required to have sufficient funds in their accounts to pay for the shares they are allocated in the auction at the closing of the offering, which is generally on the third business day following the pricing of the offering. The underwriter reserves the right, in its sole discretion and on the selling stockholders’ behalf, to reject or reduce any bids that they deem manipulative or disruptive or not creditworthy in order to facilitate the orderly completion of the offering. For example, in previous transactions for other issuers in which the auction process was used, WR Hambrecht + Co has rejected or reduced bids when, in its sole discretion, it deems the bids not creditworthy or had reason to question the bidder’s intent or means to fund its bid. In the absence of other information, the selling stockholders and the underwriter or participating dealer may assess a bidder’s creditworthiness based solely on the bidder’s history with the underwriter or participating dealer. WR Hambrecht + Co has also rejected or reduced bids in past OpenIPO offerings

 

160


Table of Contents

that it deemed, in its sole discretion, to be potentially manipulative or disruptive or because the bidder had a history of alleged securities law violations. Suitability and eligibility standards of participating dealers may vary. As a result of these varying requirements, a bidder may have its bid rejected by the underwriter or a participating dealer while another bidder’s identical bid is accepted.

The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares

The auction will close on a date and at a time estimated and publicly disclosed in advance by the underwriter on the website of WR Hambrecht + Co at www.wrhambrecht.com and www.openipo.com. The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. The up to 729,798 shares of our Class B common stock offered by this prospectus will be sold to investors who have submitted valid bids at or higher than the public offering price through the underwriter or participating dealers.

The underwriter or a participating dealer will notify successful bidders that the selling stockholders have accepted their bid by sending a notice of acceptance by email, telephone, facsimile or mail (according to any preference indicated by a bidder) informing bidders that the auction has closed and that their bids have been accepted. The notice will indicate the price and number of shares that have been allocated to the successful bidder. Other bidders will be notified that their bids have not been accepted.

Each participating dealer has agreed with the underwriter to conduct its solicitation efforts in accordance with the auction process described above, unless the underwriter otherwise consents. The underwriter does not intend to consent to the sale of any shares in this offering outside of the auction process. The underwriter reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject or reduce any bids that it deems manipulative or disruptive in order to facilitate the orderly completion of this offering, and it reserves the right, in exceptional circumstances, to alter this method of allocation as it deems necessary to ensure a fair and orderly distribution of the shares of our Class B common stock. For example, large orders may be reduced to ensure a public distribution and bids may be rejected or reduced based on eligibility or creditworthiness criteria. Once the underwriter has closed the auction and the selling stockholders have accepted a bid, the allocation of shares sold in this offering will be made according to the process described in “— Allocation of Shares” above, and no shares sold in this offering will be allocated on a preferential basis or outside of the allocation rules to any institutional or retail bidders. In addition, the underwriter or the participating dealers may reject or reduce a bid by a prospective investor who has engaged in practices that could have a manipulative, disruptive or otherwise adverse effect on this offering.

Investors who receive notice of acceptance of their bids must make payment for the applicable number of shares by the close of business on the third business day (the “closing date”) following notice of acceptance of their bids, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the transaction in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 15c6-1. In the event that an investor fails to pay for shares that it purchased in the auction by the closing date, the selling stockholders may reoffer those shares to other bidders in the auction that indicated a willingness to purchase additional shares at or above the clearing price, or they may proceed with closing the offering without selling such shares. The clearing price will be based upon the number of shares offered by the selling stockholders in the auction and will not be adjusted to reflect a reduction in the shares actually sold due to any failure of investors to fund purchases. In addition, because this is a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold, the closing date of the offering is not required to be postponed if any investor were to default on its contractual obligation to pay for its allocation of shares. The selling stockholders may pursue a breach of contract claim with respect to investors that fail to pay for shares purchased in the auction.

The underwriter and dealers participating in the selling group may submit firm bids that reflect indications of interest from their customers that they have received at prices within the initial public

 

161


Table of Contents

offering price range. Some participating dealers or the underwriter may also manage bids on behalf of their bidding customers. In these cases, the dealer submitting the bid is treated as the bidder for the purposes of determining the clearing price and allocation of shares.

Price and volume volatility in the market for our Class B common stock may result from the somewhat unique nature of the proposed plan of distribution. Price and volume volatility in the market for our Class B common stock after the completion of this offering may adversely affect the market price of our Class B common stock.

Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the underwriter may purchase and sell shares of our Class B common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Any short sales made by the underwriter would be naked short sales. “Naked” short sales are any sales made by the underwriter that the underwriter cannot cover through exercise of any option. The underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class B common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our Class B common stock made by the underwriter in the open market for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our Class B common stock.

These activities by the underwriter may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class B common stock. As a result, the price of our Class B common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, the underwriter may discontinue them at any time. These transactions may be effected on the OTC Bulletin Board, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Indemnity

The placement agency agreement, to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, provides that we, the selling stockholders and the underwriter have agreed to indemnify each other against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and contribute to payments that each other may be required to make relating to these liabilities.

 

162


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered in this prospectus is being passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Los Angeles, California. Morrison & Foerster LLP, San Francisco, California, is acting as counsel for the underwriter in this offering.

EXPERTS

The audited financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our Class B common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our capital stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our capital stock, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. With respect to the statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement or any other document, in each instance, the statement is qualified in all respects by the complete text of the agreement or document, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. In addition, upon the consummation of this offering, we will file annually, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC to the extent we are required to do so under the Exchange Act. We do not anticipate sending an annual report to stockholders unless we are required to do so under the SEC’s proxy rules or regulations. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

163


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Applied Medical Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Applied Medical Corporation (a Delaware corporation) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Applied Medical Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Irvine, California

April 26, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 52,789      $ 59,870      $ 75,155   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $385, $832 and $946 at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively

     29,135        36,794        37,827   

Inventories

     14,829        28,200        40,067   

Deferred tax assets

     7,372        14,475        14,469   

Other current assets

     5,115        6,631        10,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     109,240        145,970        177,874   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     122,583        163,940        214,257   

Other non-current assets

     3,829        5,188        12,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 235,652      $ 315,098      $ 404,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

and Stockholders’ Equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 5,575      $ 7,991      $ 8,660   

Accrued payroll and related benefits

     17,374        37,259        53,536   

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt

     9,738        5,646        15,838   

Other current liabilities

     12,734        12,965        22,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     45,421        63,861        100,848   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     46,053        60,769        83,578   

Other non-current liabilities

     15,857        14,237        14,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     107,331        138,867        199,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value — 7,009,998 shares authorized, 7,009,369, 6,995,969 and 6,995,969 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively; liquidation preference of $25,395 at September 30, 2012

     14,118        14,106        14,106   

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value—25,000,000 shares authorized, none, 101,107 and 122,927 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively

     —          —          —     

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value — 25,000,000 shares authorized, 10,212,293, 11,077,193 and 11,334,690 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively

     10        11        11   

Treasury stock, none, 4,906 and 6,613 shares of Class A common stock and 748, 17,440 and 83,909 shares of Class B common stock at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively

     (15     (367     (1,166

Additional paid-in capital

     24,387        30,350        37,025   

Retained earnings

     87,433        131,168        153,686   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,388        963        1,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     114,203        162,125        190,829   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity

   $ 235,652      $ 315,098      $ 404,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except per share information)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2011     2011     2012  

Revenues:

         (unaudited)   

Product revenue

   $ 271,810      $ 338,453      $ 245,971      $ 270,603   

Royalties and licensing revenue

     10,365        11,631        9,269        3,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     282,175        350,084        255,240        273,643   

Cost of revenues

     55,041        69,634        48,880        56,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     227,134        280,450        206,360        217,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     156,781        169,803        117,168        134,436   

Research and development

     38,308        48,340        34,164        46,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     195,089        218,143        151,332        180,927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     32,045        62,307        55,028        36,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest and other income

     1,007        1,299        990        1,532   

Interest expense

     (2,358     (2,069     (1,606     (2,861
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

     (1,351     (770     (616     (1,329
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     30,694        61,537        54,412        35,084   

Provision for income taxes

     9,809        17,162        15,357        12,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     20,885        44,375        39,055        22,518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     680        (1,425     174        759   

Unrealized loss on long-term investments, net of tax

                   —          (449
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     680        (1,425     174        310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 21,565      $ 42,950      $ 39,229      $ 22,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 11,667      $ 27,097      $ 23,920      $ 13,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share:

        

Basic

   $ 1.19      $ 2.30      $ 2.05      $ 1.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.18      $ 2.20      $ 1.97      $ 1.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares:

        

Basic

     9,785        11,793        11,690        12,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,901        12,305        12,143        12,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2011 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012 (UNAUDITED)

(In thousands)

 

                 Stockholders' Equity  
     Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Class A
Common Stock
     Class B
Common Stock
     Treasury Stock      Additional
Paid-In

Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
     Total
Stockholders'

Equity
 
     Shares     Amount     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount              

Balance — December 31, 2009

     7,025      $ 14,142        —         $ —           9,421       $ 15,495         —         $ —         $ —         $ 66,642       $ 1,708         $83,845   

Reclassification for change in state of incorporation

     —          —          —           —           —           (15,486      —           —           15,486         —           —           —     

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock

     —          —          —           —           1,150         1         —           —           5,429         —           —           5,430   

Share-based compensation on stock options and restricted stock awards

     —          —          —           —           —           —           —           —           6,053         —           —           6,053   

Collections of notes receivable from stockholders

     —          —          —           —           13         —           —           —           90         —           —           90   

Purchase of treasury stock

     —          —          —           —           —           —           (1      (15      —           —           —           (15

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

     —          —          —           —           (372      —           —           —           (2,681      —           —           (2,681

Repurchase and retirement of preferred stock

     (16     (24     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           (94      —           (94

Interest on stock option loans

     —          —          —           —           —           —           —           —           10         —           —           10   

Net income

     —          —          —           —           —           —           —           —           —           20,885         —           20,885   

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           680         680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2010

     7,009      $ 14,118        —         $ —           10,212       $ 10         (1    $ (15    $
24,387
  
   $
87,433
  
   $
2,388
  
   $ 114,203   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2011 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012 (UNAUDITED) — CONTINUED

(In thousands)

 

                 Stockholders' Equity  
     Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Class A
Common Stock
     Class B
Common Stock
     Treasury Stock      Additional
Paid-In

Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
     Total
Stockholders'

Equity
 
     Shares     Amount     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount              

Balance — December 31, 2010

     7,009      $ 14,118        —         $ —           10,212       $ 10         (1    $ (15    $ 24,387         $87,433       $ 2,388       $ 114,203   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     —          —          3         —           248         —           —           —           994         —           —           994   

Share-based compensation on stock options and restricted stock awards

     —          —          2         —           345         —           —           —           2,221         —           —           2,221   

Conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common stock

     —          —          92         —           (92      —           —           —           —           (451      —           (451

Collections of notes receivable from stockholders

     —          —          4         —           364         1         —           —           2,434         —           —           2,435   

Purchase of treasury stock

     —          —          —           —           —           —           (21      (352      —           —           —           (352

Repurchase and retirement of preferred stock

     (13     (12     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           (189      —           (189

Interest on stock option loans

     —          —          —           —           —           —           —           —           314         —           —           314   

Net income

     —          —          —           —           —           —           —           —           —           44,375         —           44,375   

Other comprehensive loss

     —          —          —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           (1,425      (1,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2011

     6,996      $ 14,106        101       $ —           11,077       $ 11         (22    $ (367    $ 30,350       $ 131,168       $ 963       $ 162,125   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statement.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2011 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012 (UNAUDITED) — CONTINUED

(In thousands)

 

 

                   Stockholders' Equity  
     Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Class A
Common Stock
     Class B
Common Stock
     Treasury Stock      Additional
Paid-In

Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
     Total
Stockholders'

Equity
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount              

Balance — December 31, 2011

     6,996       $ 14,106         101       $ —           11,077       $ 11         (22    $ (367    $ 30,350         $131,168       $ 963       $ 162,125   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options*

     —           —           6         —           161         —           —           —           1,138         —           —           1,138   

Share-based compensation on stock options and issuance of restricted stock awards*

     —           —           9         —           59         —           —           —           5,017         —           —           5,017   

Collections of notes receivable from stockholders*

     —           —           7         —           38         —           —           —           322         —           —           322   

Purchase of treasury stock*

     —           —           —           —           —           —           (69      (799      48         —           —           (751

Interest on stock option loans*

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           150         —           —           150   

Net income*

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           22,518         —           22,518   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax*

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           310         310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance — September 30, 2012

     6,996       $ 14,106         123       $ —           11,335       $ 11         (91    $ (1,166    $ 37,025       $ 153,686       $ 1,273       $ 190,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Unaudited

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statement.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September  30,
 
     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                 (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income

   $ 20,885      $ 44,375      $ 39,055      $ 22,518   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization expense

     12,572        13,992        10,214        13,181   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     269        558        148        120   

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     569        941        459        882   

Provision for warranty costs

     382        804        700        800   

Loss (gain) on property, plant and equipment

     2,821        580        (6     (25

Loss on purchase of leased asset

     4,850        —          —          —     

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —          —          —          859   

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

     (2,230     2,172        —          —     

Stock-based compensation

     6,053        2,221        1,305        5,017   

Excess tax benefits from share-based payments

     —          (147     (130     (23

Other non-cash items

     (7     1        3        84   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (6,958     (8,649     (6,735     (1,360 )  

Inventories

     (2,683     (14,458     (14,498     (12,767

Other current assets

     737        (1,507     (1,347     (307

Accounts payable

     643        2,098        1,300        (525

Accrued payroll and related benefits

     5,125        19,937        1,157        16,263   

Other current liabilities

     829        (452     842        9,270   

Other non-current liabilities

     6,631        (10,427     5,563        685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     50,488        52,039        38,030        54,672   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (46,643     (56,481     (29,502     (62,523

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

     16        9        8        97   

Proceeds from short-term investments

     854        —          —          —     

Purchase of short-term investment

     —          —          —          (3,120

Purchase of long-term investment

     —          —          —          (5,445

Purchase of secured note receivable

     —          (825     —          (1,502

Collections on secured notes receivable

     —          —          —          462   

Issuance of notes receivable to employees and stockholders

     (447     (273     (192     (1,290

Collections on notes receivable from employees and stockholders

     108        189        135        252   

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

     1,785        (1,053     (787     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (44,327     (58,434     (30,338     (73,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     5,607        1,728        1,694        1,119   

Repurchases of common stock

     (2,681     —                 —     

Repurchases of preferred stock

     (118     (201     (201     —     

Purchases of treasury stock

     (15     (352     (57     (751

Amount paid in connection with common stock conversion

     —          (451     (423     —     

Interest on nonrecourse notes receivable from stockholders

     10        314        135        151   

Collections on nonrecourse notes receivable from stockholders

     90        2,500        1,119        376   

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

     7,957        21,400        —          25,592   

Proceeds from long-term debt

     31,271        4,425        4,425        79,200   

Repayments on short-term borrowings

     (2,957     (10,000     (5,000     (18,192

Repayments on long-term debt

     (27,763     (5,276     (3,633     (52,973

Excess tax benefits from share-based payments

     —          147        130        23   

Debt issuance costs

     (409     (40     (43     (1,636
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     10,992        14,194        (1,854     32,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     544        (718     506        773   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     17,697        7,081        6,344        15,285   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     35,092        52,789        52,789        59,870   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 52,789      $ 59,870      $ 59,133      $ 75,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest

   $ 2,262      $ 2,110      $ 1,608      $ 1,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash paid for income taxes

   $ 11,712      $ 16,752      $ 15,909      $ 3,840   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Accrued purchases for property, plant and equipment

   $ 1,535      $ 2,374      $ 3,412      $ 3,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock by cancellation of nonrecourse notes receivable

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options in exchange for nonrecourse notes receivable from stockholders

   $ 7,682      $ 2,393      $ 2,393      $ 1,105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Applied Medical Corporation (the “Company” or “AMC”) is a global medical device company that develops, manufactures and markets medical devices used in surgical procedures in operating rooms and outpatient surgery centers. AMC operates manufacturing, distribution, research and development and administrative facilities in the United States and distribution and administrative facilities in Australia and the Netherlands. The Company sells its products either directly to hospitals and other end users or through distributors in the United States and internationally.

Holding Company Reorganization and Stock Conversion — On August 20, 2010, the Company completed a holding company reorganization. As a result of the reorganization, Applied Medical Resources Corporation, a California corporation, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of AMC, a newly-formed Delaware corporation. Stockholders of Applied Medical Resources Corporation received one share of common stock or preferred stock of AMC for each outstanding share of common stock or preferred stock of Applied Medical Resources Corporation held prior to the reorganization. The certificate of incorporation in Delaware authorized the issuance of 25,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value per share common stock and the issuance of 7,009,998 shares of $0.001 par value per share preferred stock. This reorganization in the State of Delaware is reflected in the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity as of the beginning of fiscal year 2010. As a result, the Company reclassified $15,486 from common stock to additional-paid-in capital as of January 1, 2010. The Company’s business, operations and management did not change as a result of the holding company reorganization.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries: Applied Medical Resources Corporation, Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, Applied Medical Properties I, LLC, Applied Medical Properties II, LLC, Applied Medical International C.V., Applied Medical Australia, Pty, Ltd., Applied Medical Europe BV, Applied Medical Distribution Europe BV, Applied Medical UK Ltd., Applied Medical France SAS, Applied Medical Deutschland GmbH, Applied Medical Mexico SA de CV and Applied Medical Japan K.K. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Estimates and Assumptions — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates relate to the accrual for rebates, chargebacks, sales returns and other allowances, the allowance for doubtful accounts, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, accrued expenses, the valuation of inventory, the amount of direct labor and interest capitalized related to assets under construction, the valuation of common stock and stock-based awards, the valuation of secured notes receivable and the determination of litigation and income tax reserves. The estimation process required to prepare financial statements requires assumptions to be made about future events and conditions and, as such, is inherently subjective and uncertain. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information — The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2012, the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2012 and results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine-month periods are unaudited. The results of the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 or for any other interim period or other future period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and investments with original maturities of less than three months when acquired. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions in the United States, Europe and Australia that are of high credit quality. At December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the cash deposits in foreign bank accounts (including restricted cash) were $40,571, $47,935 and $64,104 (unaudited), respectively. The Company has cash deposits in U.S. financial institutions that exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses on deposits of cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions.

Restricted Cash — Restricted cash consists principally of cash deposits provided in connection with certain operating leases and as a performance guarantee required by certain customers in Europe. The restricted cash as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 is included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets since management expects those cash deposits will be required for a period longer than one year.

Short-term Investments — Short-term investments at September 30, 2012 consist of a certificate-of-deposit which matures within six months from the date of purchase. This investment is carried at cost, which approximates fair value, and is included in other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable consists of amounts due from hospitals, other end users, original equipment manufacturers and distributors. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and granted on an unsecured basis as collateral is not required. Ongoing credit evaluations of the customers’ financial condition are performed. Estimated provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be collected. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by analyzing specific customer accounts and assessing the risk of uncollectability based on insolvency, disputes, current economic trends and changes in customer payment trends or other collection issues. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when management determines that it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. Historical credit losses recognized by the Company have not exceeded management’s estimates.

Inventories — Inventories consist of finished goods, work-in-process, and raw materials including components which are semi-finished goods. Product inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method (which approximates first-in, first-out) and includes material, labor and overhead. Management periodically reviews inventory for excess

 

F-10


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

quantities and obsolescence by evaluating quantities on hand, physical condition, technical functionality and anticipated customer demand for current products and new product introductions. Based on these evaluations, inventory is adjusted with a corresponding provision to cost of revenues.

Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized while routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 25 years for buildings and improvements; 3 to 8 years for software; 1 to 7 years for tools, molds and equipment; 3 to 10 years for office furniture and fixtures; and 2 to 5 years for computer equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, the related cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss on the sale or retirement is recognized in income from operations.

Intangible Assets — Intangible assets consist of acquired customer relationships, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 10 years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets — Long-lived assets and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured based on a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated from the asset. If the asset is deemed impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset, which is based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset.

Long-Term Investments — The Company’s investment in equity securities of other public companies, which is included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, is classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair market value based on quoted market prices, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in the determination of other comprehensive (loss) income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, if any, on available-for-sale securities are included in earnings. Upon sale of the investment, the cost will be determined by the specific identification method.

Fair Value Measurements — U.S. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of input, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

 

• Level 1 –    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
• Level 2 –    Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
• Level 3 –    Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Pursuant to current authoritative guidance, entities are allowed an irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for specified financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis.

Treasury Stock — The Company accounts for treasury stock using the cost method and includes treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity.

Revenue Recognition — The Company derives revenues from various sources including direct sales to end user hospitals, other direct customers, sales to domestic and international distributors and sales to original equipment manufacturers. Domestic and international distributors will resell the products to end user hospitals and other customers in their assigned territories. Revenue is recognized when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company records revenue from product sales when title and risk of ownership have been transferred to the customer, which is typically upon delivery to the customer. When collectability is not reasonably assured, the recognition of revenue is deferred until payment is received as long as the remaining revenue recognition criteria are met.

Customers do not have a general right of return for credit or refund on product sales; however, the Company allows customers to return product upon approval within 30 days from original sale. The Company estimates and accrues for these returns as a reduction of product revenues and accounts receivable based on historical return rates. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company’s reserve for product returns totaled $461, $525 and $444 (unaudited), respectively.

The Company also sells certain products under an arrangement in which the end user hospitals participate in clinical product evaluations. The terms and conditions for these arrangements provide for customer return provisions which generally range from 30 to 90 days from the initial delivery of the product under evaluation. Due to the nature of the clinical product evaluations, the Company’s level of continuing involvement subsequent to delivery can be significant, and therefore, revenue recognition is deferred on these clinical product evaluations until the evaluation period is complete. Deferred revenue related to evaluation sales was $1,366, $447 and $460 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively, and is included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Certain domestic distributors purchase products at specified distributor pricing and then resell the products to end user hospitals which may have separate pricing agreements with the Company or are members of group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) which have contracts with the Company. In those situations when distributor prices are higher than the end user hospital contracted prices, the Company provides discounts or charge-backs to these distributors for the excess of the distributor prices above the end user hospital prices. The Company provides allowances for the estimated discounts or charge-backs at the time of sale as a reduction to product revenues and accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company has accrued charge-backs of $4,301, $4,781 and $4,215 (unaudited), respectively. Based on direct sales and distributor sales made to hospitals which are members of a GPO, the Company is required to pay administrative fees to the GPO with respect to products covered by the GPO agreement. These fees are recorded as a reduction to product revenues and an increase to accrued expenses at the time of sale. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company has accrued administrative fees to GPOs of $540, $689 and $671 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The Company receives royalties in connection with licensing arrangements for which it is not able to reasonably estimate when products using the licensed technology are sold by the licensee to an end user. Accordingly, royalty revenue is recognized as cash is received from the licensee. One of these licensing agreements, which expired on January 31, 2012, granted a non-exclusive worldwide license to the licensee to manufacture and sell medical devices using the Company’s patented technology. Under this arrangement, the Company recorded royalties aggregating $9,345, $10,611, $8,503 (unaudited) and $2,924 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs — All shipping and handling costs charged to customers are recorded as product revenue, and the associated freight costs are expensed as incurred and recorded as cost of revenues.

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities — Taxes assessed by governmental authorities including sales and value-added taxes are presented on a net basis. Accordingly, these taxes are excluded from product revenue and included as accrued expenses within other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising — Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Advertising costs were $148, $173, $130 (unaudited) and $184 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Research and Development — Research and development includes personnel costs, material costs, depreciation and amortization on the associated tangible assets and facility costs which are directly related to research and development activities. These costs are expensed as incurred.

Once a product in development is released for sale and distribution, the Company transfers all of the existing engineering finished goods and components into inventory with a zero cost. All costs incurred to manufacture the inventory subsequent to the release date are recorded as inventory and charged to cost of revenues.

Product Warranty — A majority of the Company’s products are intended for single use and therefore, require limited product warranty accruals. The Company does not have a specified warranty period for its products; however, it will generally accept defective products which are returned within 60 days. Estimated warranty costs are accrued based primarily on historical warranty claims experience and recorded to cost of revenues at the time products are sold.

A summary of the warranty accrual is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
         2010             2011             2011             2012      
                 (unaudited)  

Warranty accrual — beginning of period

   $ 215      $ 101      $ 101      $ 255   

Provision for warranty costs

     382        804        700        800   

Warranty claims

     (496     (650     (515     (506
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warranty accrual — end of period

   $ 101      $ 255      $ 286      $ 549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Stock-Based Compensation — The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to officers, employees, consultants and non-employee directors based on estimated fair values on the date of grant. Stock-based awards consist of stock options and restricted stock. Additionally, as further discussed in Note 12, the Company accepts notes receivable as consideration for stock to be issued upon exercise of stock options. Notes receivable from stockholders are accounted for as nonrecourse loans. For accounting purposes, the nonrecourse notes are accounted for as the grant of new stock options. The estimated fair values of the newly-granted stock options are recognized as compensation expense on the issuance date of the nonrecourse note. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award as determined using an acceptable option-pricing model and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period (vesting period), net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the value of stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based awards and nonrecourse notes receivable used to exercise stock options. The fair value of restricted stock is based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant dates requires considerable judgment, including estimating the risk-free interest rate, expected option term, stock price volatility and dividend yield. Management develops estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly over time. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury notes as of the grant date with a term approximating the expected life of the options. The Company utilizes the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all options to calculate the expected option life. The expected stock price volatility is based on historical volatility of similar companies that are public and compete in the medical device industry. The use of this peer data to determine expected volatility will continue until sufficient information regarding volatility of the Company’s share price is available and reliable. The Company has not historically declared dividends and therefore, the estimated annual dividend yield is 0%. See Note 12 for the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards.

Income Taxes — Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the applicable tax rates. Management evaluates the need to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on positive and negative evidence including past operating results, forecasted future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets is established when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the effective tax rate on future earnings.

The Company records a liability for potential tax assessments based on its estimate of the potential exposure. New tax laws and new interpretations of laws and rulings by tax authorities may affect the liability for potential tax assessments. Due to the subjectivity and complex nature of the underlying issues, actual payments or assessments may differ from estimates. To the extent the Company’s estimates differ from actual payments or assessments, income tax expense is adjusted.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The Company applies the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes. This guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosures and transition of uncertain tax positions. For these tax benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company accrues for interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions in its provision for income tax expense.

Foreign Currency Transaction Gains and Losses — The Company’s foreign subsidiaries utilize the local currency as their functional currency. The accounts of the foreign subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars using the current exchange rate at the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and rates that approximate the average exchange rate for the period for revenues and expenses. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains (losses) were $233, $(694), $(103) (unaudited) and $(675) (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Comprehensive Income — Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity other than those with stockholders and consists of net income, unrealized gains or losses on certain holdings of publicly-traded equity securities and foreign currency translation adjustments. Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they primarily relate to indefinite investments in foreign subsidiaries.

Reclassifications — Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

Concentration of Major Customers — The Company is subject to a concentration of credit risk with respect to its accounts receivable, all of which are due from hospitals, other end users, original equipment manufacturers and distributors throughout the U.S. and other countries. Approximately 10% and 20% of accounts receivables as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, consisted of amounts due from a domestic distributor, which was the Company’s largest customer until it gave notice in April 2012 and terminated its distribution agreement with the Company effective June 30, 2012. This customer accounted for 13%, 13% and 13% (unaudited) of total revenues during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 or accounts receivable as of September 30, 2012.

Segment Reporting — Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company considers its business to be a single reportable segment — the manufacture and sale of medical devices. The Company’s products generally share similar distribution channels and customers. The Company designs, manufactures, packages, distributes and sells medical, surgical, and patient care devices. The Company sells a broad range of products either directly to hospitals or to other end users or through distributors in the United States and internationally. The Company’s chief operating decision making group is comprised of its chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and the group presidents of the Company.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The Company’s chief operating decision making group evaluates the various global product portfolios on a product revenue basis. The Company’s chief operating decision making group evaluates profitability and associated investments on an enterprise-wide basis.

The Company’s revenues from external customers by product lines are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2010         2011         2011         2012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                   (unaudited)  

Surgical access devices

   $ 187,735       $ 232,671       $ 169,097       $ 182,093   

Surgical instruments

     57,857         77,940         56,169         65,788   

Other products

     26,218         27,842         20,705         22,722   

Royalties and licensing

     10,365         11,631         9,269         3,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 282,175       $ 350,084       $ 255,240       $ 273,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s revenues by geographical area are attributed to countries based on the location of the customer. A summary of revenues and property, plant and equipment by geographical area is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
 
     2010      2011      2011      2012  
                   (unaudited)  

Revenues

           

United States of America

   $ 182,701       $ 217,155       $ 160,641       $ 164,724   

International

    
99,474
  
     132,929         94,599         108,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 282,175       $ 350,084       $ 255,240       $ 273,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Property, plant and equipment

        

United States of America

   $ 122,176       $ 155,315       $ 196,270   

International

     407         8,625         17,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 122,583       $ 163,940       $ 214,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income Per Share — Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is calculated in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Under the two-class method, companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

such securities to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company are deemed as participating securities. Dividends must be calculated for the participating security on undistributed earnings and are a reduction in the net income attributable to common stockholders. The Company’s series of redeemable convertible preferred stock are participating securities, as they have the right to non-cumulative dividends, should dividends be declared on common stock, and as such the related number of outstanding shares of preferred stock has been excluded from the computation of basic net income per share.

The Company’s shares of common stock subject to repurchase resulting from the early exercise of employee stock options and the shares underlying the nonrecourse notes receivable are also considered participating securities, as they have the right to nonforfeitable dividends, should dividends be declared on the common stock and are therefore included in the basic weighted-average common shares outstanding. The restricted stock issued, whether vested or unvested, has a right to receive or participate in nonforfeitable dividends, as declared by the Company. Accordingly, the unvested restricted stock has been included in the basic weighted-average common shares outstanding.

Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method. The Company does not include potentially dilutive shares in the computation of diluted net income per common share for periods in which the result would be anti-dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands, except per share information):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                

(unaudited)

 

Numerator:

        

Net income, as reported

   $ 20,885      $ 44,375      $ 39,055      $ 22,518   

Net income attributable to preferred stockholders

     (9,218     (17,278     (15,135     (8,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 11,667      $ 27,097      $ 23,920      $ 13,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted average number of common shares – Basic

     9,785        11,793        11,690        12,415   

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock options

     116        512        453        230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares – Diluted

     9,901        12,305        12,143        12,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share:

        

Basic

   $ 1.19      $ 2.30      $ 2.05      $ 1.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.18      $ 2.20      $ 1.97      $ 1.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The following weighted-average number of shares issuable upon exercise of stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
        2010             2011             2011             2012      
                (unaudited)  

Stock options

    2,654        556        307        2,003   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU No. 09-13”). ASU No. 09-13 modifies the requirements that must be met for an entity to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a multiple-element arrangement when other items have not yet been delivered. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2011. The Company did not enter into any revenue arrangements subject to this new guidance during 2011 and, therefore, the implementation of this new guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU No. 10-06”). ASU No. 10-06 expands the interim and annual disclosure requirements of fair value measurements, including the information about transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and requires additional disclosure regarding purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of Level 3 measurements, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 10-06 for Level 1 and Level 2 effective January 1, 2010 and for Level 3 measurements effective January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (“ASU No. 11-04”). ASU No. 11-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). ASU No. 11-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 11-04 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted, but no earlier than for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 11-04 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU No. 11-05”). ASU No. 11-05 requires entities to present net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. The new standard eliminates the option to present items of other comprehensive income in the statement of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

changes in equity or in the notes to the financial statements. The new requirements do not change which components of comprehensive income are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income, or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The Company elected to present a single continuous statement of comprehensive income.

 

3. INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials and components

   $ 6,467       $ 15,634       $ 19,368   

Work-in-process

     2,312         3,141         2,921   

Finished goods

     6,050         9,425         17,778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,829       $ 28,200       $ 40,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Land

   $ 30,933      $ 44,106      $ 56,633   

Buildings and improvements

     78,281        96,678        132,424   

Software

     4,708        6,563        7,261   

Tools, molds and equipment

     56,866        65,205        78,699   

Office furniture and fixtures

     7,247        7,808        9,482   

Computer equipment

     4,403        5,754        6,075   

Construction in progress

     4,395        14,683        12,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     186,833        240,797        303,086   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (64,250     (76,857     (88,829
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 122,583      $ 163,940      $ 214,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $12,447, $13,804, $10,076 (unaudited) and $12,977 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The Company capitalized $244, $361, $227 (unaudited) and $342 (unaudited) of interest and $2,763, $3,204, $2,339 (unaudited) and $2,507 (unaudited) of labor costs related to assets under construction during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

In May 2011, the Company’s subsidiary, Applied Medical Europe BV (“AME”) acquired real property in Amersfoort, Netherlands, for a purchase price of $3,800 which was paid by the Company in cash. AME completed the construction of office and warehouse facilities on this land in the third quarter of 2012. As of September 30, 2012, the total cost of construction was $13,506 (unaudited), which

 

F-19


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

included $365 (unaudited) of capitalized interest, which is included in buildings and improvements. The Company has also committed to purchase land adjacent to the facilities for $2,200 (unaudited) in February 2013.

During 2011, the Company purchased four industrial facilities in Orange County, California for an aggregate purchase price of $22,455, which was paid from available cash and borrowings under existing credit facilities.

In January 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a manufacturing system for $4,100 (unaudited) based on the achievement of various milestones. As of September 30, 2012, the Company has incurred $1,640 (unaudited) related to the achievement of the milestones, which is included in construction in progress.

In the first nine months of 2012, the Company acquired four industrial facilities in Rancho Santa Margarita, California for an aggregate purchase price of $29,206 (unaudited). The aggregate purchase price and related transaction costs were paid from available cash and an existing credit facility.

In November 2012, the Company acquired an industrial facility in Rancho Santa Margarita, California for an aggregate purchase price of $2,130 (unaudited), which was paid from available cash and an existing credit facility.

The Company recorded losses related to its construction projects in progress in the amount of $151, $229, $0 (unaudited) and $0 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. These charges, which were recorded to research and development expenses, relate primarily to tools, molds and equipment which were being constructed for internal use. In addition, losses of $4,850 incurred in connection with the acquisition of a leased facility, representing the difference between the purchase price and the estimated fair value of the facility on the acquisition date, and $2,552 incurred in connection with the reconfiguration of a manufacturing facility, were recorded to selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

5. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Short-term investments

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,123   

Deposits

     781         896         873   

Receivables from stockholders and employees

     208         290         609   

Prepaid income and other taxes

     1,937         1,204         1,176   

Prepaid expenses

     1,752         3,195         3,557   

Other receivables

     437         1,046         1,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,115       $ 6,631       $ 10,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Restricted cash

   $ 945       $ 1,893       $ 1,887   

Deposits and prepaid expenses

     —           924         1,206   

Deferred tax assets

     2,377         1,075         1,229   

Secured notes receivable

     —           825         1,865   

Receivables from stockholders and employees

     285         321         1,061   

Intangible assets, net

     212         141         91   

Long-term investments

     —           —           4,752   

Other non-current assets

     10         9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,829       $ 5,188       $ 12,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets consist of acquired customer relationships. Amortization expense on intangible assets was $64, $72, $54 (unaudited) and $54 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and accumulated amortization amounted to $496, $564 and $637 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. Estimated amortization expense on intangible assets will be approximately $18 during the quarter ending December 31, 2012 and $73 during the year ending December 31, 2013.

In December 2011, the Company purchased a promissory note secured by a junior deed of trust on an industrial facility from an unrelated party for a purchase price of $825. The outstanding principal amount of this note as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 is $1,242 and $1,083 (unaudited), respectively, and bears interest at the rate of 5.436% per annum. In January 2012, the Company purchased another promissory note secured by a senior deed of trust on the same industrial facility from an unrelated party for a purchase price of $1,502 (unaudited). The outstanding principal amount of this note as of September 30, 2012 is $1,335 (unaudited) and bears interest at the rate of 6.09% per annum. These purchases were made from available cash.

These promissory notes are carried at the Company’s cost and are included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012. The Company intends to acquire title to this industrial facility by foreclosure or other means. Collections of $462 (unaudited) were received during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which were recorded against the carrying amount of the promissory notes, and brought both the promissory notes current as of September 30, 2012. The Company has not recognized any income on collections received against these promissory notes due to the future uncertainty of collections and, as a result, the Company will defer the recognition of any gain or income, as appropriate, until the acquisition of the property is completed. Management has evaluated these promissory notes for impairment and has concluded that the fair value of the collateral underlying the notes receivable is not less than the carrying cost of the related notes receivable at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012. Accordingly, no impairment has been recorded against the promissory notes at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

In determining whether to consolidate a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in which the Company has an interest, the Company’s policy is to consider whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE as a result of a controlling financial interest in the VIE. A controlling financial interest in a VIE exists if the Company has both the power to direct the VIE’s activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and an economic interest in the VIE, which could be in the form of the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. As a result of purchasing these promissory notes, the Company holds a variable interest in the entity that owns the property secured by the senior and junior trust deeds; however, the Company is not its primary beneficiary as it does not have the power to direct the VIE’s activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and therefore did not consolidate this entity in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The accounting for these promissory notes requires considerable judgment, and significant assumptions were estimated by management. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions used are reasonable.

In February 2012, the Company invested $5,445 (unaudited) in Cardica, Inc. (“Cardica”) in exchange for an approximate 9% ownership share in this publicly traded company. This investment was paid from available cash. As of September 30, 2012, the Company has recorded unrealized losses on this investment of $449 (unaudited), net of taxes of $244 (unaudited), in the determination of other comprehensive income. Cardica designs and manufactures proprietary stapling and anastomotic devices for cardiac and other surgical procedures. On September 28, 2012, Cardica filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC, including its audited financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2012. The audit report on Cardica’s financial statements included an explanatory paragraph highlighting substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

Other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                  

(unaudited)

 

Deferred licensing and other revenue

   $ 2,387       $ 575       $ 472   

Income and other taxes payable

     1,873         2,743         11,170   

Accrued legal contingency (Note 10)

     5,660         5,847         5,990   

Accrued expenses

     2,814         3,800         5,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,734       $ 12,965       $ 22,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Other non-current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred tax liabilities

   $ 2,821       $ 10,831       $ 10,573   

Liability for unrecognized tax benefits

     5,074         2,340         3,186   

Accrued long-term bonuses (Note 6)

     7,100         —           —     

Other non-current liabilities

     862         1,066         1,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,857       $ 14,237       $ 14,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Eligible participants may elect to contribute to the Plan through tax-deferred salary deductions of up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to maximum annual limits as set by the Internal Revenue Service. Contributions made by the Company to the Plan are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The Company matches 25% of the employee elective contributions, subject to a 2% limitation on the participant’s gross compensation. All matching contributions vest immediately for participants employed on the last day of the Plan year. The Company’s matching contributions were approximately $243, $293, $219 (unaudited) and $237 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted a Long-Term Strategic Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). The Bonus Plan provides for the establishment of bonus pools for executives and team members contingent on achieving certain performance objectives over a defined period. The Applied Participation Points Program has been established with two initial award schedules under the Bonus Plan, covering a three-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2010 and ending on December 31, 2012 (the “2010-2012 APP Program”). Performance objectives for the 2010-2012 APP Program are based on aggregate revenues and aggregate operating income, subject to certain adjustments for excluded expenses, during the three-year performance period. The 2010-2012 APP Program provided for an aggregate bonus pool of up to $16,000, if the Company achieves the targeted performance objectives, with additional amounts potentially payable if the Company’s actual achievement exceeds the performance objectives. The Company has accrued $7,100 included in other non-current liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and $19,222 and $30,149 (unaudited) included in accrued payroll and related benefits as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively, relating to the 2010-2012 APP Program in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In November 2012, the Company paid $33,317 (unaudited) under the 2010-2012 APP Program.

On August 9, 2012, two new award schedules were established for The Applied Participation Points Program under the Bonus Plan, covering a three-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2015 (the “2013-2015 APP Program”). Performance objectives for the new award schedules remain based on aggregate revenues and aggregate operating income, subject to certain adjustments for excluded expenses, during the three-year performance

 

F-23


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

period. The 2013-2015 APP Program provides for an aggregate bonus pool of up to $35,625, payable in March 2016, if the Company achieves the targeted performance objectives, with additional amounts potentially payable if the Company’s actual achievement exceeds the performance objectives.

 

7. INCOME TAXES

Income before income taxes was generated from operations as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2011  
               

United States

   $ 26,489       $ 54,832   

International

     4,205         6,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 30,694       $ 61,537   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011  
              

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 9,484      $ 12,703   

State

     995        820   

Foreign

     1,560        1,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12,039        14,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (1,014     506   

State

     (1,121     1,661   

Foreign

     (95     5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,230     2,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 9,809      $ 17,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Deferred revenue

   $ 422      $ 1,868   

Tax credit carryforwards

     4,298        5,461   

Inventory adjustments

     746        1,110   

Accrued royalties

     1,055        728   

Accrued vacation

     1,142        1,286   

Foreign tax credits

     579        —     

Deferred compensation

     2,897        7,282   

Share-based compensation

     415        —     

Net operating loss carryforwards

     332        230   

Capitalized research and development costs

     97        28   

Accrued legal contingency

     2,168        2,127   

Other

     1,037        900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     15,188        21,020   

Valuation allowance

     (2,654     (5,082
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     12,534        15,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     (5,450     (9,667

Share-based compensation

     —          (1,468

Other

     (156     (84
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (5,606     (11,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 6,928      $ 4,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management considered all available evidence under existing tax law and anticipated expiration of tax statutes and determined that a valuation allowance of $2,654 and $5,082 was required as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, for those deferred tax assets that are not expected to provide future tax benefits. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2010 decreased by $1,923 from the prior year, of which $1,552 ($1,009 net of federal benefit) is attributable to the recognition of state deferred tax assets based on the Company’s expectations with respect to future profitability. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2011 has increased by $2,428 over the prior year, which is attributable to the Company’s current expectations as to the extent California research and development credits will be able to be used in the future.

The Company has not provided for federal or state income taxes on $13,372 of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries accumulated through December 31, 2011 because these earnings are intended to be reinvested in the foreign subsidiaries indefinitely. However, foreign tax credits would likely be available to reduce federal income taxes in the event of distribution.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Differences between the provision for income tax at the U.S. federal statutory rate and the provision for income taxes in the consolidated income statements are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011  
              

Income taxes computed at statutory rate

   $ 10,743      $ 21,538   

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

    

State taxes — net of federal benefit

     927        2,116   

Uncertain tax positions

     (40     (2,140

Research and development credits

     (1,747     (1,910

Share-based compensation

     1,649        476   

Foreign rate differences

     (489     (502

Domestic production activities deduction

     (1,134     (1,945

Valuation allowance

     (1,009     —     

Nondeductible tax expenses

     1,225        (363

Nondeductible expenses related to the initial public offering

     —          547   

Other

     (316     (655
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 9,809      $ 17,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2011 of approximately $1,387 and $502, respectively. If not utilized, the state net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2019 and the foreign net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2015. Additionally, as of December 31, 2011, the Company has approximately $5,383 of California research and development tax credits available for use in future tax periods which may be carried forward indefinitely.

The provision for income taxes was $17,162 and $9,809, or 28% and 32% of income before taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The lower effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the prior year, was primarily due to an increase of research tax credits of $1,337 in 2011 and the release of a liability for uncertain tax positions of $2,140 related to foreign net operating losses, offset by anticipated income in jurisdictions in which the Company does business with different effective tax rates.

The provision for income taxes was $15,357 (unaudited) and $12,566 (unaudited), or 28% and 36% of income before taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The higher effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as compared to the same period of the prior year, was primarily due to the federal research and development tax credits, which were not reinstated in the first nine months of 2012, an increase in income of certain foreign subsidiaries subject to U.S. taxation and non-deductible expenses related to the initial public offering, as discussed in Note 12.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was $5,376, $3,207 and $4,247 (unaudited), respectively. These liabilities could be reduced by tax benefits associated with the correlative effects of potential transfer pricing adjustments, state income taxes and timing adjustments in the aggregate amount of

 

F-26


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

$584 and $733 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. The remaining amounts of $2,623 and $3,514 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively, if recognized, would favorably affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Gross unrecognized tax benefit at beginning of year

   $ 4,955      $ 5,376   

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     308       
—  
  

Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years

     —          (14 )  

Gross increases for tax positions of current year

     1,040        2,669   

Settlements

     —          (3,149

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (927     (1,675
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefit at end of year

   $ 5,376      $ 3,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in its provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had accrued $570 and $329, respectively, of interest and penalties (net of tax benefits of $72 and $48, respectively) related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. The primary non-federal jurisdictions are Australia and the Netherlands. The Company’s income tax returns are being examined by various tax authorities in several jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and non-U.S. income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years prior to 2007.

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit with respect to certain unrecognized tax positions will significantly change within the next 12 months due to the expiration of statutes of limitation and audit settlements. As of December 31, 2011, management estimates that the decrease in unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months will total approximately $333.

 

8. DEBT

On March 14, 2011, the Company’s subsidiaries, Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (the “Borrowers”) entered into a Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with Citibank, N.A. (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility establishes a revolving line of credit of up to $20,000, of which up to $10,000 is available for the issuance of letters of credit. Borrowings under the Credit Facility may be used for working capital and other corporate purposes. Interest on borrowings under the Credit Facility will be determined based upon the Company’s choice of either 30-Day London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.75% or prime rate minus 1.10%. The Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain certain financial covenants and contains customary limitations on the Borrowers to incur liens or indebtedness, make investments, merge with or acquire other companies, or pay dividends. The Borrowers’ obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by the Borrowers’ accounts receivable and inventory. This Credit Facility was terminated on April 17, 2012 and replaced by the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as discussed below.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

On April 17, 2012, the Company and the Borrowers entered into a credit agreement for a new senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of (1) a $35,000 revolving credit facility, (2) a $50,000 term loan facility, and (3) a $65,000 delayed draw term loan facility. The Senior Secured Credit Facility includes an “accordion” feature by which the Borrowers may request, subject to approval of the required lenders, to increase the lenders’ commitment by up to $75,000, of which $15,000 may be applied to the revolving credit facility. The proceeds from the $50,000 term loan were used to refinance substantially all of the Borrowers’ existing indebtedness, other than one mortgage note payable with a principal amount outstanding of $18,356 (unaudited) as of September 30, 2012. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are available for working capital needs and general corporate purposes, including the issuance of up to $15,000 of letters of credit. Delayed draw term loans are available for the financing of equipment and real property purchases and related capital expenditures and, subject to certain conditions, future potential share repurchases. The Senior Secured Credit Facility will mature in April 2017. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of the applicable margin of 0.5% to 2.25% (determined on the basis of the Company’s total leverage ratio, as defined), plus, at the Borrowers’ option, either LIBOR or an alternate base rate, as defined. In addition, the Borrowers are required to pay commitment fees, letter of credit fees and certain other fees and expenses to the arranger and agents for providing the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Borrowers to maintain certain financial covenants and contains customary limitations on the Borrowers’ ability to incur liens or indebtedness, make investments and capital expenditures, merge with or acquire other companies, or pay dividends. The Borrowers’ obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company and by all existing and future domestic subsidiaries. Obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in all of the capital stock of the Borrowers and each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries (limited, in the case of each foreign subsidiary, to the pledge of 66% of its equity interests) and all other existing and future assets of the Borrowers and their subsidiaries, excluding foreign subsidiaries and excluding certain real property located in Irvine, California. The Company incurred $1,636 (unaudited) in debt issuance costs in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Facility, of which $979 (unaudited) was capitalized and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. In April 2012, the Company recognized $859 (unaudited) as a loss on early extinguishment of debt resulting from the above discussed refinancing, which was completed based on substantially different terms from the refinanced indebtedness.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Debt consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (unaudited)  

Mortgage note payable (net of debt issuance costs of $187, $120 and $70 (unaudited), respectively) to bank in monthly installments of $245 and a balloon payment of $16,587 due at maturity in October 2013; interest at a fixed rate of 6.59%; secured by administrative offices and a warehouse facility in Irvine, California.

   $ 20,990      $ 19,483      $ 18,286   

Term loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility (net of debt issuance costs of $867 (unaudited)), payable to banks in quarterly installments of $980 and a balloon payment of $30,400 due at maturity in April 2017; interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 1.75% (2.48% at September 30, 2012).

     —          —          48,153   

Delayed draw term loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility (net of debt issuance costs of $23 (unaudited)), payable to banks in various quarterly installments starting in December 2012; interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 1.75% (1.97% at September 30, 2012)

     —          —          25,577   

Revolving line of credit under the Senior Secured Credit Facility in the total amount of $35,000, interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 1.75% (1.97% at September 30, 2012)

     —          —          7,400   

Note payable (net of debt issuance costs of $15, $8 and $0 (unaudited), respectively) to lender in monthly installments of $230 and a balloon payment of $2,153 due at maturity in June 2013; terminated in April 2012

     8,820        6,111       
—  
  

Mortgage note payable (net of debt issuance costs of $108, $84 and $0 (unaudited), respectively) to bank in quarterly installments of $112 and a balloon payment of $6,805 due at maturity in July 2015; terminated in April 2012

     8,705        8,283       
—  
  

Mortgage note payable (net of debt issuance costs of $99, $85 and $0 (unaudited), respectively) to bank in monthly installments of $62 and a balloon payment of $8,658 due at maturity in January 2018; terminated in April 2012

     12,276        11,824       
—  
  

Mortgage note payable (net of debt issuance costs of $0, $37 and $0 (unaudited), respectively) to bank in monthly installments of $22 and a balloon payment of $3,087 due at maturity in July 2018; terminated in April 2012

     —          4,314       
—  
  

Revolving line of credit agreement in the total amount of $5,000; terminated in March 2012

     5,000        —          —     

Revolving line of credit agreement in the total amount of $20,000; terminated in April 2012

     —          16,400       
—  
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     55,791        66,415        99,416   

Less: short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt

     (9,738     (5,646     (15,838
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 46,053      $ 60,769      $ 83,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount outstanding under the revolving line of credit as of September 30, 2012 is included in short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In November 2012, the Company borrowed an additional $3,500 (unaudited) under the delayed draw term loan facility. In January 2013, the Company borrowed $5,000 (unaudited) under the senior secured revolving credit facility.

The short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt have been reclassified as of December 31, 2011 to give effect to the above discussed refinancing under the Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of September 30, 2012. The Senior Secured Credit Facility includes covenants limiting the aggregate amount of capital expenditures the Company may incur in any single calendar year. On September 19, 2012, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Secured Credit Facility which increased the capital expenditure limitation from $75,000 (unaudited) to $100,000 (unaudited) for the year ending December 31, 2012.

At September 30, 2012, the aggregate maturities of debt outstanding, excluding debt issuance costs of $960 (unaudited), are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

   (Unaudited)  

2012 (balance of the year)

   $ 2,685   

2013

     31,560   

2014

     6,236   

2015

     6,236   

2016

     6,236   

Thereafter

     47,423   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,376   
  

 

 

 

 

9. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, restricted cash, long-term investments, secured notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 approximates their fair values due to their short-term maturities.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (at exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair values determined based on Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined based on Level 2 inputs utilize observable quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and observable quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not very active.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Long-term investments consist of available-for-sale investments in publicly-traded equity securities for which market prices are readily available. Unrealized gains or losses on long-term investments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. Secured notes receivable include promissory notes receivable secured by deeds of trust on an industrial facility, as further discussed in Note 5. The fair value of the secured notes receivable is based on the collateral underlying the notes receivable. The following table presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of long-term investments and secured notes receivable as of September 30, 2012:

 

     As of September 30, 2012  
     (unaudited)  

Description

   Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Level 1:

          

Long-term investments

   $ 5,445       $       $ (693   $ 4,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Level 2:

          

Secured notes receivable

   $ 1,865       $       $      $ 1,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2011  

Description

   Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Level 2:

          

Secured notes receivable

   $ 825       $       $      $ 825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any Level 1 financial instruments, other than cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. As of September 30, 2012, the Company did not have any Level 1 financial instruments, other than cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The fair value of long-term debt with fixed interest rates was estimated by discounting the projected cash flows for each instrument using current rates for debt with similar terms and maturities. The current rates used ranged from 2.5% to 4.9% at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, which were based on quotes from bankers or Level 2 inputs.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The carrying value and estimated fair value of long-term debt are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011      September 30, 2012  

Description

   Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
 

Level 2:

           

Long-term debt

   $ 66,415       $ 67,812       $ 99,416       $ 100,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases certain operating and administrative facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through March 2017, except one operating lease that extends for another 25 years. The Company has entered into operating leases for warehouse and distribution facilities in New York in April 2012 and additionally in Georgia in December 2012. Some of these operating leases contain renewal options.

As of September 30, 2012, future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases with a term of more than one year are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

   (Unaudited)  

2012 (balance of the year)

   $ 443   

2013

     1,610   

2014

     991   

2015

     419   

2016

     67   

Thereafter

     404   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,934   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for all operating leases was $3,289, $2,656, $1,983 (unaudited) and $2,155 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Litigation

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims, including employment disputes, disputes on agreements and other commercial matters. In addition, the Company operates in an industry susceptible to significant patent claims and, at any given time, may be involved as either a plaintiff or defendant in one or more patent infringement actions. If a patent infringement claim were to be determined against the Company, it may be required to make significant royalty and other payments or be subject to an injunction or other limitation on its ability to manufacture or distribute one or more products. While it is not feasible to predict the outcome of certain proceedings, based upon experience, current information and applicable law, the Company

 

F-32


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

does not expect any current proceedings to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, one or more of the proceedings could be material to the Company’s business and results of operations in a future period.

In May 2009, the Company filed a complaint against Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. (“Ethicon”) in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, alleging false advertising and unfair competition and tortious interference with prospective economic advantage, relating to the marketing and sale of certain Ethicon trocars. The Company’s complaint included requests for injunctive relief and damages. In July 2009, Ethicon filed an answer to the Company’s complaint, which included counterclaims against the Company alleging similar causes of action. Ethicon subsequently withdrew its counterclaims. In May 2010, the Company and Ethicon reached a confidential settlement agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, Ethicon agreed that it will not advertise or publicly claim in any way certain claims concerning the attributes of its Endopath Xcel Bladeless trocars.

In July 2006, Tyco Healthcare Group LP (“Tyco”) sued the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging that certain of the Company’s trocar products infringed patents owned by Tyco. The lawsuit was expanded in October 2009 to include U.S. Surgical Corp. (“U.S. Surgical”) as an additional plaintiff and to include certain additional trocar products of the Company in the litigation. Tyco and U.S. Surgical seek monetary damages and injunctive relief. The Company contends that the patents asserted by Tyco and U.S. Surgical are invalid or that the Company’s products do not infringe valid claims of the patents. The matter has been divided into two phases, the first involving products no longer manufactured by the Company and the second involving products currently manufactured by the Company. In March 2010, following a jury trial in the first phase of this matter, the jury returned a verdict invalidating two claims of one of the asserted patents and finding that the Company infringed on one claim of the other asserted patent, and awarded damages of $4,810 against the Company. In September 2011, in the second phase of the case, the Court issued a summary judgment that asserted claims of two of the patents were invalid; the Court also allowed claims of two other patents to proceed to trial. In October 2011, a jury returned a verdict of non-infringement and invalidity on all asserted patent claims. The Court has not yet issued a final judgment. The Company intends to appeal the infringement verdict of the first phase to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Accordingly, based on the jury verdict in the first phase of this matter, the Company accrued a loss contingency of approximately $5,660, $5,847 and $5,990 (unaudited), including estimated prejudgment interest of approximately $850, $1,037 and $1,180 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively, which is included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

On May 17, 2011, the Company sued Tyco, d/b/a Covidien, in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, alleging that certain of Tyco’s trocar products infringe a patent owned by the Company. Tyco has asserted counterclaims, including non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability. In March 2012, the Court granted Tyco’s motion for summary judgment of non-infringement but denied Tyco’s motion for summary judgment of patent invalidity. The Court entered a final judgment on April 20, 2012, dismissing the Company’s complaint with prejudice and dismissing Tyco’s counterclaims of invalidity and unenforceability without prejudice. The Company is appealing the non-infringement judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.

On September 13, 2011, the Company sued Tyco, d/b/a Covidien, in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, alleging that certain of Tyco’s single incision surgical access products

 

F-33


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

infringe a patent owned by the Company. Tyco has asserted counterclaims, including non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability.

In February 2012, T. Peter Thomas, a former director affiliated with IVP, exercised vested stock options to purchase 37,950 shares of Class B common stock. On February 16, 2012, the Company exercised its right to repurchase all of such shares at a price per share of $13.05 pursuant to the applicable benefit plans and stock option agreements that govern the terms of Mr. Thomas’ options. The repurchase price reflects the compensation committee’s good faith determination of the fair market value of the Company’s Class B common stock most recently preceding the date Mr. Thomas was removed from the board of directors. The Company’s compensation committee made this determination in accordance with its long-standing equity valuation process for equity transactions under the Company’s stock incentive plans, which also considers stock valuations received from a qualified and independent third party. Mr. Thomas, with the support of IVP, has questioned the determination of the fair market value of the Company’s Class B common stock in connection with the repurchase of these shares. The Company believes that Mr. Thomas’ and IVP’s assertions are without merit. On August 31, 2012, the Company filed a lawsuit against Mr. Thomas and IVP in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Orange, asserting claims against Mr. Thomas and IVP relating to Mr. Thomas’ breach of stock option agreements in connection with the above-described exercise of the Company’s repurchase rights. The Company has asserted claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, conversion and declaratory relief against Mr. Thomas and claims for conversion and aiding and abetting conversion against IVP. The Company seeks damages (including punitive damages) and certain declaratory relief. On September 11, 2012, Mr. Thomas delivered to the Company a stock transfer instrument to complete the transfer of the 37,950 shares of Class B common stock, but reserved the right to continue to challenge the compensation committee’s determination of fair market value and to request additional cash consideration from the Company for the repurchase of his shares. On January 16, 2013, the Court issued an order transferring the case to the Superior Court for the State of California, County of San Mateo. Resolution of this litigation matter to the Company’s satisfaction is expected to be costly and time-consuming and may have additional adverse effects on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations which the Company is unable to predict or quantify at the present time.

On January 4, 2013, Gaya Limited, Covidien LP and Covidien Sales LLC sued the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, asserting claims relating to certain of the Company’s patents and the hand access product market. The plaintiffs seek substitution of inventors on certain of the Company’s patents (or, alternatively, addition of inventors), damages, costs and expenses of litigation, and attorneys’ fees. The Company is not currently able to determine whether there will be a loss, or to reasonably estimate the loss or range of loss, with respect to this matter.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

11. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

The Company has issued six series of preferred stock since its inception (“Preferred Stock”). The number of shares authorized, number of shares issued and outstanding, annual dividend rate per share and liquidation value per share at September 30, 2012 (unaudited) are as follows:

 

Description

  Series A     Series B     Series C     Series D     Series E     Series F     Total  

Shares authorized

    1,886,598        1,341,586        11,690        2,105,210        752,785        912,129        7,009,998   

Shares issued and outstanding

    1,873,198        1,341,586        11,508        2,104,878        752,730        912,069        6,995,969   

Annual dividends per share

    $  0.08        $  0.20        $0.27        $  0.09        $  0.27        $    0.49        —     

Liquidation preference per share

    $  0.90        $  4.54        $4.54        $  1.00        $  6.00        $  12.00        —     

Liquidation preference

    $1,686        $6,091        $   52        $2,105        $4,516        $10,945        $25,395   

Original issuance (year)

    1988        1989        1990        1989        1990        1991        —     

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased and retired 15,629 shares of Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $118, of which $24 was recorded as a reduction to Preferred Stock and $94 was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 13,400 shares of Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $201, of which $12 was recorded as a reduction to Preferred Stock and $189 was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings. No Preferred Stock was repurchased during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to non-cumulative dividends at the annual rates described above when and as declared by the Board of Directors prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any cash dividend on common stock . In the event the Company declares a dividend on common stock, holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though the holders of Preferred Stock were the holders of the same number of shares of common stock. No dividends have been declared or paid as of September 30, 2012.

Holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to certain liquidation preferences which vary by series. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series B, Series C and Series E Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive distributions, prior and in preference to holders of Series A and Series D Preferred Stock and holders of common stock, in an amount equal to the greater of (i) $4.54, $4.54 and $6.00 per share, respectively, plus declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) $2.27, $3.00 and $3.00 per share, respectively, plus declared but unpaid dividends and a residual amount equal to the amount per share such holders would receive following all preferential distributions to holders of preferred stock as if their shares had been converted into shares of common stock. Holders of Series F Preferred Stock would be entitled to a preferential distribution of $12.00 per share, ranking pari passu with the shares of Series B, Series C and Series E Preferred Stock. Thereafter, holders of Series A and Series D Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive distributions, prior and in preference to holders of common stock, in an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends plus the greater of (i) $0.90 and $1.00 per share, respectively, or (ii) the amount such holders would have received had all such shares been converted into common stock. In addition, the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to the liquidation preference described above if there is a change in control through a merger or other corporate reorganization or a substantial disposition or sale of assets. The liquidation preference provisions of Preferred Stock are

 

F-35


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

considered redemption provisions that are not solely within the control of the Company, and therefore Preferred Stock is classified outside of permanent equity.

The holders of Preferred Stock, at any time, may convert such stock on a one-for-one basis into shares of common stock. The conversion rates for the Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock are subject to adjustment in certain circumstances as described in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The conversion rate for the Series F Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment upon the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offering and sale of any common stock, if the issue price of such common stock in the underwritten public offering is less than $12.00 per share. In this event, upon the closing of the underwritten public offering the conversion rate of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be adjusted such that each share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible into that number of shares of Class B common stock or fractions thereof which has a minimum value of $12.00 per share.

Each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock upon (i) the consummation of the sale of any common stock, whether for the account of the Company or any of the Company’s stockholders, in a firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which is not less than $9.00 per share (adjusted to reflect subsequent stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations) and $10,000 in the aggregate, or (ii) either the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, approved by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or the conversion into shares of common stock, at the option of the holders thereof, of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 

12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock and Voting Agreement

On December 1, 2010, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to implement a dual class common stock structure and to increase the authorized number of shares of common stock to 50,000,000 shares from 25,000,000 shares. As a result of this amendment, the Company’s common stock is now divided into two classes, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each having 25,000,000 authorized shares. The Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share, and the Class B Common Stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof. In all other respects, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are treated equally. As of the effective date of the amendment, each of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock has been reclassified as one share of Class B Common Stock. Each outstanding share of Preferred Stock is now convertible into one share of Class B Common Stock, and is entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock is convertible. The outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock are now options to purchase shares of Class B Common Stock on the same terms and conditions.

In February 2011, a group of officers, directors and employees of the Company and other stockholders entered into a Voting Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which participating stockholders granted irrevocable proxies to a Voting Committee consisting of three executive officers

 

F-36


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

of the Company, granting them the right to vote all of the stockholders’ shares of capital stock of the Company during the term of the Voting Agreement. As of September 30, 2012, 10,051,342 shares (unaudited) of Class B Common Stock, 10,150 shares (unaudited) of Class A Common Stock and 185,961 shares (unaudited) of Preferred Stock were subject to the Voting Agreement, representing approximately 53% (unaudited) of the combined voting power of the Company’s capital stock. The original term of the Voting Agreement was scheduled to expire in February 2014. In June 2012, the Voting Agreement was amended and restated by stockholders holding approximately 97% of the voting power of the shares represented by the Voting Agreement, in accordance with its terms. The term of the amended and restated Voting Agreement was extended for a five year period to June 30, 2017. Stockholders party to the Voting Agreement who consented to the amended and restated voting agreement also agreed to a provision which will result in the conversion of their shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock upon a sale, transfer or other disposition of their shares of Class B common stock, with certain exceptions for permitted transfers.

Beginning in August 2011, holders of 150,745 shares of Class B Common Stock, including 37,011 shares issued for exercise of options that included an early exercise feature and 22,448 shares exercised through nonrecourse notes receivable, accepted the Company’s offer to voluntarily convert their shares into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The Company paid cash consideration in connection with this conversion offer in the aggregate amount of $451, which was recorded as a reduction to retained earnings.

Initial Public Offering

On November 14, 2011, the Company filed a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a demand of a venture capital investor under an Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement. The registration statement, as originally filed, covered the proposed public offering of 6,405,747 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock by selling stockholders. In June 2012, the selling stockholders confirmed instructions to change the proposed public offering and resulting capital structure by reducing the number of shares to be sold, changing the class of shares sold from Class A Common Stock to Class B Common Stock and to add additional selling stockholders. At the request of the selling stockholders, the registration statement has been amended to cover the proposed public offering of 729,728 shares of Class B common stock for sale by the selling stockholders. The registration statement does not cover any shares to be sold on behalf of the Company, and the Company will not receive any proceeds from sales of shares by selling stockholders. The registration statement has not been declared effective as of February 13, 2013.

Repurchases of Common Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased and retired 371,995 shares of Class B Common stock for a cash consideration of $2,681. There was no compensation expense recorded in connection with these common stock repurchases.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company repurchased 748 shares, 16,692 shares and 66,469 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class B Common Stock and none, 4,906 shares and 1,707 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class A Common Stock for total consideration of $15, $352 and $799 (unaudited), respectively, which are recorded as treasury stock.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Stock Incentive Plans

A summary of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans is presented below.

The 1988 and 1998 Stock Incentive Plans — Under the 1988 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1988 Plan”) and 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1998 Plan” and collectively with the 1988 Plan, the “Prior Plans”), the Company was authorized to grant stock options and rights to acquire up to 5,163,009 shares and 6,325,036 shares, respectively, of common stock. The 1988 Plan and the 1998 Plan expired by their terms on October 28, 1998 and October 29, 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, stock options to purchase 1,058,312 shares and 872,402 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class B Common Stock had been granted and remain outstanding under the 1998 Plan and there were no stock options available for grant under these Prior Plans.

The 2008 Stock Incentive Plan — Under the Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) adopted on December 19, 2008, the Company was authorized to grant awards of stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights to purchase up to 2,761,426 shares of common stock to eligible officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants. This share amount is subject to increase for outstanding awards under the 1998 Plan that terminate prior to exercise or shares that are forfeited. The 2008 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors which has sole discretion and authority to determine which eligible participants will receive stock options, when stock options will be granted and the terms and conditions of stock options granted. Effective October 18, 2011, the 2008 Plan was further amended and restated to increase the number of authorized shares to be granted under this Plan to 5,761,426 shares of common stock. In addition, the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the 2008 Plan will be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2012 and ending in 2021, in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 500,000 shares, (b) 2.5% of the outstanding shares of common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding year (on an as-converted basis) or (c) a lesser amount determined by the Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2012, an additional 479,776 shares (unaudited) of common stock are available under the 2008 Plan pursuant to the automatic increase on the first day of each fiscal year.

Stock options have terms of up to ten years from the date of grant and generally become exercisable over a service period of up to four years. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, stock options to purchase 9,000 shares and 43,600 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class A Common Stock and 3,210,383 shares and 3,360,383 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class B Common Stock and awards of 2,000 shares and 10,400 shares (unaudited), respectively, of restricted Class A Common Stock and 687,400 shares and 746,900 shares (unaudited), respectively, of restricted Class B Common Stock had been granted. Stock options to purchase 9,000 shares and 43,600 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class A Common Stock and 2,038,512 shares and 2,044,329 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding under the 2008 Plan as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, 2,290,610 shares and 2,569,641 shares (unaudited) of common stock, respectively, are available for award under the 2008 Plan.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Stock-based Compensation

The following table represents the stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

 

     Number
of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (years)         

Outstanding — December 31, 2010

     1,746,771      $ 7.50         
          

Granted(1)

     1,904,700        14.17         

Exercised

     (476,013     8.66         

Forfeited/expired

     (69,634     9.45         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding — December 31, 2011

     3,105,824      $ 11.37         7.21       $ 8,915   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted(1) (unaudited)

     1,530,400        8.35         

Exercised (unaudited)

     (279,648     7.95         

Forfeited/expired(1) (unaudited)

     (1,396,245     15.45         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding — September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     2,960,331      $ 8.20         7.01       $ 5,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable — December 31, 2011

     1,304,478      $ 7.63         4.05       $ 7,188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest — December 31, 2011

     3,014,158      $ 11.28         7.13       $ 8,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable — September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     1,513,224      $ 7.91         5.24       $ 3,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest — September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     2,886,480      $ 8.20         6.96       $ 5,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes options to purchase 1,345,800 shares (unaudited) that were repriced in March 2012, as discussed below.

The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the estimated fair market value of the underlying common stock exceeds the exercise price of an option. Based on the estimated fair market value of the Class B common stock on the date of exercise, the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $1,550, $1,094, $1,067 (unaudited) and $352 (unaudited), respectively.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, there are outstanding stock options held by employees and non-employee directors to purchase an aggregate of no shares, 8,000 shares and 41,600 shares (unaudited) of Class A common stock and 237,923 shares, 1,823,071 shares and 1,885,971 shares (unaudited), respectively, of Class B common stock that include an “early exercise” feature, under which the options could be exercised prior to their respective vesting dates. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, stock options that included an early exercise feature were exercised for 36,800 shares, 115,756 shares, 115,556 shares (unaudited) and 40,850 shares (unaudited) of Class B Common Stock, respectively, resulting in cash proceeds of $282, $968, $966 (unaudited) and $330 (unaudited), respectively. The cash proceeds from these early exercises were recorded as a non-current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unvested shares issued are subject to

 

F-39


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

repurchase by the Company upon termination of services at a price equal to the exercise price paid, with the repurchase right lapsing over the original vesting period of the option grant. The non-current liability decreased by $156, $232 and $346 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, representing a portion of the shares which had vested during those periods. The non-current liability as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 was $270, $1,006 and $990 (unaudited), respectively.

Stock options that included the early exercise feature for an additional 148,700 shares, 163,608 shares, 163,608 shares (unaudited) and 23,300 shares (unaudited) of Class B Common Stock were exercised through the Company’s acceptance of $1,141, $1,718, $1,718 (unaudited) and $244 (unaudited) of promissory notes for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, which are considered to be nonrecourse for accounting purposes. Refer to the section entitled “Nonrecourse Notes Receivable” of this footnote for a discussion of the accounting for these stock options exercised with a promissory note.

The weighted-average fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $2.85, $5.05, $3.77 (unaudited) and $2.98 (unaudited), respectively. The total fair value of the stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $1,680, $1,310, $750 (unaudited) and $3,418 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company expects to recognize approximately $8,898 and $7,964 (unaudited) in stock-based compensation expense over a weighted average period of approximately 3.5 years and 3.0 years (unaudited), respectively, for unvested stock options that were outstanding on those dates.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2010     2011         2011             2012      
                (unaudited)  
                         

Expected term (years)

    6.3        5.9        5.8        5.9   

Risk-free interest rate

    2.0% - 2.9%        0.7% - 2.5%        1.1%-2.5%        1.3%-1.5%   

Estimated volatility

    34.0% - 35.5%        33.5% - 38.0%        33.5%-38.0%        35.1%-35.3%   

Expected dividend yield

    0%        0%        0%        0%   

As a nonpublic company, management estimates the current value of the underlying shares of common stock utilizing a combination of the discounted cash flow and guideline public company models along with various other assumptions to estimate fair value. The assumptions are determined by management based on company-specific historical data and forecasts as well as market and peer company information, which can change significantly over time.

In March 2010, the Company completed a stock option repricing program to reduce the exercise price under which eligible directors, officers, employees and non-employees were provided an opportunity to elect to amend certain eligible outstanding stock options with stated exercise prices at or above $10 per share. Of the eligible option holders, 337 elected to amend stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,328,475 shares of common stock. The weighted average exercise price of the amended stock options was reduced from $12.59 per share to $7.40 per share as of March 24, 2010. The

 

F-40


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

amended options will continue to vest over the same period as the original award with no other modifications to the terms or conditions of the stock options. This program resulted in an additional $1,251 of stock compensation expense, of which $986 was recognized immediately for fully vested options and $265 is being recognized over the remaining vesting period of the repriced options. The Company recognized $1,108 and $115 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, in connection with the stock option repricing and $23 is expected to be recognized over the next 1.7 years.

In March 2012, the Company completed a stock option repricing program to reduce the exercise price of stock options granted in October and December 2011. Stock options to purchase an aggregate of 9,000 shares (unaudited) of Class A Common Stock and 1,330,800 shares (unaudited) of Class B Common Stock were repriced. The weighted average exercise price of the repriced stock options was reduced from $12.68 (unaudited) per share to $7.94 (unaudited) per share for Class A Common Stock and from $15.71 (unaudited) per share to $8.36 (unaudited) per share for Class B Common Stock, as of March 21, 2012. The repriced options will continue to vest over the same period as the original grants with no other modifications to the terms or conditions of the stock options. This program resulted in an additional $2,123 (unaudited) of stock compensation expense to be recognized over the remaining vesting period of the repriced options, of which $841 (unaudited) was recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Restricted Stock Awards

Under the 2008 Plan, the Company issued 2,000 restricted shares and 8,400 (unaudited) restricted shares of Class A Common Stock during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and 347,300 restricted shares, 340,100 restricted shares, 400 (unaudited) restricted shares and 59,500 (unaudited) restricted shares of Class B Common Stock during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, to certain directors, officers and employees, with terms vesting immediately or through 2016. Stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards is based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock at the grant date and is recognized over the vesting term. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, no restricted shares and 1,000 restricted shares (unaudited) of Class A Common Stock and 344,700 restricted shares and 434,207 (unaudited) restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, respectively, were vested and 2,000 shares and 9,900 shares (unaudited) of Class A Common Stock and 342,700 shares and 312,193 shares (unaudited) of Class B Common Stock, respectively, remain unvested.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

The following table represents the restricted stock awards activity during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

 

     Number
of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding - December 31, 2010

     5,000      $ 6.27      

Granted

     342,100        15.68      

Vested

     (2,400     6.97      

Forfeited

                 
  

 

 

      

Outstanding - December 31, 2011

     344,700      $ 15.61       $ 4,497   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted (unaudited)

     67,900        8.31      

Vested (unaudited)

     (90,507     15.04      

Forfeited (unaudited)

                 
  

 

 

      

Outstanding - September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     322,093      $ 14.23       $ 3,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of the unvested restricted Class B Common Stock was $6.31, $15.70, $6.27 (unaudited) and $14.41 (unaudited) per share during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $12.40 and $8.62 (unaudited) per share for the Class A Common Stock during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 respectively. The Company recorded compensation expense in the amount of $2,171, $302, $15 (unaudited) and $1,242 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, related to restricted stock. At December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to the restricted stock is $5,082 and $4,404 (unaudited), which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.7 years and 3.0 years (unaudited), respectively.

In December 2012, the Company granted restricted stock awards for 285,000 (unaudited) shares of Class B common stock to certain directors, officers and employees with terms vesting immediately, resulting in $2,839 (unaudited) of stock compensation expense.

Nonrecourse Notes Receivable

In July 2010, the Board of Directors approved a program authorizing the Company to accept promissory notes from certain employees as consideration for stock to be issued upon exercise of stock options granted under the Company’s stock incentive plans. The maximum principal amount was increased from $1,400 to $7,400 during a meeting of the Board of Directors in October 2010 and further increased to $15,400 in February 2011. In December 2010, additional notes receivable of $1,800, excluded from the program, were also approved for certain members of executive management. In November 2011, all members of executive management paid their notes receivable balances aggregating $1,083 in full. The notes receivable bear interest ranging from 3.40% to 6.25%, have terms ranging from one to four years and are secured by a pledge of the shares issued upon exercise of the stock options. The Company received notes receivable in the amount of $7,682,

 

F-42


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

$2,393, $2,393 (unaudited) and $1,105 (unaudited) and received principal repayments on these notes receivable in the aggregate amounts of $90, $2,500, $1,119 (unaudited) and $376 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Notes receivable from stockholders are accounted for as nonrecourse loans. For accounting purposes, the nonrecourse notes are accounted for as the grant of new stock options. The estimated fair values of the newly-granted stock options are recognized as compensation expense on the issuance date of the nonrecourse note. As a result, the Company recognized compensation expense related to these notes in the amount of $2,201, $609, $540 (unaudited) and $356 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Accordingly, the total outstanding balance of these notes receivable in the amount of $7,721, $7,624 and $8,363 (unaudited), and the underlying 1,002,580 shares, 769,995 shares and 891,825 shares (unaudited) of Class B Common Stock, as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively, and 19,720 shares and 21,983 shares (unaudited) of Class A Common Stock as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 are not presented as outstanding in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As principal payments are made on the notes receivable, the common stock is presented as outstanding on a pro-rata basis.

The weighted average grant date exercise price of the stock options underlying the notes receivable was $6.71, $9.27, $9.27 (unaudited) and $8.75 (unaudited) per share during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to these options was $548 and $456 (unaudited), respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years and 2.2 years (unaudited), respectively. The intrinsic value for stock options exercised underlying the notes receivable was $1,116, $388, $388 (unaudited) and $73 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of stock compensation for nonrecourse notes:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2010      2011     2011     2012  
                 (unaudited)  

Expected term (years)

    3.5         3.9        3.9        4.0   

Risk-free interest rate

    0.2% - 1.7%         0.1% - 1.9%        0.1% -1.9%        0.5% -0.9%   

Estimated volatility

    27.3% - 40.8%         24.5% - 36.9%        24.5% -36.9%        35.0% - 37.1%   

Expected dividend yield

    0%         0%        0%        0%   

 

F-43


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

Stock Compensation by Function

In connection with employee stock option plans, restricted stock awards and the exercise of stock options with nonrecourse notes, the Company recognized stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
 
     2010      2011      2011      2012  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 89       $ 141       $ 135       $ 56   

Selling, general and administrative

     5,549        
1,707
  
    
878
  
    
4,462
  

Research and development

     415        
373
  
    
292
  
    
499
  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,053       $ 2,221       $ 1,305       $ 5,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

The Company has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy stock option exercises. The following table summarizes the number of additional shares of common stock at September 30, 2012 which would be outstanding assuming full conversion of the preferred stock and exercise of stock options:

 

     (unaudited)  

Preferred stock

     6,995,969   

Options outstanding and options available for grant

     5,529,972   

Common stock assumed outstanding underlying nonrecourse notes receivable

     913,808   
  

 

 

 

Total

     13,439,749   
  

 

 

 

 

13. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company leases certain facilities in Australia from a trust, the beneficiaries of which are managing directors of the Company’s Australian subsidiary. Rent expense on these facilities totaled $84, $99, $74 (unaudited) and $77 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

A member of the Company’s Board of Directors is the president of a company which provides landscape architecture design and related services for the Company’s campus environments. The Company incurred $143 (unaudited) for such landscape and architecture services during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and an additional $101 (unaudited) through December 31, 2012.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share information)

 

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred from December 31, 2011 to April 26, 2012, the date the audited consolidated financial statements were issued. The Company has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred from September 30, 2012 to February 13, 2013, the date the unaudited consolidated financial statements were issued. During these periods, other than the events disclosed elsewhere in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, there were no events or transactions occurring which require recognition or disclosure in the aforementioned consolidated financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

 

729,798 Shares

 

LOGO

Class B Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Through and including              (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The table below lists various expenses, other than placement agency fees, we expect to incur in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All the expenses are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee.

 

Type

   Amount  

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 2,843.58   

FINRA Filing Fee

   $ 4,221.97   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages to the extent permitted by Section 102 of the DGCL.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

The bylaws that we intend to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering (such bylaws being “our new bylaws”) will provide for indemnification of our officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted under the DGCL.

In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

The placement agency agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 will provide for indemnification by the underwriter of us, our directors and officers, and by us of the underwriter, for some liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords some rights of contribution with respect thereto.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

The following list sets forth information regarding all securities sold by us since January 1, 2008.

 

1. On August 20, 2010, Applied Medical Corporation (the “Company” or “we”) issued an aggregate of 9,792,618 shares of common stock and 7,009,998 shares of preferred stock to the former stockholders of Applied Medical Resources Corporation (“AMR”) in connection with the Company’s reorganization as a Delaware holding company. In connection with the reorganization whereby the Company became the holding company of AMR, stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,978,675 shares of common stock of AMR were assumed by the Company and were converted into stock options to purchase the same number of shares of the Company and for the same exercise price per share

 

2. On December 2, 2010, we granted options to purchase 50,800 shares of Class B common stock to three employees under our Second Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan with an exercise price of $7.67 per share. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

3. On December 2, 2010, we granted options to purchase 141,000 shares of Class B common stock to eight employees of the Company under our Second Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan with an exercise price of $7.67 per share. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

4. On December 10, 2010, we granted options to purchase 207,500 shares of Class B common stock to our five named executive officers under our Second Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan with an exercise price of $7.67 per share. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

5. On March 18, 2011, we granted options to purchase 426,900 shares of Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $10.50 per share, and restricted share awards of 400 shares of Class B common stock to 184 employees of the Company under our Second Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

6. On March 18, 2011, we granted options to purchase 132,000 shares of Class B common stock to 15 persons, including outside directors, officers and other key employees of the Company, under our Second Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan with an exercise price of $10.50 per share. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

7. On October 25, 2011, we granted options to purchase 1,270,800 shares of Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $15.75 per share, and restricted share awards of 323,200 shares of Class B common stock to our five named executive officers, four outside directors and other officers and key employees of the Company under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

8. On October 25, 2011, we granted options to purchase 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, with an exercise price of $14.96 per share to a consultant to the Company under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. No consideration was paid to us by the recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

9. On October 25, 2011, we granted options to purchase 46,000 shares of Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $15.75 per share, and restricted share awards of 11,500 shares of Class B common stock to two employees of the Company who are non-U.S. persons under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
10. On December 14, 2011, we granted options to purchase 8,000 shares of Class A common stock, with an exercise price of $12.40 per share, and a restricted share award of 2,000 shares of Class A common stock to one employee, and we granted options to purchase 20,000 shares of Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $13.05 per share, and a restricted share award of 5,000 shares of Class B common stock to one employee, under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

11. On March 21, 2012, we granted options to purchase 96,000 shares of Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $8.36 per share, and restricted share awards of 46,000 shares of Class B common stock to our four outside directors and three key employees of the Company under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

12. On March 21, 2012, we granted options to purchase 34,600 shares of Class A common stock, with an exercise price of $7.94 and options to purchase 54,000 shares of Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $8.36 per share, and restricted share awards of 8,400 shares of Class A common stock and 13,500 shares of Class B common stock to 27 employees of the Company under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options.

 

13. On December 13, 2012, we granted restricted share awards of 257,500 shares of Class B common stock to three outside directors and 21 employees of the Company under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan in connection with a transitional equity award program.

 

14. On December 13, 2012, we granted restricted share awards of 17,500 shares of Class B common stock to four employees of the Company under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan in connection with a transitional equity award program.

 

15. On December 13, 2012, we granted restricted share awards of 10,000 shares of Class B common stock to one employee of the Company who is a non-U.S. person under our Third Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan in connection with a transitional equity award program.

 

16. From August 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, holders of 150,745 shares of Class B common stock voluntarily converted their shares into 150,745 shares of Class A common stock.

 

17. From August 20, 2010 to December 31, 2012, options to purchase 2,410,888 shares of Class B common stock were exercised, generating aggregate proceeds to the Company of approximately $17.7 million.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph 1 were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act in that a determination of fairness was made by the California Corporations Commissioner on July 14, 2010 following a fairness hearing conducted in accordance with Section 25142 of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended.

The offers, sales and issuances of the options and common stock described in paragraphs 2, 5, 8, 10, 12 and 14 above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our stock incentive plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 3, 4, 6, 7, 11 and 13 above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of such securities to the recipients thereof did not involve a public offering. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each case, the recipient was an “accredited investor” as defined under Regulation D.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph 9 above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

The offers, sales and issuances of the Class A common stock described in paragraph 16 above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph 17 above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on a combination of Rule 701, in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule, Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, in that the issuance of such securities to the recipients thereof did not involve a public offering. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each such case, the recipient was an “accredited investor” as defined under Regulation D.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Title

  1.1**   Form of Placement Agency Agreement
   3.1#   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Applied Medical Corporation
   3.2#   Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Applied Medical Corporation
   3.3#   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Applied Medical Corporation
   3.4#   Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Applied Medical Corporation
  3.5**   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Applied Medical Corporation
  3.6**   Specimen of stock certificate for Class B common stock
   4.1#   Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2012, by and among Applied Medical Corporation and its stockholders party thereto
   4.2#   Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1991, by and among Applied Medical Resources Corporation and its stockholders party thereto
   4.3#   Amendment to Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2010, by and among Applied Medical Corporation, Applied Medical Resources Corporation and the parties thereto
  4.4*   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, by and among Applied Medical Corporation and its stockholders party thereto
  5.1**   Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
10.1**   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement
10.2#   Applied Medical Resources Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Title

10.3#   Third Amended and Restated Applied Medical Corporation 2008 Stock Incentive Plan
10.4**   Form of Stock Option Agreement
10.5*   Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012, among Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, as the Borrowers, Applied Medical Corporation, as the Guarantor, certain financial institutions named therein, as the Lenders, and Citibank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent+
10.6#   Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2012, among Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, as the Borrowers, Applied Medical Corporation, as the Guarantor, certain financial institutions named therein, as the Lenders, and Citibank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent
21.1#   List of Subsidiaries
23.1*   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2**   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1#   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of the Registration Statement)

 

* Filed herewith
** To be filed by amendment
# Previously filed
+ Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Rancho Santa Margarita, California, on February 13, 2013.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Said S. Hilal

  Said S. Hilal
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the following persons have signed this Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ Said S. Hilal

Said S. Hilal

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   February 13, 2013

/s/ Samir Tall

Samir Tall

   Chief Financial Officer   February 13, 2013

/s/ Kari Moore

Kari Moore

   Chief Accounting Officer   February 13, 2013

/s/ Nabil Hilal

Nabil Hilal

   Director   February 13, 2013

*

Dennis L. Fowler, M.D.

   Director   February 13, 2013

*

Leslee A. Temple, FASLA

   Director   February 13, 2013

*

Thomas M. Kasten

   Director   February 13, 2013
*By:  

/s/ Samir Tall

Samir Tall

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Title

  1.1**   Form of Placement Agency Agreement
   3.1#   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Applied Medical Corporation
   3.2#   Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Applied Medical Corporation
   3.3#   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Applied Medical Corporation
   3.4#   Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Applied Medical Corporation
  3.5**   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Applied Medical Corporation
  3.6**   Specimen of stock certificate for Class B common stock
   4.1#   Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2012, by and among Applied Medical Corporation and its stockholders party thereto
   4.2#   Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1991, by and among Applied Medical Resources Corporation and its stockholders party thereto
   4.3#   Amendment to Amended and Restated Master Rights Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2010, by and among Applied Medical Corporation, Applied Medical Resources Corporation and the parties thereto
  4.4*   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, by and among Applied Medical Corporation and its stockholders party thereto
  5.1**   Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
10.1**   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement
10.2#   Applied Medical Resources Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan
10.3#   Third Amended and Restated Applied Medical Corporation 2008 Stock Incentive Plan
10.4**   Form of Stock Option Agreement
10.5*   Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012, among Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, as the Borrowers, Applied Medical Corporation, as the Guarantor, certain financial institutions named therein, as the Lenders, and Citibank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent+
10.6#   Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2012, among Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, as the Borrowers, Applied Medical Corporation, as the Guarantor, certain financial institutions named therein, as the Lenders, and Citibank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent
21.1#   List of Subsidiaries
23.1*   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2**   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1#   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of the Registration Statement)

 

* Filed herewith
** To be filed by amendment
# Previously filed
+ Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-7

Exhibit 4.4

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT, dated as of September 21, 2012 (this “Amendment”), is entered into among the stockholders of Applied Medical corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) party hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Participants, the Company and the individuals comprising the Committee are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2012 (the “Voting Agreement”), pursuant to each Participant has irrevocably granted to the Committee voting rights with respect to all Voting Securities owned by such Participant.

WHEREAS, the undersigned Participants, holding more than 66.7% of the aggregate voting power represented by Subject Securities covered by the Voting Agreement as of the date of this Amendment, desire to amend Section 2 of the Voting Agreement in certain respects as hereinafter set forth, and approve this Amendment in accordance with Section 7.3 of the Voting Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereto) have the meanings provided for in the Voting Agreement.

2. Amendment. Effective on the date of this Amendment, Section 2.2 of the Voting Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the date is amended in its entirety as follows:

“2.2 Exceptions.

        (a) The irrevocable proxy provided to the Committee by Section 2.1 will not apply, and each Participant will retain sole discretion to vote its Voting Securities, with respect to all matters presented to a vote or consent of the Participants of the Company related to any Sale Transaction in which any member of the Committee is a direct or indirect member of the acquiring group (as defined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) (unless such membership in the acquiring group is solely because the acquiring group includes the Company or any of its subsidiaries).

        (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no member of the Committee shall exercise any right to vote with respect to any interest in any of the Subject Securities which were transferred by such

 

1


Committee member or Committee member’s spouse, except in the case of a transfer which is a bonafide sale for an adequate and full consideration in money or money’s worth (within the meaning of Section 2036(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), whether such transfer was by trust or otherwise. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Committee member to advise the Committee in writing of any subject Securities subject to the foregoing restriction, which writing shall be binding on the Committee and conclusive of voting rights hereunder.”

3. Limitation of Amendment. The amendment set forth in Section 2 above shall be limited precisely as provided for herein and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of, amendment of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of the Voting Agreement or of any transaction or further or future action on the part of the Participants, the Committee or the Company which would require the consent of any of the Participants, the Committee or the Company under the Voting Agreement.

4. Further Assurances. The Participants and members of the Committee shall each execute and deliver from time to time such documents, agreements, certificates and other instruments as shall be necessary or advisable to carry out the purposes of this Amendment.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above

 

VOTING COMMITTEE:    

/s/ Said Hilal

 
    Said Hilal, Member of Voting Committee  
   

/s/ Nabil Hilal

 
    Nabil Hilal, Member of Voting Committee  
   

/s/ Ted Stanley

 
    Ted Stanley, Member of Voting Committee  
PARTICIPANTS:     AMC FAMILY HOLDINGS A, LLC  
    By:   AMC Family Management A, Inc.,  
      Its Manager  
      By:  

/s/ Said S. Hilal

 
        Said S. Hilal, President  
    AMC FAMILY HOLDINGS B, LLC  
    By:   AMC Family Management B, Inc.,  
      Its Manager  
      By:  

/s/ Nabil Hilal

 
        Nabil Hilal, President  
    AMC FAMILY HOLDINGS C, LLC  
    By:   AMC Family Management C, Inc.,  
      Its Manager  
      By:  

/s/ Samir Tall

 
        Samir Tall  


    AMC FAMILY HOLDINGS F, LLC  
    By:   AMC Family Management F, Inc.,  
      Its Manager  
      By:  

/s/ Gary Johnson

 
        Gary Johnson, President  
    AMC FAMILY HOLDINGS G, LLC  
    By:   AMC Family Management G, Inc.,  
      Its Manager  
      By:  

/s/ Stephen E. Stanley

 
        Stephen E. Stanley, President  
    AMC FAMILY HOLDINGS H, LLC  
    By:   AMC Family Management A, Inc.,  
      Its Manager  
      By:  

/s/ Mary Jo Stegwell

 
        Mary Jo Stegwell, President  

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The omissions are indicated by asterisks (“*****”), and the omitted text has been furnished separately to

the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

$150,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT,

dated as of April 17, 2012,

among

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION

and

APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION,

as the Borrowers,

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION,

as the Guarantor,

CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,

as the Lenders,

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as the Administrative Agent.

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Syndication Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                 Page  
ARTICLE I  

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     2   
  SECTION 1.1  

Defined Terms

     2   
  SECTION 1.2  

Use of Defined Terms

     35   
  SECTION 1.3  

Certain Rules of Construction

     35   
  SECTION 1.4  

Accounting and Financial Determinations

     36   
  SECTION 1.5  

Rounding

     37   
ARTICLE II  

COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     37   
  SECTION 2.1  

Commitments

     37   
    SECTION 2.1.1  

Term Loan Commitment

     37   
    SECTION 2.1.2  

Revolving Loan Commitment

     37   
    SECTION 2.1.3  

Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment

     37   
    SECTION 2.1.4  

Letter of Credit Commitment

     38   
    SECTION 2.1.5  

Swing Line Loan Commitment

     38   
  SECTION 2.2  

Lenders Not Permitted or Required To Make Credit Extensions

     38   
    SECTION 2.2.1  

Term Loans

     38   
    SECTION 2.2.2  

Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit

     39   
    SECTION 2.2.3  

Delayed Draw Term Loans

     39   
  SECTION 2.3  

Reduction of the Commitment Amounts

     40   
  SECTION 2.4  

Borrowing Procedures

     40   
  SECTION 2.5  

Continuation and Conversion Elections

     41   
  SECTION 2.6  

Funding

     42   
  SECTION 2.7  

Letters of Credit

     42   
    SECTION 2.7.1  

Issuance Procedures

     42   
    SECTION 2.7.2  

Other Revolving Lenders’ Participation

     43   
    SECTION 2.7.3  

Disbursements

     44   
    SECTION 2.7.4  

Reimbursement

     44   
    SECTION 2.7.5  

Deemed Disbursements

     44   
    SECTION 2.7.6  

Nature of Reimbursement Obligations

     45   
    SECTION 2.7.7  

Uniform Customs and Practice

     46   
  SECTION 2.8  

Swing Line Loans

     46   
  SECTION 2.9  

Notes

     48   
  SECTION 2.10  

Increase in Certain Commitment Amounts

     48   
ARTICLE III  

PAYMENTS, INTEREST AND FEES

     51   
  SECTION 3.1  

Repayments and Prepayments

     51   
    SECTION 3.1.1  

Voluntary Prepayments

     51   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                 Page  
    SECTION 3.1.2  

Mandatory Repayments and Prepayments

     52   
    SECTION 3.1.3  

Application of Prepayments, etc

     54   
  SECTION 3.2  

Interest Provisions

     54   
    SECTION 3.2.1  

Rates

     54   
    SECTION 3.2.2  

Post-Default Rates

     55   
    SECTION 3.2.3  

Payment Dates

     55   
  SECTION 3.3  

Fees

     55   
    SECTION 3.3.1  

Unused Commitment Fee

     55   
    SECTION 3.3.2  

Letter of Credit Fee

     56   
    SECTION 3.3.3  

Administrative Agent’s Fees, etc

     56   
ARTICLE IV  

YIELD PROTECTION, TAXES AND RELATED PROVISIONS

     56   
  SECTION 4.1  

Eurodollar Rate Lending Unlawful

     56   
  SECTION 4.2  

Inability to Determine Rates

     57   
  SECTION 4.3  

Increased Costs, Generally

     57   
  SECTION 4.4  

Funding Losses

     58   
  SECTION 4.5  

Increased Capital Requirements

     58   
  SECTION 4.6  

Taxes

     59   
  SECTION 4.7  

Payments, Interest Calculations, etc

     62   
  SECTION 4.8  

Sharing of Payments

     62   
  SECTION 4.9  

Setoff

     63   
  SECTION 4.10  

Use of Proceeds

     64   
  SECTION 4.11  

Funding and Payment Reliance, etc

     64   
  SECTION 4.12  

Designation of a Different Lending Office

     65   
  SECTION 4.13  

Replacement of Lenders

     65   
  SECTION 4.14  

Defaulting Lenders

     66   
  SECTION 4.15  

Cash Collateral by the Borrowers

     68   
ARTICLE V  

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     69   
  SECTION 5.1  

Initial Credit Extension

     69   
    SECTION 5.1.1  

Agreement

     69   
    SECTION 5.1.2  

Resolutions, Good Standing, etc

     70   
    SECTION 5.1.3  

Delivery of Notes

     70   
    SECTION 5.1.4  

Required Consents and Approvals

     70   
    SECTION 5.1.5  

Payment of Outstanding Indebtedness, etc

     70   
    SECTION 5.1.6  

Opinions of Counsel

     71   
    SECTION 5.1.7  

Financial Information, etc

     71   
    SECTION 5.1.8  

Evidence of Insurance

     71   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                 Page  
    SECTION 5.1.9  

Guaranty

     71   
    SECTION 5.1.10  

Pledged Property

     71   
    SECTION 5.1.11  

U.C.C. Search Results, etc

     72   
    SECTION 5.1.12  

Security Agreement, Filings, etc

     72   
    SECTION 5.1.13  

Solvency Certificate

     72   
    SECTION 5.1.14  

Effective Date Certificate

     72   
    SECTION 5.1.15  

Satisfactory Due Diligence

     72   
    SECTION 5.1.16  

Environmental Matters

     73   
    SECTION 5.1.17  

Appraisals

     73   
    SECTION 5.1.18  

Patriot Act

     73   
    SECTION 5.1.19  

Administrative Agent’s Closing Fees, Expenses, etc

     73   
    SECTION 5.1.20  

Mortgages, etc

     73   
  SECTION 5.2  

All Credit Extensions

     74   
    SECTION 5.2.1  

Compliance with Warranties, No Default, etc

     75   
    SECTION 5.2.2  

Credit Extension Request, etc

     75   
    SECTION 5.2.3  

Delayed Draw Term Loans

     75   
    SECTION 5.2.4  

Determinations Under Section 5.1

     75   
ARTICLE VI  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     76   
  SECTION 6.1  

Organization, etc

     76   
  SECTION 6.2  

Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc

     76   
  SECTION 6.3  

Required Approvals

     76   
  SECTION 6.4  

Validity, etc

     77   
  SECTION 6.5  

Financial Information

     77   
  SECTION 6.6  

No Material Adverse Change

     77   
  SECTION 6.7  

Litigation, Labor Matters, etc

     77   
  SECTION 6.8  

Capitalization

     78   
  SECTION 6.9  

Compliance with Laws, etc

     78   
  SECTION 6.10  

Properties, Permits, etc

     78   
  SECTION 6.11  

Taxes, etc

     79   
  SECTION 6.12  

ERISA

     79   
  SECTION 6.13  

Environmental Warranties

     80   
  SECTION 6.14  

Inventory

     81   
  SECTION 6.15  

Accuracy of Information

     81   
  SECTION 6.16  

Absence of Default

     82   
  SECTION 6.17  

Margin Regulations; Bank Secrecy Act, etc

     82   
  SECTION 6.18  

Investment Company Status

     82   
  SECTION 6.19  

Material and Other Agreements; Governmental Approvals

     82   

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                 Page  
  SECTION 6.20  

Solvency

     83   
  SECTION 6.21  

Insurance

     83   
  SECTION 6.22  

Affiliate Transactions

     83   
  SECTION 6.23  

Patriot Act, etc

     83   
  SECTION 6.24  

Flood Zones

     83   
ARTICLE VII  

COVENANTS

     84   
  SECTION 7.1  

Affirmative Covenants

     84   
    SECTION 7.1.1  

Financial Information, Reports, Notices, etc

     84   
    SECTION 7.1.2  

Compliance with Laws; Payment of Obligations

     86   
    SECTION 7.1.3  

Maintenance of Properties and Franchises

     87   
    SECTION 7.1.4  

Insurance

     87   
    SECTION 7.1.5  

Books and Records; Inspections

     88   
    SECTION 7.1.6  

Environmental Covenants

     89   
    SECTION 7.1.7  

Swap Agreements

     90   
    SECTION 7.1.8  

Future Subsidiaries

     91   
    SECTION 7.1.9  

Further Assurances; Additional Collateral

     93   
  SECTION 7.2  

Negative Covenants

     93   
    SECTION 7.2.1  

Business Activities

     94   
    SECTION 7.2.2  

Indebtedness

     94   
    SECTION 7.2.3  

Liens

     96   
    SECTION 7.2.4  

Financial Condition

     98   
    SECTION 7.2.5  

Capital Expenditures, etc

     100   
    SECTION 7.2.6  

Investments

     100   
    SECTION 7.2.7  

Restricted Payments; Payments on Other Indebtedness

     102   
    SECTION 7.2.8  

Limitation on Activities of Holdings

     104   
    SECTION 7.2.9  

Fundamental Changes, etc

     104   
    SECTION 7.2.10  

Asset Dispositions, etc

     105   
    SECTION 7.2.11  

Modification of Certain Agreements

     106   
    SECTION 7.2.12  

Transactions with Affiliates

     106   
    SECTION 7.2.13  

Negative Pledges, Restrictive Agreements, etc

     107   
    SECTION 7.2.14  

Fiscal Year End, etc

     108   
    SECTION 7.2.15  

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     108   
    SECTION 7.2.16  

Deposit Account Control Agreements

     108   
    SECTION 7.2.17  

Bailee Waivers and Landlord Waivers

     108   

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                  Page
ARTICLE VIII   

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

   108
  SECTION 8.1  

Listing of Events of Default

   108
     SECTION 8.1.1  

Non-Payment of Obligations

   108
     SECTION 8.1.2  

Breach of Representations and Warranties

   109
     SECTION 8.1.3  

Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations

   109
     SECTION 8.1.4  

Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations

   109
     SECTION 8.1.5  

Default on Other Indebtedness

   109
     SECTION 8.1.6  

Judgments

   109
     SECTION 8.1.7  

ERISA Events

   110
     SECTION 8.1.8  

Change in Control

   110
     SECTION 8.1.9  

Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc

   110
     SECTION 8.1.10  

Impairment of Loan Documents, Security, etc

   110
     SECTION 8.1.11  

Impairment of Business

   110
  SECTION 8.2  

Action if Bankruptcy

   111
  SECTION 8.3  

Action if Other Event of Default

   111
  SECTION 8.4  

Foreclosure on Collateral

   111
  SECTION 8.5  

Appointment of Administrative Agent as Attorney-in-Fact

   111
  SECTION 8.6  

Payments Upon Acceleration

   112
ARTICLE IX   

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

   113
  SECTION 9.1  

Appointment

   113
  SECTION 9.2  

Exculpation

   113
  SECTION 9.3  

Reliance by Administrative Agent

   115
  SECTION 9.4  

Delegation of Duties

   115
  SECTION 9.5  

Resignation of Administrative Agent

   115
  SECTION 9.6  

Rights as a Lender

   116
  SECTION 9.7  

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

   116
  SECTION 9.8  

Copies, etc

   116
  SECTION 9.9  

Certain Collateral Matters

   116
  SECTION 9.10  

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

   117
  SECTION 9.11  

Application to L/C Issuers

   118
ARTICLE X   

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   118
  SECTION 10.1  

Waivers, Amendments, etc

   118
  SECTION 10.2  

Notices

   119

 

-v-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                 Page  
  SECTION 10.3  

Payment of Costs and Expenses

     121   
  SECTION 10.4  

Indemnification by Holdings and the Borrowers

     122   
  SECTION 10.5  

Survival

     124   
  SECTION 10.6  

Severability

     124   
  SECTION 10.7  

Headings

     124   
  SECTION 10.8  

Execution in Counterparts, Effectiveness, etc

     125   
  SECTION 10.9  

Governing Law; Entire Agreement

     125   
  SECTION 10.10  

Assignments and Participations

     125   
  SECTION 10.11  

Press Releases and Related Matters

     129   
  SECTION 10.12  

Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction

     129   
  SECTION 10.13  

Waiver of Jury Trial, etc

     130   
  SECTION 10.14  

Waiver of Consequential Damages, etc

     131   
  SECTION 10.15  

No Strict Construction

     131   
  SECTION 10.16  

Confidentiality

     131   
  SECTION 10.17  

Patriot Act Information

     132   
  SECTION 10.18  

Guaranty of Holdings and the Borrowers

     132   
  SECTION 10.19  

Authorization of AMRC

     134   
  SECTION 10.20  

Other Agents

     134   

 

-vi-


SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE I   -    Disclosure Schedule
SCHEDULE II   -    Percentages and Amounts
SCHEDULE III   -    Administrative Information

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A-1   -    Form of Revolving Note
EXHIBIT A-2   -    Form of Swing Line Note
EXHIBIT B-1   -    Form of Term Note
EXHIBIT B-2   -    Form of Delayed Draw Term Note
EXHIBIT C-1   -    Form of Borrowing Request
EXHIBIT C-2   -    Form of Continuation/Conversion Notice
EXHIBIT C-3   -    Form of Issuance Request
EXHIBIT D   -    Form of Assignment and Assumption
EXHIBIT E   -    Form of Mortgage
EXHIBIT F   -    Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT G   -    Form of Pledge Agreement
EXHIBIT H   -    Form of Security Agreement
EXHIBIT I-1   -    Form of Bailee Waiver
EXHIBIT I-2   -    Form of Landlord Waiver
EXHIBIT J   -    Form of Guaranty
EXHIBIT K   -    Form of Effective Date Certificate
EXHIBIT L   -    Form of Solvency Certificate
EXHIBIT M   -    Form of Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement
EXHIBIT N-1   -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT N-2   -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT N-3   -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT N-4   -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate


CREDIT AGREEMENT

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 17, 2012, among APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION, a California corporation (“AMRC”), APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION, a California corporation (“AMDC”; and together with AMRC, each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders (as defined herein) from time to time parties hereto, and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Citibank”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are either direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries (such capitalized term and all other capitalized terms used in these recitals without definition shall have the meanings provided for in Article I hereto) of Holdings;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers develop, manufacture and market medical devices for surgical procedures; and

WHEREAS, the Borrowers desire to obtain from the Lenders:

(a) Term Loan Commitments pursuant to which Term Loans will be made by the Term Lenders on the date of the initial Credit Extension in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Term Loan Commitment Amount; and

(b) Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to which (i) Revolving Loans will be made by the Revolving Lenders from time to time in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, (ii) Letters of Credit will be issued by each L/C Issuer from time to time in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment Amount and (iii) Swing Line Loans will be made by the Swing Line Lender in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount, provided that, in any event, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans, together with the aggregate principal amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings, shall not at any one time exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount; and

(c) Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments pursuant to which Delayed Draw Term Loans will be made by the Delayed Draw Term Lenders from time to time in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount; and

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (including Article V), to extend such Commitments, make such Loans and issue (or participate in) Letters of Credit, in each case for the account of the Borrowers;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. The following terms when used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

Account means any “account” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(2)(i) or 9-102(a)(2)(ii) of the U.C.C.) of any Person.

Acquired Entity is defined in the definition “Permitted Acquisition”.

Adjusted Eurodollar Rate means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (rounded upwards to the next nearest 1/100 of 1%) (a) (i) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters LIBOR01 Page (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or (ii) in the event the rates referenced in the preceding clause (i) are not available, the rate per annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the offered quotation rate to major banks in the London interbank market by the Administrative Agent for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant Interest Period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the applicable Loan of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, for which the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, by (b) an amount equal to (i) one minus (ii) the Eurodollar Reserve Requirement.

Administrative Agent is defined in the preamble and includes each successor Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.5.

Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agreementmeans this Credit Agreement.

Alternate Base Rate means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of:

(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank in New York, New York, from time to time, as Citibank’s base rate for loans denominated in Dollars;

 

-2-


(b)  1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate; and

(c) the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate applicable to Dollars for a period of one month (“One Month LIBOR”) plus 1.00% (for the avoidance of doubt, the One Month LIBOR for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on Reuters LIBOR01 Page (or other commercially available source providing such quotations as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day).

For purposes hereof, “Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent in a commercially reasonable manner.

Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the calculation thereof by the Administrative Agent shall be effective on the effective date of such change and without the necessity of notice being provided to the Borrowers or any other Person.

AMDC is defined in the preamble.

AMRC is defined in the preamble.

Applicable Margin means (a) with respect to the unpaid principal amount of each Base Rate Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below in the column entitled “Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans”; and (b) with respect to the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below in the column entitled “Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans”.

 

Level

 

Leverage Ratio

  Applicable
Margin For
Base Rate Loans
    Applicable
Margin For
Eurodollar Rate
Loans
 

I.

 

Greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00

    1.25     2.25

II.

 

Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00 but less than 2.00:1.00

    1.00     2.00

III.

 

Greater than or equal to 0.75:1.00 but less than 1.50:1.00

    0.75     1.75

IV.

 

Less than 0.75:1.00

    0.50     1.50

The Leverage Ratio that is used to compute the Applicable Margin shall be the Leverage Ratio set forth in the Compliance Certificate most recently delivered by AMRC to the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (d) of Section 7.1.1; changes in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the first Business Day following delivery by AMRC to the Administrative Agent of a new Compliance Certificate pursuant to clause (d) of

 

-3-


Section 7.1.1. If AMRC shall fail to deliver a Compliance Certificate as and when required pursuant to clause (d) of Section 7.1.1, the Applicable Margin from and including the date of such required delivery to but not including the date AMRC delivers to the Administrative Agent such Compliance Certificate shall conclusively be presumed to equal the relevant Applicable Margin set forth at Level I above. In the event that (i) any financial statement delivered pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of Section 7.1.1 or any Compliance Certificate delivered by AMRC is shown to be inaccurate at any time that this Agreement is in effect and (ii) such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period than the Applicable Margin applied for such period, then (x) AMRC shall promptly (and, in any event, within five Business Days thereafter) deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such period, (y) the Applicable Margin for such period shall be determined by reference to such corrected Compliance Certificate and (z) the Borrowers shall promptly (and in any event within three Business Days thereafter) pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of the application of such increased Applicable Margin for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the date on which AMRC is first required to deliver a Compliance Certificate after the Effective Date pursuant to clause (d) of Section 7.1.1, the Applicable Margin shall be determined with reference to Level III above.

Applicable Revolving Percentage means, relative to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Loan Commitment represented by such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment. If the Revolving Loan Commitment has terminated or expired, the Applicable Revolving Percentage shall be determined based upon the Revolving Loan Commitment most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Approved Fund means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Assignment and Assumption means the Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

Authorized Officer means, relative to any Loan Party, each Financial Officer and other officers of such Loan Party whose signatures and incumbency shall have been certified to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1.2, as such certificate may be updated from time to time.

Bailee Waiver means a Bailee Waiver in substantially the form of Exhibit I-1 attached hereto.

Base Rate Loan means a Loan bearing interest at a fluctuating interest rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Borrowerand Borrowers are defined in the preamble.

Borrowingmeans the Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, made by all Lenders on the same Business Day and pursuant to the same Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.1.

 

-4-


Borrowing Request means a Borrowing Request, duly executed by an Authorized Officer of either Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 attached hereto.

Business Day means (a) any day on which the Administrative Agent is open for business and is neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York; and (b) relative to the making, continuing, conversion into, prepaying or repaying of any Eurodollar Rate Loan, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (a) above and which is also a day on which dealings in Dollars are carried on in the interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures means, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) the aggregate amount of all expenditures of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for fixed or capital assets or additions to plant, property or equipment (including replacements and capitalized repairs) made during such period which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capital expenditures; and (b) the aggregate amount of all Capitalized Lease Liabilities payments during such period; provided, however, that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) the amount of Net Disposition Proceeds and Net Insurance Proceeds reinvested in accordance with clause (g) of Section 3.1.2; (ii) expenditures made in order to finance the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition (or incurred by the Person acquired in the Permitted Acquisition prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition), (iii) the purchase price of Equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing Equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such Equipment for the Equipment being traded in at such time, (iv) expenditures that are accounted for as Capital Expenditures by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and that actually are paid for, or reimbursed to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in cash or Cash Equivalent Investments, by a Person other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and for which neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has provided or will provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation in respect of such expenditures to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period) or (v) expenditures made with cash proceeds from issuances of Equity Interests of Holdings or from a contribution of capital made to a Borrower.

Capital Expenditures Exclusion means:

(a) for Fiscal Year 2012 the lesser of (i) $10,000,000 or (ii) the actual cash Capital Expenditures that are incurred in connection with the capital costs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided that (A) AMRC may, in its sole discretion, by notice to the Administrative Agent, allocate such amounts to one or more Fiscal Quarters during Fiscal Year 2012, provided that not more than $7,500,000 shall be so allocated to the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2012, (B) such amounts may only be allocated by AMRC if, as of the relevant Fiscal Quarter end of the Fiscal Quarter in which such amounts are so allocated, the aggregate amount of (x) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of Holdings and its Subsidiaries plus (y) the unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount is not less than $40,000,000 and (C) such amounts shall be excluded from the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio only for the four full Fiscal Quarter period following the Fiscal Quarter end in which such amounts are so allocated (and no subsequent Fiscal Quarter); and

 

-5-


(b) for Fiscal Year 2014 the lesser of (i) $10,000,000 or (ii) the actual cash Capital Expenditures that are incurred in connection with the capital costs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided that (A) AMRC may, in its sole discretion, by notice to the Administrative Agent, allocate such amounts to one or more Fiscal Quarters during Fiscal Year 2014, (B) such amounts may only be allocated by AMRC if, as of the relevant Fiscal Quarter end of the Fiscal Quarter in which such amounts are so allocated, (I) the aggregate amount of (x) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of Holdings and its Subsidiaries plus (y) the unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount is not less than $40,000,000 and (II) EBITDA for the Rolling Period ending as of the relevant Fiscal Quarter end of the Fiscal Quarter in which such amounts are so allocated is not less than $85,000,000 and (C) such amounts shall be excluded from the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio only for the four full Fiscal Quarter period following the Fiscal Quarter in which such amounts are so allocated (and no subsequent Fiscal Quarter).

Capitalized Lease Liabilities means all monetary obligations of the Holdings and its Subsidiaries under any leasing or similar arrangement with respect to any real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capitalized leases, and, for purposes of this Agreement and each other Loan Document, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

Carry-Forward Amount is defined in Section 7.2.5.

Cash Collateralize means, to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the L/C Issuers or Revolving Lenders, as collateral for Letter of Credit Outstandings or obligations of the Revolving Lenders to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Outstandings, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalent Investment means, at any time:

(a) any evidence of Indebtedness, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof, issued or guaranteed by the United States (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States);

(b) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof and rated (at the time of acquisition thereof) at least A-2 by S&P or P-2 by Moody’s, which is issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of any Loan Party) organized under the Laws of any state of the United States or of the District of Columbia;

 

-6-


(c) any certificate of deposit or bankers acceptance or time deposit, maturing not more than one year after such time, which is issued by a commercial banking institution that (i) is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 and (iii) has a credit rating (at the time of acquisition thereof) of A2 or higher from Moody’s or A or higher from S&P;

(d) any investment in money market mutual funds that comply with the criteria set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and are rated (at the time of acquisition thereof) AAA- by S&P and Aaa3 by Moody’s;

(e) any repurchase agreement that is entered into with a commercial banking institution of the stature referred to in clause (c) with respect to securities of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (c), has a maturity of not more than 90 days and a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation thereunder of such commercial banking institution;

(f) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) have (at the time of acquisition thereof) one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s;

(g) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (c) of this definition; and

(h) other short-term investments utilized by Holdings or any Subsidiaries in jurisdictions other than the United States in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type and credit quality analogous to any of the foregoing, including any cash held in foreign currencies on deposit or otherwise invested with banking institutions of recognized standing in the relevant jurisdiction.

Cash Management Liabilities means all obligations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries owing to any Lender or Affiliate thereof (or any Person that was a Lender or Affiliate thereof at the time of entry) with respect to any treasury or cash management services (including, without limitation, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items and overdraft protection) that are provided to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

CERCLA means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

CERCLIS means the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation Liability Information System List.

 

-7-


Change in Control means:

(a) the failure at any time of the Management Investors, in the aggregate, to own beneficially at least 25% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings, on a fully diluted basis;

(b) any three or more of the Key Executives cease performing an active role in the senior management of any Borrower, unless the Administrative Agent approves any new executive replacing such three or more Key Executives within 30 days after the occurrence of the foregoing;

(c) the failure of Holdings at any time to own, either directly or indirectly, beneficially 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of either Borrower (whether voting or non-voting), on a fully diluted basis, such Equity Interests to be held free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender Parties pursuant to the Loan Documents);

(d) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), excluding the Management Investors, shall after the Effective Date become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 51% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings; or

(e) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors or similar governing body of Holdings shall cease to be occupied by Persons who were (i) members of the board of directors or similar governing body of Holdings on the Effective Date or nominated or designated by directors who were directors of Holdings on the Effective Date (in each case other than any Person whose initial nomination or appointment occurred as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors or similar governing body of Holdings, other than any such solicitation made by the board of directors or similar governing body of Holdings) or (ii) appointed, designated or approved by the directors so nominated or designated.

Change in Law means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of (a) the adoption or taking effect of any Law, (b) any change in any Law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of Law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case constitute a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

-8-


Citibank is defined in the preamble.

Class means each separate class of Lenders comprising the Revolving Lenders, the Term Lenders, the Delayed Draw Term Lenders or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.

Collateral means the Equity Interests of each Borrower and any assets of the Borrowers or of any other Loan Party that is subject to a Lien required pursuant to any Loan Document.

Commitment means, as the context may require, a Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment, Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, Letter of Credit Commitment or Swing Line Loan Commitment.

Commitment Amount means, as the context may require, the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, the Term Loan Commitment Amount, the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount, the Letter of Credit Commitment Amount or the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount.

Commitment Increase Effective Date is defined in clause (d) of Section 2.10.

Commitment Termination Event means (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default described in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 8.1.9 or (b) the occurrence and continuance of any other Event of Default and either (i) the declaration of the Loans to be due and payable pursuant to Section 8.3 or (ii) the giving of notice by the Administrative Agent, acting at the direction of the Required Lenders, to AMRC that the Commitments have been terminated.

Commonly Controlled Entity means an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with AMRC within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is a part of a group which includes the Borrowers and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Communications is defined in clause (c)(ii) of Section 10.2.

Compliance Certificate means a Compliance Certificate duly executed by a Financial Officer of Holdings, substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto together with such changes thereto as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request for the purpose of monitoring the compliance of the Loan Parties with the financial covenants contained herein.

Contingent Liability means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss (including by providing a Lien on its property or assets, maintaining any financial statement condition or liquidity level, or purchasing or leasing any property or services)) the indebtedness or any other

 

-9-


liability of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection), or guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the Equity Interests of any other Person. The amount of any Contingent Liability of any guaranteeing Person shall be equal to the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Liability is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Contingent Liability, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Contingent Liability shall be such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as reasonably determined by the applicable Loan Party.

Connection Income Taxes mean Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes, excise Taxes, or branch profits Taxes.

Continuation/Conversion Notice means a Continuation/Conversion Notice duly executed by an Authorized Officer of a Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 attached hereto.

Credit Extension means, as the context may require (a) the making of a Loan by a Lender or (b) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, any increase in the Stated Amount of any Letter of Credit or the extension of any Stated Expiry Date of any existing Letter of Credit, by an L/C Issuer.

Debtor Relief Laws means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions, in each case from time to time in effect.

Default means any Event of Default or any condition, occurrence or event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender means, subject to clause (b) of Section 4.14, any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and AMRC that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable Default, if any, shall be specifically identified) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified AMRC, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with the applicable Default, if any, shall be specifically

 

-10-


identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or AMRC, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and AMRC that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause upon receipt of such confirmation by the Administrative Agent and AMRC), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to clause (b) of Section 4.14) upon delivery of notice of such determination to AMRC and each other Lender Party.

Delayed Draw Term Lender means a Lender with a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or holding Delayed Draw Term Loans as designated in Schedule II hereto, in an Assignment and Assumption or an Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement.

Delayed Draw Term Loan is defined in Section 2.1.3.

Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment is defined in Section 2.1.3.

Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount means, on any date prior to the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date, $65,000,000, as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 2.10 or reduced pursuant to Section 2.3, minus the original principal amount of all Delayed Draw Term Loans made prior to such date.

Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date means the earlier of (a) April 17, 2017 and (b) the date on which any Commitment Termination Event occurs. Upon the occurrence of any event described above, the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment shall terminate automatically and without any further action.

Delayed Draw Term Note means a promissory note of the Borrowers that is payable to any Delayed Draw Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from outstanding Delayed Draw Term Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.

 

-11-


Deposit Account has the meaning provided for in the U.C.C. and includes, without limitation, each bank account, lock-box account, concentration account and collateral account maintained by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

Deposit Account Bank means each bank or other financial institution that has entered into a Deposit Account Control Agreement.

Deposit Account Control Agreement means each Deposit Account Control Agreement in such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, executed by a Deposit Account Bank and any applicable Loan Party.

Disbursement is defined in Section 2.7.3.

Disbursement Date is defined in Section 2.7.3.

Disclosure Schedule means the Disclosure Schedule attached as Schedule I hereto.

Disqualified Equity Interests shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or any other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than for Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than for Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale), (c) provides for and requires scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the then Stated Maturity Date in effect at the time of issuance; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees, directors, managers, officers or consultants of Holdings (or any parent company) or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such Persons, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dollar and the symbol $ mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary means each Subsidiary of either Borrower that is organized under the Laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

EBITDA means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, for such period, of:

(a) Net Income during such period;

plus

 

-12-


(b) Interest Expense during such period and, to the extent not reflected in such Interest Expense, any (i) non-cash losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Agreements (including any applicable termination payment) entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (ii) bank and financing fees (including commitment and agency fees) and out-of-pocket transaction costs and expenses with respect to the Loan Documents that were or are incurred;

plus

(c) out-of-pocket transaction costs and expenses with respect to the 2012 Equity Offering in calendar years 2011 and 2012 (in an aggregate amount not to exceed, in the case of such costs and expenses in calendar year 2012, $2,000,000);

plus

(d) the amount deducted, in determining Net Income, of all income, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholdings taxes (whether paid or deferred and including any penalties and default interest payments) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period;

plus

(e) the amount deducted, in determining Net Income, representing amortization and depreciation of assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period;

plus

(f) non-cash compensation, in the form of Equity Interests in Holdings, paid to employees, officers or directors of Holdings or its Subsidiaries during such period;

plus

(g) any other non-cash charges, including (i) any non-cash write-offs or write-downs, (ii) non-cash equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) non-cash losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets or long-lived assets and (iv) all non-cash losses from investments recorded using the equity method;

plus

(h) any net non-cash loss resulting during such period from currency transaction losses.

Effective Date means the date this Agreement becomes effective pursuant to Section 10.8.

 

-13-


Eligible Assignee means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under clauses (b)(iii), (v) and (vi) of Section 10.10 (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under clause (b)(iii) of Section 10.10).

Environmental Consultant is defined in clause (b) of Section 7.1.6.

Environmental Laws means all Laws relating to public health and safety and protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, Release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters, including CERCLA, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq., the Clean Air Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 U.S.C., §§ 651 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 11001 et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 300(f) et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5101 et seq., the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. §§ 136 et seq., and any similar or implementing state or local Law.

Equipment has the meaning provided for in the U.C.C. and includes, without limitation, all Equipment wherever located and whether or not affixed to any real property, including all accessories, additions, attachments, improvements, substitutions and replacements thereto.

Equity Interests means, with respect to any Person, all shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company or other ownership in participation or equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s equity capital (including any warrants, options or other purchase rights with respect to the foregoing), whether now outstanding or issued after the Effective Date.

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event means (a) any ERISA Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (b) the failure by any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) and, in the case of any Multiemployer Plan, Sections 431 and 432 of the Code, in all cases whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 303(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (d) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any of it ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan; (e) the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate or to appoint a trustee to

 

-14-


administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any Withdrawal Liability; or (g) the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

ERISA Reportable Eventmeans (a) any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under subsection .13, .14, .16, .18, .19 or .20 of PBGC Reg. § 4043; (b) withdrawal from a Pension Plan described in Section 4063 of ERISA; (c) a cessation of operations described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) any requirement to make additional contributions or give security to any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 436 of the Code or Section 206(g) of ERISA; or (e) a failure to make a payment required by Section 412(m) of the Code or Section 302(e) of ERISA when due.

Eurodollar Rate Loan means a Loan bearing interest, at all times during an Interest Period applicable to such Loan, at a fixed rate of interest determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate. All Eurodollar Rate Loans shall bear interest from and including the first day of the applicable Interest Period to (but not including) the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined as applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan.

Eurodollar Reserve Requirement means, for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the maximum rate, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including, without limitation, any basic marginal, special, supplemental, emergency or other reserves) are required to be maintained with respect thereto against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D of the F.R.S. Board) under regulations issued from time to time by the F.R.S. Board or other applicable banking regulator. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Eurodollar Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with respect to (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the applicable Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or any other interest rate of a Loan is to be determined or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Eurodollar Rate Loans. For the purposes of this Agreement, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and shall be subject to applicable reserve requirements without the benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the applicable Lender. The rate of interest on Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Requirement.

Event of Default is defined in Section 8.1.

Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries means any Subsidiary (a) that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (b) substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (a) of this definition or (c) the Equity Interests of which are directly or indirectly owned by any Subsidiary described in clause (a).

 

-15-


Excluded Taxes means with respect to any Lender Party or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of either Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise, excise or similar taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the United States, or by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority thereof or therein) (i) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located, (ii) in the case of any Lender Party, in which its applicable lending office is located, (iii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender or any other recipient (including a participant) of a payment hereunder (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by AMRC under Section 4.13), any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender or recipient at the time such Foreign Lender or recipient becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office) or acquires an interest hereunder or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s or recipient’s failure or inability (other than a Change in Law) to comply with clause (e) of Section 4.6, except to the extent that such Foreign Lender or recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from either Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 4.6, and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed by FATCA.

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by such Person’s board of directors or senior management, whose determination will be conclusive.

Family Member means, with respect to any natural person who is a Management Investor referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Management Investor”, all lineal descendants, adopted children, foster children, stepchildren, and individuals that were a minor when another Family Member of such Management Investor became a legal guardian of that individual, in each case of a common ancestor (where such Management Investor may be either the common ancestor or a lineal descendant of the common ancestor), and any such lineal descendant’s spouse or spousal equivalent (a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse); provided that the common ancestor is no more than five generations removed from the youngest generation of Family Members. “Family Member” shall also include a spouse, spousal equivalent or stepchild that was a Family Member of a Management Investor referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Management Investor” but is no longer a family member due to a divorce or other similar event.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the Effective Date and any successor version (that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future United States Treasury regulations or other official administrative guidance or interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Rate is defined in the definition “Alternate Base Rate”.

 

-16-


Financial Officer means the president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer and principal accounting officer of each Borrower and Holdings whose signatures and incumbency have been certified to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1.2 or otherwise.

Fiscal Quartermeans any fiscal quarter of a Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year means any period of 12 consecutive calendar months ending on December 31.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of:

(a) (i) EBITDA for the Rolling Period ending as of such Fiscal Quarter end;

minus

(ii) the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such Rolling Period (other than Capital Expenditures financed (or refinanced) to the extent permitted by clause (e) of Section 7.2.2 or from the proceeds of Delayed Draw Term Loans); provided that the foregoing shall not include the Capital Expenditures Exclusion;

minus

(iii) all income and franchise taxes required to be paid in cash by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such Rolling Period;

minus

(iv) all restricted payments (whether or not financed with the proceeds of a Delayed Draw Term Loan) paid by Holdings in cash of the type referred to in clause (a)(v) of Section 7.2.7 for such Rolling Period; provided, that with respect to any such restricted payment that is paid to a holder of Equity Interests of Holdings who is not known by an Authorized Officer of Holdings to be a Minority Stockholder (or to a Person acting on behalf of a Person that is not a Minority Stockholder) that is financed (or refinanced) from the proceeds of a Delayed Draw Term Loan, only 50% of the principal amount of each such Delayed Draw Term Loan shall be counted for purposes of this clause (iv);

minus

(v) all earn-outs and similar deferred consideration that is paid in cash during such Rolling Period pursuant to any acquisition of Holdings or its Subsidiaries that was consummated during or prior to such Rolling Period;

 

-17-


to

(b) the sum of:

(i) all Interest Expense required to be paid in cash in respect of Funded Debt during such Rolling Period;

(ii) all regularly scheduled amortization payments of principal of Indebtedness (including scheduled payments of the Term Loans and the Delayed Draw Term Loans but excluding (i) any final or “balloon” payments thereof required to be made at maturity and any re-margin payments, (ii) scheduled repayments of the Revolving Loans and other Indebtedness subject to reborrowing to the extent not accompanied by a concurrent and permanent reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount or equivalent loan commitment, as the case may be, and (iii) for the avoidance of doubt, any payments made pursuant to a mandatory prepayment, mandatory redemption or like provision) made during such Rolling Period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) for the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2012 the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based solely upon those elements included in the calculation thereof for the one Fiscal Quarter period ending on March 31, 2012 (and not for the Rolling Period ending on March 31, 2012); (b) for the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2012 the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based solely upon those elements included in the calculation thereof for the two Fiscal Quarter period ending on June 30, 2012 (and not for the Rolling Period ending on June 30, 2012); and (c) for the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2012 the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based solely upon those elements included in the calculation thereof for the three Fiscal Quarter period ending on September 30, 2012 (and not for the Rolling Period ending on September 30, 2012). From and after December 31, 2012, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based upon the relevant elements included in the calculation thereof for each relevant applicable Rolling Period.

Flood Insurance Acts means, collectively, (a) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and (b) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, each as amended and together with any successor law of such type.

Foreign Lender means any Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which either Borrower is a resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary means each Subsidiary of either Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fronting Exposure means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Revolving Percentage of the outstanding Letter of Credit Outstandings with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, other than Letter of Credit Outstandings as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to any Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Revolving

 

-18-


Percentage of outstanding Swing Line Loans made by such Swing Line Lender, other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

F.R.S. Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

Fund means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funded Debt means all Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (a), (b) (provided that in the case of letters of credit referred to therein only to the extent, however, of unpaid reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that have been drawn), (c) and (f) (provided that Indebtedness under clause (f) shall be included in any Fiscal Quarter only to the extent of any such obligations that are actually due and payable as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter) of the definition thereof of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

GAAP is defined in Section 1.4.

Governmental Authority means the government of the United States or any other nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guaranty means the Guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto.

Hazardous Material means (a) any “hazardous substance” as defined by CERCLA, (b) any “hazardous waste” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, (c) any petroleum product or (d) any pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or toxic chemical, material or substance within the meaning of any Law relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material.

Holdingsis defined in the preamble.

Improvements means, with respect to any Mortgaged Property, all buildings, structures and other improvements now or hereafter existing, erected or placed on or under such Mortgaged Property, or in any way used in connection with the use, enjoyment, occupancy or operation of such Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof, and all fixtures of every kind and nature whatsoever now or hereafter owned by any of the Borrowers or its Subsidiaries and used or procured for use in connection with such Mortgaged Property.

Incremental Commitment is defined in clause (a) of Section 2.10.

 

-19-


Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreementmeans Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit M attached hereto.

Incremental Commitment Request is defined in clause (a) of Section 2.10.

Incremental Loan is defined in clause (a) of Section 2.10.

Indebtedness of any Person means, without duplication:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, whether or not appearing on the balance sheet of such Person, including all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (including, without limitation, the Loans);

(b) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, relative to the face amount of all letters of credit (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit), whether or not drawn, and banker’s acceptances issued for the account of such Person;

(c) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as Capitalized Lease Liabilities;

(d) the Termination Value of all Swap Agreements of such Person;

(e) whether or not so included as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); provided that earn-outs and other similar deferred consideration that is payable in connection with any acquisition shall constitute Indebtedness only as and to the extent that the obligations related thereto are reflected on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(f) Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;

(g) all obligations and liabilities secured by any Lien on such Person’s property or assets, even though such Person shall not have assumed or become liable for the payment thereof; provided that if such Person has no other liability with respect to such obligations and liabilities, such amount shall equal the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such obligations and liabilities and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the property or assets that are subject to any such Lien;

(h) all Off-Balance Sheet Obligations of such Person; and

(i) all Contingent Liabilities of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer; provided, however, that to the extent any such Indebtedness is limited recourse to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries only the amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to Holdings or its Subsidiaries shall be included for purposes of this definition.

 

-20-


Indemnified Liabilities is defined in Section 10.4.

Indemnified Parties is defined in Section 10.4.

Indemnified Taxes means Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment hereunder or under any Loan Document other than Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes.

Intellectual Property Collateral is defined in the Security Agreement.

Interest Expense means, for any period, the aggregate consolidated interest expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP, including, without duplication, the portion of any Capitalized Lease Liabilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries allocable to interest expense, all commissions, discounts and other fees charged with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the amortization of debt discounts and the net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates, in each case, allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Period means, relative to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period beginning on (and including) the date on which such Eurodollar Rate Loan is made or continued as, or converted into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or 2.5 and shall end on (but exclude) the day which numerically corresponds to such date one, two, three or six months thereafter, in each case as any Borrower may select in its relevant notice pursuant to Section 2.4 or 2.5; provided, however, that:

(a) the Borrowers shall not be permitted to select Interest Periods to be in effect at any one time which have expiration dates occurring on more than six different dates;

(b) if such Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next following Business Day (unless such next following Business Day is the first Business Day of a month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the Business Day next preceding such numerically corresponding day);

(c) if there is no numerically corresponding day in such month, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such month; and

(d) the Borrowers shall not be permitted to select, and there shall not be applicable, any Interest Period that would (i) be broken by reason of a mandatory payment of Term Loans required pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.1.2 or (ii) end later than the Stated Maturity Date.

Inventory means “inventory” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(48) of the U.C.C.

Investment means, with respect to any Person and without duplication, (a) any loan, advance, other extension of credit or capital contribution made by such Person to any other Person (excluding Accounts generated in the ordinary course of business of such Person and non-cash loans provided by such Person to or for the benefit of its employees for the purpose of purchasing Equity Interests of such Person or its Affiliates pursuant to a stock purchase or stock option plan), (b) any Contingent Liability of such Person incurred in connection with any item

 

-21-


described in clause (a), and (c) any Equity Interest held by such Person in any other Person. The amount of any Investment shall be the original principal or capital amount thereof less all returns of principal or equity thereon (without adjustment by reason of the financial condition of such other Person) and shall, if made by the transfer or exchange of property other than cash, be deemed to have been made in an original principal or capital amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such property.

IRS means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuance Request means an Issuance Request duly executed by an Authorized Officer of a Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto.

Key Executives means, collectively, Said S. Hilal, Nabil Hilal, Samir Tall, Gary Johnson and Stephen E. Stanley.

Landlord Waiver means a Landlord Waiver in substantially the form of Exhibit I-2 attached hereto.

Laws means, collectively, all statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities of any Governmental Authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, consent decrees, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

L/C Issuer means Citibank in its capacity as issuer of a Letter of Credit. At the request of Citibank, another Lender or an Affiliate of Citibank may issue one or more Letters of Credit hereunder, in which event such other Lender or Affiliate shall be an L/C Issuer hereunder.

Lender Party means, as the context may require, any Lender (including the Swing Line Lender), any L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent, together with each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns.

Lenders means the Persons listed on Schedule II and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or an Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swing Line Lender.

Letter of Credit is defined in clause (a) of Section 2.1.4.

Letter of Credit Commitment is defined in Section 2.1.4. The Letter of Credit Commitment is a sub-facility of the Revolving Loan Commitment and is a part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Loan Commitment.

Letter of Credit Commitment Amount means, on any date, $15,000,000, as such amount is reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 2.3, 8.2 or 8.3.

 

-22-


Letter of Credit Outstandings means, on any date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the then aggregate amount which is undrawn and available under all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit plus (b) the then aggregate amount of all unpaid and outstanding Reimbursement Obligations.

Leverage Ratio means, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of:

(a) the outstanding principal amount of Funded Debt as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

to

(b) EBITDA for the Rolling Period ending as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter.

Lien means any security interest, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, collateral, assignment for security, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise) or charge against or interest in property to secure payment of a debt or performance of an obligation, or other priority or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest.

Loan means, as the context may require, either a Revolving Loan, a Term Loan, a Delayed Draw Term Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Documents means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Security Agreement, each Mortgage, the Pledge Agreement, the Guaranty, each Deposit Account Control Agreement, and (b) each Assignment and Assumption, each Bailee Waiver, each Landlord Waiver and each other agreement, instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement.

Loan Party means Holdings, the Borrowers and each Subsidiary of Holdings that has executed the Guaranty or a supplement thereto.

Management Investors means, collectively, (a) the Key Executives, (b) any of such Key Executives’ Trusts and Family Members and (c) any other Person (other than a natural Person) that is controlled by (within the meaning provided for in the second sentence of the definition “Affiliate”) any Management Investor referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of this definition.

Material Adverse Effect means any event or series of events (whether or not related) that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on:

(a) the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(b) the ability of Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party to perform or pay its Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof or of any other Loan Document;

 

-23-


(c) the Administrative Agent’s first priority security interest (subject to the Liens permitted in Section 7.2.3) in the Collateral; or

(d) the (i) validity or enforceability of (A) any agreement referred to in clause (a) of the definition “Loan Documents” or (B) any material document referred to in clause (b) of the definition “Loan Documents” (other than any Assignment and Assumption Agreement) or (ii) the rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders with respect to any of the foregoing.

Material Agreements means, collectively, all the agreements evidencing the Indebtedness referred to at Item 7.2.2(c) (“Ongoing Indebtedness”) of the Disclosure Schedule and all other agreements, documents and instruments the breach, non-performance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Minimum Collateral Amount means, at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash, an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposure of all the L/C Issuers with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time, and (b) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer in their sole discretion.

Minority Stockholders means, any Person, together with its Affiliates, holding 400,000 or more shares of Preferred Stock of Holdings as of the Effective Date.

Monthly Payment Date means the last Business Day of each calendar month or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

Moody’s means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgage means (a) a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, assignment of leases and rents or other security document granting a security interest to the Administrative Agent on the Mortgaged Property, substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, but including such changes as are reasonably necessary in order to comply with the requirements of the Law of the State or County in which the applicable Real Property Assets are located; and (b) each other mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, assignment of leases and rents or other security agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any additional Mortgaged Property after the date of the initial Credit Extension.

Mortgaged Property means (a) all fee owned Real Property Assets identified at Item 6.10(c) (“Real Property Assets”) of the Disclosure Schedule and all other fee owned Real Property Assets with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 7.1.8 or 7.1.9 and (b) all Improvements and other property owned by any Borrower or any other Loan Party and located thereon, all as more particularly described in each Mortgage executed by a Loan Party.

Multiemployer Plan means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Debt Proceeds means, in the case of the issuance, placement or sale of any Indebtedness by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of the type referred to in clause (a) of the

 

-24-


definition thereof (excluding Indebtedness permitted to be outstanding pursuant to Section 7.2.2), the sum of:

(a) the gross cash proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from such issuance, placement or sale of such Indebtedness (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a promissory note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received);

minus

(b) in connection with such issuance, placement or sale of such Indebtedness, all fees (including original issue discount and upfront fees) and expenses and underwriters’ discounts and commissions paid in cash by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to Persons other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates.

Net Disposition Proceeds means the sum of:

(a) the gross cash proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (i) from any Permitted Disposition or (ii) as a result of the taking of any of their assets under the power of eminent domain, condemnation or similar proceeding (each, a “Taking”), including any cash payments received by way of a deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only when and as received;

minus

(b) in connection with such Permitted Disposition or Taking (i) all fees and expenses paid in cash by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which have not been paid to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates; (ii) all taxes actually paid or reasonably estimated by Holdings (determined in good faith by a Financial Officer) to be payable in cash in connection with such Permitted Disposition or Taking; provided, however, that if, after the payment of all taxes with respect to such Permitted Disposition, the amount of estimated taxes, if any, exceeded the amount actually paid in cash in respect of such Permitted Disposition, the aggregate amount of such excess shall be promptly paid, pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.1.2 (but subject to reinvestment rights set forth in clause (g) of Section 3.1.2), as Reduced Net Disposition Proceeds; (iii) all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Loan Documents) permitted by this Agreement that is payable to a Person other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates, which Indebtedness is secured by the assets the subject of a Permitted Disposition or Taking and is required to be repaid (and is in fact repaid) by the holder thereof upon consummation of such Permitted Disposition or Taking; and (iv) any reserve for (and amounts in any escrow account in respect of) any reasonably anticipated adjustment for a period not later than one year after the applicable Permitted Disposition or Taking, in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

-25-


Net Income means, for any period, all amounts (exclusive of all amounts in respect of any extraordinary gains or losses) which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included as net income or net loss on the consolidated statements of income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such time; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from Net Income (a) the income of any Person in which any other Person has a joint interest (other than a Subsidiary) except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions that were actually paid in cash to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during such period; (b) the net income or net loss of any Person prior to the date it became a Subsidiary of, or was merged or consolidated into, AMRC or any of its Subsidiaries; or (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of AMRC (other than AMDC) to the extent that the declaration or payment of such dividends or distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation (other than those arising under any Loan Documents) or requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.

Net Insurance Proceeds means the sum of:

(a) insurance proceeds that have been received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries on account of the loss or damage to any of the property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries paid under any casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered loss thereunder, but only when and as received in cash, net of all out-of-pocket fees and expenses paid in cash by any Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates) in connection with the adjustment, settlement or collection of any claims;

minus

(b) all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Loan Documents) permitted by this Agreement that is payable to a Person other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates, which Indebtedness is secured by the property or assets the subject of the relevant insurance event and is required to be repaid (and is in fact repaid) by the holder thereof upon the occurrence of such insurance event.

Non-Consenting Lender means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Lenders or affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender shall mean each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

Note means, as the context may require, either a Revolving Note, a Term Note, a Delayed Draw Term Note or a Swing Line Note.

Obligations means (a) all obligations (monetary or otherwise) of Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party arising under or in connection with this Agreement and each other Loan Document, including principal, interest (including post-default interest and interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding referred to in Section 8.1.9, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding), reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and each Lender required to be paid by the Borrowers) that are owing under this

 

-26-


Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case whether now existing or hereafter incurred, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and due or to become due, (b) the Cash Management Liabilities and (c) Swap Liabilities arising from any Swap Agreement that is entered into in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and at the time of entering into was between a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, on the other hand.

Off-Balance Sheet Obligation means the monetary obligation of a Person under a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease.

Organizational Document means, with respect to any Loan Party, its articles of incorporation, partnership agreement, operating agreement, by-laws and governing documents applicable to any of its authorized Equity Interests.

Other Connection Taxesmeans, with respect to any recipient of any payment to be made hereunder, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document). For the avoidance of doubt, Other Connection Taxes include, but are not limited to, Taxes imposed by a jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located.

Other Taxes means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except any such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment or sale of a participation (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 4.13).

Participant is defined in clause (d) of Section 10.10.

Participant Register is defined in clause (d) of Section 10.10.

Patriot Act is defined in clause (a) of Section 6.23.

PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Percentage means, relative to any Lender, the percentage set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule II hereto, in a duly executed Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement or in a duly executed Assignment and Assumption, as such percentage may be

 

-27-


adjusted from time to time pursuant to each Assignment and Assumption executed and delivered pursuant to Section 10.10 and as provided in clause (h) of Section 2.10.

Permitted Acquisition means the acquisition by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all the assets of a Person or line of business of a Person, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of a Person (referred to herein as the “Acquired Entity”); provided that (a) the business of such Acquired Entity shall constitute a business permitted by Section 7.2.1; (b) such acquisition was not preceded by, or consummated pursuant to, an unsolicited tender offer or proxy contest initiated by or on behalf of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Related Parties; (c) subject to the proviso at the end of clause (g) of this definition, the Acquired Entity shall, upon consummation of the acquisition, be owned (or, in the case of an asset purchase, such assets shall be owned) by a Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary of a Borrower; (d) at the time of such transaction, both immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (e) after giving effect to such transaction, the Borrowers shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants in Section 7.2.4 as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been delivered hereunder (which compliance shall be evidenced by the due completion, execution and delivery by a Financial Officer of Holdings of a Compliance Certificate); (f) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall not incur or assume any Indebtedness in connection with such acquisition, except as permitted by Section 7.2.2; and (g) the aggregate cash consideration for all Permitted Acquisitions (including, without limitation, (i) by exchange of Equity Interests (but excluding cash equity contributions and proceeds from the issuance of additional Equity Interests) or other property, (ii) payments made at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, or as part of a deferred payment at any future time (such as “earn-outs” and similar payments), regardless whether such payments are subject to any contingency, and (iii) all Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection therewith) shall not exceed $25,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, provided that, of such amount, the aggregate consideration of those Permitted Acquisitions during the term of this Agreement that do not satisfy the requirements of clause (c) shall not exceed $10,000,000.

Permitted Disposition means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets (including, without limitation, Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Holdings and Accounts) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted by Section 7.2.10 (other than clause (c) thereof); provided, however, that (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the assets subject to such dispositions shall not exceed $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, (b) not less than 75% (or, in the case of any Real Property Asset, 100%) of the consideration received therefrom shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments (provided that there shall be no such cash or Cash Equivalent Investment requirement with respect to that part of any Real Property Asset that is sold in a “forward” or “reverse” like kind exchange pursuant to Section 1031 of the Code), (c) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have received fair value therefor, and (d) both immediately before and after giving effect to each such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (other than with respect to any such Permitted Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default or Event of Default existed).

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness means Indebtedness issued or incurred (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) to refinance, refund,

 

-28-


extend, renew or replace existing Indebtedness (“Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing Indebtedness is not greater than the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinanced Indebtedness, (b) such refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing Indebtedness has a final maturity that is no sooner than, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is no shorter than, such Refinanced Indebtedness, (c) if such Refinanced Indebtedness or any Contingent Liabilities thereof are subordinated to the Obligations, such refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing Indebtedness and any Contingent Liabilities thereof are subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Lenders in any material respect, (d) the obligors in respect of such Refinanced Indebtedness immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing are the only obligors on such refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing Indebtedness, except as otherwise permitted hereunder and (e) the terms and conditions (excluding interest rates and any prepayment premium, redemption or put provisions) of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Refinanced Indebtedness; provided that a certificate of a Financial Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions, of such Indebtedness or substantially final drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrowers have determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements.

Person means any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm, association, trust, Governmental Authority or other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

Platform is defined in clause (c)(i) of Section 10.2.

Pledge Agreement means the Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto.

Preferred Stock means, collectively, the issued and outstanding (i) Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) Series D Preferred Stock, (v) Series E Preferred Stock and (vi) Series F Preferred Stock.

Pro Rata means (a) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to any Term Loan or the Term Loan Commitment of any Term Lender, such Term Lender’s Percentage with respect to the same, (b) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to any Revolving Loan or the Revolving Loan Commitment of any Revolving Lender, including any Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans issued or participated in by each such Revolving Lender, such Revolving Lender’s Percentage with respect to the same, (c) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to any Delayed Draw Term Loan or any Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of any Delayed Draw Term Lender, such Delayed Draw Term Lender’s Percentage with respect to the same, and (d) for all other purposes the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of (x) the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender (or, if the Term Loan Commitment has been terminated, the aggregate outstanding

 

-29-


principal amount of Term Loans of such Lender) plus (y) the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such Lender plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Delayed Draw Term Loans of such Lender plus (z) the Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender (or, if the Revolving Loan Commitment has been terminated, the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of such Lender plus the aggregate principal amount of all participations by such Lender in any Letter of Credit Outstandings and obligation to make Revolving Loans with respect to outstanding Swing Line Loans) by (ii) (x) the Term Loan Commitment Amount of all the Lenders (or, if the Term Loan Commitment has been terminated, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of all the Lenders) plus (y) the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount of all of the Lenders, plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Delayed Draw Term Loans of all of the Lenders plus (z) the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount of all the Lenders (or, if the Revolving Loan Commitment has been terminated, the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of all the Lenders plus the aggregate principal amount of all participations of all the Lenders in any Letter of Credit Outstandings and obligation to make Revolving Loans with respect to outstanding Swing Line Loans).

Qualified Equity Interestmeans any Equity Interest, other than a Disqualified Equity Interest.

Quarterly Payment Date means the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

Real Property Assets means all interest of any Loan Party in any real property.

Reduced Net Disposition Proceedsmeans, without duplication, (a) Net Disposition Proceeds minus the amount of such Net Disposition Proceeds that are applied as provided in clause (g) of Section 3.1.2 and (b) all Net Disposition Proceeds which the AMRC has, pursuant to clause (g) of Section 3.1.2, stated will be reinvested but is not so reinvested as therein provided.

Reduced Net Insurance Proceeds means, without duplication, (a) Net Insurance Proceeds minus the amount of such Net Insurance Proceeds that are applied as provided in clause (g) of Section 3.1.2 and (b) all Net Insurance Proceeds which AMRC has, pursuant to clause (g) of Section 3.1.2, stated will be reinvested but is not so reinvested as therein provided.

Refinanced Indebtedness is defined in the definition “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness”.

Refunded Swing Line Loans is defined in clause (b) of Section 2.8.

Register is defined in clause (c) of Section 10.10.

Reimbursement Obligation is defined in Section 2.7.4.

 

-30-


Related Parties means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release means a “release” or “threatened release” as such terms are defined in CERCLA, including any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, seeping, migrating, dumping or disposing of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment.

Required Lenders means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding not less than 50% of the then aggregate unused Commitments and unpaid principal amount of the Loans and Letter of Credit Outstandings (excluding the Commitments and aggregate unpaid principal amount of Loans and Letter of Credit Outstandings, and unused Commitments held by Defaulting Lenders).

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act means, collectively, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§6901, et seq., as in effect from time to time.

Revolving Credit Exposure means, as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Revolving Loans and such Revolving Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Outstandings and Swing Line Loans at such time.

Revolving Lender means each Lender with a Revolving Loan Commitment or holding Revolving Loans as designated on Schedule II hereto, in an Assignment and Assumption or in an Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement.

Revolving Loan Commitment is defined in Section 2.1.2.

Revolving Loan Commitment Amount means, on any date, $35,000,000, as such amount may, from time to time, be increased pursuant to Section 2.10 or be reduced pursuant to Section 2.3, 8.2 or 8.3.

Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date means the earliest of (a) April 17, 2017, (b) the date on which the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount is terminated in full or reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.3 and (c) the date on which any Commitment Termination Event occurs. Upon the occurrence of any event described above, the Revolving Loan Commitments shall terminate automatically and without any further action.

Revolving Loans is defined in Section 2.1.2.

Revolving Note means a promissory note of the Borrowers that is payable to any Revolving Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from outstanding Revolving Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.

 

-31-


Rolling Period means, as of any date of calculation, the immediately preceding four Fiscal Quarters.

S&P means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Security Agreement means the Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto.

Series A Preferred Stock means the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Holdings.

Series B Preferred Stock means the Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Holdings.

Series C Preferred Stock means the Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Holdings.

Series D Preferred Stock means the Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Holdings.

Series E Preferred Stock means the Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Holdings.

Series F Preferred Stock means the Series F Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Holdings.

Solvent means, when used with respect to any Person, that, as of any date of determination:

(a) the amount of the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person, as of such date, exceed the amount of all liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as of such date;

(b) such Person does not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business; and

(c) such Person is able to pay its debts as they mature.

The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit means the total amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit upon the issuance thereof.

Stated Expiry Date is defined in Section 2.7.1.

Stated Maturity Date means April 17, 2017.

 

-32-


Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:

(a) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding Equity Interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or with respect to which any such Person has the right to vote or designate the vote of more than 50% of such Equity Interests (whether by proxy, agreement, operation of law or otherwise); or

(b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity as to which such Person, or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, owns (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) more than a 50% Equity Interest, acts as the general partner or has power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies, or the power to elect the managing partner (or the equivalent), of such partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, as the case may be.

Swap Agreement means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, spot, future, credit default or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions.

Swap Liabilities means any and all obligations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired, under (a) any and all Swap Agreements and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction.

Swing Line Lender means Citibank in its capacity as the Lender making Swing Line Loans, and any successor thereto in such capacity.

Swing Line Loans are defined in Section 2.1.5.

Swing Line Loan Commitment is defined in Section 2.1.5. The Swing Line Loan Commitment is a sub-facility of the Revolving Loan Commitment and is a part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Loan Commitment.

Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount means, on any date, $5,000,000, as such amount is reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.3.

Swing Line Note means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to the Swing Line Lender, in the form of Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Swing Line Lender resulting from outstanding Swing Line Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.

Takingis defined in the definition “Net Disposition Proceeds”.

 

-33-


Taxes means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Termination Value means, with respect to one or more Swap Agreements at any time, after taking into account the effect of any netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, the maximum aggregate amount that AMRC or any of its Subsidiaries would be required to pay if any such Swap Agreement was terminated at such time.

Term Lender means a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or holding Term Loans as designated in Schedule II hereto or in an Assignment and Assumption.

Term Loan is defined in Section 2.1.1.

Term Loan Commitment means, relative to any Term Lender, such Lender’s obligation to make Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.1.1.

Term Loan Commitment Amount means, at any time prior to the Term Loan Commitment Termination Date, $50,000,000.

Term Loan Commitment Termination Date means the earlier of (a) immediately after the making of the initial Credit Extension and (b) the date on which any Commitment Termination Event occurs. Upon the occurrence of any event described above, the Term Loan Commitments shall terminate automatically and without any further action.

Term Note means a promissory note of the Borrowers that is payable to any Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from outstanding Term Loans, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to time in substitution therefor or renewal thereof.

Title Insurance Company means Fidelity Title National Insurance Company or any other nationally reputable title insurance company that is retained by either Borrower and is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Title Policy is defined in clause (c) of Section 5.1.20.

Trusts means, with respect to any natural Person, trusts or other estate planning vehicles established for the benefit of such individual or Family Members of such individual or in respect of which such individual or a Family Member of such individual serves as trustee or in a similar capacity or has the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of all the Equity Interests of Holdings held by such trust or other estate planning vehicle.

Type means, relative to any Loan, the portion thereof, if any, being maintained as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

U.C.C. means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

-34-


United States or U.S. means the United States of America.

U.S. Person means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the product obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension shall be disregarded.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of a Person of which the securities (except in the case of a corporation for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

2012 Equity Offering means any proposed initial public offering of Equity Interests of Holdings, whether offered for sale by Holdings or by holders of Equity Interests of Holdings, pursuant to a registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (including, without limitation, the registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed by Holdings on November 14, 2011 and any amendments thereto) and any offering, transfer, issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings consummated in connection therewith or as an alternative thereto.

SECTION 1.2 Use of Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in this Agreement shall have such meanings when used in each disclosure schedule and each other Loan Document.

SECTION 1.3 Certain Rules of Construction. Unless otherwise specified, references in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer, as the context may require, to the relevant agreement as a whole, including all annexes, exhibits and schedules, and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in such agreement, annex, exhibit or schedule. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including”, “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words

 

-35-


“without limitation”, and where general words are followed by a specific listing of items, the general words shall be given their widest meaning and shall not be limited by an enumeration of specific matters; the word “or” is not exclusive; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent not prohibited by the Loan Documents) or, in the case of any Governmental Authority, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Governmental Authority; all references to any Law shall include any amendments and successors of the same; all references to any agreement, instrument or document shall refer to each such agreement, instrument or document as amended, amended and restated, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any restrictions on any of the foregoing as may be set forth in this Agreement); and the words “asset” and “property” shall have the same meaning and refer to tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. A Default shall be deemed to exist at all times during the period commencing on the date that such Default occurs to the date on which such Default is waived by the applicable Lender Parties as required under Section 10.1 or cured within any period of cure expressly provided for in this Agreement. An Event of Default shall be deemed to exist at all times during the period commencing on the date that such Event of Default occurs to the date on which such Event of Default is waived by the applicable Lender Parties as required under Section 10.1. Whenever any provision in any Loan Document refers to the knowledge (or an analogous phrase) of any Loan Party, such words are intended to signify that a member of management or officer or member of the board of directors or comparable body of such Loan Party has actual knowledge or awareness of a particular fact or circumstance or a member of management or officer or director of such Loan Party, if it had exercised reasonable diligence, would have known or been aware of such fact or circumstance. For purposes of computing a period of time from a specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” and “until” each mean “to, but excluding”; provided that in calculating fees and interest payable hereunder, such period shall, in any event, consist of at least one full day. Reference to “ordinary course of business” means, in respect of any transaction relating to a Loan Party, the ordinary course of such Loan Party’s business that is substantially the same as previously conducted by such Loan Party or is substantially consistent with past practice of such Loan Party, in each case undertaken by such Loan Party in good faith and not for the purpose of evading any covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 1.4 Accounting and Financial Determinations. Unless otherwise specified, all accounting terms used herein or in any other Loan Document shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations and computations hereunder or thereunder (including under Section 7.2.4) shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder shall be prepared in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) as in effect from time to time; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial covenants herein shall be calculated, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards codification 820-10 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure” (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof. In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur that results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, AMRC and the Administrative Agent shall enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition and performance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting

 

-36-


Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “Accounting Change” means changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

SECTION 1.5 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

ARTICLE II

COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

SECTION 2.1 Commitments. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement (including Article V), each Lender severally agrees to make Loans, and each L/C Issuer agrees that it will issue Letters of Credit and each Revolving Lender severally agrees that it will purchase participation interests in each such Letter of Credit, all pursuant to the Commitments described in this Section.

SECTION 2.1.1 Term Loan Commitment. On the day of the initial Credit Extension, each Term Lender agrees to make a loan (relative to such Term Lender, its “Term Loan”) to the Borrowers equal to such Term Lender’s Percentage of the Term Loan Commitment Amount. The commitment of each Term Lender described in this Section is herein referred to as its “Term Loan Commitment”. No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to Term Loans may be reborrowed.

SECTION 2.1.2 Revolving Loan Commitment. From time to time on any Business Day occurring prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, each Revolving Lender agrees to make loans (relative to such Revolving Lender, its “Revolving Loans”) to the Borrowers equal to such Revolving Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Borrowing of the Revolving Loans requested by either Borrower to be made on such day. The commitment of each Revolving Lender described in this Section is herein referred to as its “Revolving Loan Commitment”. On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Borrowers may from time to time borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.1.3 Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment. From time to time on any Business Day occurring prior to the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date, each Delayed Draw Term Lender agrees to make loans (relative to such Delayed Draw Term Lender, its “Delayed Draw Term Loans”) to the Borrowers equal to such Delayed Draw Term Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Borrowing of the Delayed Draw Term Loans requested by either Borrower to be made on such day. The commitment of each Delayed

 

-37-


Draw Term Lender described in this Section is herein referred to as its “Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment”. No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to Delayed Draw Term Loans may be reborrowed.

SECTION 2.1.4 Letter of Credit Commitment. From time to time on any Business Day occurring prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and not less than 30 Business Days prior to the Stated Maturity Date for the Revolving Loans, each L/C Issuer will:

(a) issue one or more standby letters of credit (relative to such L/C Issuer, its “Letter of Credit”) for the account of the Borrowers or their Domestic Subsidiaries in Stated Amounts requested by either Borrower on such day and with a Stated Expiry Date not later than the earlier of (i) one year from such requested date of issuance and (ii) five Business days prior to the Stated Maturity Date for the Revolving Loans; or

(b) extend the Stated Expiry Date of an existing Letter of Credit previously issued hereunder to a date not later than the earlier of (i) one year from the date of such extension and (ii) five Business Days prior to the Stated Maturity Date for the Revolving Loans; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in the preceding clause (ii)) so long as each applicable L/C Issuer has the option to prevent such renewal before the expiration of any such additional period.

The commitment of each L/C Issuer to issue, and each Revolving Lender to participate in, each Letter of Credit described in this Section is herein referred to as the “Letter of Credit Commitment”.

SECTION 2.1.5 Swing Line Loan Commitment. From time to time on any Business Day occurring prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans (relative to such Lender, its “Swing Line Loans”) to the Borrowers equal to the aggregate amount of the Borrowing of the Swing Line Loans requested by either Borrowers to be made on such day. The commitment of the Swing Line Lender described in this Section is herein referred to as its “Swing Line Loan Commitment”. On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Borrowers may from time to time borrow, prepay and reborrow Swing Line Loans.

SECTION 2.2 Lenders Not Permitted or Required To Make Credit Extensions. No Lender shall be permitted or required to make any Loan or participate in any Letter of Credit, and no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to issue or extend any Letter of Credit, under any circumstances described below in this Section.

SECTION 2.2.1 Term Loans. No Borrowing of Term Loans shall be made if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Term Loans (a) of all Term Lenders would exceed the Term Loan Commitment Amount or (b) of any Term Lender would exceed such Term Lender’s Percentage of the Term Loan Commitment Amount.

 

-38-


SECTION 2.2.2 Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit. No Borrowing of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans or issuance or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be made if, after giving effect thereto:

(a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans, together with the aggregate principal amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings, (i) of all the Revolving Lenders and the Swing Line Lender would exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount or (ii) of any Revolving Lender would exceed such Revolving Lender’s Percentage of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount;

(b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount; or

(c) the aggregate principal amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment Amount.

SECTION 2.2.3 Delayed Draw Term Loans. No Borrowing of Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be made:

(a) if the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such requested Delayed Draw Term Loans that are required to be funded pursuant to the applicable Borrowing Request (i) by all the Delayed Draw Term Lenders would exceed the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount or (ii) by any Delayed Draw Term Lender would exceed such Delayed Draw Term Lender’s Percentage of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount;

(b) in the case of any Borrowing of a Delayed Draw Term Loan that is used to finance or refinance the purchase of any Equipment, (i) unless a Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent, not later than 15 days (or such shorter period of time as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) prior to the making of any such Borrowing, a copy of the related invoice that is dated not more than 12 months prior to the date the requested Delayed Draw Term Loan is to be made or (ii) if the amount of such Borrowing would exceed 80% of the cost (as set forth in the related invoice that is delivered to the Administrative Agent) of such Equipment; provided, that if the Borrowers are unable to deliver a copy of the related invoice as provided in clause (b)(i) the Borrowers may deliver in lieu thereof an appraised value of the applicable Equipment (which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), in which case the amount of the applicable Borrowing shall not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the applicable Equipment;

(c) in the case of any Borrowing of a Delayed Draw Term Loan that is used to finance or refinance the purchase of any Real Property Asset, (i) unless a Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent, not later than 60 days (or such shorter period of time as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) prior to the making of any such Borrowing, a substantially final copy of the purchase agreement and a reasonably detailed description of such Real Property Asset or (ii) if the amount of such Borrowing would exceed 75% of the lesser of (A) the purchase price of such Real Property Asset or (B) the appraised value (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) of such Real Property Asset; or

 

-39-


(d) in the case of any Borrowing of a Delayed Draw Term Loan that is used to finance (or refinance) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of Holdings for the purpose of Holdings purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring Equity Interests:

(A) of a stockholder of Holdings that is not known by Holdings to be a Minority Stockholder pursuant to clause (a)(v)(A) of Section 7.2.7, unless after giving pro forma effect to such Borrowing the conditions set forth in such clause for making such dividends, distributions and other payments to Holdings have been satisfied; and

(B) of a stockholder of Holdings that is known by Holdings to be a Minority Stockholder pursuant to clause (a)(v)(B) of Section 7.2.7, unless after giving pro forma effect to such Borrowing, the conditions set forth in such clause for making such dividends, distributions and other payments to Holdings have been satisfied.

SECTION 2.3 Reduction of the Commitment Amounts.

(a) Optional Reduction. Each Borrower may, at any time and from time to time on any Business Day after the date of the initial Credit Extension, voluntarily reduce the unused amount of any remaining Commitment Amount; provided, however, that (i) all such reductions shall be made on not less than one Business Day’s prior notice to the Administrative Agent and be permanent, (ii) any partial reduction of any unused amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount or Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in an integral multiple of $100,000, (iii) the Revolving Loans shall have been prepaid to the extent required by Section 3.1.2 and (iv) any partial reduction of the unused amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in an integral multiple of $100,000; provided that a notice of a Commitment reduction delivered by either Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked or delayed by either Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of the requested Commitment reduction) if (x) such condition is not satisfied and (y) the Borrowers pay all amounts that are required to be paid in accordance with Section 4.4. Any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount which reduces the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount below the then current amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount or the Letter of Credit Commitment Amount shall result in an automatic and corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount and Letter of Credit Commitment Amount, as the case may be, to the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, as reduced, without any further action on the part of any Lender Party or otherwise.

(b) Mandatory Reduction. The Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment shall be permanently reduced, dollar-for-dollar, by the aggregate principal amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loans made from time to time by the Delayed Draw Term Lenders.

SECTION 2.4 Borrowing Procedures.

(a) Borrowing Requests. By delivering a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time),

 

-40-


on a Business Day occurring prior to the Term Loan Commitment Termination Date (in the case of the Term Loans), the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date (in the case of the Revolving Loans) or the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date (in the case of the Delayed Draw Term Loans), each Borrower may from time to time irrevocably request that (i) a Base Rate Loan be made not less than one Business Day thereafter or that (ii) a Eurodollar Rate Loan be made not less than three Business Days thereafter; provided, however, that (A) no Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Rate Loan after the day that is one month prior to the Stated Maturity Date and (B) any request for a Base Rate Loan all the proceeds of which are used to finance any Reimbursement Obligation may be made on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the day of the proposed Borrowing. All Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) shall be made in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000; provided that Delayed Draw Term Loans are not required to be in any integral amount. The proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely for the purposes described in Section 4.10.

(b) Funding by Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender of its receipt of a Borrowing Request pursuant to clause (a), the amount required to be funded by each such Lender and when such amount must be funded. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each Borrowing shall be made on the Business Day specified in such Borrowing Request. On or before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day each relevant Lender shall deposit with the Administrative Agent same day funds in an amount equal to such Lender’s Percentage of the requested Borrowing. Such deposit will be made to an account which the Administrative Agent shall specify from time to time by notice to the Lenders. To the extent funds are received from the Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall make such funds available to the relevant Borrower by wire transfer to the accounts either Borrower shall have specified in their Borrowing Request.

SECTION 2.5 Continuation and Conversion Elections. By delivering a Continuation/Conversion Notice to the Administrative Agent on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day, each Borrower may from time to time irrevocably elect on not less than one Business Day’s notice, in the case of Base Rate Loans, and not less than three Business Days’ notice, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, that all, or any portion in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000 be, in the case of Base Rate Loans, converted into Eurodollar Rate Loans or be, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, converted into Base Rate Loans or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans (in the absence of delivery of a Continuation/Conversion Notice with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan at least three Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall, on such last day, automatically (subject to Sections 4.1 and 4.2) continue as a Eurodollar Rate Loan with an Interest Period of the same duration as the Interest Period then expiring); provided, however, that (a) each such conversion or continuation shall be prorated among the applicable outstanding Loans of all Lenders, (b) no portion of the outstanding principal amount of any Loans may be continued as, or be converted into, Eurodollar Rate Loans when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, (c) no Loans may be continued as, or be converted into, Eurodollar Rate Loans after the day that is one month prior to the Stated Maturity Date, (d) if the aggregate amount of Eurodollar Rate Loans in respect of any Borrowing is reduced by payment, prepayment or conversion to be less than $1,000,000 such Eurodollar Rate Loans shall

 

-41-


automatically convert to Base Rate Loans and (e) the Delayed Draw Term Loans are not required to be in any integral amount as provided above.

SECTION 2.6 Funding. Each Lender may, if it so elects, fulfill its obligation to make, continue or convert Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder by causing one of its foreign branches or Affiliates (or an international banking facility created by such Lender) to make or maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loan; provided, however, that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.7 Letters of Credit. Each Borrower may request, in accordance with the terms hereof, the issuance of a Letter of Credit for their own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer, at any time and from time to time while the Revolving Loan Commitment remains in effect.

SECTION 2.7.1 Issuance Procedures. (a) By delivering to the relevant L/C Issuer, and, if the L/C Issuer is not Citibank, the Administrative Agent, a duly completed and executed Issuance Request, together with a duly completed application and agreement for such Letter of Credit as such L/C Issuer may specify, on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day not less than 30 days prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, each Borrower may, from time to time irrevocably request, on not less than three Business Days’ notice, that such L/C Issuer issue or extend the Stated Expiry Date of, as the case may be, a Letter of Credit in such form as may be requested by such Borrower and approved by such L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit to be used solely for the purposes described in Section 4.10. Each Letter of Credit shall by its terms be stated to expire on a date (its “Stated Expiry Date”) no later than the earlier of (i) one year from the date of issuance and (ii) five Business Days prior to the Stated Maturity Date for the Revolving Loans; provided, however, that a Letter of Credit may, if requested by a Borrower, provide on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer, for renewal for successive periods of one year or less (but not beyond five Business Days prior to the Stated Maturity Date for the Revolving Loans), unless the Administrative Agent or such L/C Issuer shall have delivered to the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit a notice of non-renewal. The relevant L/C Issuer will make available to the beneficiary thereof the original of each Letter of Credit which it issues hereunder. Unless notified in writing by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders before it issues a Letter of Credit that a Default or Event of Default exists or that the conditions precedent for issuing the same have not been established, the relevant L/C Issuer may issue the requested Letter of Credit in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s customary practices. In the event and to the extent that the provisions of any Letter of Credit application and agreement of either Borrower conflicts with this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

(b) No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if at the time of request of such issuance any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any requirement of Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any

 

-42-


restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Effective Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it. No L/C Issuer shall be required to amend, extend or renew any Letter of Credit if at the time of the request therefor it would not be required to issue a Letter of Credit as provided in this clause.

(c) If the L/C Issuer is the Administrative Agent, it will notify the Revolving Lenders, within three Business Days after the end of each calendar month, of all issuance, renewal and amendment to Letters of Credit during the preceding calendar month. If the L/C Issuer is not the Administrative Agent it will notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and, in any event, within three Business Days following the occurrence thereof) of the issuance, renewal and amendment of all Letters of Credit issued by it.

SECTION 2.7.2 Other Revolving Lenders’ Participation. (a) Upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit pursuant hereto, and without further action, each Revolving Lender (other than each L/C Issuer) shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased (without recourse, representation or warranty), to the extent of its Percentage, a participation interest in each such Letter of Credit, including all Reimbursement Obligations with respect thereto.

(b) If either (i) any L/C Issuer makes any payment or disbursement under any Letter of Credit and the Borrowers have not, in accordance with Section 2.7.3, reimbursed in full the applicable L/C Issuer with respect thereto or (ii) any reimbursement received by any L/C Issuer from the Borrowers is returned or rescinded upon or during any bankruptcy or reorganization of any Loan Party or otherwise, each Revolving Lender shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to pay to each applicable L/C Issuer its Percentage of such payment or disbursement; provided that no such payment by the Revolving Lenders shall diminish the Obligations of the Borrowers under Section 2.7.3 to repay such disbursements and payments in full. Each Revolving Lender agrees to make its required reimbursement payment not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day that it receives a notice of payment or disbursement by the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer (or, if any Revolving Lender receives such notice after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the next following Business Day), together with interest thereon from the date of requested prepayment until the date of such reimbursement at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Federal Funds Rate or (y) the rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rates on interbank compensation, for the first three Business Days following such Revolving Lender’s receipt of such notice, and thereafter at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans. Any Revolving Lender’s failure to make available to the applicable L/C Issuer its Percentage of any such payment or disbursement shall not relieve any other Revolving Lender of its obligation hereunder to make available such other Revolving Lender’s Percentage of such payment, but no Revolving Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Revolving Lender to make available such other Revolving Lender’s Percentage of any such payment or disbursement.

(c) Each Revolving Lender (i) that has complied with its obligations under this Section shall be entitled to receive its Pro Rata share of Letter of Credit fees payable

 

-43-


pursuant to Section 3.3.2 with respect to each relevant Letter of Credit and (ii) if such Revolving Lender has funded a reimbursement payment as provided in clause (b) with respect to a particular Letter of Credit, its Pro Rata share of all reimbursement payments paid by the Borrowers with respect thereto.

SECTION 2.7.3 Disbursements. Each L/C Issuer will notify AMRC and the Administrative Agent promptly of the presentment for payment of any Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, together with notice of the date (the “Disbursement Date”) such payment shall be made (each such payment, a “Disbursement”). Subject to the terms and provisions of such Letter of Credit and this Agreement, such L/C Issuer shall make such payment to the beneficiary (or its designee) of such Letter of Credit. Not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day that each relevant L/C Issuer notifies AMRC and the Administrative Agent that it has made a Disbursement under a Letter of Credit (or, if the Borrowers receive such notice after 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the next following Business Day), the Borrowers will reimburse the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer and each such Revolving Lender that has made a reimbursement payment to such L/C Issuer with respect thereto pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.7.2, for all amounts which such L/C Issuer and each such Revolving Lender have disbursed under such Letter of Credit, together with interest thereon from the Disbursement Date through the date of such reimbursement at a rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans (subject to Section 3.2.2 with respect to late payments).

SECTION 2.7.4 Reimbursement. The obligation (a “Reimbursement Obligation”) of the Borrowers under Section 2.7.3 to reimburse each L/C Issuer with respect to each Disbursement and, upon the failure of the Borrowers to reimburse each such L/C Issuer (or if any reimbursement by the Borrowers must be returned or disgorged by any such L/C Issuer for any reason), each Revolving Lender’s obligation under Section 2.7.2 to reimburse each such L/C Issuer, shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrowers or each such Revolving Lender, as the case may be, may have or have had against any L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Revolving Lender, including any defense based upon the failure of any Disbursement to conform to the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit, any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such Letter of Credit, or the existence of any Default or Event or Default; provided, however, that after paying in full its Reimbursement Obligations hereunder, nothing herein shall adversely affect the right of the Borrowers or each such Lender, as the case may be, to commence any proceeding against any L/C Issuer in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 2.7.6.

SECTION 2.7.5 Deemed Disbursements. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default of the type described in Section 8.1.9 or, with notice from the Administrative Agent to AMRC, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any other Event of Default, the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize all the Letters of Credit Outstandings in an amount equal to 103% thereof. Such cash collateral shall be held in a collateral account under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent as collateral security for the applicable Obligations, all on terms and pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that the Administrative

 

-44-


Agent shall release such Cash Collateral to the Borrowers promptly after such Event of Default no longer exists.

SECTION 2.7.6 Nature of Reimbursement Obligations. The Borrowers and, to the extent set forth in Section 2.7.2, each Revolving Lender shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse of any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof. No L/C Issuer shall be responsible for, nor shall any of the obligations of the Borrowers or any Revolving Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit be affected by, any of the following:

(a) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Loan Document, any Letter of Credit or any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of a Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged;

(b) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or the proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason;

(c) the failure of the beneficiary to comply fully with conditions required in order to demand payment under a Letter of Credit;

(d) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telecopier, telex or otherwise;

(e) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document or draft required in order to make a Disbursement under a Letter of Credit;

(f) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the L/C Issuers, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrowers’ obligations hereunder; or

(g) the existence of any Default or Event of Default, or the termination of the Commitments.

None of the foregoing shall affect, impair or prevent the vesting of any of the rights or powers granted to the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent or any Revolving Lender hereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor any L/C Issuer or Lender shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of, or in connection with, the form, validity issuance, transfer, payment, non-payment or any other transaction related to any Letter of Credit, provided none of the foregoing shall excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrowers or the Lenders to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers and the Lenders to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders that are caused by such L/C Issuer’s failure to exercise reasonable care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on

 

-45-


the part of any L/C Issuer (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such L/C Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in each such determination. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, each L/C Issuer may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

SECTION 2.7.7 Uniform Customs and Practice. The (a) Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits as published by the International Chamber of Commerce most recently at the time of issuance of any commercial Letter of Credit shall apply to each such commercial Letter of Credit and (b) the International Standby Practices 1998 published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice most recently at the time of issuance of any standby Letter of Credit shall apply to each such standby Letter of Credit.

SECTION 2.8 Swing Line Loans. (a) Borrowing Requests. By utilizing a form of electronic communication that has been approved by the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender each Borrower may irrevocably request, on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day a proposed Swing Line Loan is to be made, that Swing Line Loans be made by the Swing Line Lender in any minimum or multiple amount. All Swing Line Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans and shall not be entitled to be converted into Eurodollar Rate Loans. Promptly following confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the Swing Line Lender that all the conditions for making a Swing Line Loan have been satisfied, the proceeds of each Swing Line Loan shall be made available by the Swing Line Lender, by its close of business on the Business Day in which it receives such confirmation from the Administrative Agent, to the applicable Borrower, by wire transfer in accordance with the written instructions provided to the Swing Line Lender by such Borrower. Upon the making of any Swing Line Loan, and without further action, each Revolving Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender) shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased (without recourse, representation or warranty), to the extent of its Percentage, a participation interest in each such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Refinancing Swing Line Loans. (i) If:

(A) requested at any time by the Swing Line Lender (as communicated to the Administrative Agent and AMRC) in its sole discretion when any Swing Line Loan is outstanding;

(B) any Swing Line Loan is or will be outstanding on a date when either Borrower requests that a Revolving Loan be made; or

(C) any Default or Event of Default shall occur and be continuing;

each Revolving Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender) irrevocably agrees that it will, promptly following notice from the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders of the

 

-46-


occurrence of any of the events referred to in the preceding clauses (A) through (C) (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to provide promptly for and on behalf of the Swing Line Lender), make a Revolving Loan (which shall initially be funded as a Base Rate Loan) in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all such Swing Line Loans then outstanding (such outstanding Swing Line Loans hereinafter referred to as the “Refunded Swing Line Loans”). On or before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day following the occurrence of one of the foregoing (provided that if any Revolving Lender shall receive such notice at or prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day such funding shall be made by such Revolving Lender on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day), each such Revolving Lender shall deposit in an account specified by the Swing Line Lender the amount so requested in same day funds and such funds shall be applied by the Swing Line Lender to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loans. At the time the aforementioned Revolving Lenders make the above referenced Revolving Loans, the Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to have made, in consideration of the making of the Refunded Swing Line Loans, Revolving Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans. Upon the making (or deemed making, in the case of the Swing Line Lender) of any Revolving Loans pursuant to this clause, the amount so funded shall become outstanding under such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Note and shall no longer be owed under the Swing Line Note. The Borrowers hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender to charge the Borrowers’ accounts with the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender in order to immediately pay the Swing Line Lender the amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent the proceeds of the Revolving Loans made by the Lenders, including the Revolving Loan deemed to be made by the Swing Line Lender, are not sufficient to repay in full the Refunded Swing Line Loans.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by a Refunded Swing Line Loan in accordance with clause (i), the request for any such Refunded Swing Line Loan shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, and each Revolving Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to clause (i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) In the event any Revolving Lender fails to fund when due as herein provided its Refunded Swing Line Loan or participation in any Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Lender together with interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Federal Funds Rate or (y) the rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rates on interbank compensation, for the first Business Day following such Revolving Lender’s receipt of such notice, and thereafter at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans. Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Refunded Swing Line Loans and fund its participation in any Swing Line Loan shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (A) any set off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (C) the acceleration or maturity of any Loans or the termination of any Commitment after the making of any Swing Line Loan; (D) any breach of this

 

-47-


Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrowers, any Lender or the Administrative Agent; or (E) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(c) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after any Revolving Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment that is received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned or disgorged by the Swing Line Lender for any reason, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Percentage thereof promptly following a demand therefor by the Administrative Agent (which demand the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly make upon the request of the Swing Line Lender), plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned to the Swing Line Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Federal Funds Rate or (y) the rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rates on interbank compensation, for the first Business Day following such Revolving Lender’s receipt of such notice, and thereafter at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.9 Notes. Each Lender’s Loans under a Commitment shall, if requested by such Lender, be evidenced by a Note payable to the order of such Lender in a principal amount equal to such Lender’s Percentage of the original Commitment Amount. Each Lender shall record in its records the outstanding amount owing pursuant to its Notes; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make any such notations shall not limit or otherwise affect any Obligations of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party. Such notations shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.10 Increase in Certain Commitment Amounts.

(a) Request for Increase. If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing AMRC may at any time and from time to time, request (each an “Incremental Commitment Request”) by delivering a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders of the substance thereof) that the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount be increased by an aggregate amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $75,000,000 and the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount be increased by aggregate amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $15,000,000 (each such increase, an “Incremental Commitment”; and the loans made pursuant to each such Incremental Commitment, the “Incremental Loans”); provided that (i) each increase in the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount pursuant to this Section shall reduce, dollar-for-dollar, the amount by which the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount may be increased pursuant to this Section; (ii) each such Incremental Commitment Request shall request an increase in a minimum amount of (A) $10,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining portion of such of total amount) and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, in the case of increases of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount,

 

-48-


and (B) $5,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining portion of such total amount) and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, in the case of increases of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount; and (iii) AMRC may not submit more than five Incremental Commitment Requests during the term of this Agreement. The notice by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders describing each Incremental Commitment Request shall specify the time period (to be determined by the Borrowers in consultation with the Administrative Agent but in no event be less than 15 Business Days from the date of delivery by AMRC of the applicable Incremental Commitment Request to the Administrative Agent) within which each Lender is required to inform the Administrative Agent whether such Lender intends to provide any portion of the applicable Incremental Commitment.

(b) Lender Elections to Increase. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within the required time period whether or not it agrees to provide any portion of the applicable Incremental Commitment and, if so, shall specify the amount of such Incremental Commitment it desires to be allocated to it. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or Revolving Loan Commitment, as the case may be. Each determination by a Lender to provide a portion of an Incremental Commitment shall be made by it in its sole and absolute discretion.

(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify AMRC and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each Incremental Commitment Request. To achieve the full amount of the Incremental Commitment specified in the applicable Incremental Commitment Request, subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) AMRC may obtain the agreement of additional Eligible Assignees to become Delayed Draw Term Lenders or Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, pursuant to an Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement. Each such Eligible Assignee shall, as a condition to providing any Incremental Commitment, be required to deliver all forms, if any, that are required to be delivered by such Eligible Assignee pursuant to clause (e) of Section 4.6 and any other information that the Administrative Agent requires from Lenders as a condition to becoming a party to this Agreement.

(d) Effective Date and Allocations. If the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount or Revolving Loan Commitment Amount is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and AMRC shall determine the effective date of each such increase (each a “Commitment Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of each Incremental Commitment. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify AMRC and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the applicable Commitment Increase Effective Date.

(e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to the occurrence of each Commitment Increase Effective Date, AMRC shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate dated each applicable Commitment Increase Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer of each Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by each Borrower approving the applicable Incremental Commitment and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such Increase Effective Date and any Incremental Loans made on such date, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other

 

-49-


Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Commitment Increase Effective Date; provided, that such representations and warranties (x) that relate solely to an earlier date shall be true and correct as of such earlier date in all material respects and (y) shall be true and correct in all respects if they are qualified by a materiality standard; (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (C) all reasonable fees due and payable to each Delayed Draw Term Lender or Revolving Lender (including in its capacity as Administrative Agent) providing such Incremental Commitment have been or simultaneously will be paid in full. In addition, prior to the occurrence of each Commitment Increase Effective Date this Agreement shall have been amended, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to the extent necessary to evidence the Incremental Loans.

(f) Modifications to Loan Documents. Each Lender Party authorizes the Administrative Agent, without the requirement to obtain the consent of the Lender Parties, to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents which it determines are reasonably necessary in order to establish new tranches and make related amendments for the purpose of giving effect to the terms of this Section 2.10.

(g) Terms of Incremental Commitment. The terms and provisions of the Incremental Loans pursuant to each Incremental Commitment shall (i) rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with, and shall have the same guarantees as the existing Loans; (ii) have a maturity no sooner than the Stated Maturity Date and, in the case of the Incremental Loans in respect of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is no shorter than the existing Delayed Draw Term Loans, in each case as set forth in the applicable Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement; (iii) have interest rates, margins, fees, premiums and funding discounts as set forth in each applicable Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement; provided, however, that if the interest rate margin for any Incremental Loans made pursuant to an Incremental Commitment is greater than the interest rate margin on the existing Loans, the interest rate margin on the existing Loans shall be increased so as to equal the interest rate margin applicable to the Incremental Loans made pursuant to such Incremental Commitment; and (iv) otherwise be treated the same as, and not be entitled to any additional benefits than or impose any more obligations than, the existing Delayed Draw Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be.

(h) Notes. Any existing (i) Delayed Draw Term Lender that has a Delayed Draw Term Note or (ii) Revolving Lender that has a Revolving Note, in each case, that participates in any Incremental Commitment shall, substantially contemporaneously with the delivery of its Delayed Draw Term Note or Revolving Note, as the case may be, to be replaced by the Borrowers, receive a replacement Delayed Draw Term Note or Revolving Note, as the case may be, that evidences the aggregate principal amount of its Delayed Draw Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be. Any new Lender participating in any Incremental Commitment and requesting a Delayed Draw Term Note or Revolving Note shall receive the same in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Incremental Loans it is required to fund pursuant to the terms of this Section.

(i) Percentage Adjustment. The Borrowers and the Lenders authorize the Administrative Agent to ratably adjust the Percentage of each Delayed Draw Term Lender or

 

-50-


Revolving Lender, in order to give effect to any Incremental Commitment with respect to the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or Revolving Loan Commitment, as the case may be. Upon a Lender providing any Incremental Commitment, each other Lender in the same Class as such Lender that does not participate in such Incremental Commitment shall have its Percentage reduced on a pro rata basis such that the total Percentage of all Lenders of such Class shall remain 100%.

(j) Incremental Revolver Prepayment. If the Borrowers shall increase the Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to this Section they shall prepay any Revolving Loans that are outstanding on the date of such increase (and pay any amounts required pursuant to Section 4.4) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Revolving Loans ratable with any revised Percentages as provided in clause (i) that arise from any non-ratable increase in the Revolving Loan Commitment.

ARTICLE III

PAYMENTS, INTEREST AND FEES

SECTION 3.1 Repayments and Prepayments. The Borrowers shall repay in full the unpaid principal amount of each Loan on the Stated Maturity Date therefor and pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3. Prior thereto, repayments and prepayments of Loans shall be made as set forth in this Section.

SECTION 3.1.1 Voluntary Prepayments. Prior to the applicable Stated Maturity Date, either Borrower may, at any time and from time to time on any Business Day, make a voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans; provided, however, that:

(a) any such prepayments shall be made Pro Rata among Loans of the same Class and, if applicable, having the same Interest Period of all the applicable Lenders;

(b) all such voluntary prepayments shall require (i) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, notice to the Administrative Agent on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) not less than three Business Days in advance of any prepayment thereof, and (ii) in the case of Base Rate Loans, notice to the Administrative Agent on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day of any prepayment thereof; and

(c) all such voluntary partial prepayments shall be (i) in the case of Revolving Loans, Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans, in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000 or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Loans outstanding hereunder, or (ii) in the case of Swing Line Loans, in any minimum or multiple amount; provided, that a notice of a voluntary prepayment delivered by either Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked or delayed by such Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of the requested prepayment) if (x) such condition is not satisfied and (y) the Borrowers pay all amounts that are required to be paid in accordance with Section 4.4.

 

-51-


SECTION 3.1.2 Mandatory Repayments and Prepayments.

(a) Excess Outstandings. The Borrowers shall, on each date (i) when the sum of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans, (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans and (C) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount (as it may be reduced from time to time), first, prepay all the Swing Line Loans until they have been paid in full, second, repay the outstanding Reimbursement Obligations until they have been paid in full, third, prepay the Revolving Loans until they have been paid in full and, fourth, Cash Collateralize all remaining Letters of Credit Outstandings or back-stop them by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer; and (ii) when the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Swing Line Loans exceeds the Swing Line Loan Commitment Amount (as it may be reduced from time to time), make a mandatory prepayment of the Swing Line Loans, in each case in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(b) Term Loans. Subject to clause (e), the Borrowers shall, beginning on July 2, 2012 and on each Quarterly Payment Date thereafter, make a scheduled repayment of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in an amount equal to $980,000 (as adjusted, from time to time, pursuant to Sections 3.1.2. and 3.1.3).

(c) Delayed Draw Term Loans. Subject to clause (e) and the immediately following sentence, the Borrowers shall make equal scheduled repayments of each Borrowing of a Delayed Draw Term Loan, commencing on the first Quarterly Payment Date that is at least six months after each such Borrowing and continuing on each Quarterly Payment Date thereafter, based upon a seven year amortization thereof in the case of each such Delayed Draw Term Loan the proceeds of which are used to finance the purchase of Equipment or the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings, and 15 year amortization thereof in the case of each such Delayed Draw Term Loan the proceeds of which are used to finance the purchase of Real Property Assets (each foregoing payment schedule to be specified by the Administrative Agent in accordance with provisions of this Section, which payment schedules (as determined in accordance with this Section) shall be binding on the Borrowers absent manifest error) (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 3.1.2 and 3.1.3). The Incremental Loans of each Incremental Delayed Draw Term Lender shall mature in consecutive installments as specified in the Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such Incremental Loans were made (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 3.1.2 and 3.1.3).

(d) Mandatory Prepayments from Certain Sources. The Borrowers shall, not later than the first Business Day following receipt by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of any Net Debt Proceeds, Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds in excess of $2,500,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year (or, to the extent clause (g) is applicable, on the dates specified therein with respect to Reduced Net Disposition Proceeds and Reduced Net Insurance Proceeds, respectively), apply amounts equal to 100% of all such Net Debt Proceeds, Net Disposition Proceeds and Net Insurance Proceeds (or, to the extent clause (g)

 

-52-


is applicable, Reduced Net Disposition Proceeds and Reduced Net Insurance Proceeds, respectively) to:

(A) first, make a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans, on a pro rata basis;

(B) second, if all the Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans have been paid in full, make a mandatory prepayment of the Swing Line Loans (without any reduction in the related Commitments); and

(C) third, if all the Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans, and Swing Line Loans have been paid in full, repay outstanding Reimbursement Obligations.

AMRC shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) on or prior to the time of each prepayment required under this Section a certificate signed by a Financial Officer setting forth in reasonable detail (x) the calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (y) with respect to any prepayment of Reduced Net Disposition Proceeds or Reduced Net Insurance Proceeds, the information required in clause (g) to the extent required thereby and (ii) notice of each mandatory prepayment on or before 2:00 p.m. one Business Day in advance of such prepayment.

(e) Stated Maturity Date. On the Stated Maturity Date, the Borrowers shall (i) repay in full the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Loans and (ii) Cash Collateralize all other Letter of Credit Outstandings or arrange for a back-stop letter of credit to be issued, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer.

(f) Acceleration. The Borrowers shall, immediately upon any acceleration of the Stated Maturity Date of any Loans or Letter of Credit Outstandings pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, (i) repay all (or if only a portion is accelerated thereunder, such portion of) the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding and (ii) Cash Collateralize all other Letter of Credit Outstandings or arrange for a back-stop letter of credit to be issued, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer.

(g) Reinvestment. If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, AMRC may, during the 90 day period following receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, of any Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds, in each case required to be applied as described in clause (d) of Section 3.1.2 in an aggregate amount with respect to any single or related series of events of less than $7,500,000, notify the Administrative Agent of its intention to apply the same to acquire, construct or make improvements to assets that are useful to the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business; provided that any such Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds that are paid to or on behalf of any Loan Party may only be applied to

 

-53-


acquire, construct or make improvements to assets of the Loan Parties that are useful in the ordinary course of their business. Such notice by AMRC (i) shall describe in reasonable detail the transaction giving rise to such Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds and the proposed reinvestment assets to be acquired, constructed or improved and (ii) state that AMRC or one or more of its Subsidiaries has a reasonable and good faith intention to apply such Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds, as the case may be, within 270 days of its receipt to the acquisition, construction or improvement of assets that are useful to the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business. To the extent that AMRC does not send the notice referred to in the preceding sentence or AMRC or one or more of its Subsidiaries does not acquire, construct, or improve assets that are useful to the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business within such 270 day period, an amount equal to such portion of the relevant Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be applied as a mandatory prepayment or payment of the outstanding Term Loans, Delayed Draw Loans, Swing Line Loans and Reimbursement Obligations in the order described in clause (d) to the extent required thereby. All Net Disposition Proceeds and Net Insurance Proceeds paid on account of the loss or damage to any Collateral in respect of any single or related series of events in an amount exceeding $7,500,000 required to be applied as set forth in clause (d) of Section 3.1.2 or during the continuance of any Event of Default shall be applied as a mandatory prepayment pursuant to clause (d), provided that if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, authorize the Borrowers to reinvest such amount in accordance with the terms hereof.

SECTION 3.1.3 Application of Prepayments, etc. (a) Each prepayment of the Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans pursuant to Section 3.1.1 shall be applied in direct order of the scheduled repayments of the Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of Section 3.1.2, respectively.

(b) Each prepayment of the Term Loans and Delayed Term Loans pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.1.2 shall be applied in the inverse order of the scheduled repayments of the Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of Section 3.1.2, respectively.

(c) Any prepayments or repayments of Loans made under this Agreement shall be applied first, to the prepayment of applicable Base Rate Loans and, second, to the prepayment of applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(d) Each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to this Section shall be without premium or penalty but subject to Section 4.4.

SECTION 3.2 Interest Provisions. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of Loans shall accrue and be payable in accordance with this Section.

SECTION 3.2.1 Rates. Subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.5, either Borrower may elect, pursuant to an appropriately delivered Borrowing Request or Continuation/Conversion Notice, that Loans comprising a Borrowing accrue interest at a rate per annum:

 

-54-


(a) on that portion maintained from time to time as a Base Rate Loan, equal to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate from time to time in effect plus the Applicable Margin; and

(b) on that portion maintained from time to time as a Eurodollar Rate Loan, during each Interest Period applicable thereto, equal to the sum of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin.

SECTION 3.2.2 Post-Default Rates. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Borrowers shall pay, but only to the extent permitted by applicable Law, interest (after as well as before judgment) on the Obligations at a rate per annum equal to (a) in the case of Loans, the rate per annum otherwise applicable to such Loans plus 2.00% per annum, and (b) in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings and other amounts due under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, by acceleration or otherwise, the rate per annum equal to the rate that would be applicable to a Base Rate Loan plus 2% per annum, in each case from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (in any such case, after as well as before judgment); provided that no interest at such default rate shall accrue or be payable to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 3.2.3 Payment Dates. Interest accrued on each Loan shall be paid as follows:

(a) on the Stated Maturity Date therefor;

(b) on the date of any payment or prepayment, in whole or in part, of principal outstanding on such Loan on the principal amount so paid or prepaid;

(c) with respect to Base Rate Loans, on each Monthly Payment Date;

(d) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, on the last day of each applicable Interest Period (and, if such Interest Period shall exceed three months, on the last day of the third month of such Interest Period); and

(e) on that portion of any Loans the Stated Maturity Date of which is accelerated pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, immediately upon such acceleration.

Interest accrued on Loans or other monetary Obligations arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document after the date such amount is due and payable (whether on the Stated Maturity Date, upon acceleration or otherwise) shall be payable upon demand.

SECTION 3.3 Fees. The Borrowers agree to pay the fees set forth in this Section. All such fees shall be non-refundable.

SECTION 3.3.1 Unused Commitment Fee. (a) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the Pro Rata account of each Revolving Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), for the period (including any portion thereof when the Revolving Loan Commitment is suspended by reason of the Borrowers’ inability to satisfy any condition of Article V) commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, an unused commitment fee at the rate per annum equal to 0.25%

 

-55-


per annum on such Lender’s Percentage of the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount. Such unused commitment fees shall be payable by the Borrowers in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, commencing with the first Quarterly Payment Date following the Effective Date, and on the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date. For purposes of calculating the unused commitment fee the making of Swing Line Loans by the Swing Line Lender shall not constitute the usage of the Revolving Loan Commitment.

(b) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the Pro Rata account of each Delayed Draw Term Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), for the period (including any portion thereof when the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment is suspended by reason of the Borrowers’ inability to satisfy any condition of Article V) commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date, an unused commitment fee at the rate per annum equal to 0.25% per annum on such Lender’s Percentage of the average daily unused portion of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Amount. Such unused commitment fees shall be payable by the Borrowers in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, commencing with the first Quarterly Payment Date following the Effective Date, and on the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Termination Date.

SECTION 3.3.2 Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the Pro Rata account of each Revolving Lender, a Letter of Credit fee in an amount equal to the then Applicable Margin with respect to each Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan (whether or not Eurodollar Rate Loans are actually outstanding) multiplied by the average daily principal amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings of each such Letter of Credit, such fee to be paid by the Borrowers in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date (commencing with the first Quarterly Payment Date following the Effective Date) and on the expiry date of each such Letter of Credit. The Borrowers further agree to pay to each L/C Issuer with respect to each of its newly issued or re-issued Letters of Credit (a) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% of the face amount of such Letter of Credit and (b) all related customary costs, expenses and processing charges.

SECTION 3.3.3 Administrative Agent’s Fees, etc. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees in the amounts, on the dates and in the manner previously agreed to by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE IV

YIELD PROTECTION, TAXES AND RELATED PROVISIONS

SECTION 4.1 Eurodollar Rate Lending Unlawful. If any Lender shall determine (which determination shall, upon notice thereof to AMRC and the Administrative Agent, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers) that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make, continue or maintain any Loan as, or to convert any Loan into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the obligations of such Lender to make, continue, maintain or convert any such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall, upon such determination, forthwith be suspended until such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent that the

 

-56-


circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and all outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans at the end of the then current Interest Periods with respect thereto or sooner, if required by such Law or assertion.

SECTION 4.2 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined or been instructed by the Required Lenders that adequate means do not exist for adequately and fairly determining the cost to the Lenders or do not adequately cover the costs of such Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans or calculating the same then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent to AMRC and the Lenders, the obligations of all Lenders under Sections 2.4 and 2.5 to make or continue any Loans as, or to convert any Loans into, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify AMRC and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

SECTION 4.3 Increased Costs, Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(a) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender Party (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Reserve Requirement);

(b) subject any Lender Party to any Tax with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it; or

(c) impose on any Lender Party or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement (other than Taxes), any Eurodollar Rate Loan or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender Party of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender Party of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), then, upon request of such Lender Party, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender Party such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender Party for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. A certificate of such Lender Party delivered to AMRC (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) as to such additional amounts that are necessary to compensate such Lender Party as aforesaid shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and shall be payable within 10 days after receipt thereof by the Borrowers. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender Party to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender Party’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate any Lender Party pursuant to this Section (i) for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender Party notifies AMRC of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender Party’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof) or (ii) for Indemnified Taxes or

 

-57-


Other Taxes, or for the imposition of, or any change in the rate of any Taxes described in clauses (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or Connection Income Taxes.

SECTION 4.4 Funding Losses. In the event any Lender shall incur any loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to make, continue or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Loan as, or to convert any portion of the principal amount of any Loan into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan) as a result of:

(a) any conversion or repayment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loans on a date other than the scheduled last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, whether pursuant to Section 2.5, Section 3.1, Section 4.1, Article VIII or otherwise;

(b) any Loans not being made as Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with the Borrowing Request therefor;

(c) any Loans not being continued as, or converted into, Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with the Continuation/Conversion Notice therefor; or

(d) the operation of Section 4.13;

then, upon the notice of such Lender to AMRC setting forth in reasonable detail the basis therefor (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall promptly (and, in any event, within three Business Days of receipt of such notice) pay directly to such Lender such amount as will (in the reasonable determination of such Lender) reimburse such Lender for such loss or expense. Such notice shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers. For the purpose of calculating amounts payable to a Lender under this Section, each Lender shall be deemed to have actually funded its relevant Eurodollar Rate Loan through the purchase of a deposit bearing interest at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of that Eurodollar Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, that each Lender may fund each of its Eurodollar Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit, and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized only for the calculation of amounts payable under this Section.

SECTION 4.5 Increased Capital Requirements. If any Lender Party determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender Party or any lending office of such Lender Party or such Lender Party’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender Party’s capital or on the capital of such Lender Party’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender Party or the Loans made by, or the Letters of Credit issued by or participated in by such Lender Party, to a level below that which such Lender Party or such Lender Party’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender Party’s policies and the policies of such Lender Party’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender Party such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender Party or such Lender Party’s holding company for any such reduction suffered. A certificate of a Lender Party delivered to AMRC

 

-58-


(with a copy to the Administrative Agent) as to any such additional amounts or reduced returns shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers, and shall be payable within 10 days after the receipt thereof. In determining such amount, each Lender Party may use any method of averaging and attribution that it (in its sole and absolute discretion) shall deem applicable. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender Party to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender Party’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender Party pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender Party notifies AMRC of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender Party’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

SECTION 4.6 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of the Obligations shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrowers shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) each Lender Party receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers. Without limiting or duplicating the provisions of clause (a), the Borrowers shall timely pay, as applicable, any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Indemnification by the Borrowers. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender Party, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the applicable Lender Party, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to AMRC by the applicable Lender Party (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of the applicable Lender Party, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrowers to a Governmental Authority, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

-59-


(e) Status of Lenders. Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which either Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to AMRC (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by AMRC or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender Party, if requested by AMRC or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by AMRC or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that either Borrower is a resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to AMRC and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of either Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party (or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto);

(ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto);

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest” a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit N-1, N-2, N-3 or N-4, as applicable; and duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto); or

(iv) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit each Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

(v) Each Lender Party agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(vi) any Lender Party that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender Party

 

-60-


becomes a Lender Party under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender Party is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

(vii) The Administrative Agent shall deliver to AMRC on or prior to the date on which it becomes the Administrative Agent under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter promptly following a request therefor by AMRC) two copies of IRS Form W-9 (or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto) certifying that such Administrative Agent is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax, together with such other documentation as will enable the Borrowers to determine whether the Administrative Agent is subject to U.S. federal backup withholding tax or information reporting requirements.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any Lender Party determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrowers or with respect to which the Borrowers have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrowers under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the applicable Lender Party in connection with such refund, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrowers, upon the request of the applicable Lender Party, agree to repay the amount paid over to the Borrowers (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the applicable Lender Party in the event the applicable Lender Party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This clause shall not be construed to require any Lender Party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrowers or any other Person.

(g) FATCA. If a payment made to a Lender Party under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Person were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender Party shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, such documentation as may be necessary for either Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender Party has or has not complied with such Lender Party’s obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Effective Date. Each Lender Party agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered to AMRC expires, becomes obsolete or is inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its legal inability to do so.

(h) Lender Indemnification. Each Lender Party shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Indemnified Taxes (but, only to the extent that the Borrowers have not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so) attributable to such Lender Party that are paid

 

-61-


or payable by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Documents and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this clause shall be paid within 10 days after the Administrative Agent delivers to the applicable Lender Party a certificate stating the amount so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.

SECTION 4.7 Payments, Interest Calculations, etc. (a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all payments by the Borrowers pursuant to or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes, each Letter of Credit or any other Loan Document shall be made by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent for the Pro Rata account of the Lender Parties entitled to receive such payment, provided, however, that all payments with respect to the Swing Line Loans shall be made only to the Swing Line Lender. All such payments required to be made to the Administrative Agent or the Swing Line Lender (in the case of the Swing Line Loans), as the case may be, shall be made without setoff, deduction or counterclaim, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the date due, in same day or immediately available funds, to such account as the Administrative Agent shall specify from time to time by notice to AMRC. Funds received after that time shall, for purposes of calculating interest only, be deemed to have been received by the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender (in the case of the Swing Line Loans) on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest shall continue to accrue thereon. The Administrative Agent shall promptly remit (and, in any event, on the same Business Day if received by the Administrative Agent is so received on or prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time)) in same day funds to each Lender Party its share, if any, of such payments received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party.

(b) All interest and fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring during the period for which such interest or fee is payable over a year comprised of 360 days (or, in the case of interest on Base Rate Loans, 365 days or, if appropriate, 366 days). If a Loan is repaid on the same day it is made one day’s interest shall be charged. Whenever any payment to be made shall otherwise be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall (except as otherwise required by clause (c) of the definition of the term “Interest Period” with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans) be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees, if any, in connection with such payment.

SECTION 4.8 Sharing of Payments. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other Obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such Obligations greater than its Pro Rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (ii) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other Obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of

 

-62-


principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided that:

(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

The Borrowers consent to the foregoing and agree, to the extent they may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrowers rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 4.9 Setoff. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender Party and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held, and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing, by such Lender Party or any such Affiliate, to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of any such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender Party or Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Lender Party or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender Party different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (a) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Lender Parties, and (b) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender Party and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender Party or its Affiliates may have. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees to notify AMRC and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

-63-


SECTION 4.10 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers shall apply, subject to any other restrictions contained herein, all the proceeds of (a) the Term Loans to (i) pay the transaction costs and expenses incurred by the Borrowers in connection herewith, (ii) repay the Indebtedness identified in Item 5.1.5 (“Indebtedness to be Paid”) of the Disclosure Schedule, and (iii) after all the amounts set forth in the previous clauses (i) and (ii) have been paid in full, to finance the working capital and other general corporate purposes; (b) the Delayed Draw Term Loans to (i) (A) finance the purchase of Equipment and Real Property Assets, (B) refinance Indebtedness that was previously used to finance the purchase of Equipment or Real Property Assets or (C) finance Equipment or Real Property Assets to the extent previously purchased without any financing and (ii) finance the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Equity Interests of Holdings (A) that are permitted to be so purchased, redeemed or acquired in accordance with clause (a)(v) of Section 7.2.7 or (B) to the extent previously purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired (in accordance with the requirements of clause (a)(v) of Section 7.2.7) without any financing from and after the first day of the first full Fiscal Quarter immediately preceding the making of any such Delayed Draw Term Loan; and (c) all other Credit Extensions to finance the working capital and other general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, Investments and Permitted Acquisitions), subject to the limitations set forth herein.

SECTION 4.11 Funding and Payment Reliance, etc. (a) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Percentage of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available to the Administrative Agent on such date in accordance with clause (b) of Section 2.4 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, (A) for the first three Business Days after such payment was due, the greater of (x) the Federal Funds Rate and (y) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (B) thereafter, at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans; and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to AMRC the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrowers may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent. Nothing in this Section or otherwise set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to advance funds on behalf of any other Lender, relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or prejudice any rights that the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of its failure to advance such funds.

 

-64-


(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from either Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or L/C Issuer, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Federal Funds Rate or (y) the rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rates on interbank compensation, for the first Business Day following such Lender’s receipt of such demand, and thereafter at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans.

SECTION 4.12 Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender Party requests compensation under Section 4.3 or 4.5, or requires the Borrowers to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender Party or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender Party pursuant to Section 4.6, then such Lender Party shall, at the request of AMRC, use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender Party, such designation or assignment (a) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.3, 4.5 or 4.6, as the case may be, in the future and (b) would not subject such Lender Party to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender Party. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender Party in connection with any such designation or assignment.

SECTION 4.13 Replacement of Lenders. If (a) any Lender Party requests compensation under Section 4.3 or 4.5, (b) the Borrowers are required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender Party or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender Party pursuant to Section 4.6, (c) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or (d) any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, then AMRC may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Person and the Administrative Agent, require such Person to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, consents required by, and fees to be paid pursuant to Section 10.10), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 4.3 or 4.6) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(i) the Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in clause (b) of Section 10.10;

(ii) such Lender Party shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in Letters of Credit, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan

 

-65-


Documents (including any amounts under Section 4.4) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts);

(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 4.3 or 4.5 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 4.6, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Law; and

(v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

No Lender Party shall be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender Party or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 4.14 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 8.6 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 4.9 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize each L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 4.15; fourth, as AMRC may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and AMRC, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (i) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (ii) Cash Collateralize each L/C Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 4.15; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers or Swing Line Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of

 

-66-


such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Letter of Credit Outstandings in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 were satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and Letter of Credit Outstandings owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or Letter of Credit Outstandings owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letter of Credit Outstandings and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to clause (iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this clause shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees. (A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 3.3.1 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender).

(B) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive a Letter of Credit fee pursuant to Section 3.3.2 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Revolving Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 4.15.

(C) With respect to any commitment fee or Letter of Credit fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B), the Borrowers shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Outstandings or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C Issuer’s or Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Outstandings and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Revolving Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment) but only to the extent that (A) the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless AMRC shall have otherwise

 

-67-


notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (B) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral; Repayment of Swing Line Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under Law, (A) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lenders’ Fronting Exposure and (B) second, Cash Collateralize each L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.15.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If AMRC, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer agree that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Loan Commitments (without giving effect to clause (a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Non-Defaulting Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) New Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and (ii) no L/C Issuer shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereof.

SECTION 4.15 Cash Collateral by the Borrowers. (a) At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or any L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to clause (a)(iv) of Section 4.14 and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

 

-68-


(b) Grant of Security Interest. The Borrowers, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Outstandings, to be applied pursuant to clause (c) below. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person, other than the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrowers will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(c) Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section or Section 4.14 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Outstandings (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

(d) Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce any L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and each L/C Issuer that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 4.14, the Person providing Cash Collateral and each L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations and, provided, further, that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrowers, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

SECTION 5.1 Initial Credit Extension. The obligations of the Lenders and, if applicable, the L/C Issuers to fund the initial Credit Extension shall be subject to the prior or concurrent fulfillment of each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section to the satisfaction of each Lender Party. There shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of each Lender Party, a sufficient number of originally executed counterparts or copies, as the case may be, of each of the items set forth below; provided that the Administrative Agent shall give AMRC reasonable prior notice of the required quantity of such counterparts and copies.

SECTION 5.1.1 Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement duly executed by each Lender, the Administrative Agent and an Authorized Officer of Holdings and each of the Borrowers.

 

-69-


SECTION 5.1.2 Resolutions, Good Standing, etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Loan Party a certificate, dated the date of the initial Credit Extension, of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or the equivalent function or sole member or manager with respect to any Loan Party which does not have a Secretary or Assistant Secretary), as to:

(a) resolutions of its Board of Directors (or equivalent body) then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to be executed by it;

(b) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party; and

(c) the incumbency and signatures of each officer (including each Authorized Officer) of each such Loan Party that is authorized to act with respect to each Loan Document executed by it,

upon which certificate each Lender Party may conclusively rely until it shall have received a further certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or the equivalent function or sole member or manager with respect to any Loan Party which does not have a Secretary or Assistant Secretary), of the relevant Loan Party canceling or amending such prior certificate. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have received good standing certificates for each jurisdiction in which each Loan Party is organized that affirms the good standing of each of such Loan Party.

SECTION 5.1.3 Delivery of Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have received, for the account of each Lender that has requested a Note, its Term Note, Delayed Draw Term Note, Swing Line Note and Revolving Note in an amount equal to such Lender’s applicable Commitment Amount, each dated the date of the initial Credit Extension and duly executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of each Borrower.

SECTION 5.1.4 Required Consents and Approvals. All required consents and approvals shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and from (a) all relevant Governmental Authorities and (b) any other Person whose consent or approval the Administrative Agent deems necessary to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 5.1.5 Payment of Outstanding Indebtedness, etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that all the Indebtedness identified in Item 5.1.5 (“Indebtedness to be Paid”) of the Disclosure Schedule, together with all interest, all prepayment premiums and other amounts due and payable with respect thereto, have been paid in full and all obligations with respect thereto will, substantially concurrently with the making of the initial Credit Extension, be terminated (other than contingent indemnification obligations), and that all Liens securing payment of any such Indebtedness will substantially contemporaneously be released at the time of the making of the initial Credit Extension, on terms and in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have received termination agreements and U.C.C.-3 termination statements or other instruments as may be suitable or appropriate in connection with the foregoing.

 

-70-


SECTION 5.1.6 Opinions of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have received legal opinions, each dated the date of the initial Credit Extension and addressed to the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders, from New York and California legal counsel to Holdings and the Borrowers.

SECTION 5.1.7 Financial Information, etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received true and correct copies of:

(a) audited consolidated financial statements for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for Fiscal Years 2008, 2009 and 2010, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) (i) quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the three-month period ending December 31, 2011 and (ii) annual unaudited consolidated financial statements for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for Fiscal Year 2011, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and

(c) projections for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period from the Effective Date through December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, which projections shall be prepared on an annual basis.

SECTION 5.1.8 Evidence of Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained pursuant to Section 7.1.4.

SECTION 5.1.9 Guaranty. The Administrative Agent shall have received the Guaranty, dated as of the date hereof and duly executed by an Authorized Officer of each Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrowers and each Excluded Foreign Subsidiary).

SECTION 5.1.10 Pledged Property. The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(a) the Pledge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed by an Authorized Officer of Holdings, the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary);

(b) original certificates (if any) evidencing all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests required to be pledged pursuant to the terms of the Pledge Agreement, which certificates shall be accompanied by undated stock and other powers duly executed in blank by each relevant pledgor; and

(c) the original promissory notes evidencing intercompany Indebtedness required to be pledged pursuant to the terms of the Pledge Agreement, duly endorsed in blank by each relevant pledgor in favor of the Administrative Agent.

 

-71-


SECTION 5.1.11 U.C.C. Search Results, etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(a) U.C.C. search reports certified by a party acceptable to the Administrative Agent, dated a date reasonably near (but prior to) the date of the initial Credit Extension, listing all effective U.C.C. financing statements, federal and state tax Liens, and judgment Liens which name Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, as the debtor, and which are filed in each jurisdiction in which U.C.C. filings are to be made pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and in each jurisdiction where any Loan Party has its principal place of business or owns any Real Property, together with copies of such financing statements (none of which (other than any Liens permitted under this Agreement and Liens to be terminated on the date of the initial Credit Extension) shall cover any of the Collateral); and

(b) with respect to all the Intellectual Property Collateral, search results from the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office to the extent of any patents, trademarks or copyrights form a part of the Collateral.

SECTION 5.1.12 Security Agreement, Filings, etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received the Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), together with:

(a) U.C.C.-1 financing statements naming the Borrowers and each of such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as the debtor and the Administrative Agent as the secured party, such U.C.C. financing statements to be filed under the U.C.C. of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, appropriate to perfect the first priority security interest of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement; and

(b) delivery of appropriate trademark, copyright and patent security supplements to be filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office to the extent relevant.

SECTION 5.1.13 Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit L attached hereto, duly executed by a Financial Officer of Holdings, dated the date of the initial Credit Extension.

SECTION 5.1.14 Effective Date Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received an Effective Date Certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit K attached hereto, duly executed by a Financial Officer of Holdings and each Borrower and dated the date of the initial Credit Extension. All documents and agreements appended to the Effective Date Certificate shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

SECTION 5.1.15 Satisfactory Due Diligence. Each Lender Party shall have completed, to its satisfaction, a due diligence analysis with respect to the business, assets, operations, condition (financial and otherwise) and prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including with respect to their ability to comply with the representations and warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and their customer and

 

-72-


vendor references. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have reviewed and be satisfied with (a) the contemplated corporate structure of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (b) the terms and provisions of Holdings and its Subsidiaries existing and proposed capital structure (both debt and equity), and (c) the ownership structure of Holdings.

SECTION 5.1.16 Environmental Matters. The Administrative Agent shall have received true and correct copies of the Phase I environmental assessment reports with respect to each Mortgaged Property, all of the foregoing to be from a satisfactory environmental consultant and otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

SECTION 5.1.17 Appraisals. The Administrative Agent shall have received appraisals of each Mortgaged Property, which appraisals shall be in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.1.18 Patriot Act. Each Lender shall have received all documentation and other information requested by such Lender at least three Business Days before the Effective Date, and required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act.

SECTION 5.1.19 Administrative Agent’s Closing Fees, Expenses, etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received for its own account, and for the account of each other Lender Party, as the case may be, all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Sections 3.3 and, if invoiced prior to the Effective Date, 10.3.

SECTION 5.1.20 Mortgages, etc. With respect to each Mortgaged Property identified in clause (a) of the definition thereof, the Administrative Agent shall have received all of the following:

(a) a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Administrative duly executed and acknowledged by each Loan Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof in order to create a valid, perfected first priority security interest and mortgage Lien under applicable Law in favor of the Administrative Agent, and such U.C.C.-1 financing statements and any other instruments as are, in the judgment of the Administrative Agent, necessary to create a valid, perfected first priority security interest and mortgage Lien under applicable Law in favor of the Administrative Agent;

(b) maps or plans of an as-built survey of the sites of the Mortgaged Property that are certified to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company in a manner satisfactory to each of them, dated not more than 30 days prior to the date of the initial Credit Extension by an independent professional licensed land surveyor satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company, which maps or plans and the surveys on which they are based shall be made in accordance with the most recent Minimum Standard

 

-73-


Detail Requirements for Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by the American Land Title Association and the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and meeting the accuracy requirements as defined therein and shall otherwise be acceptable to Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company. The legal description of the applicable Mortgaged Property shall be shown on the face of each survey or affixed thereto, and the same shall conform to the legal description contained in the Title Insurance described in clause (c). In addition, such maps, plats or surveys shall be sufficient for the Title Insurance Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by clause (c);

(c) a mortgagee’s title insurance policy (or policies) or marked up unconditional commitment for such insurance that is issued by the Title Insurance Company in favor of the Administrative Agent and is in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (the “Title Policy”). The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all premiums in respect of each such policy, all charges for mortgage recording and similar taxes, and all related expenses, if any, have been paid;

(d) such affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification (including so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be required to induce the Title Insurance Company to issue the Title Policy and endorsements contemplated herein;

(e) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, such consents, approvals, amendments, supplements, estoppels, tenant waivers or other instruments as necessary or required to consummate the transaction contemplated herein or as shall reasonably be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in order for the owner or holder of the fee interest constituting such Mortgaged Property to grant the Lien contemplated by the applicable Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property;

(f) if any portion of the Mortgaged Property is located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or any successor thereto as an area having special flood hazards pursuant to the Flood Insurance Acts, a policy of flood insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that (i) covers any parcel of the Mortgaged Property that is located in a flood zone and (ii) is written in an amount not less than the (x) outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby and (y) the maximum limit of coverage made available with respect to the particular type of Mortgaged Property under the Flood Insurance Acts; and

(g) a copy of (i) all documents referred to, or listed as exceptions to title in, the Title Policy and (ii) all other material documents affecting the Mortgaged Property, including all building, construction, environmental and other permits, licenses, franchises, approvals, consents, authorizations and other approvals required in connection with the construction, ownership, use, occupation or operation of the Mortgaged Property.

SECTION 5.2 All Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender and L/C Issuer to make any Credit Extension (including the initial Credit Extension) shall be subject to the fulfillment of each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section.

 

-74-


SECTION 5.2.1 Compliance with Warranties, No Default, etc. Both immediately before and after giving effect to any Credit Extension:

(a) the representations and warranties set forth in Article VI and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as if then made; provided, that such representations and warranties (i) that relate solely to an earlier date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) shall be true and correct in all respects if they are qualified by a materiality standard; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have then occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

SECTION 5.2.2 Credit Extension Request, etc. The Administrative Agent (and each relevant L/C Issuer, if a Letter of Credit is being requested) shall have received, as herein provided, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request, if a Loan is being requested or an Issuance Request, if a Letter of Credit is being requested or extended. Each delivery of a Borrowing Request or Issuance Request shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers that on the date of such Credit Extension (both immediately before and after giving effect to such Credit Extension and the application of the proceeds thereof) the statements made in Section 5.2.1 are true and correct.

SECTION 5.2.3 Delayed Draw Term Loans. In the case of any Delayed Draw Term Loan the proceeds of which are used to finance (a) the purchase of any Equipment or Real Property Assets, the Administrative Agent shall have (i) a first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.3) on any such Equipment or Real Property Asset and (ii) received (A) those items referred to in clause (b) or (c), as applicable, of Section 2.2.3 and (B) in the case of any Real Property Assets, all those items referred to in Section 5.1.20 that relate thereto and are requested to be delivered by the Administrative Agent, or (b) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Equity Interests of Holdings, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received those items referred to in clause (d) of Section 2.2.3 and (ii) AMRC shall have satisfied all the conditions set forth in clause (a)(v) of Section 7.2.7 for making dividends, distributions and other payments to Holdings.

SECTION 5.2.4 Determinations Under Section 5.1. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 5.1, each Lender and L/C Issuer shall be deemed to have consented to and approved each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by each of them unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have received a notice from such Lender or L/C Issuer prior to the initial Credit Extension specifying its objection thereto and such Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent its ratable portion of the requested Borrowing or the L/C Issuer shall not have issued the requested Letter of Credit.

 

-75-


ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce each Lender Party to enter into this Agreement and to make Credit Extensions hereunder, Holdings and the Borrowers represent and warrant to each Lender Party as set forth in this Article.

SECTION 6.1 Organization, etc. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) (i) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company validly organized and existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or partnership in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires such qualification (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction), except where the failure to be so qualified, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) has full power and authority and holds all requisite permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements, accreditations and privileges, from Governmental Authorities or otherwise, to (i) enter into and perform its Obligations under this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and (ii) own and hold under lease its property and to conduct its business substantially as currently conducted by it, in each case, except in the case of this clause (b)(ii), where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.2 Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, are within each such Loan Party’s corporate or other organizational powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not:

(a) contravene or result in a default under any such Loan Party’s (i) Organizational Documents or (ii) Material Agreements in any material respect;

(b) contravene any Law binding on any such Loan Party;

(c) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, or result in the impairment, forfeiture or non-renewal of, any material permit, license, authorization, approval, entitlement, accreditation or privilege of any Governmental Authority; or

(d) result in, or require the creation or imposition of, any Lien on any such Loan Party’s properties (other than Liens in favor of the Lender Parties pursuant to any Loan Document).

SECTION 6.3 Required Approvals. Except as duly obtained and in full force and effect prior to the date of the initial Credit Extension, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for:

(a) the due execution, delivery or performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement or each other Loan Document to which it is a party; or

 

-76-


(b) the grant by any Loan Party of the security interests, pledges and Liens granted by the Loan Documents.

SECTION 6.4 Validity, etc. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document executed by Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party will, on the due execution and delivery thereof, constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Holdings, the Borrowers and each other relevant Loan Party enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject in each case to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Law affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law). Each of the Loan Documents which purports to create a security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lender Parties) creates a valid first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3) in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Obligations, and subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth in the Loan Documents, all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect such security interest as a first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3) have been duly taken.

SECTION 6.5 Financial Information. (a) Subject to Section 6.15 hereof, the balance sheets and financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Section 5.1.7 and clauses (a) and (b) of Section 7.1.1 have each been or will be, as the case may be, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and do or will, as the case may be, present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof and the results of their operations for the periods then ended; provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnotes.

(b) Except as disclosed in the financial statements referred to above or the notes thereto and for the items disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries have any material contingent liabilities.

SECTION 6.6 No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2011 there has been no fact, event or circumstance which had, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.7 Litigation, Labor Matters, etc. (a) Except as set forth in Item 6.7(a) (“Litigation”), there is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, litigation, action, proceeding or labor controversy against any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties, businesses, assets or revenues, (i) with respect to any Loan Document or (ii) which could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The hours worked by and payments made to employees of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Law dealing with such matters, in each case except as any of the foregoing, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material

 

-77-


Adverse Effect. There are no strikes, slowdowns, labor disputes, work stoppages or controversies pending, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party threatened, among any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and their employees, except as could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.8 Capitalization. As of the date of the initial Credit Extension, the authorized Equity Interests in each Borrower and its Subsidiaries are set forth in Item 6.8 (“Initial Capitalization”) of the Disclosure Schedule. Except as set forth in such Disclosure Schedule, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension there are no (a) outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights pursuant to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may be required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of its Equity Interests or (b) voting rights agreements applicable to any Equity Interests of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date of the initial Credit Extension, the Equity Interests so specified on the Disclosure Schedule are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the applicable Person, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents).

SECTION 6.9 Compliance with Laws, etc. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Laws applicable to it or its properties, except where the failure to be in compliance, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.10 Properties, Permits, etc. (a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements, accreditations and privileges of Governmental Authorities or otherwise that are required for such Person to lawfully own, lease, manage or operate, or to acquire, each business currently owned, leased, managed or operated, or to be acquired by such Person, other than those permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements, accreditations and privileges the lack of which could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No condition exists or event has occurred which, in itself or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or non-renewal of any such permit, license, authorization, approval, entitlement, accreditation or privilege, and there is no claim that any of the foregoing is not in full force and effect, except where such suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, non-renewal or claim could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses to use, all property and assets material to its business, free and clear of all Liens except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.3. All such properties and assets are in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and except as could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Item 6.10(c) (“Real Property Assets”) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of: (i) the location by state and address of all Real Property Assets owned by each Loan Party as of the date of the initial Credit Extension, and describes the interest

 

-78-


therein held by such Loan Party, under the heading “Fee Properties”; and (ii) all Real Property Assets leased or subleased by each Loan Party, as lessee or sublessee, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension, under the heading “Leased Properties”.

(d) Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries has (i) good and marketable fee title to all of its owned Real Property Assets material to their business and (ii) good and valid title to the leasehold estates in all of the leased Real Property Assets material to their business, in each case free and clear of all Liens, easements, covenants, rights-of-way and other similar restrictions of any nature whatsoever, except for Liens permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (h), (i), (j) and (s) of Section 7.2.3.

(e) All permits required to have been issued to each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries with respect to its Real Property Assets to enable such property to be lawfully occupied and used for all of the purposes for which it is currently occupied and used have been lawfully issued and are in full force and effect, other than such permits which, if not obtained, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the intended use or operation of any such Real Property Assets. All the Real Property Assets comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws. No consent or approval of any landlord or other third party in connection with any leased Property Assets is necessary for any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries to enter into and execute the Loan Documents.

(f) All easements, cross easements, licenses, air rights and rights-of way or other similar property interests, if any, necessary for the full utilization of the Improvements located on all Real Property Assets for their intended purposes have been obtained and are in full force and effect, except where the failure to have any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the intended utilization or purpose of such Real Property Assets.

(g) The representations and warranties contained in the Security Agreement, Pledge Agreement and each Mortgage with respect to the Collateral are true and correct in all material respects, provided that such representations and warranties, (i) that relate solely to an earlier date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) shall be true and correct in all respects if they are qualified by a materiality standard.

SECTION 6.11 Taxes, etc. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has (a) timely filed all tax returns and reports required by Law to have been filed by it, and (b) paid all federal income Taxes and other Taxes of Governmental Authorities thereby shown to be owing, except any such Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books, in each case with respect to clauses (a) and (b), to the extent that the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.12 ERISA. (a) Each Pension Plan (and the related trusts and funding agreements) complies in form and in operation with, and has been administered in compliance with, the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code in all respects, except where the failure to so comply, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result

 

-79-


in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Pension Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service has issued a favorable determination letter with respect to each such Pension Plan which may be relied on currently. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred liability for any material excise tax under any of Sections 4971 through 5000 of the Code which has not been satisfied in full.

(b) During the 36 month period prior to the Effective Date or the making of any Credit Extension, (i) no steps have been taken to terminate any Pension Plan and (ii) no contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Code. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred liability to the PBGC (other than for current premiums) with respect to any Pension Plan which has not been satisfied in full. All contributions (if any) have been made on a timely basis to any Multiemployer Plan that are required to be made by any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity under the terms of the plan or of any collective bargaining agreement or by applicable Law; no Loan Party nor any member of any Commonly Controlled Entity has withdrawn or partially withdrawn from any Multiemployer Plan, incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to any such plan which has not been satisfied in full or received notice of any claim or demand for withdrawal liability or partial withdrawal liability from any such plan, and no condition has occurred which, if continued, could result in a withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any such plan, and no Loan Party nor any member of any Commonly Controlled Entity has received any notice that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, that increased contributions may be required to avoid a reduction in plan benefits or the imposition of any excise tax, that any such plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that required under Section 412 of the Code, that any such plan is or may be terminated, or that any such plan is or may become insolvent.

SECTION 6.13 Environmental Warranties. Except, in each case, as may be disclosed on Item 6.13 (“Environmental”) of the Disclosure Schedule:

(a) All facilities and property (including underlying groundwater) owned, operated or leased by each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has been, and continue to be, owned, operated or leased by each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, except for such violations that, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There have been no past, and there are no pending or threatened claims, complaints, notices or requests for information received by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries any with respect to any alleged violation of or liability pursuant to any Environmental Law that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) There have been no Releases at, on or under any property now or previously owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has been issued, and is in compliance with, all permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements and accreditations

 

-80-


relating to environmental matters that are necessary or desirable for their businesses, except where the failure to have or do any of the foregoing, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) No property now or previously owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or (to the best of their knowledge) proposed for listing on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, on the CERCLIS or on any similar state list of sites requiring investigation or clean-up, except where the foregoing, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) There are no underground storage tanks, active or abandoned, including petroleum storage tanks, on or under any property now or previously owned or leased by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, except where the foregoing, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) No Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person (to the best of their knowledge (after due inquiry)) has transported or arranged for the transportation of any Hazardous Material to any location which is listed or (to the best of their knowledge) proposed for listing on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, on the CERCLIS or on any similar state list or which is the subject of federal, state or local enforcement actions or other investigations which may lead to claims against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries for any remedial work, damage to natural resources or personal injury (including claims under CERCLA) which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) There are no polychlorinated biphenyls, friable asbestos or other Hazardous Materials present at any property now or previously owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) No conditions exist at, on or under any property now or previously owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice or both, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.14 Inventory. Holdings and the Borrowers, for and on behalf of themselves and each other Loan Party, shall at all times hereafter keep correct and accurate records in all material respects describing generally the kind, type, cost and quantity of Inventory.

SECTION 6.15 Accuracy of Information. (a) All written information (other than any projections and pro forma financial information and any general economic or specific industry information) furnished from time to time (whether prior to or after the Effective Date) by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any of its Related Parties in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, is and will be, as the case may be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, and such

 

-81-


information is not, or shall not be, as the case may be, incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not materially misleading.

(b) All projections and estimates prepared by any Loan Party and delivered to the Lender Parties hereunder have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions believed by the preparer thereof to be reasonable at the time made (it being agreed that projections are subject to uncertainties and contingencies and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein and that such differences may be material).

SECTION 6.16 Absence of Default. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) in default in the payment of (or in the performance of any obligation applicable to) any Indebtedness or (b) in violation of any (i) applicable Law, (ii) contract, agreement, lease or other instrument or (iii) permit, license, authorization, entitlement, accreditation or privilege of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.17 Margin Regulations; Bank Secrecy Act, etc. (a) No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock” (as defined in F.R.S. Board Regulation U). None of the proceeds of any Credit Extension will be used for the purpose of, or be made available by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in any manner to any other Person to enable or assist such Person in, directly or indirectly purchasing or carrying “margin stock” (as so defined) or otherwise in violation of Regulations T, U or X of the F.R.S. Board.

(b) None of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used, directly or indirectly, in a manner that would cause the Administrative Agent or any Lender to violate the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bank Secrecy Act or any of the sanctions programs administered by the Office of the Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury.

SECTION 6.18 Investment Company Status. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” nor a “company controlled by an investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company”, a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended.

SECTION 6.19 Material and Other Agreements; Governmental Approvals. (a) Set forth on Item 6.19(a) (“Material Agreements”) of the Disclosure Schedule is a listing, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension, of all the Material Agreements.

(b) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the terms contained in each agreement, document or instrument to which it is a party or to which any of its property or assets is bound (including each Material Agreement), except where the failure to be in compliance, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-82-


SECTION 6.20 Solvency. Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are, and after giving effect to the initial Credit Extension and all other Indebtedness and obligations incurred in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise on the date of the initial Credit Extension will be, Solvent.

SECTION 6.21 Insurance. Item 6.21 (“Insurance”) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries as of the date of the initial Credit Extension. As of such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums required to be paid have been duly paid.

SECTION 6.22 Affiliate Transactions. Except as described on Item 6.22 (“Affiliate Transactions”) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Affiliate of any Loan Party is a party to any transaction with any Loan Party, including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any such Affiliate, in each case which would violate Section 7.2.12.

SECTION 6.23 Patriot Act, etc. (a) To the extent applicable, each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (i) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). No part of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any official or employee of any Governmental Authority, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in or has engaged in any course of conduct that could reasonably be expected to subject any of its properties to any Lien, seizure or other forfeiture under any criminal Law, racketeer influenced and corrupt organizations Law, civil or criminal, or other similar Laws.

(b) No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is a Person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such Executive Order, or is otherwise associated with any such Person in any manner that violates such Section 2, or (iii) is a Person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.

SECTION 6.24 Flood Zones. As of the date of the initial Credit Extension, no portion of any Mortgaged Property is located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or any successor thereto as an area having special flood hazards pursuant

 

-83-


to the Flood Insurance Acts, except as listed on Item 6.24 (“Flood Zones”) of the Disclosure Schedule.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS

SECTION 7.1 Affirmative Covenants. Holdings and each Borrower agree with each Lender Party that, until all Commitments have irrevocably terminated and all the Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification liabilities) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and performed in full, Holdings and each Borrower will perform the obligations set forth in this Section.

SECTION 7.1.1 Financial Information, Reports, Notices, etc. Holdings and each Borrower will furnish, or will cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender) copies of the following financial statements, reports, notices and information:

(a) (i) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as of the end of each such Fiscal Quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flow of Holdings, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of each such Fiscal Quarter, in each case certified as complete and correct by a Financial Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and for the period then ended (subject to year-end audit adjustment and the absence of footnotes), together with (i) comparable financial statements at the close of and for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter for the previous Fiscal Year and for the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year and (ii) a comparison of such financial statements with the projections for the applicable period provided pursuant to clause (i);

(ii) within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as of the end of each such Fiscal Year, and the consolidated and consolidating statement of income and consolidated statement of cash flow of Holdings the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Year and the previous Fiscal Year, in each case certified as complete and correct by a Financial Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of each such Fiscal Year then ended (subject to year-end audit adjustment and the absence of footnotes), together with (i) comparable financial statements for the previous Fiscal Year and (ii) a comparison of such financial statements with the projections for the applicable period provided pursuant to clause (i);

 

-84-


(b) within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a copy of the annual audit report for such Fiscal Year for Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including therein a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flow of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, in each case certified without any “going concern” (or similar qualification) or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, by Grant Thornton LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), a certificate from a Financial Officer of Holdings that such Financial Officer has no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default existing as of such date except as specified in such certificate (and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, reasonably detailed information regarding the same and the actions which the Borrowers have taken or propose to take with respect thereto);

(d) (i) within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter ending on the last day of each Fiscal Year and (ii) within 45 days after the end of each other Fiscal Quarter, a Compliance Certificate, executed by a Financial Officer of Holdings, showing (in reasonable detail and with appropriate calculations and computations), computations of the financial covenants set forth in Sections 7.2.4 and (in the case of each Fiscal Year end) 7.2.5 as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter;

(e) promptly and in any event within five days after a Financial Officer obtains knowledge of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default or event that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a statement of an Authorized Officer of AMRC setting forth reasonably detailed information regarding such Default, Event of Default or event, and the action which the Borrowers have taken and propose to take with respect thereto;

(f) promptly and in any event within five days after a Financial Officer obtains knowledge of (i) the occurrence of any material adverse development with respect to any litigation, action, proceeding or labor controversy described in Section 6.7, (ii) the commencement of any litigation, action, proceeding or labor controversy of the type described in Section 6.7 or (iii) any change in the certified public accountants of Holdings or its Subsidiaries described in clause (b), notice thereof by an Authorized Officer of AMRC;

(g) substantially concurrently with the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports, financial statements and registration statements which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities exchange, except that Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to deliver any of the foregoing which has previously been delivered hereunder;

(h) all such notices and documents required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each Mortgage;

 

-85-


(i) promptly when available and, in any event, within 60 days after the last day of each Fiscal Year, (i) a budget for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year and (ii) a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, together with related quarterly consolidated statement of projected income for such Fiscal Year), which projections shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of Holdings stating that such projections are based on estimates, information and assumptions that such Financial Officer believes in good faith to be reasonable at the time made and prepared (it being understood that projections are subject to uncertainties and contingencies and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein and that such differences may be material);

(j) substantially concurrently with the receipt or delivery thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, all material notices, including notices of default or termination, received or delivered by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any Material Agreement or Indebtedness of such Loan Party;

(k) promptly after any change in the accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such change required by GAAP) the implementation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the calculation or presentation of the financial statements and balance sheets delivered, from time to time, pursuant to clause (a) or (b), notice thereof by an Authorized Officer of AMRC;

(l) promptly upon a Financial Officer obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, notice of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) promptly upon a Financial Officer obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, notice of any proceeding, demand, investigation or claim of any Governmental Authority regarding the non-compliance by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(n) such other information respecting the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (g) of Section 7.1.1 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrowers post such documents, or provide a link thereto, on the website www.appliedmedical.com, and AMRC notifies the Administrative Agent of the same; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrowers’ behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent), and AMRC notifies the Administrative Agent of the same.

SECTION 7.1.2 Compliance with Laws; Payment of Obligations. (a) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, comply with all permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements, accreditations and privileges of each

 

-86-


Governmental Authority and all applicable Laws (including any and all zoning, building, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting each property owned, leased, subleased or otherwise occupied by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), except where the failure to comply, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, pay before the same become delinquent, all (i) its Indebtedness (subject to any subordination provisions relating thereto) and other obligations, including all income and other Taxes, assessments and charges imposed by Governmental Authorities upon it or upon its property, and (ii) lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise (including any payments required to be made pursuant to all leases, subleases, tenancies, occupancy agreements, rental agreements and other similar agreements, except for the non-payment of such Indebtedness, other obligations, Taxes, assessments, charges and claims that (A) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which (i) suspend judicial enforcement of the contested Indebtedness, obligation or Tax or claims and any Lien arising therefrom and (ii) for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books or (B) could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. If such contest is terminated, adversely resolved or the conditions set forth in this Section are no longer met, Holdings, each Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries shall promptly pay or discharge the contested Indebtedness, obligations, taxes and claims.

SECTION 7.1.3 Maintenance of Properties and Franchises. (a) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, maintain, preserve, protect and keep its material properties in good repair, working order and condition, and make necessary and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements so that its business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

(b) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect (i) its legal existence and qualification as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where it has assets or conducts business and (ii) the permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements, accreditations, privileges and franchises of all Governmental Authorities or otherwise necessary for the proper conduct of its business; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transaction permitted by Section 7.2.6 or Section 7.2.9 or the termination, revocation, expiration or absence of any of the foregoing that, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.1.4 Insurance. (a) Holdings and each Borrower will maintain, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance policies and coverage with respect to their property and assets to such extent and covering such risks as is customary for companies in sound financial condition in the same or similar businesses and operations and in the same or similar locations. If any portion of the Mortgaged Property, excluding Mortgaged Property located outside of the United States, is located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or any successor thereto as an area having special flood hazards pursuant to the Flood Insurance Acts, Holdings, each applicable Loan Party shall maintain or cause to be

 

-87-


maintained flood insurance, as described in clause (f) of Section 5.1.20, with respect to such Mortgaged Property. All such insurance will be provided (i) by insurers having an A.M. Best policyholders rating of not less than “A” or (ii) by such other insurers as the Administrative Agent may approve.

(b) All premiums on insurance policies required under this Section will be paid by Holdings or its applicable Subsidiaries. All insurance policies relating to “key man” life insurance, business interruption and any loss or damage sustained in respect of any item constituting a part of the Collateral (other than in respect of any property or asset subject to a Lien permitted by clause (b), (c), (j), (l) or (s) of Section 7.2.3) will contain a loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in favor of the Administrative Agent. All insurance policies relating to general liability, umbrella and excess insurance coverages will contain an additional insured endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in favor of the Administrative Agent. All such insurance policies will (except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent) provide that neither Holdings, any of the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries, nor any Lender Party will be a coinsurer thereunder.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, all such insurance policies that have been endorsed in favor of the Administrative Agent will provide, that the insurer will, simultaneously with the delivery to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of any notice of cancellation or termination of such policy, deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of such notice. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, all such insurance policies and loss payable clauses will provide, that they may not be canceled or terminated unless the Administrative Agent is given at least the same number of days’ notice that the insurance company which issued such policies is required to give Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.

(c) If Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries fails to maintain any policy of insurance that is required by this Section the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required), at the sole cost and expense of the Borrowers, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance, pay the related premiums and take such other action as it deems reasonably advisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have no liability with respect to the cost, scope, amount or other terms with respect to the insurance purchased by it pursuant to this provision.

(d) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Holdings, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall promptly comply with all the instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to filing claims under any policy of insurance that is required by this Section, receiving receipt and giving acquittance for any payments that may be payable thereunder, and executing any and all endorsements, receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be necessary to effect the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims under any such insurance policies.

SECTION 7.1.5 Books and Records; Inspections. (a) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, keep books and records which

 

-88-


accurately reflect in all material respects its business affairs and transactions, in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, permit the Administrative Agent and each Lender or any of their respective representatives (including outside auditors), upon reasonable prior notice, at reasonable times and intervals and during normal business hours, to visit all of their offices, to discuss their financial matters with their officers and independent public accountant (provided that officers of Holdings or the Borrowers shall be entitled to be present at and participate in any such discussion) and to examine (and, at the expense of the Borrowers, copy extracts from) and conduct audits of any of its Inventory, Accounts, other assets and books or other corporate records (including computer records); provided that excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only two such visits during any calendar year by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall be at the Borrowers’ expense.

(c) Subject to clause (b), the Borrowers will pay all the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent and each Lender in the exercise of their rights pursuant to this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, none of Holdings, either Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (a) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or (b) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

SECTION 7.1.6 Environmental Covenants. (a) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to (and Holdings and its Subsidiaries will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to cause their lessees and other Persons occupying any of the properties owned or leased by any of them to):

(i) use and operate all of its properties in compliance with all Environmental Laws, keep all permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental matters in effect and remain in compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, except where the failure to do any of the foregoing, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) take all such actions as are necessary and appropriate so that no liability with respect to the Environmental Laws may arise which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) promptly notify the Administrative Agent and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries relating to the condition of its facilities and properties regarding compliance with, or liability pursuant to, Environmental Laws, and shall cure and have dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent any actions and proceedings regarding compliance with, or liability

 

-89-


pursuant to, Environmental Laws which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any Releases as to which any Loan Party has knowledge at, on or under such properties which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and promptly remediate all such Releases in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws; and

(v) provide such information and certifications which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section.

(b) Prior to acquiring any ownership interest in any Real Property Asset that could give rise to any of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries being found an owner, operator or otherwise subject to potential material liability under any Environmental Law the Borrowers will (i) obtain a written report by a reputable independent environmental consultant reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (an “Environmental Consultant”) as to its assessment of the presence or potential presence of significant levels of any Hazardous Material on, in, under or about such property, or of other conditions that could give rise to a potentially significant liability to any of Holdings, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries under violations of any Environmental Law relating to such transaction, and notify the Administrative Agent of such potential transaction, and (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent after learning of such potential transaction, provide such report to the Administrative Agent and afford the Administrative Agent a reasonable opportunity to review and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, discuss such report with the Environmental Consultant who prepared it and a knowledgeable representative of the Borrowers. The Administrative Agent shall have the right, but shall not have any duty, to obtain, review, or discuss any such report.

(c) If any Loan Party materially breaches the terms of this Agreement with respect to environmental matters or there has occurred and there is continuing any Event of Default, promptly following a request therefor by the Administrative Agent to AMRC, the Borrowers will permit an environmental consultant selected by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrowers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to perform an environmental assessment on all Real Property Assets (including, without limitation, reviewing documents, interviewing knowledgeable persons, and sampling and analyzing soil, air, surface water, groundwater, and/or other media in or about property owned or leased by any of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, or on which operations of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries otherwise take place). Such environmental assessment shall be in form, scope, and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, subject to the approval of the Borrowers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Holdings, each Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries shall cooperate fully in the conduct of such environmental assessment, and shall pay the reasonable costs of such environmental assessment promptly following written demand therefore by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the duty, to obtain such environmental report.

SECTION 7.1.7 Swap Agreements. (a) Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, only enter into Swap Agreements for the purpose of

 

-90-


(i) hedging or mitigating risks to which the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries), and (ii) effectively capping, collaring or exchanging interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.

(b) All Swap Agreements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be unsecured unless such counterparty is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time of entering into thereof, in which case the obligations under each such Swap Agreement shall be secured pro rata with all the other Obligations hereunder; provided that the obligations under each Swap Agreement by any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party may be secured by the assets or property of each such Subsidiary to the extent permitted under clause (r) or (s) of Section 7.2.3.

SECTION 7.1.8 Future Subsidiaries. Upon any Person becoming, from and after the date of the initial Credit Extension, either a direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Loan Party, or upon any Loan Party acquiring additional Equity Interests of any existing Subsidiary, AMRC shall notify the Administrative Agent of such transaction and in each case, to the extent such actions are permitted by applicable Law and, in the case of any guaranty or security provided under the Laws of any country other than the United States, only to the extent the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that the value to the Lender Parties of requiring AMRC to take, or cause to be taken, such actions outweighs the cost and burden for AMRC to do so:

(a) such Person shall, if it is not an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, (i) within five Business Days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) of the consummation of each such transaction, become (if not already a party thereto) a party to the Guaranty, the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement in a manner contemplated in each such Loan Document and (ii) with respect to any such Person that is a Domestic Subsidiary, within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) of the consummation of each such transaction, if it maintains any Deposit Accounts, enter into a Deposit Account Control Agreement with a Deposit Account Bank (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.2.16);

(b) each applicable Loan Party and each such Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary shall, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, pledge to the Administrative Agent:

(i) within five Business Days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) of the consummation of each such transaction, all of the outstanding Equity Interests of such Subsidiary owned directly by it (but, in the case of an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, not more than 66% of the voting Equity Interests of such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary shall be so pledged), along with undated stock or other powers for such certificates, executed in blank (or, if any such Equity Interests are uncertificated, confirmation and evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the security interest in such Equity Interests has been granted to and perfected by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the U.C.C. or any similar United States Law which may be applicable); and

 

-91-


(ii) within five Business Days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) of the consummation of each such transaction, all notes evidencing intercompany Indebtedness in favor of each such Subsidiary (to the extent required in the Pledge Agreement), as the case may be;

(c) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) of the consummation of each such transaction, the Administrative Agent shall have received from each such Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary copies of U.C.C. search reports certified by a party reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, dated a date reasonably near (but prior to) the date of any such Person becoming a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings, listing all effective financing statements, tax liens and judgment liens which name such Person as the debtor and which are filed in the United States jurisdictions in which filings are to be made pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and in each jurisdiction (if any) in the United States where each such Subsidiary has its principal place of business or owns any Real Property Asset, together with copies of such financing statements (none of which (other than Liens permitted under this Agreement) shall cover any of the Collateral);

(d) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) of the consummation of each such transaction, the Administrative Agent shall have received from each such Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, acknowledgment copies of properly filed U.C.C.-1 financing statements or such other evidence of filing or delivery for filing as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent, naming each such Subsidiary as the debtor and the Administrative Agent as the secured party, filed under relevant jurisdictions comprising the United States as may be necessary or reasonably requested of the Administrative Agent to perfect the first priority security interest of the Administrative Agent on the assets of such Subsidiary that is subject to the Security Agreement (including, with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral, appropriate trademark, copyright and patent security supplements with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, and with respect to assets located on leased property, subject to Section 7.2.17, a Landlord Waiver or Bailee Waiver, as the case may be); and

(e) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion) of the consummation of each such transaction, the Administrative Agent shall have received from each such Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary and that owns in fee interest any Real Property Asset, those items referred to in Section 5.1.20 requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to each such Real Property Asset, other than with respect to any Real Property Asset permitted to be encumbered pursuant to clause (b), (c), (j) or (s) of Section 7.2.3.

The foregoing shall be accompanied with other documentary evidence, requested by the Administrative Agent, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that evidences the foregoing, including copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of such Subsidiary authorizing the relevant transactions, copies of such Subsidiary’s Organizational Documents, incumbency certificates of such Subsidiary, certificates as to compliance by such

 

-92-


Subsidiary with the requirements of this Section, opinions of legal counsel and evidence of the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 7.1.4.

SECTION 7.1.9 Further Assurances; Additional Collateral. (a) Subject to limitations and exceptions contained in the Loan Documents, Holdings and each Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any applicable U.S. Law, or which the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including causing the Collateral to be subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3) securing all the Obligations, all at the expense of the Borrowers.

(b) Subject to limitations and exceptions contained in the Loan Documents, if any property or asset is acquired by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary) after the date of the initial Credit Extension, AMRC will promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof (except (A), in the case of personal property (excluding any leasehold interests), such notice shall not be required if (i) the Administrative Agent has a valid first-priority perfected security interest in such property or asset by virtue of any actions previously taken by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or (ii) such actions are not required by the terms of the Security Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, and (B), in the case of a Real Property Asset, to the extent such Real Property Asset is subject to a Lien in favor of a third Person pursuant to clause (b), (c), (j) or (s) of Section 7.2.3), and will cause (except with respect to any such personal property or Real Property Asset described in the preceding parenthetical of this clause) such property or asset to be subjected to a first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3) and will take, and cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than its Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries) to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including the actions described in Section 7.1.8 and clause (a) and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.2.17, (i) Landlord Waivers with respect to Inventory located on leased Real Property Assets and (ii) Bailee Waivers with respect to assets located in a public warehouse.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, AMRC shall only be required to take, or cause to be taken, any described action to the extent such action is permitted by applicable Law and, in the case of any guaranty or security provided under the Laws of any country other than the United States, only to the extent the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that the value to the Lender Parties of requiring AMRC to take, or cause to be taken, such action outweighs the cost and burden for AMRC to do so.

SECTION 7.2 Negative Covenants. Holdings and each Borrower agree with each Lender Party that, until all Commitments have irrevocably terminated and all the Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification liabilities) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to

 

-93-


documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and performed in full, Holdings and each Borrower will perform the obligations set forth in this Section.

SECTION 7.2.1 Business Activities. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those business activities described in the second recital and other business activities reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.

SECTION 7.2.2 Indebtedness. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or otherwise become or be liable in respect of any Indebtedness, other than, without duplication, the following:

(a) Indebtedness in respect of the Credit Extensions and other Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness of Holdings or its Subsidiaries in respect of any Swap Agreement entered into in accordance with Section 7.1.7;

(c) Indebtedness identified in Item 7.2.2(c) (“Ongoing Indebtedness”) of the Disclosure Schedule, together with Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(d) Indebtedness of (i) any Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of a Borrower to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary of a Borrower, provided that (A) all such Indebtedness (except Indebtedness owing to any Person that is not a Loan Party) that is incurred after the Effective Date (when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of intercompany loans referred to in clause (a)(iii) of Section 7.2.7 that are incurred after the Effective Date) in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time shall be (I) evidenced by a promissory note in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (II) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and (III) in the case that the borrower under such intercompany Indebtedness is a Borrower, subordinated to the repayment of the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (B) in the case of any such Indebtedness of any such Person that is not a Loan Party that is owing to a Loan Party (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately before or after giving effect thereto and (y) such Indebtedness shall be permitted only if the corresponding Investment is permitted under clause (e) of Section 7.2.6;

(e) Indebtedness of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries that is incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capitalized Lease Liabilities and purchase money Indebtedness; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness that may be incurred in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $7,500,000 and (ii) the excess of (A) the amount for such Fiscal Year (or part thereof) as set forth in Section 7.2.5 over (B) cash expenditures by the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries that are made or incurred during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 7.2.5 (provided that the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $25,000,000 during

 

-94-


the term of this Agreement) and (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvements;

(f) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower (or is assumed by a Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Borrower) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition after the Effective Date hereof (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any such Indebtedness); provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time of any such Permitted Acquisition and was not created in contemplation of or in connection with any such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) immediately before and after giving effect to any such Person becoming a Subsidiary or a Borrower or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Borrower, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause shall not exceed $8,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(g) (i) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) in respect of tenders, statutory obligations, bids and similar obligations, surety, stay, or customs or performance or appeal bonds, in each case to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness incurred by any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party to any Person (other than a Loan Party); provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(j) Indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business consisting of the financing of insurance premiums for insurance policies not prohibited hereunder;

(k) Contingent Liabilities of either Borrower and their Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of any other Borrower or any other Subsidiaries of the Borrowers, provided that (i) such Indebtedness is permitted by this Section and such Contingent Obligations are not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Section; (ii) in the case of Contingent Liabilities of any Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Loan Party in favor of any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party, (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and continuing immediately before or after giving effect thereto and (B) such Contingent Liabilities shall be permitted only if the corresponding Investment is permitted under clause (e) of Section 7.2.6 and (iii) the Contingent Liabilities permitted under this clause shall be subordinated to the Obligations of each applicable Borrower and Subsidiary if, and on the same terms as, the Indebtedness so subject to such Contingent Obligations is subordinated to the Obligations;

(l) Indebtedness of either Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries in the form of (i) financing obligations owed to the seller in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or (ii)

 

-95-


earn-outs and other similar forms of deferred consideration that is paid in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not exceeding $8,000,000;

(m) other Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not exceeding $1,500,000; and

(n) Indebtedness of Holdings that is incurred pursuant to, and in accordance with, clause (a)(iii) of Section 7.2.7.

SECTION 7.2.3 Liens. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Liens securing payment of the Obligations and granted pursuant to any Loan Document in favor of any Lender Party;

(b) Liens granted to secure payment of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (e) of Section 7.2.2, provided that (i) each such Lien covers only those assets acquired with the proceeds of such Indebtedness, and any proceeds, accessions, replacements or products thereof; (ii) each such Lien attaches to the relevant capital asset concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition thereof; and (iii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or the Fair Market Value of the relevant asset as of the date of the acquisition thereof; provided that, subject to the foregoing limitations, individual financings of equipment provided by one lender or lessor may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender or lessor;

(c) Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on Item 7.2.3(c) (“Existing Liens”) of the Disclosure Schedule and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof, provided that such Liens (i) do not spread to cover any additional property or assets after the Effective Date and (ii) only secure the Indebtedness permitted by clause (c) of Section 7.2.2;

(d) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other charges or levies of any Governmental Authority not at the time (i) overdue for the lesser of (A) 30 days or (B) the number of days which would result in (x) the payment of any penalty or interest or (y) the imposition of any Lien on any property or asset of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, or (ii) being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books;

(e) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, suppliers, landlords and similar Liens imposed by Law that are incurred in the ordinary course of business and either (i) secure obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or (ii) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books;

(f) deposits, letters of credit, bank guarantees and pledges of cash securing (i) obligations in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other

 

-96-


forms of governmental insurance or benefits (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) (other than Liens imposed by ERISA), (ii) the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases and other similar obligations (other than for borrowed money) or (iii) to secure obligations on surety, stay, customs, performance or appeal bonds, but only in each case to the extent the foregoing is incurred or entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrowers;

(g) judgment Liens not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.1.6;

(h) easements, rights-of-way, zoning and similar restrictions and other similar encumbrances or title defects which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(i) with respect to the Mortgaged Property, Liens listed as exceptions on Schedule B of the title insurance with respect thereto that have been approved by the Administrative Agent.

(j) Liens existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (or on the property or asset of any Person prior to such Person becoming a Subsidiary of Holdings); provided that (i) such Liens are not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, (ii) such Liens do not apply to any other property or assets of Holdings or any its Subsidiaries and (iii) such Liens secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2.2 that are in existence on the date of such acquisition, together with extensions, renewals and replacements of such Liens in connection with the extension, renewal or replacement of the related Indebtedness that is permitted by Section 7.2.2;

(k) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 of the U.C.C. covering only the items being collected upon and arising in the ordinary course of collection or (ii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or under customary contractual provisions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with such banking or other financial institution (including the right of set off and grants of security interests in deposits and/or securities held by such banking or other financial institution) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(l) Liens arising from precautionary U.C.C. financing statements relating to operating leases, consignment agreements or bailee arrangements (and in no event Indebtedness);

(m) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation or exportation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement;

(o) Liens solely on any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments made by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in favor of the seller of any property and to be applied

 

-97-


against the purchase price obligations, in each case in connection with any transaction not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement;

(p) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (j) of Section 7.2.2;

(q) Liens of carriers or expeditors arising as a matter of law or an applicable contract with any Person to secure payment obligations in connection with the importation or exportation of goods, provided such Liens (i) arise in the ordinary course of business and (ii) are secured only by those assets subject to import or export;

(r) Liens granted by any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party on its property or assets to secure Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (i) of Section 7.2.2; and

(s) other Liens granted by any Subsidiary of Holdings securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,500,000, provided that if such Liens attach to any of the property or assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries that are subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lender Parties) pursuant to the Loan Documents, such Liens shall, if they secure Indebtedness that is permitted pursuant to clause (m) of Section 7.2.2, be subordinated to the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lender Parties) on terms in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 7.2.4 Financial Condition. Holdings and the Borrowers will not permit:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Rolling Period ending on each date set forth below to be, as of such date, less than the ratio set forth below opposite each such date:

 

-98-


Date

   Minimum Fixed
Charge Coverage
Ratio

March 31, 2012

   1.15:1.00

June 30, 2012

   1.15:1.00

September 30, 2012

   1.15:1.00

December 31, 2012

   1.25:1.00

March 31, 2013

   1.25:1.00

June 30, 2013

   1.25:1.00

September 30, 2013

   1.25:1.00

December 31, 2013

   1.25:1.00

March 31, 2014

   1.25:1.00

June 30, 2014

   1.25:1.00

September 30, 2014

   1.25:1.00

December 31, 2014

   1.25:1.00

March 31, 2015

   1.25:1.00

June 30, 2015

   1.25:1.00

September 30, 2015

   1.25:1.00

December 31, 2015

   1.25:1.00

March 31, 2016

   1.25:1.00

June 30, 2016

   1.25:1.00

September 30, 2016

   1.25:1.00

December 31, 2016

   1.25:1.00

(b) Leverage Ratio. The Leverage Ratio for the Rolling Period ending on each date set forth below to be, as of such date, greater than the ratio set forth opposite each such date:

 

Date

   Maximum Leverage
Ratio

March 31, 2012

   2.25:1.00

June 30, 2012

   2.25:1.00

September 30, 2012

   2.50:1.00

December 31, 2012

   2.25:1.00

March 31, 2013

   2.00:1.00

June 30, 2013

   2.00:1.00

September 30, 2013

   2.00:1.00

December 31, 2013

   2.00:1.00

March 31, 2014

   2.00:1.00

June 30, 2014

   2.00:1.00

September 30, 2014

   2.00:1.00

December 31, 2014

   2.00:1.00

March 31, 2015

   1.75:1.00

June 30, 2015

   1.75:1.00

September 30, 2015

   1.75:1.00

December 31, 2015

   1.75:1.00

March 31, 2016

   1.75:1.00

June 30, 2016

   1.75:1.00

September 30, 2016

   1.75:1.00

December 31, 2016

   1.75:1.00

 

-99-


SECTION 7.2.5 Capital Expenditures, etc. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make Capital Expenditures in any Fiscal Year, except Capital Expenditures which do not aggregate in any Fiscal Year in excess of the amount set forth opposite each Fiscal Year below:

 

Fiscal Year

   Amount  

December 31, 2012

   $ 75,000,000   

December 31, 2013

   $ 75,000,000   

December 31, 2014

   $ 75,000,000   

December 31, 2015

   $ 55,000,000   

December 31, 2016

   $ 55,000,000   

provided, however, that no such Capital Expenditure shall be made if any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately prior to or after giving effect to the making of any such Capital Expenditure. To the extent Capital Expenditures are made during any period in an amount less than the amounts provided in the above chart, (a) the Capital Expenditures that may be made pursuant to this Section in the next following period as provided in the above chart shall be increased by 50% of the amount of the permitted Capital Expenditures not so made in the immediately preceding period (the “Carry-Forward Amount”); (b) no Carry-Forward Amount may be carried-forward beyond the immediately following period in which it arose; and (c) the full amount of any Carry-Forward Amount shall be used in each applicable period before any of the Capital Expenditures permitted to be made in such period (without giving effect to any Carry-Forward Amount) shall be used.

SECTION 7.2.6 Investments. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Investment in any other Person, except:

(a) Investments existing on the Effective Date and identified in Item 7.2.6(a) (“Ongoing Investments”) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(b) Investments in the form of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments;

(c) without duplication, Investments permitted as Capital Expenditures pursuant to Section 7.2.5;

(d) Investments comprising the Equity Interests of Subsidiaries of Holdings set forth in Item 6.8 (“Initial Capitalization”) of the Disclosure Schedule and other Investments from time to time in Subsidiaries of Holdings; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made after the Effective Date by Loan Parties in Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause and clauses (e) and (j) shall not exceed (i) $7,500,000 in any Fiscal Year or (ii) $20,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement (without regard to any write-down or write-offs);

(e) intercompany loans and Contingent Liabilities permitted by clause (d) or (k) of Section 7.2.2; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments made after the Effective Date by Loan Parties in Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties pursuant to

 

-100-


this clause and clauses (d) and (j) shall not exceed (i) $7,500,000 in any Fiscal Year or (ii) $20,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement (without regard to any write-down or write-offs);

(f) notes payable or Equity Interests, in each case issued by account debtors, to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations and pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar proceeding upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, court protection or reorganization of any such account debtor;

(g) Investments in the form of Swap Agreements permitted by Section 7.1.7;

(h) advances in the ordinary course of business to the employees, officers and directors of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate principal amount thereof at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(i) non-cash loans, advances or guarantees (other than withholding for Taxes) in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of financing the purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings by employees of either Borrower or their Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase or stock option plan;

(j) Contingent Liabilities by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries with respect to leases (other than Capitalized Lease Liabilities) and other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness that are entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments made after the Effective Date by Loan Parties in Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause and clauses (d) and (e) shall not exceed (i) $7,500,000 in any Fiscal Year or (ii) $20,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement (without regard to any write-down or write-offs);

(k) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of prepaid expenses;

(l) Permitted Acquisitions;

(m) the reinvestment of Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Insurance Proceeds pursuant to clause (g) of Section 3.1.2;

(n) Investments held by a Subsidiary of Holdings acquired after the Effective Date or of a Person merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, in each case in accordance with this Section and Section 7.2.9, to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(o) Investments by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and

 

-101-


(p) in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted above in this Section, Investments by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding (i) $10,000,000 plus (ii) any cash returns or repayments in respect of such Investments; provided, that both immediately before and after giving effect to each such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 7.2.7 Restricted Payments; Payments on Other Indebtedness. (a) Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to (notwithstanding the terms of any Organizational Document or any other agreement or instrument), declare, pay or make on any of its Equity Interests (or any warrants, options or other rights with respect thereto) any dividend, distribution or other payment on account of its Equity Interests, whether on account of the purchase, redemption, sinking or analogous fund, retirement or defeasance of any Equity Interests and whether in cash, property or obligations (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests, warrants to purchase its Equity Interests or split-ups or reclassifications of its Equity Interests into additional or other shares of its Equity Interests), or apply, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to apply, any of its funds, property or assets to the purchase, redemption, sinking or analogous fund, retirement or defeasance of, any such Equity Interests (or any options, warrants or other rights with respect thereto); provided, however that:

(i) Subsidiaries of AMRC may make dividends, distributions and other payments to AMRC and its Subsidiaries; and

(ii) Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make, incur, assume or suffer to exist Investments to the extent permitted by Section 7.2.6;

(iii) AMRC may make dividends, distributions and other payments to Holdings for the purpose of Holdings paying its actual (and not anticipated) federal, state and local income taxes on behalf of such consolidated group; provided, however, that (A) such dividends, distributions or other payments, as the case may be, are applied promptly, and in any event within three Business Days after the receipt thereof, to the payment of such income taxes and (B) all such payments that are incurred after the Effective Date in the form of a loan (when added to the intercompany Indebtedness referred to in clause (d) of Section 7.2.2 (other than such Indebtedness owing to any Person that is not a Loan Party) that is incurred after the Effective Date) in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time, shall be evidenced by a promissory note, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, that has been duly pledged in accordance with the terms of the Pledge Agreement to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lender Parties) and shall not be forgiven or otherwise discharged for any consideration other than the payment in full in cash; provided further, however, that (x) in no event shall the total dividends, distributions or other payments paid or loaned by AMRC to Holdings pursuant to this clause exceed the amount of income taxes that would have been payable by AMRC if AMRC was not consolidated with Holdings for income tax purposes and (y) any tax refunds received by Holdings shall be returned promptly to AMRC or the applicable Subsidiary;

(iv) AMRC may make dividends, distributions and other payments to Holdings for the purpose of Holdings paying its (A) corporate overhead expenses that are

 

-102-


incurred in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s-length basis and (B) franchise taxes and other similar taxes, fees and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; and

(v) AMRC may make dividends, distributions and other payments to Holdings, for the purpose of Holdings purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring Holdings’ Equity Interests from, or making payments of dividends, distributions and other payments to, holders of Holdings’ Equity Interests (and Holdings may, in turn, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Holdings’ Equity Interests from, or make dividends, distributions or other payments to, holders of Holdings’ Equity Interests), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year or $50,000,000 during the term of this Agreement; provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately before or after giving effect thereto; provided, further that:

(A) if any such holder of Equity Interests of Holdings is not known by Holdings to be a Minority Stockholder and during any Fiscal Year the amount of dividends, distributions and other payments made pursuant to this clause exceeds in the aggregate $2,000,000, after giving pro forma effect to any such dividend, distribution or other payment (x) for the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been delivered (1) the Leverage Ratio shall not exceed the maximum Leverage Ratio requirement then in effect pursuant to clause (b) of Section 7.2.4 and (2) the Borrowers are in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirement then in effect pursuant to clause (a) of Section 7.2.4 (compliance with the foregoing to be evidenced by the due completion, execution and delivery by a Financial Officer of Holdings of a Compliance Certificate), provided that this clause (x) shall apply only if a Delayed Draw Term Loan is used to finance the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of such relevant Equity Interests; and (y) the aggregate amount of (1) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of Holdings and its Subsidiaries plus (2) the unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount shall not be less than $40,000,000;

(B) if any such stockholder of Holdings is known by Holdings to be a Minority Stockholder, after giving pro forma effect to any such dividend, distribution or other payment (x) for the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been delivered (1) the Leverage Ratio shall not exceed the maximum Leverage Ratio requirement then in effect pursuant to clause (b) of Section 7.2.4 minus .50, and (2) the Borrowers are in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirement then in effect pursuant to clause (a) of Section 7.2.4 (compliance with the foregoing to be evidenced by the due completion, execution and delivery by a Financial Officer of Holdings of a Compliance Certificate); and (y) the amount of (1) cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of Holdings and its Subsidiaries plus (2) the unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount shall not be less than $40,000,000.

(b) Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make or agree to make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries that is owing to any Person as part of the purchase price consideration for a Permitted Acquisition, including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Indebtedness, except:

 

-103-


(i) payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments of such Indebtedness as and when due;

(ii) any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of such Indebtedness to the extent it is Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; and

(iii) payment of any such secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary transfer or sale of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness.

SECTION 7.2.8 Limitation on Activities of Holdings. Holdings will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than (i) the ownership and/or acquisition of the Equity Interests of AMRC, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (iv) any activities relating to the corporate governance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (v) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Loan Documents and any documentation governing any Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation permitted to be incurred or made by it under Section 7.2, (vi) the performance of its obligations under investor rights agreements, voting agreements, stock option agreements, stock purchase agreements and administration of its relationships with current, prospective or former holders of its Equity Interests, including stockholder communications and notice requirements, (vii) any public or private offering of its Equity Interests or any other issuance or registration of its Equity Interests for sale or resale not prohibited by this Agreement, including activities relating to qualification of the registration or qualification requirements of applicable federal or state securities regulations or necessary in order to rely upon exemptions from such requirements and entry into any registration rights or similar agreement with respect to its Equity Interests, including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (viii) any transaction that Holdings is permitted to enter into or consummate under Article VII (including, but not limited to, the making of any dividend, distribution, repurchase, redemption, purchase or other restricted payment permitted by Section 7.2.7 or holding of any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments received in connection with the foregoing that is made in accordance with Section 7.2.7 pending application thereof in the manner contemplated by Section 7.2.7, the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by it under Section 7.2.2 and the making of any Investment permitted to be made by it under Section 7.2.6), (ix) holding of any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments received in connection the issuance and sale of its Equity Interests, (x) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues, valuation and investment banking services and paying taxes, (xi) providing indemnification to officers and directors and as otherwise permitted in Section 7.2.12, (xii) maintenance or establishment and administration of stock incentive plans and (xiii) activities reasonably incidental to the business or activities described in clauses (i) to (xii) of this paragraph.

SECTION 7.2.9 Fundamental Changes, etc. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, liquidate or dissolve, consolidate or amalgamate with, or merge into or with, any other Person, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (in each case in one transaction or series of transactions) all or substantially all of its

 

-104-


assets, other than the following if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately before or after giving effect thereto:

(a) any Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with and into, either Borrower (provided that a Borrower is the surviving entity) or any other Subsidiary that is a Loan Party; provided, that when any Wholly Owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary of Holdings, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be the surviving entity;

(b) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrowers) may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to another Loan Party; provided, that if the transferor in any such transaction is a Loan Party, the transferee must either be a Borrower or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

(c) any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with and into, or may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, to any other Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party;

(d) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrowers) may liquidate or dissolve if (i) Holdings or the Borrowers determine in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interest of Holdings and the Borrowers and (ii) it is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(e) any Subsidiary of Holdings may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to clause (l) or (n) of Section 7.2.6; provided, in any such merger, consolidation or amalgamation to which a Borrower is a party, such Borrower is the surviving corporation; and

(f) subject to all the restrictions contained in the preceding clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), any Subsidiary of Holdings may merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate or amalgamate to effect a sale, transfer or other disposition permitted pursuant to clause (c), (g) or (h) of Section 7.2.10.

SECTION 7.2.10 Asset Dispositions, etc. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer, lease, contribute or otherwise convey or dispose of (in each case in one transaction or series of transactions) all or any part of its assets (including Accounts, Inventory and Equity Interests of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries) to any Person, except:

(a) if such sale, transfer, lease, contribution, conveyance or disposition is (i) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business or (ii) in respect of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments in the ordinary course of business;

(b) in respect of (i) Equipment that is worn out or obsolete and is sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or (ii) assets that are subject to damage or destruction, or a condemnation proceeding instituted by a Governmental Authority;

 

-105-


(c) if such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition is a Permitted Disposition;

(d) if such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is permitted by Section 7.2.9;

(e) sales, transfers or dispositions of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (other than in connection with factoring programs, receivables programs or other similar programs);

(f) termination of leases or subleases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), licenses, or sublicenses in the ordinary course of business;

(g) sales, transfers or dispositions of assets by a Subsidiary of Holdings to either Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided, that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately before or after giving effect to any such sale, transfer or disposition, (ii) if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party the transferee must be either be a Borrower or another Loan Party and (iii) any such transaction involving a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party shall be made in compliance with Section 7.2.12; and

(h) sales, transfers or dispositions of assets by a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party.

SECTION 7.2.11 Modification of Certain Agreements. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification of any of the terms or provisions contained in, or applicable to, any of their Organizational Documents or any Material Agreement which in any case:

(a) is contrary to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(b) could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.2.12 Transactions with Affiliates. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into, or cause, suffer or permit to exist any arrangement or contract with, any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and:

(a) is on terms substantially as favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Person at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate;

(b) is between or among (i) the Borrowers and their Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries, (ii) two or more Loan Parties or (iii) two or more Subsidiaries of the Borrowers that are not Loan Parties;

 

-106-


(c) is for the payment in the ordinary course of business of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers and employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(d) is approved in good faith by the majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of a Borrower or Holdings;

(e) is between or among a Loan Party and one or more Subsidiaries of the Borrowers that is not a Loan Party to the extent permitted pursuant to clause (d) or (m) of Section 7.2.2 or clause (d), (e), (j) or (p) of Section 7.2.6; or

(f) constitutes the making of any repurchases, redemptions and other acquisitions of Holdings’ Equity Interests and dividends, distributions and other payments permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of Section 7.2.7.

SECTION 7.2.13 Negative Pledges, Restrictive Agreements, etc. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement (excluding this Agreement and any other Loan Document):

(a) prohibiting the ability to comply with and perform their Obligations;

(b) prohibiting or restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; or

(c) prohibiting or restricting the ability of any Subsidiary of Holdings to make any payments, directly or indirectly, to the Borrowers by way of dividends, distributions, return on equity, advances, repayments of loans or advances, reimbursements of management and other intercompany charges, expenses and accruals or other returns on investments.

The foregoing shall not, in any event, prohibit (i) restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3 if such restrictions apply only to the property subject to such permitted Liens; (ii) customary restrictions contained in agreements relating to the sale of assets pending the closing of such sale if such restrictions apply only to the assets to be sold; (iii) customary provisions in licenses and leases of intellectual property entered into in the ordinary course of business that do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (iv) customary restrictions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures (but not Subsidiaries) permitted by Section 7.2.6 and that are entered into in the ordinary course of business; (v) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of either Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries; (vi) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; (vii) restrictions under any documents relating to secured Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement if such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and no other property or assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (viii) customary restrictions contained in documents governing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2.2, so long as such restrictions (A) do not impair in the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and (B) are not materially more burdensome taken as a whole than that those contained under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, provided that any such restrictions as they relate to

 

-107-


clause (c) above only, may only relate to those Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties; and (ix) the terms of applicable Law.

SECTION 7.2.14 Fiscal Year End, etc. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, change its Fiscal Year. In addition, except as required by GAAP neither Holdings, the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries shall make any significant change in its accounting treatment or reporting practices.

SECTION 7.2.15 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement with any Person whereby in a substantially contemporaneous transaction Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries sells or transfers all or substantially all of its right, title and interest in an asset and, in connection therewith, acquires or leases back the right to use such asset.

SECTION 7.2.16 Deposit Account Control Agreements. Beginning on the date that is 90 days after the Effective Date (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion), Holdings and the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of the other Loan Parties to, have any Deposit Account that is located in the United States (other than any (i) zero-balance account for the purpose of managing local disbursements, (ii) payroll, withholding tax, trust, escrow, flexible benefit and other fiduciary accounts or (iii) any other Deposit Account in which the average daily balance on deposit therein for any period of 90 consecutive days is equal to or less than $250,000) unless the same is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement with a Deposit Account Bank.

SECTION 7.2.17 Bailee Waivers and Landlord Waivers. Beginning on the date that is 90 days after the Effective Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion), if the total cost of Inventory of the Loan Parties located in any single public warehouse or other facility that is under the control of a third Person is equal to or greater than $4,000,000, the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of the other Loan Parties to, fail to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such third Person to execute a Bailee Waiver or Landlord Waiver, as the case may be, if a Mortgage has not been delivered with respect thereto.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 8.1 Listing of Events of Default. Each of the following events or occurrences described in this Section shall constitute an “Event of Default”.

SECTION 8.1.1 Non-Payment of Obligations. Any Loan Party shall default in the payment or prepayment when due of any (a) principal on any Loan; (b) Reimbursement Obligation; or (c) interest on a Credit Extension, fee, indemnity or other monetary Obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided, that in the case of clause (c) only, such default shall continue for a period of three Business Days.

 

-108-


SECTION 8.1.2 Breach of Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty of any Loan Party made or deemed to be made hereunder, in any other Loan Document or any other writing or certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Lender Party in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document (including any certificates delivered pursuant to Article V), is or shall be incorrect in any material respect when made (or in all respects if such representation or warranty is qualified as to materiality).

SECTION 8.1.3 Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations. Any Loan Party shall default in the due performance and observance of any of its obligations under Sections 4.10 or 7.1.1 (subject to a three Business Day grace period, except with respect to clause (e) of Section 7.1.1, for which there shall be no grace period), clause (b) of Section 7.1.3 (with regard to maintenance of corporate existence), 7.1.4, 7.1.5, 7.1.8, 7.1.9 (with respect to maintaining the Administrative Agent’s first priority (subject to the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.3) security interest in the Collateral) or 7.2.

SECTION 8.1.4 Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations. Any other Loan Party shall default in the due performance and observance of any other agreement contained herein or in any other Loan Document (other than items covered by Sections 8.1.1 or 8.1.3), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (a) any officer of any Loan Party having knowledge thereof or (b) notice thereof having been given to AMRC by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 8.1.5 Default on Other Indebtedness. A default shall occur in the payment when due, whether by scheduled repayment, prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in Section 8.1.1) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries having a principal amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000,000 (including undrawn committed amounts), or a default shall occur in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to such Indebtedness if the effect of such default is to either (a) accelerate the maturity of any such Indebtedness or (b) permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness, or any trustee or agent for such holders, to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable prior to its expressed maturity.

SECTION 8.1.6 Judgments. Any (a) money judgment, writs or warrants of attachment, executions or similar processes involving any aggregate amount (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance maintained in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement and as to which the relevant insurance company has not denied coverage) in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or (b) non-monetary judgment shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal, bond or otherwise, shall not be in effect.

 

-109-


SECTION 8.1.7 ERISA Events. An ERISA Event shall have occurred that, individually or when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred and are continuing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.1.8 Change in Control. Any Change in Control shall occur.

SECTION 8.1.9 Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall:

(a) generally fail to pay debts as they become due, or admit in writing its inability to pay debts as they become due;

(b) apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator, or other custodian for any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of any thereof, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(c) in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence, permit or suffer to exist the involuntary appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property of any thereof, and such trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall not be discharged within 30 days;

(d) permit or suffer to exist the involuntary commencement of, or voluntarily commence, any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement, or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency Laws, or permit or suffer to exist the involuntary commencement of, or voluntarily commence, any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in each case, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that if not commenced by any such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries such proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by any such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or shall result in the entry of an order for relief or shall remain for 45 days undismissed; or

(e) take any corporate action authorizing, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.

SECTION 8.1.10 Impairment of Loan Documents, Security, etc. Any Loan Document, or any Lien granted thereunder, shall (except in accordance with its terms), in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of any Loan Party that is a party thereto; any Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly, contest in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability; or any security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender Parties securing (or required to secure) any Obligation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be a perfected first priority security interest (subject, in the case of non-possessory security interests only, to Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3).

SECTION 8.1.11 Impairment of Business. The indictment of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any criminal statute, or the commencement by any Governmental Authority of a criminal or civil proceedings against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to which statute or proceedings the penalties or remedies sought include forfeiture to

 

-110-


any Governmental Authority of any portion of the property of such Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.2 Action if Bankruptcy. If any Event of Default described in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 8.1.9 shall occur, the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) shall automatically terminate and the outstanding principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all other Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without notice or demand.

SECTION 8.3 Action if Other Event of Default. If any Event of Default (other than any Event of Default described in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 8.1.9) shall occur and be continuing for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Administrative Agent, may, and upon the direction of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to AMRC declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and other Obligations to be due and payable and the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) to be terminated, whereupon (without further notice, demand or presentment) the full unpaid amount of such Loans and other Obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall become immediately due and payable and the Commitments shall terminate.

SECTION 8.4 Foreclosure on Collateral. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have, in addition to all rights and remedies provided for in the U.C.C. and applicable Law, all such rights (including the right of foreclosure) with respect to the Collateral as provided in the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement and each other Loan Document.

SECTION 8.5 Appointment of Administrative Agent as Attorney-in-Fact. Holdings and the Borrowers hereby constitute and appoint the Administrative Agent as their attorney-in-fact with full authority in the place and stead of each of them and in the name of each of them, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion while any Event of Default is continuing, to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including to: (a) ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral; (b) enforce the obligations of any account debtor or other Person obligated on the Collateral and enforce the rights of Holdings and the Borrowers with respect to such obligations and to any property that secures such obligations; (c) file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of or to preserve the value of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to any of the Collateral; (d) pay or discharge Taxes or Liens levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral in amounts necessary to discharge the same as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (all of such payments made by the Administrative Agent shall become Obligations, due and payable immediately without demand); (e) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with the Accounts, chattel paper or general intangibles and other documents relating to the Collateral; (f) take any act required of Holdings or either Borrower under this Agreement

 

-111-


or any other Loan Document; and (g) sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and the Borrowers’ expense, at any time, all acts and things that the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral. Holdings and the Borrowers hereby ratify and approve all acts of the Administrative Agent made or taken pursuant to this Section, agrees to cooperate with the exercise by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section and shall not, either directly or indirectly, take or fail to take any action which could impair, in any respect, any action taken by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section. The appointment pursuant to this Section of the Administrative Agent as Holdings and the Borrowers’ attorney and the Administrative Agent’s rights and powers are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable, so long as any of the Commitments hereunder shall be in effect and until indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification liabilities).

SECTION 8.6 Payments Upon Acceleration. After the occurrence of an Event of Default and the acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3, the Administrative Agent shall apply all payments in respect of the Obligations and all proceeds of Collateral to the Obligations in the following order:

(a) first, to pay Obligations (other than Swap Liabilities and Cash Management Liabilities) in respect of any fees, expenses or indemnities then due to the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, fees and expenses referred to in Sections 3.3, 10.3 and 10.4), whether or not the same is allowed in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding of any Loan Party;

(b) second, to pay Obligations (other than Swap Liabilities and Cash Management Liabilities) in respect of any fees, expenses or indemnities then due to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, whether or not the same is allowed in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding of any Loan Party;

(c) third, to pay interest due in respect of the Loans and Letters of Credit (whether or not the same is allowed in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding of any Loan Party);

(d) fourth, to (i) pay the principal outstanding with respect to the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and Swap Liabilities arising from any Swap Agreement that is required to be maintained by the terms of this Agreement and at the time of entering into was between a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, on the other hand, and Cash Management Liabilities and (ii) (A) Cash Collateralize all other Letter of Credit Outstandings (in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings) on terms and pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer or (B) arrange for a back-stop letter of credit to be issued in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings on terms, pursuant to documentation and from a financial institution, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer.

 

-112-


(e) fifth, to pay all other Obligations (including Swap Liabilities arising from any Swap Agreement that was not required to be maintained by the terms of this Agreement and at the time of entering into was between a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, on the other hand); and

(f) sixth, to pay who may be lawfully entitled thereto.

In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order of each category and shall only be applied to the next succeeding category after all amounts in the preceding category have been paid in full in cash and (ii) amounts owing to each relevant Lender Party in clauses (b) through (e) shall be allocated to the payment of the relevant Obligations ratably, based on the proportion of each Lender Party’s (or, in the case of Cash Management Liabilities and Swap Liabilities that are referred to above, each such Lender Party’s Affiliates) interest in the aggregate outstanding Obligations described in each such relevant clause.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

SECTION 9.1 Appointment. (a) Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Citibank to act on its behalf as Administrative Agent under and for purposes of this Agreement and each other Loan Document. Each Lender and L/C Issuer authorizes the Administrative Agent to act on behalf of such Lender and L/C Issuer under this Agreement and each other Loan Document and, in the absence of other written instructions from the Required Lenders received from time to time by the Administrative Agent (with respect to which the Administrative Agent agrees that it will comply, except as otherwise provided in this Section or as otherwise advised by counsel), to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be reasonably incidental thereto. In performing its duties hereunder the Administrative Agent is acting solely on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and shall not have any fiduciary, trust or similar relationship with Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that the duties of the Administrative Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and neither Holdings, the Borrowers nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or to prosecute or defend any suit in respect of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document, unless it is indemnified hereunder to its satisfaction. If any indemnity in favor of the Administrative Agent shall be or become, in the determination of the Administrative Agent, inadequate, the Administrative Agent may call for additional indemnification from the Lenders and cease to do the acts indemnified against hereunder until such additional indemnity is given.

SECTION 9.2 Exculpation. (a) Neither the Administrative Agent, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or Related Parties thereof, shall be liable to any Lender or

 

-113-


L/C Issuer for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or in connection herewith or therewith, except as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or his own willful misconduct or gross negligence. Under no circumstances shall the Administrative Agent or its Related Parties be responsible for, or incur any liability with respect to, or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into: (i) any representations or warranties or statements made by Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party in connection with any Loan Document; (ii) the effectiveness, enforceability, validity or due execution of any Loan Document; (iii) the creation, perfection or priority of any Liens purported to be created by any of the Loan Documents; (iv) the validity, genuineness, enforceability, existence, value or sufficiency of, or taking any action with respect to the care, protection or preservation of, any Collateral; (v) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party of any covenants or agreements or other terms or conditions contained in the Loan Documents; (vi) the contents of any certificate, report or document delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document; (vii) the satisfaction of any conditions (including any conditions set forth in Article V) set forth in the Loan Documents; (viii) the existence of any Default or Event of Default; or (ix) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party.

(b) The Administrative Agent (i) is not required to make any inquiry respecting the performance by Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party of its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document (other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent), and any such inquiry which may be made by the Administrative Agent shall not obligate it to make any further inquiry or to take any action; (ii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, or be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates; (iii) shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the existence of any Default or Event of Default unless it has received written notice from an Authorized Officer or a Lender that specifically refers to and describes the same; (iv) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (v) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not, in any event, be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall not in any event be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.1).

 

-114-


SECTION 9.3 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 9.4 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise any and all of its rights under the Loan Documents by or through any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or Related Parties thereof, and the exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to each such Person or when acting on behalf of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any Person appointed by it to act on its behalf, except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of any such Person.

SECTION 9.5 Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and AMRC. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with AMRC, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above, provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify AMRC, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (b) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a

 

-115-


successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.3 and Section 10.4 shall continue in effect, for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent and its directors, officers, employees, agents and Related Parties thereof, in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.6 Rights as a Lender. Citibank shall have the same rights and powers with respect to the Credit Extensions made by it or any of its Affiliates as any other Lender, and may exercise such rights and powers to the same extent as if it were not the Administrative Agent. Citibank and each of its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as a financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. Citibank shall have no duty to disclose any information obtained or received by it or any of its Affiliates relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Holdings or the Borrowers to the extent such information was obtained or received in any capacity other than as Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any other Lender Party or any of their Related Parties, and based on such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s review of the financial information of Holdings, the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries and such other documents, information and investigations as such Lender and L/C Issuer has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to extend its Commitments and make its Credit Extensions. Each Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any other Lender Party or any of their Related Parties, and based on other documents, information and investigations as it from time to time shall deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions as to exercising or not exercising from time to time any rights and privileges available to it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 9.8 Copies, etc. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to each Lender of each notice or request given to the Administrative Agent by Holdings or either Borrower and required to be delivered to the Lenders pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (unless concurrently delivered to the Lenders by Holdings or either Borrower). The Administrative Agent will distribute to each Lender each document or instrument received for its account and copies of all other communications received by the Administrative Agent from Holdings or either Borrower for distribution to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.9 Certain Collateral Matters. (a) The Administrative Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

-116-


(b) Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees that none of them shall have any right individually to seek to realize upon the Collateral, it being agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender Parties pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents.

(c) Each Lender and L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to release any security interest or Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full in cash or cash collateralization of all Loans and all other Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations) payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) constituting property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder, (iii) constituting property in which Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries owned no interest at the time the security interest and/or Lien was granted, (iv) constituting property leased to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or is about to expire and which has not been, and is not intended by Holdings, the Borrowers or any such Subsidiary to be, renewed or extended, (v) consisting of an instrument evidencing Indebtedness or other debt instrument, if the Indebtedness evidenced thereby has been paid in full, or (vi) if approved by the Required Lenders or, if required by Section 10.1, each Lender and L/C Issuer, if applicable. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section.

(d) Each Lender and L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any security interest on property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of a security interest on such property that is permitted by clause (b) of Section 7.2.3.

(e) Each Lender and L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Loan Party from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted by this Agreement.

(f) The Administrative Agent may from time to time make disbursements and advances that, in its sole discretion, it deems necessary or desirable to preserve, protect, prepare for sale or lease or dispose of the Collateral, to enhance the likelihood or maximize the amount of the Obligations that are repaid by the Loan Parties or pay any other amount chargeable to the Loan Parties hereunder. All such amounts disbursed or advanced by the Administrative Agent shall be Obligations that are secured by the Collateral and be repayable by the Borrowers on demand.

SECTION 9.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Letter of Credit Outstandings shall then be due and payable and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Holdings, the Borrowers or any other

 

-117-


Loan Party) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole or any part of the amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit Outstandings and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid, and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lender Parties (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lender Parties and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lender Parties under Sections 3.3, 10.3 and 10.4) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and L/C Issuers to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 3.3, 10.3 and 10.4.

SECTION 9.11 Application to L/C Issuers. Each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the application and agreements pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent”, as used in this Article, included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 10.1 Waivers, Amendments, etc. (a) Except for (i) updates, modifications and other supplements to the schedules to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents made by the Borrowers from time to time by delivering a replacement schedule to the Administrative Agent and (ii) actions expressly permitted to be taken by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Required Lenders. Except as set forth in clause (b) below, all such amendments, modifications, terminations or waivers requiring the consent of the Lenders shall only require the written consent of the Required Lenders.

(b) Notwithstanding clause (a), no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent, each affected L/C Issuer and each Lender directly affected thereby:

 

-118-


(i) increase the Commitment Amount or change the Percentage of any affected Lender; (ii) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on, or fees payable with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit Outstandings of any affected Lender; (iii) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of, any scheduled payment or prepayment under clause (a), (b), (c), or (e) of Section 3.1.2 of principal on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation of any affected Lender; (iv) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of, any scheduled payment of interest (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate pursuant to Section 3.2.2, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will be governed by clause (a)) or fees as to any affected Lender; (v) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (which action shall be deemed to affect all the Lenders); (vi) release all or substantially all Loan Parties from their guarantee obligations under any Loan Document except as specifically provided for in the Loan Documents (which action shall be deemed to affect all the Lenders); (vii) alter in any manner the pro rata sharing of payments required hereunder (which action shall be deemed to affect all the Lenders) or the term “Pro Rata”; (viii) amend or waive this Section or the definition of the “Required Lenders” or any other provision specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to take any action under any Loan Document (which action shall be deemed to affect all the Lenders); (ix) change Section 8.6 (which shall be deemed to affect all the Lenders); or (x) postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment of any affected Lender. Furthermore, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver affecting the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in addition to Lenders required hereinabove to take such action.

(c) No failure or delay on the part of any Lender Party in exercising any power or right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No notice to or demand on Holdings or the Borrowers in any case shall entitle it to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. No waiver or approval by any Lender Party shall, except as may be otherwise stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent transactions. The remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative, and not exclusive of remedies provided by Law.

(d) In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.1 or any other Loan Document, (a) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall be permitted to amend such provision; and (b) guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Holdings or any Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be amended, supplemented or waived without the consent of any Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order to (x) comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (y) cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (z) cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.2 Notices. (a) Except in the case of notices and communications expressly permitted to be as provided in clause (b), all notices and other communications

 

-119-


provided to any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing, shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier, and addressed to such party at its address or telecopy number set forth on Schedule III hereto, in an Assignment and Assumption or at such other address or telecopy number as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties given in accordance with this Section. Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b), shall be effective as provided therein.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, Holdings or the Borrowers may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) (i) Holdings and the Borrowers agree that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lender Parties by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, SyndTrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”).

(ii) The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Administrative Agent and its Related Parties do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties have any liability to any Loan Party, any other Lender Party or other Person for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort,

 

-120-


contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to any Lender Party by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

SECTION 10.3 Payment of Costs and Expenses. (a) Holdings and the Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent, its directors, officers, employees, agents and their Related Parties (including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of accountants, appraisers, investment bankers, environmental advisors, management consultants and other consultants, if any, who may be retained by the Administrative Agent, together with one primary legal counsel and, if necessary, one local counsel, in each relevant jurisdiction acting on behalf of the Administrative Agent) that are incurred in connection with:

(i) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein;

(ii) the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and each other Loan Document (including with respect to due diligence matters, the preparation of additional Loan Documents, the review and preparation of agreements, instruments or documents pursuant to Section 7.1.8 and pursuant to clause (d) of Section 9.9), and any amendments, waivers, consents, supplements or other modifications to this Agreement or any other Loan Document as may from time to time hereafter be required, and the Administrative Agent’s consideration of their rights and remedies hereunder or in connection herewith from time to time whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated;

(iii) the filing, recording, refiling or rerecording of the Loan Documents and any other security instruments executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iv) the preparation and review of the form of any document or instrument relevant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(v) sums paid or incurred to pay any amount or take any action required by Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party under the Loan Documents that Holdings, the Borrowers or any such Loan Party fails to pay or take; and

(vi) costs of appraisals, field exams, inspections and verification of the Collateral, including, without limitation, travel, lodging, meals and other charges, including the costs, fees and expenses of independent auditors and appraisers (subject to the limitations otherwise set forth herein).

(b) Holdings and the Borrowers further agree to reimburse each Lender Party upon demand for all expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Lender Parties as a group, other than in the event of a conflict between two or more Lender Parties, in which case each such Lender Party

 

-121-


subject to such conflict shall be entitled to its own legal counsel), incurred by each Lender Party in connection with (i) the consideration of their rights and remedies hereunder; (ii) the negotiation of any restructuring or “work-out”, whether or not consummated, of any Obligations; (iii) the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) any litigation, dispute, suit or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any Loan Document.

(c) To the extent that Holdings or the Borrowers for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a) to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or any L/C Issuer (or any director, officer, employee, agent or Related Party thereof), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or such L/C Issuer (or any such director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate thereof), such Lender’s Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or payment is sought) of such unpaid amount. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause are several and not joint.

(d) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly and, in any event, not later than 10 days after demand therefor.

SECTION 10.4 Indemnification by Holdings and the Borrowers. (a) Holdings and the Borrowers agree to indemnify, exonerate and hold each Lender Party and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and Related Parties (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, costs, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (in each case whether asserted by any third party or Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Affiliates and irrespective of whether any such Indemnified Party is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought), including, without limitation, the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Indemnified Parties (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Indemnified Parties as a group with the same or substantially similar claims, other than in the event of a conflict between two or more Indemnified Parties, in which case each such Indemnified Party subject to such conflict shall be entitled to its own legal counsel) who may be retained by the Indemnified Parties) (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), that arise out of or relate to:

(i) the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery or performance of the terms of, or consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby (including any action brought by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party as the result of any determination by the Required Lenders pursuant to Article V not to fund any Borrowing);

(ii) any Credit Extension or any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any Credit Extension (including any refusal by any L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit);

 

-122-


(iii) any acquisition or proposed acquisition by Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party of all or any portion of the Equity Interests or assets of any Person, whether or not the Administrative Agent or any Lender is party thereto;

(iv) Environmental Laws relating to Holdings, the Borrowers or any their Subsidiaries, including the assertion of any Lien thereunder;

(v) the presence on or under, or the discharge, emission, spill or disposal from, any Real Property Assets or into or upon any land or the atmosphere, of any Hazardous Material where a source of the Hazardous Material is such Real Property Assets (including, without limitation, (A) the costs of defending and or counterclaiming or claiming over against third parties in respect of any related action or matter; and (B) any cost, liability or damage arising out of a settlement of any such action entered into by any Lender);

(vi) complying with or otherwise in connection with any order, consent, decree, settlement, judgment or verdict arising from the deposit, storage, disposal, burial, dumping, injection, spilling, leaking, or other placement or release in, on or from any property owned or leased by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of any Hazardous Material (including, without limitation, any order under the Environmental Laws to clean-up or decommission), whether or not such deposit, storage, disposal, burial, dumping, injecting, spillage, leaking or other placement or release in, on or from any such property of any Hazardous Material (A) results by, through or under any Real Property Assets of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, (B) occurred with Holdings or a Borrower’s knowledge and consent, or (C) occurred before or after the Effective Date, whether with or without Holdings or a Borrower’s knowledge or;

(vii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory;

except in each case (x) for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising solely from the relevant Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) resulting from a claim brought by either Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnified Party for breach in bad faith of such Indemnified Party’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if any such Borrower or Loan Party has obtained a final and non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. This clause shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-Tax claim. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Holdings and Borrowers agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable Law. Such indemnification shall be available regardless whether the relevant Indemnified Party is found to have acted with comparative, contributory or sole negligence. Under no circumstances shall any Indemnified Party be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

-123-


(b) To the extent that Holdings or the Borrowers for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a) to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or any L/C Issuer (or any director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate thereof), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or such L/C Issuer (or any director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate thereof), such Lender’s Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause are several and not joint and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(c) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly and, in any event, not later than three Business Days after demand therefor.

(d) Each Loan Party also agrees that, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld), neither it nor any of its Affiliates will settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnification has been or could be sought under the indemnification provisions hereof (whether or not any Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such claim, action or proceeding), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes a full and unconditional written release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include any statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

SECTION 10.5 Survival. The obligations of Holdings and the Borrowers under Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 10.3 and 10.4, and the obligations of the Lenders under Section 9.1, shall in each case survive any termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of all the Obligations and the termination of all the Commitments. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by each Loan Party in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lender Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Credit Extension, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender Party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Lender Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder. The terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 10.6 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.7 Headings. The various headings of this Agreement and of each other Loan Document are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or

 

-124-


interpretation of this Agreement or such other Loan Document or any provisions hereof or thereof.

SECTION 10.8 Execution in Counterparts, Effectiveness, etc. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when counterparts hereof have been executed on behalf of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each initial Lender and the same shall have been received by, and released to, the Administrative Agent and notice thereof shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to Holdings, the Borrowers and each Lender. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.9 Governing Law; Entire Agreement. THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL EACH BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDE ANY PRIOR AGREEMENTS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT THERETO.

SECTION 10.10 Assignments and Participations.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Holdings and the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder or any other Loan Document without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of clause (b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of clause (d) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in clause (d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that:

(i) Minimum Amounts. (A) In the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it

 

-125-


or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) In any case not described in clause (b)(i)(A), the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Holdings and the Borrowers otherwise consent (such consent of Holdings and the Borrowers not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights of obligations in respect of any Class of Commitments or Loans.

(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by clause (b)(i)(B) and, in addition:

(A) the consent of Holdings and the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that Holdings and the Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after having received notice thereof and provided, further, that Holdings and the Borrowers’ consent shall not be required during the primary syndication of the Commitments;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required unless such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(C) the consent of each L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment of Revolving Loan Commitments.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500 and the assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries or (C) competitors of Holdings or any of its

 

-126-


Subsidiaries or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause.

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.

(vii) Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or sub-participations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Swing Line Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Revolving Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this clause, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 10.3 and 10.4 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender or rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section. Upon request, AMRC (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (d).

 

-127-


(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Holdings and the Borrowers, shall maintain at an office specified from time to time a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Holdings, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by Holdings, the Borrowers and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations. (i) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Holdings, the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person, Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates or Subsidiaries or a competitor of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) each Loan Party and Lender Party shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 10.4 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participants.

(ii) Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that requires the consent of all the Lenders or any affected Lender (if it is the same Lender selling the participation to the Participant) that affects such Participant. The Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.3, 4.4 and 4.6 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 4.6 (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 4.6 shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b); provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.12 and 4.13 as if it were an assignee under clause (b); and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 4.3 or 4.6, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at AMRC’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers to effectuate the provisions of Section 4.13 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.9 as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 4.8 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and

 

-128-


address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(f) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution”, “signed”, “signature”, and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based record keeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state Laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 10.11 Press Releases and Related Matters. Each party hereto agrees that it will not issue any press release or other public disclosure relating to the Loan Documents using the name of any Loan Party, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates (other than, in the case of the Loan Parties, the filing of the Loan Documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission) without the prior consent of the party whose name is being used in such press release or other public disclosure. Holdings and the Borrowers consent to the publication by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of a customary tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Administrative Agent and each such Lender shall provide a draft of any such tombstone or similar advertising material to the Borrowers for review and reasonable comment prior to the publication thereof. In addition, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations customary information for inclusion in league table measurements.

SECTION 10.12 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR

 

-129-


WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER PARTIES OR HOLDINGS OR THE BORROWERS SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN; HOLDINGS, THE BORROWERS AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST ANY LENDER PARTY OR AFFILIATE THEREOF IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE IN ANY OTHER FORUM; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. HOLDINGS AND THE BORROWERS HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH LITIGATION. HOLDINGS AND THE BORROWERS FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF NEW YORK. HOLDINGS AND THE BORROWERS HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT HOLDINGS OR THE BORROWERS HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, HOLDINGS AND THE BORROWERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

SECTION 10.13 Waiver of Jury Trial, etc. THE LENDER PARTIES, HOLDINGS AND THE BORROWERS HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE LENDER PARTIES, HOLDINGS OR THE BORROWERS. HOLDINGS AND THE BORROWERS ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY HAVE RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS

 

-130-


PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDER PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 10.14 Waiver of Consequential Damages, etc. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HOLDINGS, THE BORROWERS AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY SHALL NOT ASSERT, AND HEREBY WAIVES, ANY CLAIM AGAINST EACH LENDER PARTY ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (AS OPPOSED TO DIRECT OR ACTUAL DAMAGES) ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY AGREEMENT OR INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, ANY CREDIT EXTENSION OR THE USE OF THE PROCEEDS THEREOF. NO LENDER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE BY UNINTENDED RECIPIENTS OF ANY INFORMATION OR OTHER MATERIALS DISTRIBUTED BY IT THROUGH TELECOMMUNICATIONS, ELECTRONIC OR OTHER INFORMATION TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, EXCEPT FOR SUCH DAMAGES ARISING SOLELY FROM THE RELEVANT LENDER PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION.

SECTION 10.15 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.16 Confidentiality. Each Lender Party agrees to keep confidential the Information (as defined below), except that each Lender Party shall be permitted to disclose Information (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory agency having or claiming to have jurisdiction) or in connection with any pledge or assignment permitted by clause (e) of Section 10.10; (c) to the extent otherwise required by applicable Laws or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or in any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (e) to any other party hereto; (f) subject to any agreement containing provisions substantially the same as set forth in this Section, to (i) any prospective or actual assignee Lender or Participant or (ii) any prospective or actual counterparty (or its advisors) to any Swap Agreement relating to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries; (g) with the consent of AMRC; (h) any nationally recognized rating agency, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or its Securities Valuation Office, any insurer or re-insurer of any Lender Party or any similar organization of any of the foregoing that requires access to information about such Lender Party’s investment portfolio for purposes of rating such investment portfolio or insuring such Lender Party or its assets; (i) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating Holdings, any of the Borrowers, and of their

 

-131-


Subsidiaries or the Loans or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Loans; or (j) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to any Lender Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Holdings or the Borrowers. In addition, each Lender Party may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Lender Parties in connection with administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information that is received from any Loan Party relating to any Loan Party or any of their respective businesses other than any such information that is available to any Lender Party on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by a Loan Party. Each Lender Party shall be considered to have complied with its obligations under this Section if it exercises the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of the Information as such Person would accord its own confidential information.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, “Information” shall not include, and each Lender Party and its Affiliates and Related Parties may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment of the transactions contemplated hereby and any facts that may be relevant to understanding such tax treatment.

SECTION 10.17 Patriot Act Information. Each Lender Party hereby notifies Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of Holdings, the Borrowers and each such other Loan Party and other information that will allow each Lender Party to identify Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act. Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by any Lender Party in order to assist such Lender Party in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.

SECTION 10.18 Guaranty of Holdings and the Borrowers.

(a) Guaranty. Holdings and each Borrower jointly and severally unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the full and prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including, without limitation, all amounts which would have become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 362(a)), of all the Obligations. The foregoing guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not merely of collection, and each Borrower specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or required that any Lender Party exercise any right, assert any claim or demand or enforce any remedy whatsoever against either Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Collateral before or as a condition to the obligations of Holdings or either Borrower hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of Holdings and each Borrower hereunder shall be limited to a maximum aggregate amount equal

 

-132-


to the greatest amount that would not render any such Person’s obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any provisions of applicable state Law.

(b) Acceleration of Guaranty. Holdings and each Borrower agrees that, if any Event of Default under Section 8.1.9 shall occur or the Credit Extensions are declared due and payable, Holdings and each Borrower will, automatically and without the requirement that any demand for payment be made, pay to the Lender Parties forthwith the full amount of the Obligations that are then due and payable.

(c) Guaranty Absolute. The guaranty pursuant to this Section is a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of payment and shall remain in full force and effect until all Commitments have irrevocably terminated and all the Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification liabilities) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and performed in full. Holdings and each Borrower guarantees that the Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the agreement under which they arise, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Lender Party with respect thereto. The liability of Holdings and each Borrower under this Section shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to any thereof;

(ii) the failure of any Lender Party:

(A) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against Holdings, either Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person (including any other guarantor) under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, or

(B) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of, or collateral securing, any of the Obligations;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any compromise, renewal, extension, acceleration or release with respect thereto, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document;

(iv) any addition, exchange, release, impairment or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Obligations;

 

-133-


(v) any defense, set-off or counterclaim which may at any time be available to or be asserted by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Loan Party against any Lender Party;

(vi) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of the Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (Holdings and each Borrower hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, the Obligations or otherwise; or

(vii) any other circumstances (other than payment or performance in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents) which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, Holdings, any Borrower or any other Loan Party, including as a result of any proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 8.1.9.

SECTION 10.19 Authorization of AMRC. Holdings and AMDC authorize AMRC to take all those actions specifically delegated to AMRC pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Person agrees to bound in all respects by such actions taken by AMRC on its behalf. Holdings and AMDC hereby ratify, approve and confirm any and all actions previously taken by AMRC to effectuate this Agreement.

SECTION 10.20 Other Agents. Citibank, N.A. is designated as the Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner and HSBC Bank USA, National Association is designated as the Syndication Agent under this Agreement, and their execution of this Agreement shall evidence their acceptance thereof. None of such Persons shall have any additional rights or obligations or any liabilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document as a result of such designation.

 

-134-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Samir Tall

  Name:   Samir Tall
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Samir Tall

  Name:   Samir Tall
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Samir Tall

  Name:   Samir Tall
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer


CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Alison Davis

  Name:   Alison Davis
  Title:   Senior Vice President


LENDER:
CITIBANK, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Alison Davis

  Name:   Alison Davis
  Title:   Senior Vice President


LENDER:
AMERICANWEST BANK
By:  

/s/ William L. Meyer

  Name:   William L. Meyer
  Title:   Senior Vice President


LENDER:
ONEWEST BANK, FSB
By:  

/s/ David E. Ritchie

  Name:   David E. Ritchie
  Title:   Executive Vice President


LENDER:
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Elisa Angeles

  Name:   Elisa Angeles
  Title:   Vice President


LENDER:
BANK OF THE WEST
By:  

/s/ Robert Thomas

  Name:   Robert Thomas
  Title:   Vice President


DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

ITEM 5.1.5   Indebtedness to be Paid.
ITEM 6.7   Litigation.
ITEM 6.8   Initial Capitalization.
ITEM 6.10(c)   Real Property Assets.
ITEM 6.13   Environmental.
ITEM 6.19(a)   Material Agreements.
ITEM 6.21   Insurance.
ITEM 6.22   Affiliate Transactions.
ITEM 6.24   Flood Zones
ITEM 7.2.2(c)   Ongoing Indebtedness.
ITEM 7.2.3(c)   Existing Liens.
ITEM 7.2.6(a)   Ongoing Investments.


ITEM 5.1.5 Indebtedness to be Paid/Terminated.

 

  1. Loan Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2010, by and between Applied Medical Resources Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association. As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $8,255,625.

 

  2. Loan Agreement dated as of June 15, 2011, made by Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Citibank, N.A. As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $4,291,272.

 

  3. Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2011, made by and among Applied Medical Resources Corporation, Applied Medical Distribution Corporation and Citibank, N.A. As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $20,000,000.

 

  4. Loan Agreement dated as of December 1, 2010, made by Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Citibank, N.A. As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $11,739,343.

 

  5. Promissory Note of Applied Medical Resources Corporation dated June 16, 2010, in the original principal amount of $4,697,200.00 payable to Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC (as assignee of General Electric Capital Corporation). As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $2,426,006.

 

  6. Promissory Note of Applied Medical Resources Corporation dated June 16, 2010, in the original principal amount of $5,274.180.00 payable to Fifth Third Bank (as assignee of General Electric Capital Corporation). As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $2,724,004.


ITEM 6.7(a) Litigation.

Tyco Healthcare Group LP and United States Surgical Corp. vs. Applied Medical Resources Corp. United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Civil Action Nos. 9:09CV176 and 9:06CV151 (Patent Litigation)


ITEM 6.8 Initial Capitalization.

 

  1. Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, a California corporation, is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value. 1,000 shares have been issued to Applied Medical Resources Corporation, representing 100% of the outstanding shares.

 

  2. Applied Medical Resources Corporation, a California corporation, is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, no par value. 1,000 shares have been issued to Applied Medical Corporation, representing 100% of the outstanding shares.

 

  3. Applied Medical Properties I, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company of which Applied Medical Resources Corporation is the sole member.

 

  4. Applied Medical Properties II, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company of which Applied Medical Resources Corporation is the sole member.

 

  5. Applied Medical International C.V., a Dutch limited partnership between Applied Medical Resources Corporation as the general partner, holding 99% percentage interest, and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation as the limited partner, holding 1% percentage interest.

 

  6. Applied Medical Europe B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, is authorized to issue 5,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of 18 Euro per share. Applied Medical International C.V. owns 1,000 shares of the issued share capital of Applied Medical Europe B.V., representing 100% of the outstanding shares.

 

  7. Applied Medical Australia Pty Limited, an Australian company. Applied Medical International C.V. owns 60 ordinary shares and 2 C Class shares, representing 100% of the outstanding shares.

 

  8. Applied Medical UK Limited, a private limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act of 1985. The share capital of Applied Medical UK Limited is £1000 divided into 1,000 shares of £1 each. Applied Medical Europe B.V. owns 600 shares of the issued share capital of Applied Medical UK Limited, representing 100% of the outstanding shares.

 

  9. Applied Medical France SAS, a French simplified joint stock company. Applied Medical France SAS is authorized to issue 3,700 shares with a value of 10 Euro per share. Applied Medical Europe B.V. owns 3,700 shares of the issued share capital of Applied Medical France SAS, representing 100% of the outstanding shares.

 

  10. Applied Medical Deutschland GmbH, a German company with limited liability. The authorized share capital of Applied Medical Deutschland GmbH is 25,000 Euros, all of which is held by Applied Medical Europe B.V.

 

  11. Applied Medical Distribution Europe B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, is authorized to issue 90,000 ordinary


shares with a nominal value of 1 Euro per share. Applied Medical Europe B.V. owns 18,000 shares of the issued share capital of Applied Medical Distribution Europe B.V., representing 100% of the outstanding shares.

 

  12. Applied Medical Japan K.K., a Japan corporation with 1000 authorized shares. Applied Medical Japan K.K. is not authorized to issue share certificates. AMRC owns 50 shares, representing 100% of the outstanding shares.


ITEM 6.10(c) Real Property Assets.

Fee Properties

 

  1. 30200 Avenida de las Banderas, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  2. 22872 Avenida Empresa, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  3. 22822 Avenida Empresa, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  4. 22982 Arroyo Vista, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  5. 22942 Arroyo Vista, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  6. 30331 Esperanza, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  7. 30152 Esperanza, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  8. 30281 Esperanza, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

 

  9. 20161 Windrow Drive, Lake Forest, CA 92630

 

  10. 20162 Windrow Drive, Lake Forest, CA 92630

 

  11. 9451 Toledo Way, Irvine, CA 92618

 

  12. 9401 Toledo Way, Irvine, CA 92618

Leased Properties

 

  1. Lease between Colton Plano, L.P. and Applied Medical Resources Corporation for a strip of land, approximately 20 feet wide and approximately 475 feet long, located adjacent to Applied Medical Resources Corporations’ real properties located at 30200 Avenida de las Banderas, 22872 Avenida Empresa and 22822 Avenida Empresa in Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688 (Walkway)

 

  2. Lease between Medline Industries, Inc. and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation for real property located at Medline B54, 3301 Route 6, Wawayanda, New York 10940.

Deeds of Trust

Deeds of Trust on real property owned by EEM Property Mgt., LLC and located at 30222 Esperanza, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688 (See Paragraph 4, Item 7.2.6(a)).


ITEM 6.13 Environmental.

None


ITEM 6.19(a) Material Agreements.

Term Loan Agreement made as of September 8, 2006 (as amended by the First Amendment to Real Estate Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2010), by and between Comerica Bank and Applied Medical Resources Corporation.


Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The omissions are indicated by asterisks (“*****”), and the omitted text has been furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ITEM 6.21 Insurance.

Schedule of Insurance

 

Policy

  

Carrier

  

Policy
Number

  

Effective
Dates

  

Key Limits

  

Deductible /
Retention

  

Premium

  

Taxes &
Assessments

Domestic General Liability   

ACE

American Insurance

Co.

   *****    10/1/2011 - 10/01/2012    *****    General Aggregate    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Products /Completed Operations Aggregate         
            *****    Each Occurrence         
            *****    Personal & Advertising Injury         
            *****    Medical Expenses         
            *****    Damage to Premises Rented to You         
            *****    Employee Benefits Liability - Each Wrongful Act or series of related Wrongful Acts         
            *****    Employee Benefits Liability - Each Annual Aggregate         
            7/15/2009    EBL Retroactive Date         
            *****    Stop Gap (*****)         
Automobile Liability    ACE American Insurance Co.    *****    10/1/2011 - 10/01/2012    *****    Liability (Symbol 1)    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Medical Pay (Symbol 2)         
            *****    Uninsured Motorist         
            *****    Underinsured Motorist         
            *****    Physical Damage         
            *****    Comprehensive    *****      
               Collision    *****      
Umbrella    ACE American Insurance Co.    *****    10/1/2011 - 10/01/2012    *****    Each Occurrence    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Aggregate         


Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The omissions are indicated by asterisks (“*****”), and the omitted text has been furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Excess Non-Products    Liberty Mutual Fire Ins. Co.    *****    10/1/2011 - 10/01/2012    *****    Each Occurrence    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Aggregate         
Products-Completed Operations (Claims Made)    Illinois Union Insurance Company (ACE)    *****    10/1/2011 - 10/01/2012    *****    Each Occurrence    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Aggregate    *****      
            3/1/1989    Retroactive Date    *****      
Excess Products (Claims Made) Completed Operations    Navigators Specialty Insurance Co    *****    10/1/2011 - 10/01/2012    *****    Each Occurrence    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Aggregate         
            3/1/1989    Retroactive Date         
Foreign Package    ACE American Insurance Co.    *****    10/1/2011 - 10/01/2012    *****    Coverage A - Bodily Injury/Property Damage    *****    *****    *****
Commercial General Liability (Coverages A, B & C)             *****    Each Occurrence         
            *****    Products-Completed Operations Aggregate         
            *****    Damage to Premises Rented to You         
            *****    Coverage B - Personal & Advertising Injury Aggregate         
            *****    Coverage C - Medical Payments         
            *****    Employee Benefits Liability (Claims Made)         
            *****    Each Claim    *****      
            *****    Annual Aggregate    *****      
Business Auto Liability             *****    Automobile Bodily Injury/ Property Damage    *****      
            *****    Hired Auto Physical Damage         
            *****    Each Person         
            *****    Each Accident         
            *****    Medical Payments         


Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The omissions are indicated by asterisks (“*****”), and the omitted text has been furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

            *****    Each Person         
            *****    Each Accident         
Voluntary Workers Compensation             State of Hire    North Americans    *****      
            Country of Origin    Third Country Nationals         
            EL Only    Local Nationals         
Executive Assistance Services (including Repatriation)             *****    Medical Assistance Services    *****      
Contingent Employer’s Liability             *****    Each Accident    *****      
            *****    Each Employee - by Disease (incl. Endemic disease)         
            *****    Policy Period - by Disease (incl. Endemic disease)         
Accidental Death and Dismemberment             *****    Per covered persons    *****      
            *****    Aggregate per Occurrence         
Special Risks             *****    Each Loss NO Annual Aggregate    *****      
            *****    Each Loss NO Annual Aggregate - Incident Response         
            *****    Medical, Death or Dismemberment         
            *****    Sublimit - Each Life         
            *****    Sublimit - Each Incident         
Cargo / Inland Marine    St. Paul Marine Fire and Marine Ins. Co.    *****   

10/1/2011 -

Continuous

   *****    Per any one conveyance connecting conveyance    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Exhibition and Trade Fair Risks         


Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The omissions are indicated by asterisks (“*****”), and the omitted text has been furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Property    Zurich American Insurance Company    *****    03/01/2011- 03/01/2012    *****    All Risk, Property Damage and Time Element (including Named Windstorm)    *****    *****    *****
            *****    Demolition and Increased Cost of Construction         
            *****    Errors and Omissions         
            *****    Miscellaneous Unnamed Locations         
            *****    New Construction, Alterations, Additions, Renovations and Repairs         
            *****    Off Premises Service Interruption         
            *****    Breakdown of Equipment         
            *****    Ammonia Contamination         
            *****    Spoilage         
            *****    Valuable Papers and Records         
            *****    Earth Movement in the Annual Aggregate, but subject to additional limits per Zone as defined in the policy.         
            *****    Flood in the Annual Aggregate, but not to exceed the following limits in the Annual Aggregate:         
            *****    Locations with any part of the legal description within a 100-year flood plain, including Australia and the Netherlands         
            *****    Locations outside a 100-year plain, but with any part of the legal description within a 500-year flood plain         


Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The omissions are indicated by asterisks (“*****”), and the omitted text has been furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

            30 days    Civil Authority - for property within 1 mile, but not to exceed *****         
            365 days    Extended Period of Indemnity         
            24 months    Gross Earnings         
            30 days    Ingress / Egress - for property within 1 mile, but not to exceed *****         
            90 days    Ordinary Payroll         
            120 days    Newly Acquired         
            48 hours    Protection and Preservation of Property         

Difference in Conditions

$10M excess $10M

   Endurance American Specialty Insurance Company    *****    03/01/2011-03/01/2012    *****    Earth Movement    *****    *****    *****

Difference in Conditions

$15M excess $20M

   Westchester Surplus Lines Insurance Company    *****    03/01/2011-03/01/2012    *****    Earth Movement    *****    *****    *****


Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The omissions are indicated by asterisks (“*****”), and the omitted text has been furnished separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

Workers Compensation

   Hartford    *****     
 
10/01/2011
- 10/01/12
  
  
     *****       Claims Made      *****         *****         *****   

ERISA

   Travelers    *****     
 
10/01/09 -
10/01/12
  
  
     *****       A-Blkt      *****         *****         *****   

Fiduciary

   Travelers    *****     
 
11/1/2010 -
11/1/2013
  
  
     *****       Claims - Duty to Defend      *****         *****         *****   

Key Man

                       

Directors & Officers Insurance

   National Union (Chartis)    *****     
 
10/1/2011 -
10/01/2012
  
  
     *****       Claims Made      *****         *****         *****   
                       

Directors & Officers Insurance

   Illinois Union Insurance Co. (ACE)    *****     
 
10/1/2011 -
10/01/2012
  
  
     *****       Claims Made      *****         *****         *****   


ITEM 6.22 Affiliate Transactions.

None


ITEM 6.24 Flood Zones.

20161 Windrow, Lake Forest, CA 92630


ITEM 7.2.2(c) Ongoing Indebtedness.

 

  1. Term Loan Agreement made as of September 8, 2006 (as amended by the First Amendment to Real Estate Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2010), by and between Comerica Bank and Applied Medical Resources Corporation.

Outstanding principal balance at March 31, 2012: $19,191,773.

 

  2. Repurchase price payable to T. Peter Thomas (former director of Holdings) resulting from Holding’s election to repurchase 37,950 shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon exercise of stock options—$495,247.50

 

  3. Amount payable as purchase price ($5,926,250) pursuant to that certain Standard Offer, Agreement and Escrow Instructions for Purchase of Real Estate, dated for reference purposes February 28, 2012, for the purchase of real property and improvements located at 30152 Aventura, Rancho Santa Margarita, California

 

  4. Amount payable as purchase price ($4,050,000) pursuant to that certain Standard Offer, Agreement and Escrow Instructions for Purchase of Real Estate, dated for reference purposes February 28, 2012, for the purchase of real property and improvements located at 22432 Empresa, Rancho Santa Margarita, California

 

  5. Accrued loss contingency arising from the March 2010 jury verdict and related obligations arising from the litigation matter described in Item 6.7(a). As of March 31, 2012, the amount of the accrued loss contingency is $5.878 million, including estimated prejudgment interest.


ITEM 7.2.3(c) Existing Liens.1

 

  1. Financing Statement filed with the California Secretary of State on July 1, 2009 (Filing No. 09-7201123590), as amended by the Financing Statement Amendment on April 2, 2010 (Filing no. 10-72278156), to secure debt under the Term Loan Agreement made as of September 8, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time), by and between Comerica Bank and Applied Medical Resources Corporation.

 

  2. Properties described in the Deed of Trust, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing (with Assignment of Rents and Leases), dated September 8, 2006, executed by Applied Medical Resources Corporation, as Trustor, to Fidelity National Title Company, as Trustee, in favor of Comerica Bank, as Beneficiary, recorded on September 15, 2006 in Official Records, Office of the County Recorder of Orange County, California, as Instrument No. 2006000614579, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Deed of Trust, dated as of March 31, 2010, between AMRC and Comerica, recorded on April 8, 2010 in Official Records, Office of the County Recorder of Orange County, California, as Instrument No. 2010000165320.

 

  3. Financing Statement filed with the California Secretary of State on June 16, 2010 (Filing No. 10-7235127078), as amended by the Financing Statement Amendment on February 10, 2011 (Filing no. 11-72603506), to secure debt under the Promissory Note of Applied Medical Resources Corporation dated June 16, 2010, in the original principal amount of $4,697,200.00 payable to Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC (as assignee of General Electric Capital Corporation). As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $2,426,006.

 

  4. Financing Statement filed with the California Secretary of State on June 16, 2010 (Filing No. 10-7235083281), as amended by the Financing Statement Amendment on July 27, 2010 (Filing no. 10-72395101), to secure debt under the Promissory Note of Applied Medical Resources Corporation dated June 16, 2010, in the original principal amount of $5,274.180.00 payable to Fifth Third Bank (as assignee of General Electric Capital Corporation). As of April 2, 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this Indebtedness was $2,724,004.

 

1 

All amounts outstanding under the notes referenced in numbers 3 and 4 of this Item 7.2.3(c) will be paid on the Effective Date with proceeds of the Loans. Once all amounts paid have been recognized as good and available funds, the liens represented by numbers 3 and 4 of this Item 7.2.3(c) will be released by General Electric Capital Corporation within twenty-one (21) days after the appropriate assignee’s prior written request for such release.


ITEM 7.2.6(a) Ongoing Investments.

 

  1. Investments consisting of Equity Interests in the following subsidiaries:

Applied Medical Resources Corporation

Applied Medical Distribution Corporation

Applied Medical Properties I, LLC

Applied Medical Properties II, LLC

Applied Medical International, C.V.

Applied Medical Australia, Pty. Ltd.

Applied Medical Europe B.V.

Applied Medical Distribution Europe B.V. and Branch Offices

Applied Medical UK Limited

Applied Medical France SAS

Applied Medical Deutschland GmbH

Applied Medical Japan K.K.

 

  2. Amounts receivable arising from cash loans and advances to current or former employees of Borrowers with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $539,767 at March 31, 2012.

 

  3. 3,300,000 shares of Common Stock of Cardica, Inc. (acquired for $5,445,000 on February 12, 2012).

 

  4.

Promissory Notes of EEM Property Mgmt, LLC (secured by deeds of trust on real property located at 30222 Esperanza, Rancho Santa Margarita, California). In December 2011, Applied Medical Properties I, LLC purchased a promissory note secured by a junior deed of trust on this property for a purchase price of $825,000. The outstanding principal amount of the junior note as of December 31, 2011 was $1,242,000. In January 2012, Applied Medical Properties II, LLC purchased the promissory note secured by a senior deed of trust on this property for a purchase price of $1,502,000 including accrued interest and expenses of $93,000 which were paid in February 2012. The outstanding principal amount of the senior note as of December 31, 2011 was $1,415,000.2

 

  5. Intercompany loans receivable of Applied Medical International C.V. ($10,567,241 as of March 31, 2012, payable by Applied Medical Europe B.V.) and Applied Medical Europe B.V ($2,427,652 as of March 31, 2012, payable by branch offices of Applied Medical Distribution Europe B.V).

 

2 

If held by a Loan Party sixth (6) months after the Effective date, the Investments referenced in number 4 of this Item 7.2.6(a) are to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Security Agreement.


SCHEDULE II

 

PERCENTAGES AND AMOUNTS

 

Lender

   Revolving
Loan  Commitment
     Term Loan
Commitment
     Delayed Draw Term Loan
Commitment
 
     Percentage     Amount      Percentage     Amount      Percentage     Amount  

Citibank, N.A.

     18.03921569   $ 6,313,725         18.03921569   $ 9,019,608         53.33333333   $ 34,666,667   

AmericanWest Bank

     10.00000000   $ 3,500,000         10.00000000   $ 5,000,000         10.00000000   $ 6,500,000   

OneWest Bank, FSB

     35.29411764   $ 12,352,941         35.29411764   $ 17,647,059         0.00000000   $ 0   

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

     23.33333333   $ 8,166,667         23.33333333   $ 11,666,667         23.33333333   $ 15,166,667   

Bank of the West

     13.33333333   $ 4,666,667         13.33333333   $ 6,666,667         13.33333333   $ 8,666,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL:

     100   $ 35,000,000         100   $ 50,000,000         100   $ 65,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 


SCHEDULE III

ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION

Holdings and Borrowers

Applied Medical Corporation

Applied Medical Resources Corporation

Applied Medical Distribution Corporation

22872 Avenida Empresa

Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

Attention: Legal Department

Facsimile No.: 949-713-8914

Administrative Agent

Citibank, N.A.

20 Pacifica, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92618

Attention: Alison Davis, Senior Vice President

Facsimile No.: 866-407-2344

With a copy to (in the case of any notice

pursuant to clause (g) of Section 7.1.1):

Mayer Brown LLP

1675 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Jeffrey L. Dunetz, Esq.

Facsimile No.: 212-849-5670

Lenders

Citibank, N.A.

20 Pacifica, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92618

Attention: Alison Davis, Senior Vice President

Facsimile No.: 866-407-2344

AmericanWest Bank

41 West Riverside Avenue, Suite 210

Spokane, WA 99201

Attention: William L. Meyer, Senior Vice President

Facsimile No.: 509-344-5509

OneWest Bank, FSB

1 Banting


Irvine, CA 92618

Attention: Tonni Cholahan, Vice President

Facsimile No.: 866-574-8226

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

660 S. Figueroa Street, 8th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90017

Attention: Elisa Angeles, Vice President

Facsimile No.: 213-553-8067

Bank of the West

4400 MacArthur Blvd.

Mail Sort: SC-634-01-C

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attention: Robert Thomas, Vice President

Facsimile No.: 949-797-1959


EXHIBIT A-1

REVOLVING NOTE

 

$                            [Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION and APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), unconditionally, jointly and severally, promises to pay to the order of                              (the “Lender”) on the Stated Maturity Date, the principal sum of                              ($                ) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), the Borrowers, the various financial institutions (including the Lender) as are, or may from time to time become, parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers also, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Revolving Note from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars in same day or immediately available funds to the account designated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

This Revolving Note is one of the Revolving Notes referred to in, and evidences Indebtedness incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security for this Revolving Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrowers are permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Revolving Note and on which such Indebtedness may be declared to be or shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers, or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor.


THIS REVOLVING NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

REVOLVING NOTE

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A-2

SWING LINE NOTE

 

$                            [Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION and APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), unconditionally, jointly and severally, promises to pay to the order of                                  (the “Lender”) on the Stated Maturity Date, the principal sum of                              ($                ) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made by the Lender pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), the Borrowers, the various financial institutions (including the Lender) as are, or may from time to time become, parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers also, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Swing Line Note from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars in same day or immediately available funds to the account designated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

This Swing Line Note is the Swing Line Note referred to in, and evidences Indebtedness incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security for this Swing Line Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrowers are permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Swing Line Note and on which such Indebtedness may be declared to be or shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers, or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor.


THIS SWING LINE NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

REVOLVING NOTE

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

-2-


EXHIBIT B-1

TERM NOTE

 

$                            [Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION and APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), unconditionally, jointly and severally, promises to pay to the order of                          (the “Lender”) on the Stated Maturity Date, the principal sum of                             ($                 ) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans made by the Lender pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), the Borrowers, the various financial institutions (including the Lender) as are, or may from time to time become, parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders, payable in installments as set forth in the Credit Agreement, with a final installment (in the amount necessary to pay in full this Term Note) due and payable on the Stated Maturity Date. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers also, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Term Note from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars in same day or immediately available funds to the account designated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

This Term Note is one of the Term Notes referred to in, and evidences Indebtedness incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security for this Term Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrowers are permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Term Note and on which such Indebtedness may be declared to be or shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers, or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor


THIS TERM NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

TERM NOTE

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

-2-


EXHIBIT B-2

DELAYED DRAW TERM NOTE

 

$                                [Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION and APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), unconditionally, jointly and severally, promises to pay to the order of                              (the “Lender”) on the Stated Maturity Date, the principal sum of                              ($                ) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Delayed Draw Term Loans made by the Lender pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), the Borrowers, the various financial institutions (including the Lender) as are, or may from time to time become, parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders, payable in installments as set forth in the Credit Agreement, with a final installment (in the amount necessary to pay in full this Delayed Draw Term Note) due and payable on the Stated Maturity Date. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers also, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Delayed Draw Term Note from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars in same day or immediately available funds to the account designated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

This Delayed Draw Term Note is one of the Delayed Draw Term Notes referred to in, and evidences Indebtedness incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security for this Delayed Draw Term Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrowers are permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Delayed Draw Term Note and on which such Indebtedness may be declared to be or shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers, or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor.


THIS DELAYED DRAW TERM NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

DELAYED DRAW TERM NOTE

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

BORROWING REQUEST

Citibank, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

20 Pacifica, Suite 300 Irvine, CA 92618

 

Attention: Alison Davis

Senior Vice President

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Borrowing Request is delivered to you pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Borrower hereby requests that a [Revolving Loan] [Term Loan] [Delayed Draw Term Loan] be made in the aggregate principal amount of $                     on                     ,          as a [Eurodollar Rate Loan having an Interest Period of [one] [two] [three] [six] month(s)] [Base Rate Loan].3 The proceeds of the requested [Revolving Loan] [Term Loan] [Delayed Draw Term Loan] shall be used in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Borrower hereby acknowledges that, pursuant to Section 5.2.2 of the Credit Agreement, each of the delivery of this Borrowing Request and the acceptance by the undersigned Borrower of the proceeds of the Loans requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by such Borrower that, on the date of such Loans, and immediately before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, all statements and conditions set forth in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.3, as applicable, of the Credit Agreement are true and correct.

Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Borrowing requested hereby the Administrative Agent shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned Borrower,

 

3

This Borrowing Request must be delivered to the Administrative Agent, at or prior to 2:00 P.M. (New York City time), not less than one Business Day in advance of a request for a Base Rate Loan and not less than three Business Days in advance of a request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan, provided that this Borrowing Request may be delivered by 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) if made for a Base Rate Loan all the proceeds of which are used to finance the payment of Reimbursement Obligations.


each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Borrowing as if then made.

Please wire transfer the proceeds of the Borrowing to the accounts of the following Persons at the financial institutions indicated below:

 

Amount to be

Transferred

  

Name of Person to be

Paid

  

ABA and

Account No.

  

Name and Address of

Transferee Bank

$                    

                                                                                                                                           
                                                          
                                                          
                                                          
         Attention:                                 

$                    

                                                                                                                                           
                                                          
                                                          
                                                          
         Attention:                                 

$                    

   [Name of Borrower]                                                                                       
         Attention:            


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Borrower has caused this Borrowing Request to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly Authorized Officer this          day of                     .

 

[APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION]
[APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

BORROWING REQUEST

SIGNATURE PAGE

 


EXHIBIT C-2

CONTINUATION/CONVERSION NOTICE

Citibank, N.A. as

Administrative Agent

20 Pacifica, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Attention: Alison Davis

Senior Vice President

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Continuation/Conversion Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.4

The undersigned Borrower hereby requests that on                     ,             ,

(1) $             of the presently outstanding principal amount of the [Revolving Loans] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans] [and $             of the presently outstanding principal amount of the [Revolving Loans] [Term Loans] [Delayed Draw Term Loans],

(2) all of which are presently being maintained as 5[Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Rate Loans with Interest Periods ending on                     ,        ],

(3) be 6[converted into] [continued as],

 

4 

This Continuation/Conversion Notice must be delivered to the Administrative Agent, at or prior to 2:00 P.M. (New York City time), not less than one Business Day in advance of a request for a conversion into a Base Rate Loan and not less than three Business Days in advance of a request for a conversion or a continuation into a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

5 

Select appropriate interest rate option and, if applicable, the number of months with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

6 

Insert and complete as appropriate.


(4) 2[Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period of [one] [two] [three] [six] month(s)] [Base Rate Loans].

The undersigned Borrower hereby certifies and warrants that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the continuation or conversion requested hereby the Administrative Agent shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned Borrower, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed to be certified at the date of such continuation or conversion as if then made.7

 

7 

To be inserted upon conversion of a Base Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than a Quarterly Payment Date.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Borrower has caused this Continuation/Conversion Notice to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly Authorized Officer this          day of                     .

 

[APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION]
[APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION]
By:    
  Name:
  Title

 

CONTINUATION/CONVERSION NOTICE

SIGNATURE PAGE

 


EXHIBIT C-3

ISSUANCE REQUEST

Citibank, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

20 Pacifica, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Attention: Alison Davis
     Senior Vice President

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Issuance Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.7.1 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.8

The undersigned Borrower hereby requests that on                     ,              (the “Date of Issuance”) 9                          (the “L/C Issuer”) 10[issue a standby Letter of Credit in the initial Stated Amount of $                 and with a Stated Expiry Date of                     ,              [extend the Stated Expiry Date of Letter of Credit No.         , issued on                         ,             , in the initial Stated Amount of $                 and in favor of                 , as beneficiary, to a revised Stated Expiry Date (as defined therein) of                     ,             .

11[The beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit will be 12                , and such Letter of Credit will be in support
of
13                     .]

The undersigned Borrower hereby acknowledges that, pursuant to Section 5.2.2 of the Credit Agreement, each of the delivery of this Issuance Request and the 14[issuance] [extension]

 

8 

This Issuance Request must be delivered to the Administrative Agent, at or prior to 2:00 P.M. (New York City time), not less than three Business Days in advance of a request for a Letter of Credit.

9 

Insert name of L/C Issuer.

10 

Insert and complete as appropriate.

11 

Delete if Issuance Request is for an extension.

12 

Insert name and address of beneficiary.

13 

Insert description of supported Indebtedness or other obligations and name of agreement to which it relates.

14 

Insert as appropriate.


of the Letter of Credit requested hereby constitutes a representation and warranty by the undersigned Borrower that, on such date of 6[issuance] [extension], and both immediately before and after giving effect thereto and the application of the proceeds therefrom, all statements set forth in Section 5.2.1 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct.

Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the 6[issuance] [extension] requested hereby the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned Borrower, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed to be certified at the date of such issuance or extension.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Borrower has caused this Issuance Request to be executed and delivered and the certification and warranties contained herein made by its duly Authorized Officer this      day of     .

 

[APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION]
[APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION]
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ISSUANCE REQUEST

SIGNATURE PAGE

 


EXHIBIT D

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each]15 Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an]16Assignor”) and [the][each] Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “Assignee”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees]17 hereunder are several and not joint.]18 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by [the][each] Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities), and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the][an] “Assigned Interest”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

 

15 

For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.

16 

For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.

17 

Select as appropriate.

18 

Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.


1. Assignor[s]:

[Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender]

2. Assignee[s]:

[for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [identify Lender]

3. Borrowers: Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation

4. Administrative Agent: Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement

5. Credit Agreement: The $150,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012, among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders.

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Assignor[s]19

   Assignee[s]20    Facility
Assigned21
   Aggregate
Amount of
Commitment/
Loans for all
Lenders8
   Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned22
     Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/
Loans23
     CUSIP
Number
 
            $         $           %   
            $         $           %   

[7. Trade Date:     ]24

 

19 

List each Assignor, as appropriate.

20 

List each Assignor, as appropriate.

21 

Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g., “Revolving Loan Commitment,” “Term Loan Commitment,” etc.)

22 

Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.

23 

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

24 

To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.


Effective Date:                          , 20             [TO BE INSERTED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFORE.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]25
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
ASSIGNEE26
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

25 

Add additional signature blocks as needed. Include both Fund/Pension Plan and manager making the trade (if applicable).

26 

Add additional signature blocks as needed. Include both Fund/Pension Plan and manager making the trade (if applicable).

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

SIGNATURE PAGE

 


[Consented to and]27 Accepted:
CITIBANK, N.A., as
    Administrative Agent
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
[Consented to:]28
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

27 

To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent, AMRC, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

28 

To be added only if the consent of AMRC, the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

SIGNATURE PAGE


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

Section 1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor[s]. [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any Lien or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of either Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, or (iv) the performance or observance by either Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2 Assignee[s]. [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under clauses (b)(iii), (v) and (vi) of Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under clause (b)(iii) of Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1. or 7.1.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase[the] [such] Assigned Interest, and (vii) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan


Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Section 2. Payments.

[From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.] Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to [the][the relevant] Assignee. [From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to, on or after the Effective Date. The Assignor[s] and the Assignee[s] shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.]1

Section 3. General Provisions.

This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

1 

Selected bracketed language to be acceptable to the Administrative Agent.


EXHIBIT E

RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND

WHEN RECORDED, MAIL TO:

Mayer Brown LLP

1675 Broadway

New York, New York 10019-5820

Attention: Andrew W. Greig, Esq.

 

 

SPACE ABOVE FOR RECORDER’S USE

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION

as Grantor,

to

FIDELITY NATIONAL TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY,

as Trustee

for the benefit of

CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent,

as Beneficiary

 

 

DEED OF TRUST, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS AND PROFITS,

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING

 

 

Dated as of [            ], [            ]

This instrument affects real and personal property

located in Orange County,

State of California.

THIS INSTRUMENT CONTAINS FUTURE ADVANCE PROVISIONS.

THIS INSTRUMENT COVERS GOODS THAT ARE OR ARE TO

BECOME FIXTURES AND UPON RECORDING IS EFFECTIVE AS


A FINANCING STATEMENT FILED AS A FIXTURE FILING.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE GRANTOR

     5   

SECTION 1.1 Payment of Obligations

     5   

SECTION 1.2 Title to Trust Premises, etc.

     5   

SECTION 1.3 Title Insurance

     6   

SECTION 1.3.1 Title Insurance Policy

     6   

SECTION 1.3.2 Title Insurance Proceeds

     6   

SECTION 1.4 Recordation

     6   

SECTION 1.5 Payment of Impositions, etc.

     6   

SECTION 1.6 Insurance and Legal Requirements

     7   

SECTION 1.7 Security Interests, etc.

     7   

SECTION 1.8 Permitted Contests

     7   

SECTION 1.9 Leases

     8   

SECTION 1.10 Compliance with Instruments

     8   

SECTION 1.11 Maintenance and Repair, etc.

     8   

SECTION 1.12 Alterations, Additions, etc.

     9   

SECTION 1.13 Acquired Property Subject to Lien

     9   

SECTION 1.14 Assignment of Rents and Profits, Proceeds, etc.

     9   

SECTION 1.15 No Claims Against the Beneficiary or the Trustee

     10   

SECTION 1.16 Indemnification

     11   

SECTION 1.17 No Credit for Payment of Taxes

     12   

SECTION 1.18 Right of Beneficiary to Require Appraisal

     12   

SECTION 1.19 Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

     12   

SECTION 1.20 Border Zone Property

     14   

ARTICLE II INSURANCE; DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION OR TAKING, ETC.

     14   

SECTION 2.1 Insurance

     14   

SECTION 2.1.1 Risks to be Insured

     14   

SECTION 2.1.2 Policy Provisions

     14   

SECTION 2.1.3 Delivery of Policies, etc.

     14   

SECTION 2.1.4 Separate Insurance

     15   

SECTION 2.2 Damage, Destruction or Taking; Grantor to Give Notice; Assignment of Awards

     15   

SECTION 2.3 Application of Proceeds and Awards

     15   

ARTICLE III EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     15   

SECTION 3.1 Events of Default

     15   

ARTICLE IV REMEDIES, ETC.

     15   

SECTION 4.1 Acceleration

     15   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

     Page  

SECTION 4.2 Legal Proceedings; Foreclosure

     16   

SECTION 4.3 U.C.C. Remedies

     17   

SECTION 4.4 Trustee Authorized to Execute Deeds, etc.

     17   

SECTION 4.5 Purchase of Trust Premises by Beneficiary

     17   

SECTION 4.6 Receipt a Sufficient Discharge to Purchaser

     18   

SECTION 4.7 Waiver of Appraisement, Valuation, etc.

     18   

SECTION 4.8 Sale a Bar Against Grantor

     18   

SECTION 4.9 Application of Proceeds of Sale and Other Moneys

     18   

SECTION 4.10 Appointment of Receiver

     18   

SECTION 4.11 Possession, Management and Income

     18   

SECTION 4.12 Right of Beneficiary to Perform Grantor’s Covenants, etc.

     18   

SECTION 4.13 Subrogation

     19   

SECTION 4.14 Remedies, etc., Cumulative

     19   

SECTION 4.15 No Waiver, etc.

     19   

SECTION 4.16 Compromise of Actions, etc.

     19   

SECTION 4.17 The Trustee

     19   

ARTICLE V DEFINITIONS

     20   

SECTION 5.1 Terms Defined in this Deed of Trust

     20   

SECTION 5.2 Credit Agreement Definitions

     22   

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS

     22   

SECTION 6.1 Loan Document

     22   

SECTION 6.2 Amendments, etc.

     22   

SECTION 6.3 Address for Notices

     22   

SECTION 6.4 Severability

     22   

SECTION 6.5 Counterparts

     22   

SECTION 6.6 Further Assurances; Financing Statements

     22   

SECTION 6.6.1 Further Assurances

     22   

SECTION 6.6.2 Financing Statements

     23   

SECTION 6.7 Additional Security

     23   

SECTION 6.8 Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc.

     23   

SECTION 6.9 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction

     23   

SECTION 6.10 Waiver of Jury Trial, etc.

     24   

SECTION 6.11 Waiver of Certain Claims

     24   

SECTION 6.12 Headings

     24   

SECTION 6.13 No Strict Construction

     24   

SECTION 6.14 Future Advances

     24   

SECTION 6.15 Last Dollars Secured

     25   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE VII SPECIAL LOCAL LAW PROVISIONS

     25   

SECTION 7.1 Foreclosure by Power of Sale

     25   

SECTION 7.2 Full Reconveyance

     26   

SECTION 7.3 Trustee

     26   

SECTION 7.4 Beneficiary Statements

     27   

SECTION 7.5 Actions Affecting the Collateral

     27   

SECTION 7.6 Copies of Notices

     27   

SECTION 7.7 CCP Section 736

     27   

SECTION 7.8 Attorneys’ Fees

     27   

SECTION 7.9 Security Agreement, Financing Statement and Fixture Filing

     28   

SECTION 7.10 Inspection

     28   

SECTION 7.11 Marshaling of Assets, etc.

     28   

SECTION 7.12 Environmental Provisions

     28   

SECTION 7.13 Judicial Reference

     29   

SECTION 7.14 Rights Cumulative

     30   

SECTION 7.15 Additional Waivers

     30   

SECTION 7.16 Controlling Provisions

     33   


SCHEDULES

Schedule 1 — Legal Description

Schedule 2 — Permitted Encumbrances


DEED OF TRUST, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS AND PROFITS,

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING

DEED OF TRUST, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS AND PROFITS, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING, dated as of [            ], [            ] (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Deed of Trust”), made by APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION, a California corporation (the “Grantor”), having an address at 22872 Avenida Empresa, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688, Attention: Legal Department, to FIDELITY NATIONAL TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY, having an address of 1300 Dove Street, Suite 310, Newport Beach, CA 92660 (the “Trustee”), for the benefit of CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association having an address at 20 Pacifica, Suite 300, Irvine, CA 92618, Attention: Alison Davis, Vice President (“Citibank”), as Administrative Agent for the various financial institutions (collectively, the “Lenders”) which are, or may from time to time hereafter become, parties to the Credit Agreement, as hereinafter defined (Citibank in its capacity as Beneficiary is referred to herein as the “Beneficiary”).

W I T N E S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Grantor is on the date of delivery hereof the holder of a fee simple estate in the parcel or parcels of land described in Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “Land”) and of the Improvements (such term and other capitalized terms used in this Deed of Trust having the respective meanings specified or referred to in Article V);

WHEREAS, pursuant the terms of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (together with all amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements and other modifications, if any, from time to time thereafter made thereto, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Grantor, Applied Medical Distribution Corporation, a California corporation (“AMDC”, and together with Grantor, the “Borrowers”), Applied Medical Corporation, as guarantor, the Lenders and the Beneficiary, the Lenders have agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers, and each L/C Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the benefit of the Borrowers, which Credit Extensions may have an aggregate maximum principal amount at any one time outstanding of Two Hundred Twenty-Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($225,000,000.00);

WHEREAS, as provided in the Credit Agreement, the Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Deed of Trust to the Trustee for the benefit of the Beneficiary to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations;

WHEREAS, it is in the best interest of the Grantor to execute this Deed of Trust inasmuch as the Grantor derives substantial benefits from the Credit Extensions made pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, this Deed of Trust secures not only present Indebtedness, but also future advances made pursuant to the Credit Agreement, whether such future advances are obligatory or are to be made at the option of Beneficiary or otherwise;

WHEREAS, Grantor is the legal owner of the Trust Premises (as defined below); and


WHEREAS, the Grantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed of Trust.

G R A N T:

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, and of the mutual covenants herein contained, and in order to secure full payment and performance of the Obligations and induce the Lender Parties to make the Credit Extensions (including the initial Credit Extension) to the Grantor, the Grantor hereby irrevocably grants, bargains, sells, mortgages, warrants, aliens, demises, releases, pledges, assigns, transfers and conveys to the Trustee, IN TRUST, WITH POWER OF SALE AND RIGHT OF ENTRY, for the use and benefit of the Beneficiary, for its benefit and the benefit of each other Lender Party, the following property (collectively, the “Trust Premises”):

(a) Real Estate. The fee simple estate in the Land, and all additional lands and estates therein now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor for use or development with the Land or any portion thereof, together with all and singular the tenements, rights, easements, hereditaments, rights of way, privileges, liberties, appendages and appurtenances now or hereafter belonging or in anywise pertaining to the Land and such additional lands and estates therein (including, without limitation, all rights relating to storm and sanitary sewer, water, gas, electric, railway and telephone services); all development rights, air rights, riparian rights, water, water rights, water stock, all rights in, to and with respect to any and all oil, gas, coal, minerals and other substances of any kind or character underlying or relating to the Land and such additional lands and estates therein and any interest therein; all estate, claim, demand, right, title or interest of the Grantor in and to any street, road, highway or alley, vacated or other, adjoining the Land or any part thereof and such additional lands and estates therein; all strips and gores belonging, adjacent or pertaining to the Land or such additional lands and estates; and any after-acquired title to any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Real Estate”);

(b) Improvements. All buildings, structures and other improvements and any additions and alterations thereto or replacements thereof, now or hereafter built, constructed or located upon the Real Estate; and all furnishings, fixtures, fittings, appliances, apparatus, equipment, machinery, building and construction materials and other articles of every kind and nature whatsoever and all replacements thereof, now or hereafter affixed or attached to, placed upon or used in any way in connection with the complete and comfortable use, enjoyment, occupation, operation, development and maintenance of the Real Estate or such buildings, structures and other improvements, including, but not limited to, partitions, furnaces, boilers, oil burners, radiators and piping, plumbing and bathroom fixtures, refrigeration, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and sprinkler systems, other fire prevention and extinguishing apparatus and materials, vacuum cleaning systems, gas and electric fixtures, incinerators, compactors, elevators, engines, motors, generators and all other articles of property which are considered fixtures under applicable Law (collectively, the “Improvements”; the Real Estate and the Improvements collectively referred to as the “Property”);

(c) Goods. All building materials, goods, construction materials, appliances (including, without limitation, stoves, ranges, ovens, disposals, refrigerators, water fountains and coolers, fans, heaters, dishwashers, water heaters, hood and fan combinations, kitchen


equipment, kitchen cabinets and other similar equipment), stocks, supplies, blinds, window shades, drapes, carpets, floor coverings, office equipment, growing plants and shrubberies, control devices, equipment (including window cleaning, building cleaning, swimming pool, recreational, monitoring, garbage, pest control and other equipment), motor vehicles, tools, furnishings, furniture, lighting, non-structural additions to the Real Estate and Improvements and all other tangible property of any kind or character, together with all replacements thereof, now or hereafter owned by the Grantor and located on or in or used or useful in connection with the complete and comfortable use, enjoyment, occupation, operation, development and maintenance of the Property, whether or not located on or in the Property or located elsewhere for purposes of storage, fabrication or otherwise (collectively, the “Goods”);

(d) Intangibles. All goodwill, trademarks, trade names, option rights, purchase contracts, books and records and general intangibles of the Grantor relating to the Property and all accounts, contract rights, instruments, chattel paper and other rights of the Grantor for the payment of money for property sold or lent, for services rendered, for money lent, or for advances or deposits made, and any other intangible property of the Grantor relating to the Property (collectively, the “Intangibles”);

(e) Leases. Without limiting Beneficiary’s rights under Section 1.14, all rights of the Grantor in, to and under all leases, licenses, occupancy agreements, concessions and other arrangements, oral or written, now existing or hereafter entered into, whereby any Person agrees to pay money or any other consideration for the use, possession or occupancy of, or any estate in, the Property or any portion thereof or interest therein (herein collectively referred to as the “Leases”), and the right, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder, to receive and collect the Rents and Profits (as hereinafter defined) paid or payable thereunder;

(f) Plans. All rights of the Grantor in and to all plans and specifications, designs, drawings and other information, materials and matters heretofore or hereafter prepared relating to the Improvements or any construction on the Real Estate (collectively, the “Plans”);

(g) Permits. All rights of the Grantor in, to and under all permits, franchises, licenses, approvals and other authorizations respecting the use, occupation and operation of all or any portion of the Property, and any product or proceed thereof or therefrom, including, without limitation, all building permits, certificates of occupancy and other licenses, permits and approvals issued by Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction (collectively, the “Permits”);

(h) Leases of Furniture, Furnishings and Equipment. All right, title and interest of the Grantor as lessee in, to and under any leases of furniture, furnishings and equipment now or hereafter installed in or at any time used in connection with the Property;

(i) Rents and Profits. All rents, issues, profits, royalties, avails, income and other benefits derived or owned, directly or indirectly, by the Grantor from the Property, including, without limitation, all rents and other consideration payable by tenants, claims against guarantors, and any cash or other securities deposited to secure performance by tenants, under the Leases (collectively, the “Rents and Profits”);


(j) Proceeds. All proceeds relating to the foregoing, including (i) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to the Grantor from time to time with respect to any of the Trust Premises, (ii) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to the Grantor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Trust Premises by any Governmental Authority, (iii) any recoveries by the Grantor against third parties with respect to any litigation or dispute concerning any of the Trust Premises including claims arising out of the loss or nonconformity of, interference with the use of, defects in, or infringement of rights in, or damage to, the Trust Premises, and (iv) any and all other amounts, rights to payment or other property acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of the Trust Premises and all rights arising out of Trust Premises (collectively, the “Proceeds”); and

(k) Other Property. All other property and rights of the Grantor of every kind and character relating to the Property, and all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing;

AND, without limiting any of the other provisions of this Deed of Trust, the Grantor expressly grants to the Trustee, as secured party, for the benefit of the Beneficiary, a security interest in all of those portions of the Trust Premises which are or may be subject to the provisions applicable to secured transactions in the U.C.C. of the State;

FOR THE PURPOSE OF SECURING THE FOLLOWING OBLIGATIONS

A. Payment in full of the Obligations;

B. Payment of all sums advanced by the Beneficiary to protect or preserve the Property or the lien and security interest created hereby on the Property, or for taxes, assessments or insurance premiums as hereinafter provided or for performance of any of the Grantor’s obligations hereunder or for any other purpose provided herein (whether or not the original Grantor remains the owner of the Property at the time of such advances), and all other amounts owing by the Grantor to the Beneficiary and the Trustee;

C. Performance of every obligation, covenant and agreement of the Grantor contained herein or any other Loan Document;

D. Performance of every obligation, covenant and agreement of the Grantor contained in any document, instrument or agreement now or hereafter executed by the Grantor which recites that the obligations thereunder are secured by this Deed of Trust; and

E. Any and all other indebtedness (including, without limitation, the Obligations) now owing or which may hereafter be owing by the Grantor to the Beneficiary, however and whenever incurred or evidenced, whether express or implied, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or due or to become due, and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THIS DEED OF TRUST SHALL NOT SECURE ANY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 6.13 AND 7.1.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND 10.4 OF THE


CREDIT AGREEMENT TO EXTENT RELATING TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES THAT ARISE OUT OF OR RELATE TO THE MATTERS DESCRIBED IN ANY OF SECTIONS 10.4(a)(IV), 10.4(a)(V), OR 10.4(a)(VI) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Trust Premises, together with the rights, privileges and appurtenances thereto belonging unto (i) the Trustee, its substitutes or successors, forever, to the extent the same constitutes real property or an interest therein and (ii) Beneficiary, to the extent the same does not constitute real property or an interest therein, in either case for the benefit of the Beneficiary and Beneficiary’s successors and assigns forever, for the purpose of securing payment and performance by the Grantor of the Obligations, and the Grantor hereby binds itself and its successors and assigns to warrant and forever defend the Trust Premises unto each of the Trustee and Beneficiary, their substitutes, successors and assigns, as the case may be, against the claim or claims of all persons claiming or to claim the same or any part thereof.

FURTHER to secure the full, timely and proper payment and performance of the Obligations, the Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with and warrants to the Trustee and the Beneficiary as follows:

ARTICLE I

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE GRANTOR

SECTION 1.1 Payment of Obligations. The Grantor agrees that:

(a) it will duly and punctually pay and perform or cause to be paid and performed each of the Obligations at the time and in accordance with the terms specified in the Credit Agreement; and

(b) when and as due and payable from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof or of any other Loan Documents, pay and perform, or cause to be paid and performed, all other Obligations.

SECTION 1.2 Title to Trust Premises, etc. The Grantor represents and warrants to and covenants with the Beneficiary that:

(a) as of the date hereof and at all times hereafter while this Deed of Trust is outstanding, the Grantor is and shall be the absolute owner and holder of the fee simple estate in the Property and the absolute owner of the legal and beneficial title to all other property included in the Trust Premises, subject in each case only to this Deed of Trust and the encumbrances set forth in Schedule 2 hereto (collectively, the “Permitted Encumbrances”);

(b) the Grantor has good and lawful right, power and authority to execute this Deed of Trust and to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage and grant a security interest in the Trust Premises, all as provided herein;

(c) this Deed of Trust has been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered on behalf of the Grantor, all consents and other actions required to be taken by the officers, directors, shareholders and partners, as the case may be, of the Grantor have been duly and fully


given and performed and this Deed of Trust constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Grantor, enforceable against the Grantor in accordance with its terms; and

(d) the Grantor, at its expense, will warrant and defend to the Beneficiary and any purchaser under the power of sale herein or at any foreclosure sale such title to the Trust Premises and the first mortgage Lien and first priority perfected security interest of this Deed of Trust thereon and therein against all claims and demands and will maintain, preserve and protect such Lien and security interest and will keep this Deed of Trust a valid, direct first mortgage Lien of record on and a first priority perfected security interest in the Trust Premises, subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances.

SECTION 1.3 Title Insurance.

SECTION 1.3.1 Title Insurance Policy. Concurrently with the recordation of this Deed of Trust, the Grantor, at its expense, has caused the Title Insurance Company to issue and deliver to the Beneficiary an ALTA 2006 loan policy or policies of title insurance in an amount satisfactory to the Beneficiary naming the Beneficiary as the insured, insuring the title to and the first mortgage Lien of this Deed of Trust on the Property subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances and with endorsements required by Beneficiary under Section 5.1.22 of the Credit Agreement and as otherwise reasonably requested by Beneficiary. The Grantor has duly paid in full all premiums and other charges due in connection with the issuance of such policy or policies of title insurance.

SECTION 1.3.2 Title Insurance Proceeds. All proceeds received by and payable to the Beneficiary for any loss under the loan policy or policies of title insurance delivered to the Beneficiary pursuant to Section 1.3.1, or under any policy or policies of title insurance delivered to the Beneficiary in substitution therefor or replacement thereof, shall be the property of the Beneficiary and shall, except as expressly provided to the contrary in the Credit Agreement, be applied by the Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 1.4 Recordation. The Grantor, at its expense, will at all times cause this Deed of Trust and any instruments amendatory hereof or supplemental hereto and any instruments of assignment hereof or thereof (and any appropriate financing statements or other instruments and continuations thereof), and each other instrument delivered in connection with any Loan Document and intended thereunder to be recorded, registered and filed, to be kept recorded, registered and filed, in such manner and in such places, and will pay all such recording, registration, filing fees, taxes and other charges, and will comply with all such statutes and regulations as may be required by Law in order to establish, preserve, perfect and protect the Lien and security interest of this Deed of Trust as a valid, direct first mortgage Lien and first priority perfected security interest in the Trust Premises, subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances. The Grantor will pay or cause to be paid, and will indemnify the Beneficiary in respect of, all taxes (including interest and penalties) at any time payable in connection with the filing and recording of this Deed of Trust and any and all supplements and amendments hereto.

SECTION 1.5 Payment of Impositions, etc. Subject to Section 1.8, the Grantor will pay or cause to be paid, before any fine, penalty, interest or cost may be added for non-payment and before the commencement of any action to foreclose the Lien of any Imposition (as


defined below) against all or any portion of the Trust Premises, all Taxes, assessments, water and sewer rates, charges, license fees, inspection fees and other levies or payments, of every kind and nature whatsoever of any Governmental Authority, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, which at any time may be assessed, levied, confirmed, imposed or which may become a Lien upon the Trust Premises, or any portion thereof, or which are payable with respect thereto, or upon the rents, issues, income or profits thereof, or on the occupancy, operation, use, possession or activities thereof, whether any or all of the same be levied directly or indirectly, and all taxes, assessments or charges which may be levied on the Obligations, or the interest thereon (collectively, the “Impositions”). The Grantor will deliver to the Beneficiary, upon request, copies of official receipts or other satisfactory proof evidencing such payments.

SECTION 1.6 Insurance and Legal Requirements. The Grantor, at its expense, will comply, or cause compliance in all material respects with:

(a) all provisions of any insurance policy covering or applicable to the Trust Premises or any part thereof, all requirements of the issuer of any such policy and all orders, rules, regulations and other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions) applicable to or affecting the Trust Premises or any use thereof (collectively, the “Insurance Requirements”); and

(b) all Laws applicable to the Trust Premises including the adjoining sidewalks, curbs, vaults and vault space, if any, streets or ways;

in each case regardless whether compliance therewith shall require structural changes in or interference with the use and enjoyment of the Trust Premises or any part thereof.

SECTION 1.7 Security Interests, etc. The Grantor will not directly or indirectly create or permit or suffer to be created or to remain, and will promptly discharge or cause to be discharged, any deed of trust, mortgage, encumbrance or charge on, pledge of, security interest in or conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to or any other Lien on or in the Trust Premises or any part thereof or the interest of the Grantor or the Trustee therein, or any Proceeds thereof or Rents and Profits or other sums arising therefrom, other than (a) Permitted Encumbrances, and (b) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, suppliers, vendors or any Person providing labor or materials or rights thereto incurred in the ordinary course of the business of the Grantor for sums not yet due or any such Liens or rights thereto which are at the time being contested as permitted by Section 1.8. The Grantor will not postpone the payment of any sums for which Liens of mechanics, materialmen, suppliers or vendors or rights thereto have been incurred (unless such Liens or rights thereto are at the time being contested as permitted by Section 1.8), or enter into any contract under which payment of such sums is postponable (unless such contract expressly provides for the legal, binding and effective waiver of any such Liens or rights thereto), in either case, for more than thirty days after the completion of the action giving rise to such Liens or rights thereto.

SECTION 1.8 Permitted Contests. To the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement, after prior notice to the Beneficiary, the Grantor at its expense may contest, or cause to be contested, by appropriate legal proceedings conducted in good faith and with due diligence,


the amount or validity or application, in whole or in part, of any Imposition, Law applicable to the Trust Premises or Insurance Requirement or Lien of a mechanic, materialman, supplier or vendor, provided that, (a) in the case of an unpaid Imposition, Lien or charge, such proceedings shall suspend the collection thereof from the Grantor, the Trustee, the Beneficiary, and the Trust Premises (including any rent or other income therefrom) and shall not interfere with the payment of any such rent or income, (b) neither the Trust Premises nor any rent or other income therefrom nor any part thereof or interest therein would be in any danger of being sold, forfeited, lost or interfered with, (c) in the case of any Imposition, none of the Grantor, the Trustee, nor the Beneficiary would be in danger of any civil liability (other than for the contested amount and for interest and penalties thereon, which amount, interest and penalties shall be payable by the Grantor) or, in the case of any applicable Law, none of the Grantor, the Trustee nor the Beneficiary would be in danger of any civil or criminal liability for failure to comply therewith, (d) the Grantor shall have furnished such security, if any, as may be required in the proceedings or as may be reasonably requested by the Beneficiary, (e) the non-payment of the whole or any part of any Imposition will not result in the delivery of a tax deed to the Trust Premises or any part thereof because of such non-payment, (f) the payment of any sums required to be paid with respect to the Notes and the Letters of Credit or under this Deed of Trust (other than any unpaid Imposition, Lien, encumbrance or charge at the time being contested in accordance with this Section) shall not be interfered with or otherwise affected, (g) in the case of any Insurance Requirement, the failure of the Grantor to comply therewith shall not affect the validity of any insurance required to be maintained by the Grantor under Section 2.1 and (h) that adequate reserves, determined in accordance with GAAP, shall have been set aside on Grantor’s books.

SECTION 1.9 Leases. The Grantor will not enter into any such written or oral lease or other agreement with respect to any portion of the Property after the date hereof without first obtaining the written consent of the Beneficiary (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

SECTION 1.10 Compliance with Instruments. The Grantor at its expense will promptly comply with all rights of way or use, privileges, franchises, servitudes, licenses, easements, tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances forming a part of the Property and all instruments creating or evidencing the same, in each case, to the extent compliance therewith is required of the Grantor under the terms thereof, except where the failure to comply, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Grantor will not take any action which may result in a forfeiture or termination of the rights afforded to the Grantor under any such instruments and will not, without the prior consent of the Beneficiary (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), amend any of such instruments except where such action or amendment, either individually or in the aggregate, (i) could reasonably be expected to be adverse to the rights, interests or privileges of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 1.11 Maintenance and Repair, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.12, the Grantor will keep or cause to be kept all presently and subsequently erected or acquired Improvements and the sidewalks, curbs, vaults and vault space, if any, located on or adjoining the same, and the streets and the ways adjoining the same, in good and substantial order and repair and in such a fashion that the utility of the Trust Premises will not be diminished


in any material respect, and, at its sole cost and expense, will promptly make or cause to be made all necessary and appropriate repairs, replacements and renewals thereof, whether interior or exterior, structural or nonstructural, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which, if not made, would reasonably be expected to impair the use, occupancy or value of the Property in a material respect. All repairs, replacements and renewals shall be equal in quality and class to the original Improvements. The Grantor at its expense will do or cause to be done all shoring of foundations and walls of any building or other Improvements on the Property and (to the extent permitted by Law) of the ground adjacent thereto, and every other act necessary or appropriate for the preservation and safety of the Property by reason of or in connection with any excavation or other building operation upon the Property and upon any adjoining property, whether or not the Grantor shall, by any applicable Law, be required to take such action or be liable for failure to do so.

SECTION 1.12 Alterations, Additions, etc. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Grantor shall have the right at any time and from time to time to make or cause to be made reasonable alterations of and additions to the Property or any part thereof, provided that any alteration or addition: (a) shall not change the general character of the Property or impair the usefulness of the Property; (b) is effected with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable Laws and Insurance Requirements; and (c) is promptly and fully paid for, or caused to be paid for, by the Grantor.

SECTION 1.13 Acquired Property Subject to Lien. All property at any time acquired by the Grantor and provided or required by this Deed of Trust to be or become subject to the security interest hereof, whether such property is acquired by exchange, purchase, construction or otherwise, shall forthwith become subject to the security interest of this Deed of Trust without further action on the part of the Grantor, the Trustee or the Beneficiary. The Grantor, at its expense, will execute and deliver to the Beneficiary (and will record and file as provided in Section 1.4) promptly following a request thereof by the Beneficiary an instrument supplemental to this Deed of Trust satisfactory in substance and form to the Beneficiary, whenever such an instrument is necessary under applicable Law to subject to the Lien and security interest of this Deed of Trust all right, title and interest of the Grantor in and to all property provided or required by this Deed of Trust to be subject to the Lien and security interest hereof.

SECTION 1.14 Assignment of Rents and Profits, Proceeds, etc. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Deed of Trust, the assignment, grant and conveyance of the Leases, Rents and Profits, Proceeds and other rents, income, proceeds and benefits of the Trust Premises contained in the Granting Clause of this Deed of Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law shall constitute an absolute, present and irrevocable assignment, grant and conveyance and not an assignment for security, provided that permission is hereby given to the Grantor, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to collect, receive and apply such Rents and Profits, Proceeds and other rents, income, proceeds and benefits as they become due and payable, but not more than one (1) month in advance thereof, and in accordance with all of the other terms, conditions and provisions hereof, the other Loan Documents and of the Leases, contracts, agreements and other instruments with respect to which such payments are made or such other benefits are conferred. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, such permission shall terminate immediately and


automatically, without notice to the Grantor or any other Person. Such assignment shall be fully effective without any further action on the part of the Grantor or the Beneficiary and the Beneficiary shall be entitled, at its option, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to collect, receive and apply all Rents and Profits, Proceeds and all other rents, income, proceeds and benefits from the Trust Premises, including all right, title and interest of the Grantor in any escrowed sums or deposits or any portion thereof or interest therein, whether or not the Beneficiary takes possession of the Trust Premises or any part thereof. The Grantor further grants to the Beneficiary and the Trustee the right, at the Beneficiary’s option, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default hereunder, to:

(a) enter upon and take possession of the Property for the purpose of collecting Rents and Profits, Proceeds and said rents, income, proceeds and other benefits;

(b) dispossess by the customary summary proceedings any tenant, purchaser or other Person defaulting in the payment of any amount when and as due and payable, or in the performance of any other obligation, under the Leases, contract or other instrument to which said Rents and Profits, Proceeds or other rents, income, proceeds or benefits relate;

(c) let or convey the Trust Premises or any portion thereof or any interest therein;

(d) repair, restore or improve the Property to the extent reasonably necessary to lease or convey the Property;

(e) perform such other acts the Beneficiary or the Trustee is entitled to perform hereunder or that the Grantor is entitled to perform as landlord under any Lease; and

(f) apply Rents and Profits, Proceeds and such rents, income, proceeds and other benefits, after the payment of all necessary fees, charges and expenses, on account of the Obligations in accordance with Section 3.9.

Neither the exercise of any rights under this Section by Beneficiary or the Trustee nor the application of any such Rents and Profits, income or other benefits to payment of the Obligations shall cure or waive any Event of Default or notice provided for hereunder, or invalidate any act done pursuant hereto or pursuant to any such notice, but shall be cumulative of all other rights and remedies. This assignment is given as Trust Premises security only and shall not be construed as obligating Beneficiary or the Trustee to perform any of the covenants or undertakings required to be performed by Grantor contained in the Leases. No action taken by the Beneficiary or the Trustee hereunder shall make the Beneficiary a “mortgagee-in-possession” or obligate the Beneficiary to attempt to collect Rent or other amounts from any tenant or to perform any obligations of landlord under any Lease. The execution of this Deed of Trust constitutes and evidences the irrevocable consent of the Grantor to the entry upon and taking possession of the Property.

SECTION 1.15 No Claims Against the Beneficiary or the Trustee. Nothing contained in this Deed of Trust shall constitute any consent or request by the Beneficiary or the Trustee, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Property or any part thereof, or be construed to permit the


making of any claim against the Beneficiary or the Trustee in respect of labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property or any claim that any Lien based on the performance of such labor or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the Lien and security interest of this Deed of Trust. All contractors, subcontractors, vendors and other persons dealing with the Property, or with any persons interested therein, are hereby required to take notice of the provisions of this Section.

SECTION 1.16 Indemnification. The Grantor will protect, indemnify, save harmless and defend the Beneficiary, the Trustee, the Lender Parties and their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” and individually, an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, expenses (including the reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Indemnified Parties (other than in the event of an actual conflict between the Trustee, the Beneficiary and/or any other Indemnified Party, in which case such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to its own legal) (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”) imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Party by reason of (a) ownership of an interest in this Deed of Trust, any other Loan Documents or the Property, (b) any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to or loss of the use of property occurring on or about the Property or any part thereof or the adjoining sidewalks, curbs, vaults and vault spaces, if any, streets, alleys or ways, (c) any use, non-use or condition of the Property or any part thereof or the adjoining sidewalks, curbs, vaults and vault spaces, if any, streets, alleys or ways, (d) any failure on the part of the Grantor to perform or comply with any of the terms of this Deed of Trust or any other Loan Document, under which Grantor is obligated, (e) performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Trust Premises or any part thereof made or suffered to be made by or on behalf of the Grantor, (f) any gross negligence or tortious act on the part of the Grantor or any of its agents, contractors, lessees, licensees or invitees, (g) any work in connection with any alterations, changes, new construction or demolition of or additions to the Property, or (h) (i) any Hazardous Material on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the Property, the groundwater, or any surrounding areas in violation of Environmental Laws, (ii) any violation or claim of violation by the Grantor of any Environmental Laws, or (iii) the imposition of any Lien for damages caused by or the recovery of any costs for the cleanup, release or threatened release of Hazardous Material, except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising for the account of any Indemnified Party by reason of such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If any action or proceeding is commenced in which any Indemnified Party is made a party by reason of the execution of this Deed of Trust or any other Loan Document, or in which it becomes necessary to defend or uphold the Lien of this Deed of Trust, all sums paid by the Indemnified Parties, for the expense of any litigation to prosecute or defend the rights and Lien created hereby or otherwise, shall be paid by the Grantor to such Indemnified Parties, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided. The Grantor will pay and save the Indemnified Parties harmless against any and all liability with respect to any intangible personal property tax or similar imposition of the State or any subdivision or authority thereof now or hereafter in effect, to the extent that the same may be payable by the Indemnified Parties in respect of this Deed of Trust or any Obligation. All amounts payable to the Indemnified Parties under this Section shall be deemed Obligations secured by this Deed of Trust. In case any action, suit or proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party by reason of any such occurrence, the Grantor, upon


request of such Indemnified Party, will, at the Grantor’s expense, resist and defend such action, suit or proceeding or cause the same to be resisted or defended by counsel designated by the Grantor and reasonably acceptable to such Indemnified Party. The obligations of the Grantor under this Section shall survive any discharge or reconveyance of this Deed of Trust and payment in full of the Obligations.

SECTION 1.17 No Credit for Payment of Taxes. The Grantor shall not be entitled to any credit against the Obligations by reason of the payment of any tax on the Property or any part thereof or by reason of the payment of any other Imposition, and shall not apply for or claim any deduction from the taxable value of the Property or any part thereof by reason of this Deed of Trust.

SECTION 1.18 Right of Beneficiary to Require Appraisal. The Beneficiary shall have the right during the term of the Credit Agreement, to obtain one fair market value appraisal of the Property per Fiscal Year from such appraisers that are members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers, in such form as is satisfactory to the Beneficiary; provided, however, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the foregoing limitation shall not apply and the Beneficiary shall have the right, from time to time, to obtain one or more fair market value appraisals of the Property. The cost of any such appraisals, whether an Event of Default exists or not, shall be paid by the Grantor.

SECTION 1.19 Security Agreement and Fixture Filing. With respect to the items of personal property and fixtures referred to and described in the Granting Clause of this Deed of Trust and included as part of the Collateral which are or may be subject to Division 9 of the U.C.C. as enacted in the State, this Deed of Trust is hereby made, and declared to be a security agreement encumbering each and every item of the Trust Premises now or hereafter owned by the Grantor, and included herein as a part of the Trust Premises, in compliance with the provisions of the U.C.C. as enacted in the State. This Deed of Trust shall also constitute a “fixture filing” under Section 9-502(b) of the U.C.C. of the State, as amended or recodified from time to time, against each and every item of the Trust Premises which is or is to become fixtures. In this respect, the Grantor, as “Debtor”, expressly grants to the Beneficiary, as “Secured Party”, a security interest in and to all of the Grantor’s estate, right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Premises, whether now or hereafter owned by the Grantor, which constitutes the personal property and fixtures hereinabove referred to and described in this Deed of Trust, including all extensions, accessions, additions, improvements, betterments, renewals, replacements, and substitutions thereof or thereto, and all proceeds from the sale or other disposition thereof, to secure the full, timely and proper payment and performance of the Obligations. This Deed of Trust shall also constitute a “fixture filing” for the purposes of the U.C.C. as enacted in the State against all the Collateral which is or is to become fixtures. Grantor agrees that Beneficiary shall file this Deed of Trust, or a reproduction thereof, in the real estate records or other appropriate index, as, and this Deed of Trust shall be deemed to be, a financing statement filed as a fixture filing in accordance with the laws of the State. Any reproduction of this Deed of Trust or of any other security agreement or financing statement shall be sufficient as a financing statement, and the following information is applicable for the purpose of such fixture filing, to wit:


Name and Address of the debtor:

 

Applied Medical Resources Corporation 22872 Avenida Empresa Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688 Attention: Legal Department

 

  

Name and Address of the secured party:

 

Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent 20 Pacifica, Suite 300 Irvine, CA 92618 Attention: Alison Davis, Vice President

Organizational ID Number of Debtor:

 

C1597659

  

This Financing Statement covers the following types or items of property:

 

The Trust Premises.

 

This instrument covers goods or items of personal property which are or are to become fixtures upon the real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

The Grantor is the record owner of the Land on which such fixtures are or are to be located.

In addition, the Grantor agrees to execute and deliver to the Beneficiary, upon the Beneficiary’s request, any other security agreement and financing statements, as well as extensions, renewals, and amendments thereof, and reproductions of this Deed of Trust, in such form as the Beneficiary may require to perfect a security interest with respect to said items. The Grantor shall pay all costs of filing such financing statements, and any extensions, renewals, amendments, and releases thereof, and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of any record searches for financing statements the Beneficiary may reasonably require. Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, the Grantor shall not create or suffer to be created pursuant to the U.C.C. of the State any other security interest in the above-described personal property and fixtures, including any replacements and additions thereto. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Beneficiary shall have and shall be entitled to exercise any and all of the rights and remedies (a) as prescribed in this Deed of Trust, (b) as prescribed by applicable law or (c) as prescribed by the specific statutory provisions now or hereafter enacted, and specified in said U.C.C., all at the Beneficiary’s sole election. The Grantor and the Beneficiary agree that the filing of any financing statements in the records normally having to do with personal property shall not in any way affect the agreement of the Grantor and the Beneficiary that all of the Trust Premises located in, on, or about, or used, or intended to be used with or in connection with the use, operation or enjoyment of, the Property, which is described or reflected as a fixture in this Deed of Trust, is, and at all times and for all purposes and in all proceedings, both legal and equitable, shall be, regarded as part of the Property conveyed hereby. The Grantor warrants that the Grantor’s name, identity, and address are as set forth herein. The information contained herein is provided in order that this Deed of Trust shall comply with the requirements of the U.C.C. as enacted in the State for instruments to be filed as financing statements. In accordance with the laws of the State, this Deed of Trust shall remain effective as a fixture filing until this Deed of Trust is


released, or satisfied of record, or its effectiveness otherwise terminates as to the Trust Premises. The Grantor represents and warrants to the Beneficiary that the Grantor has a record interest in the Property, to the extent such Property constitutes real property.

SECTION 1.20 Border Zone Property. The Grantor represents and warrants that the Trust Premises has not been designated as Border Zone Property under the provisions of California Health and Safety Code, Section 25220 et. seq. or any regulation adopted in accordance therewith, and there has been no occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of the Trust Premises that is reasonably likely to cause the Trust Premises or any part thereof to be designated as Border Zone Property.

ARTICLE II

INSURANCE; DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION OR TAKING, ETC.

SECTION 2.1 Insurance.

SECTION 2.1.1 Risks to be Insured. The Grantor will, at its expense, maintain or cause to be maintained insurance policies and coverages with respect to the Trust Premises at least as expansive as required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2.1.2 Policy Provisions. Subject to Section 7.1.4 of the Credit Agreement, all insurance maintained by the Grantor pursuant to Section 2.1.1 shall (a) with respect to property insurance, name the Beneficiary with a loss-payable endorsement as the Beneficiary’s interests may appear, (b) (except for worker’s compensation and public liability insurance) provide that during an Event of Default, the proceeds for any losses shall be adjusted by the Grantor subject to the approval of the Beneficiary, (c) include effective waivers (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) by the insurer of all rights of subrogation against any named insured, the indebtedness secured by this Deed of Trust and the Property and all claims for insurance premiums against the Beneficiary, (d) provide that any losses shall be payable notwithstanding (i) any foreclosure or other action or proceeding taken by the Beneficiary pursuant to any provision of this Deed of Trust, or (ii) any change in title or ownership of the Property where the Grantor maintains an insurable interest, (e) with respect to property insurance, unless the Beneficiary otherwise agrees, provide that such insurance may not be canceled or terminated unless the Beneficiary is given at least the same number of days’ notice that the insurance company which issued such insurance is required to give to the Grantor and (f) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Beneficiary. Any insurance maintained pursuant to this Section may be evidenced by blanket insurance policies covering the Property and other properties or assets of the Grantor.

SECTION 2.1.3 Delivery of Policies, etc. The Grantor will deliver to the Beneficiary, promptly upon request, if available, (a) certificates of all policies evidencing all insurance required to be maintained under Section 2.1.1 (or, in the case of blanket policies, certificates thereof by the insurers together with a counterpart of each blanket policy; provided, however, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Grantor shall, upon receipt of written request from the Beneficiary, promptly provide the Beneficiary with full copies of all such policies), and (b) evidence as to the payment of all premiums due thereon (with respect to insurance policies payable other than by a single lump sum, all installments for the


current year due thereon to such date), provided that the Beneficiary shall not be deemed by reason of its custody of such policies to have knowledge of the contents thereof. The Grantor will also deliver to the Beneficiary, promptly upon request, if available, a certificate of the insurer evidencing the replacement thereof. In the event the Grantor shall fail to effect or maintain any insurance required to be effected or maintained pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.1, the Grantor will indemnify the Beneficiary against damage, loss or liability resulting from all risks for which such insurance should have been effected or maintained.

SECTION 2.1.4 Separate Insurance. The Grantor will not take out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained pursuant to this Section 2.1.

SECTION 2.2 Damage, Destruction or Taking; Grantor to Give Notice; Assignment of Awards. Subject to Section 3.1.2(g) of the Credit Agreement, in case of:

(a) any damage to or destruction of the Trust Premises or any part thereof; or

(b) any taking, whether for permanent or temporary use, of all or any part of the Trust Premises or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, as the result of or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, or a change of grade affecting the Trust Premises or any portion thereof (a “Taking”), or the commencement of any proceedings or negotiations which may result in a Taking,

the Grantor will promptly give notice thereof to the Beneficiary, generally describing the nature and extent of such damage or destruction and the Grantor’s best estimate of the cost of restoring the Trust Premises, or the nature of such proceedings or negotiations and the nature and extent of the Taking which might result therefrom, as the case may be. Subject to Section 3.1.2(g) of the Credit Agreement, the Grantor shall promptly provide the Beneficiary with reasonably satisfactory evidence of such estimated cost.

SECTION 2.3 Application of Proceeds and Awards. The Beneficiary shall apply all amounts recovered under any insurance policy required to be maintained by the Grantor hereunder and all awards received by the Beneficiary on account of any Taking as provided in the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE III

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 3.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any “Event of Default” under the Credit Agreement shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Deed of Trust.

ARTICLE IV

REMEDIES, ETC.

SECTION 4.1 Acceleration. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then and in any such event the Beneficiary may at any time thereafter declare, by notice to the Grantor, the Credit Extensions and all other Obligations to be due and payable immediately or on a date specified in such notice, and on such date the same shall be and become


due and payable, together with interest accrued thereon, without presentment, demand, protest or notice, all of which the Grantor hereby waives. The Grantor will pay on demand all costs and document out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by or on behalf of the Beneficiary in enforcing this Deed of Trust or the Obligations, or any other Loan Document, or occasioned by any default hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 4.2 Legal Proceedings; Foreclosure.

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Beneficiary at any time may, at its election, proceed at law or in equity or otherwise to enforce the payment of the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents, foreclose this Deed of Trust and its security interests under the other Loan Documents as a mortgage and/or direct the Trustee to foreclose the Lien of this Deed of Trust as against all or any part of the Trust Premises and to have the same sold under the judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing, during the continuance of any Event of Default the Trustee may sell, assign, transfer and deliver the whole or, from time to time, any part of the Trust Premises, or any interest in any part thereof, at any private sale or at public auction, with or without demand, advertisement or notice, for cash, on credit or for other property, for immediate or future delivery, and for such price or prices and on such terms as the Beneficiary in its uncontrolled discretion may determine, or as may be required by Law.

(b) Should the Beneficiary elect to foreclose by exercise of the power of sale herein contained, the Beneficiary shall deliver to the Trustee a written declaration of default and demand for sale, and shall deposit with the Trustee this Deed of Trust and any promissory notes secured as Obligations hereunder and such receipts and evidence of expenditures made and secured hereby as the Trustee may require and as may be required by applicable Laws.

(c) Upon receipt of notice from the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall cause to be recorded, published and delivered to the Grantor such notice of default and election to sell as is then required by law. Without limiting the authority granted in the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee shall, without demand on the Grantor, after the lapse of such time as may then be required by applicable Law, sell the Trust Premises on the date and at the time and place designated in the notice of sale, either as a whole or in separate parcels and in such order as the Beneficiary may determine, but subject to any statutory right of the Grantor to direct the order in which such property, if consisting of several known lots, parcels or interests, shall be sold, at public auction to the highest bidder, the purchase price payable in lawful money of the United States at the time of sale. A sale of less than the whole of the Trust Premises or any defective or irregular sale made hereunder shall not exhaust the power of sale provided for herein, and subsequent sales may be made hereunder until all obligations secured hereby have been paid in full in cash, or all Trust Premises is sold, without defect or irregularity. The Person conducting the sale may, for any cause deemed expedient, postpone the sale from time to time until it shall be completed and, in every such case, notice of postponement shall be given by public declaration thereof by such Person at the time and place last appointed for the sale; provided that, if the sale is postponed for longer than one day beyond the day designated in the notice of sale, notice of sale and notice of the time, date and place of sale shall be given in the same manner as the original notice of sale. The Trustee shall execute and deliver to the purchaser at any such


sale a Trustee’s deed conveying the property so sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied. The recitals in such Trustee’s deed of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof. Any Person, including the Beneficiary and the Trustee, may bid at the sale.

SECTION 4.3 U.C.C. Remedies. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the direction of the Beneficiary, the Trustee may exercise from time to time and at any time any rights and remedies available to the Trustee under applicable Law upon default in the payment of indebtedness, including, without limitation, any right or remedy available to the Trustee as a secured party under the U.C.C. of the State. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Grantor shall, promptly upon request by the Beneficiary, assemble the Trust Premises, or any portion thereof generally described in such request, and make it available to the Beneficiary at such place or places designated by the Beneficiary and reasonably convenient to the Beneficiary. If the Beneficiary elects to proceed under the U.C.C. of the State to dispose of portions of the Trust Premises, the Beneficiary, at its option, may give the Grantor notice of the time and place of any public sale of any such property, or of the date after which any private sale or other disposition thereof is to be made, by sending notice by registered or certified first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Grantor at least five days before the time of the sale or other disposition. If any notice of any proposed sale, assignment or transfer by the Beneficiary of any portion of the Trust Premises or any interest therein is required by Law, the Grantor conclusively agrees that five days notice to the Grantor of the date, time and place (and, in the case of a private sale, the terms) thereof is reasonable. The expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale and the like as provided hereunder shall include the reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Beneficiary (and, if necessary, one local counsel, in each relevant jurisdiction acting on behalf of the Beneficiary) and the Trustee, collectively (other than in the event of an actual conflict between the Trustee and the Beneficiary, in which case the Trustee shall be entitled to its own legal counsel) and shall constitute Obligations secured by this Deed of Trust. From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Beneficiary may proceed at its election, in any sequence: (i) to dispose of any personal property separately from the sale of real property in accordance with Division 9 of the Governing State Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and (ii) to dispose of some or all of the Property and the personal property comprising the Trust Premises in any combination consisting of both real and personal property together in one or more sales to be held in accordance with the provisions of Section 9604(a)(1) of the U.C.C.

SECTION 4.4 Trustee Authorized to Execute Deeds, etc. The Grantor irrevocably appoints the Trustee (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the true and lawful attorney of the Grantor, in its name and stead and on its behalf, for the purpose of effectuating any sale, assignment, transfer or delivery for the enforcement hereof, whether pursuant to power of sale, foreclosure or otherwise, to execute and deliver all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments, releases and other instruments as may be designated in any such request.

SECTION 4.5 Purchase of Trust Premises by Beneficiary. The Beneficiary may be a purchaser of the Trust Premises or of any part thereof or of any interest therein at any sale thereof, whether pursuant to power of sale, foreclosure or otherwise, and the Beneficiary may apply upon the purchase price thereof the indebtedness secured hereby owing to the Beneficiary. Such purchaser shall, upon any such purchase, acquire good title to the properties


so purchased, free of the security interest and Lien of this Deed of Trust and free of all rights of redemption in the Grantor.

SECTION 4.6 Receipt a Sufficient Discharge to Purchaser. Upon any sale of the Trust Premises or any part thereof or any interest therein, whether pursuant to power of sale, foreclosure or otherwise, the receipt of the Beneficiary or the officer making the sale under judicial proceedings shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser for the purchase money, and such purchaser shall not be obliged to see to the application thereof.

SECTION 4.7 Waiver of Appraisement, Valuation, etc. The Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent the Beneficiary may lawfully do so, the benefit of all appraisement, valuation, stay and extension Laws now or hereafter in force and all rights of marshalling in the event of any sale of the Trust Premises or any part thereof or any interest therein. Grantor, on behalf of itself and any guarantor or surety to this Deed of Trust, also hereby specifically, unconditionally and irrevocably waives all rights that may be afforded by California Civil Code Section 2815.

SECTION 4.8 Sale a Bar Against Grantor. Any sale of the Trust Premises or any part thereof or any interest therein under or by virtue of this Deed of Trust, whether pursuant to power of sale, foreclosure or otherwise, shall forever be a bar against the Grantor.

SECTION 4.9 Application of Proceeds of Sale and Other Moneys. The proceeds of any sale of the Trust Premises or any part thereof or any interest therein under or by virtue of this Deed of Trust, whether pursuant to power of sale, foreclosure or otherwise, and all other moneys at any time held by the Beneficiary as part of the Trust Premises, shall be applied as provided in Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.10 Appointment of Receiver. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to appoint a receiver for all or any part of the Trust Premises, without regard to whether the Trust Premises is sufficient to satisfy the Obligations in full, whether such receivership is incidental to a proposed sale of the Trust Premises or otherwise, and the Grantor hereby consents to the appointment of such a receiver and will not oppose any such appointment.

SECTION 4.11 Possession, Management and Income. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in addition to, not in limitation of, the rights and remedies provided in Section 1.12, the Beneficiary, itself or through a court-appointed receiver, may enter upon and take possession of the Trust Premises or any part thereof by summary proceeding, ejectment or otherwise and may remove the Grantor and all other Persons and any and all property therefrom and may hold, operate, maintain, repair, preserve and manage the same and receive all earnings, income, Rents and Profits, issues and Proceeds accruing with respect thereto or any part thereof.

SECTION 4.12 Right of Beneficiary to Perform Grantor’s Covenants, etc. If the Grantor shall fail to make any payment or perform any act required to be made or performed hereunder or any other Loan Document, the Beneficiary may (but shall be under no obligation to) at any time thereafter make such payment or perform such act for the account and at the


expense of the Grantor, and may enter upon the Trust Premises for such purpose and take all such action thereon as, in the Beneficiary’s opinion, may be necessary or appropriate therefor. No such entry and no such action shall be deemed an eviction of any lessee of the Property or any part thereof. All sums so paid by the Beneficiary and all fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable attorneys’ fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Beneficiary and, if necessary, one local counsel, in each relevant jurisdiction acting on behalf of the Beneficiary) so incurred, together with interest thereon at the rate provided for in the Credit Agreement from the date of payment or incurring, shall constitute additional indebtedness under the Credit Agreement secured by this Deed of Trust and shall be paid by the Grantor to the Beneficiary on demand.

SECTION 4.13 Subrogation. To the extent that the Beneficiary, on or after the date hereof, pays any sum due under any provision of any applicable Law or any instrument creating any Lien prior or superior to the Lien of this Deed of Trust, or the Grantor or any other Person pays any such sum with the proceeds of a Credit Extension, the Beneficiary shall have and be entitled to a Lien on the Trust Premises equal in priority to the Lien discharged, and the Beneficiary shall be subrogated to, and receive and enjoy all rights and Liens possessed, held or enjoyed by, the holder of such Lien, which shall remain in existence and benefit the Beneficiary in securing the Obligations.

SECTION 4.14 Remedies, etc., Cumulative. Each right, power and remedy of the Beneficiary provided for in this Deed of Trust or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power or remedy provided for in this Deed of Trust or the other Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by the Beneficiary of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Deed of Trust, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by the Trustee or the Beneficiary of any or all such other rights, powers or remedies.

SECTION 4.15 No Waiver, etc. No failure by the Beneficiary to insist upon the strict performance of any term hereof or of any other Loan Document, or to exercise any right, power or remedy consequent upon a breach hereof or thereof, shall constitute a waiver of any such term or of any such breach. No waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Deed of Trust, which shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach. By accepting payment or performance of any amount or other Obligations secured hereby before or after its due date, the Beneficiary shall not be deemed to have waived its right either to require prompt payment or performance when due of all other amounts and Obligations payable hereunder or to declare a default for failure to effect such prompt payment.

SECTION 4.16 Compromise of Actions, etc. Any action, suit or proceeding brought by the Beneficiary pursuant to any of the terms of this Deed of Trust, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or otherwise, and any claim made by the Beneficiary hereunder or thereunder, may be compromised, withdrawn or otherwise dealt with by the Beneficiary without any notice to or approval of the Grantor.

SECTION 4.17 The Trustee.


(a) The Trustee accepts this Trust when the Deed of Trust is recorded. The Grantor shall pay the Trustee’s fees and reimburse the Trustee for expenses in the administration of this Trust, including reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel of the Trustee. From time to time by a writing signed and acknowledged by the Beneficiary and recorded in the Recorder’s Office of the County in which this Deed of Trust is recorded, the Beneficiary may appoint another trustee to act in the place or stead of the Trustee or any successor. Such writing shall set forth any information required by law. The recordation of such instrument or substitution shall discharge the Trustee named herein and shall appoint the new trustee as the Trustee hereunder with the same effect as if originally named the Trustee herein. A writing recorded pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.18 shall be conclusive proof of the proper substitution of such new Trustee. All references herein shall be deemed to refer to the Trustee (including any successor or substitute appointed and designated as herein provided) from time to time acting hereunder. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Trustee shall not perform any act or omit to act hereunder unless, prior to such act or omission, the Beneficiary delivers to the Trustee direction to so act or omit to act. The Grantor hereby ratifies and confirms any and all acts which the Trustee herein named or its successor or successors, substitute or substitutes, in this trust, shall do lawfully by virtue hereof.

(b) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment or act done by the Trustee in good faith, or otherwise be responsible or accountable under any circumstances whatsoever, except for the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall have the right to rely upon any instrument, document or signature authorizing or supporting any action taken or proposed to be taken by it hereunder, believed by it in good faith to be genuine. All moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated in any manner from any other moneys (except to the extent required by law or by the Beneficiary), and the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee (i) shall not exercise, or waive the exercise of, any of its rights or remedies hereunder (other than its right to reimbursement) except upon the request of the Beneficiary, and (ii) shall exercise, or waive the exercise of, any or all of such rights or remedies upon the request of the Beneficiary and at the direction of the Beneficiary as to the manner of such exercise or waiver, provided that the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such request or direction if the Trustee shall be advised by counsel that the action or proceeding, or manner thereof, so directed may not lawfully be taken or waived.

(d) The Beneficiary hereby agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee from and against any liability or damages which the Trustee may incur or sustain in the exercise and performance of its rights and duties hereunder, unless incurred or sustained as a result of the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

ARTICLE V

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 5.1 Terms Defined in this Deed of Trust. When used herein the following terms have the following meanings:


Beneficiary” is defined in the preamble.

Credit Agreement” is defined in the second recital.

Deed of Trust” is defined in the preamble.

Goods” is defined in clause (c) of the granting clause.

Grantor” is defined in the preamble.

Impositions” is defined in Section 1.5.

Improvements” is defined in clause (b) of the granting clause.

Indemnified Parties” is defined in Section 1.16.

Insurance Requirements” is defined in clause (a) of Section 1.6.

Intangibles” is defined in clause (d) of the granting clause.

Land” is defined in the first recital.

Leases” is defined in clause (e) of the granting clause.

Other Obligor” is defined in Section 7.15.

Permits” is defined in clause (g) of the granting clause.

Permitted Encumbrances” is defined in Section 1.2.

Plans” is defined in clause (f) of the granting clause.

Proceeds” is defined in clause (j) of the granting clause.

Property” is defined in clause (b) of the granting clause.

Real Estate” is defined in clause (a) of the granting clause.

Rents and Profits” is defined in clause (i) of the granting clause.

State” means the State of California.

Taking” is defined in clause (b) of Section 2.2.

Trustee” is defined in the preamble.

Trust Premises” is defined in the granting clause.

U.C.C.” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State.


SECTION 5.2 Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Deed of Trust, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.1 Loan Document. This Deed of Trust is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Article X thereof.

SECTION 6.2 Amendments, etc. No amendments to or waiver of any provision of this Deed of Trust nor consent to any departure by the Grantor herefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Grantor and the Deed of Trust, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

SECTION 6.3 Address for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder to be made to the Grantor or to the Beneficiary shall be made as provided, in, and subject to the terms of, Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.4 Severability. Wherever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such Law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same agreement

SECTION 6.6 Further Assurances; Financing Statements.

SECTION 6.6.1 Further Assurances. The Grantor, at its expense, will execute, acknowledge and deliver all such instruments and take all such other action as the Beneficiary from time to time may reasonably request:

(a) to better subject to the Lien and security interest of this Deed of Trust all or any portion of the Trust Premises,

(b) to perfect, publish notice or protect the validity of the Lien and security interest of this Deed of Trust,

(c) to preserve and defend the title to the Trust Premises and the rights of the Trustee and the Beneficiary therein against the claims of all Persons as long as this Deed of Trust shall remain undischarged,


(d) to better subject to the Lien and security interest of this Deed of Trust or to maintain or preserve the Lien and security interest of this Deed of Trust with respect to any replacement or substitution for any Improvements or any other after-acquired property, or

(e) in order further to effectuate the purposes of this Deed of Trust and to carry out the terms hereof and to better assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Beneficiary its rights, powers and remedies hereunder.

SECTION 6.6.2 Financing Statements. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed of Trust, the Grantor hereby agrees that, without notice to or the consent of the Grantor, the Beneficiary may file with the appropriate public officials such financing statements, continuation statements, amendments and similar documents as are or may become necessary to perfect, preserve or protect the security interest granted by this Deed of Trust.

SECTION 6.7 Additional Security. Without notice to or consent of the Grantor, and without impairment of the security interest and Lien and rights created by this Deed of Trust, the Beneficiary may accept from the Grantor or any other Person additional security for the Obligations. Neither the giving of this Deed of Trust nor the acceptance of any such additional security shall prevent the Beneficiary from resorting, first, to such additional security, or, first, to the security created by this Deed of Trust, or concurrently to both, in any case without affecting the Beneficiary’s Lien and rights under this Deed of Trust.

SECTION 6.8 Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE. THIS DEED OF TRUST CONSTITUTES THE ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES ANY PRIOR AGREEMENTS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT THERETO.

SECTION 6.9 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS DEED OF TRUST, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE BENEFICIARY, THE TRUSTEE, ANY OTHER LENDER PARTY OR THE GRANTOR MAY BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED AT BENEFICIARY’S SOLE ELECTION IN THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OF NEW YORK OR THE APPLICABLE COUNTY OF THE STATE WHERE THE TRUST PREMISES IS LOCATED. THE GRANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUIT LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH LITIGATION. THE GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE. THE GRANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH THE GRANTOR MAY HAVE OR


HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE GRANTOR HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, THE GRANTOR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS DEED OF TRUST.

SECTION 6.10 Waiver of Jury Trial, etc. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS DEED OF TRUST OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) RELATING THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR SUCH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 6.11 Waiver of Certain Claims. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES NOT TO ASSERT, AND HEREBY WAIVES, ANY CLAIM AGAINST EACH OTHER PARTY HERETO ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (AS OPPOSED TO DIRECT OR ACTUAL DAMAGES) ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF, THIS DEED OF TRUST OR ANY INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 6.12 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Deed of Trust and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Deed of Trust.

SECTION 6.13 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Deed of Trust. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Deed of Trust shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Deed of Trust.

SECTION 6.14 Future Advances. This Deed of Trust shall secure the Obligations, whenever incurred and as due at the times provided in the Loan Documents, and future advances (whether such advances are obligatory or are to be made at the option of the Beneficiary or the Lenders, or otherwise) made by the Beneficiary or the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, to the same extent as if such future advances were made on the date of the


execution of this Deed of Trust, which future advances are senior to Indebtedness of other creditors under subsequently recorded or filed deeds of trust or liens. Notice is hereby given that the Obligations may increase as a result of any defaults hereunder by the Grantor due to, for example, and without limitation, unpaid interest, late charges, unpaid taxes or insurance premiums which the Beneficiary elects to advance, defaults under leases that the Beneficiary elects to cure, reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Beneficiary (and, if necessary, one local counsel, in each relevant jurisdiction acting on behalf of the Beneficiary) in enforcing the Loan Documents, or other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Beneficiary in protecting the Trust Premises, the lien and security interest under this Deed of Trust or the Beneficiary’s rights and interests. THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A COMMITMENT BY THE BENEFICIARY OR THE LENDERS TO MAKE ADDITIONAL LOANS IN ANY AMOUNT.

SECTION 6.15 Last Dollars Secured. This Deed of Trust secures only a portion of the Obligations owing or which may become owing by Grantor to Beneficiary. The parties agree that any payments or repayments of such Obligations by Grantor shall be and be deemed to be applied first to the portion of the Obligations that is not secured hereby, it being the parties’ intent that the portion of the Obligations last remaining unpaid shall be secured hereby.

ARTICLE VII

SPECIAL LOCAL LAW PROVISIONS

By virtue of the fact that the said Land is located in the State of California, the provisions set forth below shall be applicable to this Deed of Trust, and to the extent applicable, shall modify, affect and supplement the other provisions hereof.

SECTION 7.1 Foreclosure by Power of Sale. Should the Beneficiary elect to foreclose by exercise of the power of sale herein contained, the Beneficiary shall notify the Trustee and shall deposit with the Trustee this Deed of Trust and such receipts and evidence of expenditures made and secured hereby as the Trustee may require.

(a) Upon receipt of such notice from the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall cause to be recorded, mailed or delivered to Grantor such notice of default and election to sell as is then required by law and by this Deed of Trust. The Trustee shall, without demand on the Grantor, after lapse of such time as may then be required by law and after recordation of such notice of default and after notice of sale has been given as required by law, sell the Property at time and place of sale fixed by it in said notice of sale, either as a whole, or in separate lots or parcels or items as the Trustee shall deem expedient, and in such order as it may determine, at public auction, to the highest bidder for cash in lawful money of the United States payable at the time of sale. The Trustee shall deliver to such purchaser or purchasers thereof its good and sufficient deed or deeds conveying the property so sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied. The recitals in such deed of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof. Any person, including without limitation the Grantor, the Trustee or the Beneficiary, may purchase at such sale and the Grantor hereby covenants to warrant and defend the title of such purchaser or purchasers. If allowed by law, the Beneficiary, if it is the purchaser, may credit bid the outstanding amount of the indebtedness secured hereby toward payment of the purchase price. The Grantor hereby to the maximum extent permitted by law


expressly waives any right of redemption after sale that Grantor may have at the time of sale or that may apply to the sale.

(b) After deducting all costs, fees and expenses of the Trustee and of this Deed of Trust, including costs of evidence of title in connection with sale and the Trustee’s reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel for conducting the sale, the Trustee shall apply the proceeds of sale to payment of all sums expended under the terms hereof and not then repaid (with accrued interest at the post-Event of Default rate under Section 3.2.2 of the Credit Agreement (the “Default Rate”), and to all other sums then secured hereby in accordance with the Loan Documents, and the remainder, if any, to the person or persons legally entitled thereto.

(c) The Trustee may postpone sale of all or any portion of the Trust Premises by public announcement at such time and place of sale, and from time to time thereafter may postpone such sale by public announcement at the time fixed by the preceding postponement or by subsequently noticed sale, and without further notice make such sale at the time fixed by the last postponement; or the Trustee may, in its discretion, give a new notice of sale. The Beneficiary may rescind any such notice of default at any time before the Trustee’s sale by executing a notice of rescission and recording the same. The recordation of such notice shall constitute a cancellation of any prior declaration of default and demand for sale and of any acceleration of maturity of the indebtedness secured hereby effected by any prior declaration or notice of default. The exercise by the Beneficiary of the right of rescission shall not constitute a waiver of any default and demand for sale, or notices of default and of election to cause the said real estate to be sold, nor otherwise affect any of the Loan Documents or this Deed of Trust, or any of the rights, obligations or remedies of the Beneficiary or Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 7.2 Full Reconveyance. Upon written request of the Beneficiary stating that all sums secured hereby have been paid, and upon surrender of this Deed of Trust to Trustee for cancellation and retention and upon payment by the Grantor of the Trustee’s fees, Trustee shall reconvey to the Grantor, or the person or persons legally entitled thereto, without warranty, any portion of the Trust Premises then held hereunder. The recitals in such reconveyance of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof. The grantee in any reconveyance may be described as “the person or persons legally entitled thereto.”

SECTION 7.3 Trustee. The following provisions apply to the Trustee:

(a) The Trustee accepts this trust when this Deed of Trust, duly executed and acknowledged, is made a public record as provided by law, and by its acceptance hereof, the Trustee covenants faithfully to perform and fulfill the trusts herein created, being liable, however, only for willful negligence or misconduct, and Trustee hereby waives any statutory fee and agrees to accept reasonable compensation, in lieu thereof, for any services rendered by it in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) At any time and from time to time, without liability therefor and without notice, upon written request of the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall (i) consent in writing to the making of any map or plat of the said real estate, (ii) join in granting any easement thereon, (ii) join in any extension agreement or any agreement subordinating the lien or charge hereof.


(c) The Trustee may resign at any time upon giving 30 days’ notice in writing to the Grantor and to the Beneficiary.

(d) The Beneficiary may, from time to time, by written instrument executed and acknowledged by the Beneficiary, mailed to the Grantor and recorded in the county in which the said real estate is located, and by otherwise complying with the provisions of the applicable law of the State of California, substitute a successor or successors to the person or persons then named herein or acting hereunder as the Trustee.

SECTION 7.4 Beneficiary Statements. The Grantor agrees to pay the Beneficiary for each statement of the Beneficiary as to the obligations secured hereby, furnished at the Grantor’s request, the maximum fee allowed by law, or if there be no maximum fee, then such reasonable fee as is charged by the Beneficiary as of the time said statement is furnished. The Grantor further agrees to pay the charges of the Beneficiary for any other service rendered the Grantor, or on its behalf, in connection with this Deed of Trust or the Obligations, including without limitation the delivery to an escrow holder of a request for full or partial reconveyance of this Deed of Trust, transmitting records pertaining to this Deed of Trust and the Obligations to show a new owner of the said real estate, and replacing an existing policy of insurance held hereunder with another such policy.

SECTION 7.5 Actions Affecting the Collateral. The Grantor, at the Grantor’s expense, shall appear in and contest any action or proceeding purporting to affect the Collateral or the security hereof or the rights or powers of the Beneficiary or the Trustee. The Grantor shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the Beneficiary or the Trustee, including the cost of evidence of title and reasonable attorneys’ fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one primary legal counsel of the Beneficiary (and, if necessary, one local counsel, in each relevant jurisdiction acting on behalf of the Beneficiary) and the Trustee (other than in the event of an actual conflict between the Trustee, the Beneficiary and/or any other Indemnified Party, in which case such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to its own legal counsel), in any such action or proceeding in which the Beneficiary or the Trustee may appear.

SECTION 7.6 Copies of Notices. Grantor hereby requests that a copy of any notice of default and any notice of sale hereunder be mailed to it at the address set forth on the preamble before the recitals of this Deed of Trust.

SECTION 7.7 CCP Section 736. The Beneficiary shall have all of the rights, privileges and remedies of a secured lender under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 736.

SECTION 7.8 Attorneys’ Fees. If any Event of Default occurs and continues, the Grantor shall pay all costs of enforcement and collection that are incurred in connection with this Deed of Trust, including but not limited to, reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one legal counsel of the Beneficiary (and, if necessary, one local counsel, in each relevant jurisdiction acting on behalf of the Beneficiary), whether or not such enforcement and collection includes the filing of a lawsuit. As used in this Deed of Trust, the term “attorneys’ fees” or “attorneys’ fees and costs” shall mean the fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to the parties hereto, which may include printing, photostating, duplicating and other


documented out-of-pocket expenses, air freight charges, and fees billed for law clerks, paralegals, librarians and others not admitted to the bar but performing services under the supervision of an attorney. The terms “attorneys’ fees” or “attorneys’ fees and costs” shall also include, without limitation, all such fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred with respect to appeals, arbitrations, bankruptcy proceedings and any post-judgment proceedings to collect any judgment, and whether or not any action or proceeding is brought with respect to the matter for which said fees and expenses were incurred. The provisions allowing for the recovery of post-judgment fees, costs and expenses are separate and several and shall survive the merger of the applicable Loan Document into any judgment.

SECTION 7.9 Security Agreement, Financing Statement and Fixture Filing. This Deed of Trust is both a real property lien and also a “security agreement”, “fixture filing” and a “financing statement” within the meaning of the U.C.C.. The collateral includes both real and personal property and all of Grantor’s other right, title and interest, whether tangible or intangible, in the Trust Premises. By executing and delivering this Deed of Trust, the Grantor grants to Trustee for the benefit of the Beneficiary, as security for the obligations secured hereby, a security interest in the Trust Premises to the full extent that any of the Trust Premises may be subject to the U.C.C.. Notwithstanding the grant of such security interest to Trustee, the beneficial owner and holder of such security interest is the Beneficiary. The Beneficiary shall be entitled upon the occurrence of an Event of Default to exercise all the remedies of a secured party under the U.C.C. as well as all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

SECTION 7.10 Inspection. Without limiting any other rights of the Beneficiary under this Deed of Trust, the Grantor agrees that the Beneficiary will have the same right, power and authority to enter and inspect the Trust Premises as is granted to a secured lender under Section 2929.5 of the California Civil Code, and that the Beneficiary will have the right to appoint a receiver to enforce the right to enter and inspect the Trust Premises to the extent such authority is provided under California law, including the authority given to a secured lender under Section 564(c) of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

SECTION 7.11 Marshaling of Assets, etc. Without limiting any other waivers by the Grantor under this Deed of Trust, the Grantor waives any rights, legal or equitable, to require marshaling of assets or to require foreclosure sales in a particular order, including any rights under California Civil Code Sections 2899 and 3433, and all rights of the Grantor under California Civil Code Section 2822.

SECTION 7.12 Environmental Provisions. Without limiting any of the remedies provided in the Loan Documents, the Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any and all environmental reporting, compliance and indemnity obligations of the Grantor pursuant to this Deed of Trust are environmental provisions (as defined in Section 736(f)(2) of the California Code of Civil Procedure) made by the Grantor relating to the real property security (the “Environmental Provisions”), and that the Grantor’s failure to comply with the Environmental Provisions is a breach of contract such that the Beneficiary shall have the remedies provided under Section 736 of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“Section 736”) for the recovery of damages and for the enforcement of the Environmental Provisions. Pursuant to Section 736, the Beneficiary’s action for recovery of damages or enforcement of the Environmental Provisions shall not constitute an action within the meaning of Section 726(a) of the California Code of


Civil Procedure or constitute a money judgment for a deficiency or a deficiency judgment within the meaning of Sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726(b) of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Other than the remedy provided under Section 736, all remedies provided for by the Loan Documents are separate and distinct causes of action that are not abrogated, modified, limited or otherwise affected by the remedies provided under Section 736(a) of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

SECTION 7.13 Judicial Reference. Without limiting the Beneficiary’s right to conduct and pursue any non-judicial proceeding/remedy permitted by applicable law, including a non-judicial trustee’s sale, if and to the extent that Section 6.10 of this Deed of Trust is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or is otherwise not applied by any such court the Grantor hereby consents and agrees that (a) any and all disputes and litigation shall be heard by a referee in accordance with the general reference provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638, sitting without a jury in the county of the State where the Property is located, (b) such referee shall hear and determine all of the issues in any such dispute (whether of fact or of law), including issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8, including without limitation, entering restraining orders, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing temporary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers, and shall report a statement of decision, provided that, if during the course of any dispute any party desires to seek such a “provisional remedy” but a referee has not been appointed, or is otherwise unavailable to hear the request for such provisional remedy, then such party may apply to the Superior Court in the county in which the Trust Premises is located for such provisional relief, and (c) pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 640(a), judgment may be entered upon the decision of such referee in the same manner as if the dispute had been tried directly by a court. The parties shall use their respective commercially reasonable and good faith efforts to agree upon and select such referee, provided that such referee must be a retired California state or federal judge, and further provided that if the parties cannot agree upon a referee, the referee shall be appointed by the presiding judge of such Superior Court. Each party hereto acknowledges that this consent and agreement is a material inducement to enter into the Loan Documents and all other agreements and instruments provided for herein or therein, and that each will continue to be bound by and to rely on this consent and agreement in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this consent and agreement with legal counsel of its own choosing, or has had an opportunity to do so, and that it knowingly and voluntarily gives this consent and enters into this agreement having had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel. This consent and agreement is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified either orally or in writing, and this consent and agreement shall apply to any subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements, or modifications to this Deed of Trust or any other agreement or document entered into between the parties in connection with this Deed of Trust. In the event of litigation, this Deed of Trust may be filed as evidence of either or both parties’ consent and agreement to have any and all disputes heard and determined by a referee under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638.

Grantor’s Initial:                 


SECTION 7.14 Rights Cumulative. This Deed of Trust is intended to be cumulative of any rights of the Beneficiary under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 564, 726.5 and 736 and under California Civil Code Section 2929.5. The Grantor hereby waives any restrictions or limitations which such statutes may impose on the Grantor’s liability or the Beneficiary’s rights or remedies under this Deed of Trust.

SECTION 7.15 Additional Waivers. Grantor has executed and delivered this Deed of Trust with the intent of subjecting its interests in the Trust Premises to the lien of this Deed of Trust as security for the Obligations which include Obligations of parties other than Grantor (each an “Other Obligor”). Grantor hereby agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, not to assert or take advantage of:

(a) Any right to require Beneficiary to proceed against any Other Obligor, as maker of any of the Notes or other Loan Documents or any other person or to proceed against or exhaust any other security held by Beneficiary at any time or to pursue any other remedy in Beneficiary’s power before exercising any right or remedy under this Deed of Trust.

(b) Any defense that may arise by reason of:

(i) Beneficiary’s failure to proceed against any Other Obligor’s property, or any other party against whom Beneficiary might assert a claim, before proceeding against Grantor under this Deed of Trust; or

(ii) The release, suspension, discharge or impairment of any of Beneficiary’s rights against any Other Obligor or any other party against whom Beneficiary might assert a claim, whether such release, suspension, discharge or impairment is explicit, tacit or inadvertent; or

(iii) Beneficiary’s failure to pursue any other remedies available to Beneficiary that would reduce the burden of the Obligations secured hereby on Grantor’s interests in the Trust Premises; or

(iv) Any extension of the time for the payment or performance of any Other Obligor’s obligations under any Note, or any of the other Loan Documents; or

(v) Any amendment of this Deed of Trust, any Note or any of the other Loan Documents, whether or not such amendment materially affects the risk that Grantor has assumed by executing this Deed of Trust; or

(vi) The incapacity or lack of authority of any Other Obligor or any person or persons; or

(vii) The failure of Beneficiary to file or enforce a claim against the estate (in either administration, bankruptcy or any other proceedings) of any partner of any Other Obligor or any other person or persons.

(c) Demand, protest and notice of any kind, including, without limitation, the following notices:


(d) Notice of the evidence, creation or incurring of any new or additional Obligations or obligation (provided that such Obligations or obligation is not secured by this Deed of Trust); or

(e) Notice of any action or non action on the part of any Other Obligor or Beneficiary in connection with any obligation or evidence of Obligations held by Beneficiary as collateral; or

(f) Notice of payment or non payment by any Other Obligor of the Obligations secured by this Deed of Trust.

(g) Any right to assert against Beneficiary any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by Beneficiary to foreclose, either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of the power of sale, this Deed of Trust, which in any manner impairs, reduces, releases, destroys or extinguishes Grantor’s subrogation rights, rights to proceed against any Other Obligor for reimbursement, or any other rights of Grantor to proceed against any other person or security. Grantor waives all rights and defenses to enforcement of all or any part of the Obligations secured hereby which defenses are based on an election of remedies by Beneficiary, even though the election of remedies, such as nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to this Deed of Trust, will destroy Grantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Other Obligors by operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Grantor makes this waiver with full knowledge that if Beneficiary (i) waives a deficiency judgment in a judicial foreclosure, or (ii) exercises the power of sale under this Deed of Trust, any action by Grantor against any Other Obligor to obtain reimbursement of any amount paid by Grantor hereunder will be barred by reason of (x) Beneficiary’s waiver of such deficiency in a judicial foreclosure or (y) Beneficiary’s exercise of such power of sale under the provisions of Section 580(d) of the California Code of Civil Procedure which provides that no judgment shall be rendered for any deficiency upon a note secured by a Deed of Trust upon real property in any case in which the real property has been sold by the trustee under the power of sale contained in the Deed of Trust. Grantor understands that absent the waiver set forth herein, Grantor would have a defense to its obligations hereunder with respect to a deficiency following a nonjudicial foreclosure or a judicial foreclosure in which the Beneficiary waived its right to a deficiency judgment against any Other Obligor and that by granting this waiver, Grantor is waiving this defense which Grantor would have against Beneficiary.

(h) Any rights arising because of Grantor’s payment or satisfaction of the Obligations secured hereby (i) against any Other Obligor, by way of subrogation to the rights of Beneficiary or otherwise, or (ii) against any other guarantor or any other party obligated to pay any of the Obligations secured hereby, by way of contribution or reimbursement or otherwise, but only until the Obligations secured hereby is paid in full.

(i) Any duty on the part of Beneficiary to disclose to Grantor any default under any Note or any other Loan Document.

(j) Any duty on the part of Beneficiary to disclose to Grantor any facts Beneficiary may now know or may hereafter know about any Other Obligor or any successors in interest (if any) regardless of whether Beneficiary (i) has reason to believe that any such facts


materially increase the risk beyond the risk which Grantor intends to assume by executing this Deed of Trust, (ii) has reason to believe that these facts are unknown to Grantor or (iii) has a reasonable opportunity to communicate such facts to Grantor, it being understood and agreed that Grantor is fully responsible for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of Other Obligors or any successor in interest of any Other Obligor and of all circumstances bearing on the risk of non payment of any Obligations of any Other Obligor to Beneficiary that is secured hereby.

(k) Any right to object to the release of any portions of the Trust Premises from the lien of this Deed of Trust notwithstanding the fact that such releases may be made without Beneficiary having received any or adequate consideration therefor.

Grantor further agrees that with respect to any obligation secured hereby Beneficiary may, in such manner and upon such terms and at such times as Beneficiary deems best and without demand or notice to or consent of Grantor (i) release any party now or hereafter liable for the performance of any such obligation, (ii) extend the time for the performance of any such obligation, (iii) accept additional security therefor, and (iv) alter, substitute or release any property securing such performance.

Before executing this Deed of Trust, Grantor has made such independent legal and factual inquiries and investigations as Grantor deemed necessary or desirable with respect to the ability of Other Obligors to honor all of Other Obligors’ covenants and agreements with Beneficiary, and Grantor has relied solely on said independent inquiries and investigations preparatory to entering into this Deed of Trust.

Grantor agrees that Beneficiary may enforce this Deed of Trust without the necessity of resorting to or exhausting any security or collateral securing the Obligations, without the necessity of proceeding against any guarantor, and without the necessity of proceeding against any Other Obligor. Grantor hereby waives the right to require Beneficiary to proceed against any Other Obligor, to foreclose any lien on any real or personal property securing the Obligations, to exercise any right or remedy under the Loan Documents, to pursue any other remedy or to enforce any other right.

Notwithstanding any modification, discharge or extension of the Obligations or any amendment, modification, stay or cure of Beneficiary’s rights which may occur in any bankruptcy or reorganization case or proceeding concerning any Other Obligor, whether permanent or temporary, and whether assented to by Beneficiary, Grantor hereby agrees that it shall be obligated hereunder to pay and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Deed of Trust. Grantor understands and acknowledges that by virtue of this Deed of Trust, it has specifically assumed any and all risks of a bankruptcy or reorganization case or proceeding with respect to Other Obligors. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, any subsequent modification of the Obligations in any reorganization case concerning any Other Obligor shall not affect the obligation of Grantor to perform its obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.


SECTION 7.16 Controlling Provisions. In the event of any conflict between this Article VII and any other provisions of this Deed of Trust, the provisions of this Article VII shall control.

[No further text on this page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Deed of Trust to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTOR:

 

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION, a California corporation

 

By:                                                                                                   
 

Name:

Title:

DEED OF TRUST AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

 

 

State of California

 

  }
County of                                       

 

On   

 

   before me,                                                                                                                                                           ,  
       Date                       Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer

 

personally appeared  

 

  Name(s) of Signer(s)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ,

 

Place Notary Seal Above

 

  

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature                                                                                                          

Signature of Notary Public


SCHEDULE 1

Description of the Land

[To be attached]


SCHEDULE 2

Permitted Encumbrances

[To be attached]


EXHIBIT F

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

This Compliance Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section INSERT AS APPLICABLE]30 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and in the Attachments hereto have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

Holdings hereby certifies and warrants that as of             31 (the “Computation Date”), except as described on Schedule 1 attached hereto, (a) no Default or Event of Default had occurred and was continuing and (b) the representations and warranties of Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents were true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as if made on such date; provided, that such representations and warranties (i) that relate solely to an earlier date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) shall be true and correct in all respects if they are qualified by a materiality standard. Holdings hereby further certifies and warrants that as of the Computation Date:

(1) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was              to 1.00, as computed on Attachment 1 hereto. The minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio required pursuant to clause (a) of Section 7.2.4 of the Credit Agreement on the Computation Date is              to 1.00 and, accordingly, the aforementioned requirements of such Section have [not] been satisfied.

(2) Leverage Ratio. The Leverage Ratio was              to 1.00, as computed on Attachment 2 hereto. The maximum Leverage Ratio allowed pursuant to clause (b) of Section 7.2.4 of the Credit Agreement on the Computation Date is              to 1.00 and, accordingly, the aforementioned requirements of such Section have [not] been satisfied.

(3) Capital Expenditures. The total Capital Expenditures made in the Fiscal Year ending on the Computation Date was [$            ]. The maximum Capital Expenditures permitted to be made in such Fiscal Year is [$            ]32 and, accordingly, the aforementioned requirements of such Section have [not] been satisfied.33

 

30 

Compliance Certificates required pursuant to Sections 7.1.1(d), 7.2.7(a)(v)(A), 7.2.7(a)(v)(B) and in connection with Permitted Acquisitions.

31 

The last day of the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter of Holdings.

32 

May be adjusted as set forth in Section 7.2.5 of the Credit Agreement.

33 

Include only in connection with a Compliance Certificate having a December 31st Computation Date.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Certificate to be executed and delivered by its Financial Officer on this          day of                     .

 

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

 

By:                                                                                                    
  Name:
  Title:

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

SIGNATURE PAGE


SCHEDULE 1

[DESCRIBE, IF ANY DEFAULTS OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT AS OF THE

COMPUTATION DATE]


ATTACHMENT 1

FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO

 

A.     EBITDA for the Rolling Period.34

  

(1)    Net Income during such period.

   $                        

(2)    Interest Expense during such period and, to the extent not reflected in such Interest Expense, any (i) non-cash losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Agreements (including any applicable termination payment) entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (ii) bank and financing fees (including commitment and agency fees) and out-of-pocket transaction costs and expenses with respect to the Loan Documents that were or are incurred.

   $                        

(3)    Out-of-pocket transaction costs and expenses with respect to the 2012 Equity Offering in calendar years 2011 and 2012 (in an aggregate amount not to exceed, in the case of such costs and expenses in calendar year 2012, $2,000,000).

   $                        

(4)    The amount deducted, in determining Net Income, of all income, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholdings taxes (whether paid or deferred and including any penalties and default interest payments) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period.

   $                        

(5)    The amount deducted, in determining Net Income, representing amortization and depreciation of assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period.

   $                        

(6)    Non-cash compensation, in the form of Equity Interests in Holdings, paid to employees, officers or directors of Holdings or its Subsidiaries during such period.

   $                        

(7)    Any other non-cash charges, including (i) any non-cash write-offs or write-downs, (ii) non-cash equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) non-cash losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets or long-lived assets and (iv) all non-cash losses from investments recorded using

   $                        

 

34 

For the Fiscal Quarters ending March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based only upon the one Fiscal Quarter, two Fiscal Quarter and three Fiscal Quarter, respectively, financial results of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (and not based upon the Rolling Period financial results of Holdings and its Subsidiaries).


the equity method.

  

(8)    Any net non-cash loss resulting during such period from currency transaction losses.

   $                        

(9)    EBITDA for the Rolling Period:

   $                        

The  sum of Items A(1) through A(8).

  

B.     Capital Expenditures: the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such Rolling Period (other than Capital Expenditures financed (or refinanced) to the extent permitted by clause (e) of Section 7.2.2 of the Credit Agreement or from the proceeds of Delayed Draw Term Loans); provided that the foregoing shall not include the Capital Expenditures Exclusion.

   $                        

C.     Taxes: all income and franchise taxes required to be paid in cash by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such Rolling Period.

   $                        

D.     Restricted Payments: all restricted payments (whether or not financed with the proceeds of a Delayed Draw Term Loan) paid by Holdings in cash of the type referred to in clause (a)(v) of Section 7.2.7 of the Credit Agreement for such Rolling Period; provided, that with respect to any such restricted payment that is paid to a holder of Equity Interests of Holdings who is not known by an Authorized Officer of Holdings to be a Minority Stockholder (or to a Person acting on behalf of a Person that is not a Minority Stockholder) that is financed (or refinanced) from the proceeds of a Delayed Draw Term Loan, only 50% of the principal amount of each such Delayed Draw Term Loan shall be counted for purposes of this Item D.

   $                        

E.     Earn-outs: all earn-outs and similar deferred consideration that is paid in cash during such Rolling Period pursuant to any acquisition of Holdings or its Subsidiaries that was consummated during or prior to such Rolling Period.

   $                        

F.      Adjusted EBITDA.

   $                        

Item A(9) minus each of Item B through Item E.

  

G.     Interest Expense: all Interest Expense required to be paid in cash in respect of Funded Debt during such Rolling Period.

   $                        

H.     Scheduled Principal Payments: all regularly scheduled amortization payments of principal of Indebtedness (including scheduled payments of the Term Loans and the Delayed Draw Term Loans but excluding (i) any final or “balloon” payments thereof

   $                        


required to be made at maturity and any re-margin payments, (ii) scheduled repayments of the Revolving Loans and other Indebtedness subject to reborrowing to the extent not accompanied by a concurrent and permanent reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount or equivalent loan commitment, as the case may be, and (iii) for the avoidance of doubt, any payments made pursuant to a mandatory prepayment, mandatory.

  

I.       The sum of Item G and Item H.

   $                        

J.      Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.35

              to 1.00   

The ratio of Item F to Item I.

  

 

35 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) for the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2012 the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based solely upon those elements included in the calculation thereof for the one Fiscal Quarter period ending on March 31, 2012 (and not for the Rolling Period ending on March 31, 2012); (b) for the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2012 the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based solely upon those elements included in the calculation thereof for the two Fiscal Quarter period ending on June 30, 2012 (and not for the Rolling Period ending on June 30, 2012); and (c) for the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2012 the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based solely upon those elements included in the calculation thereof for the three Fiscal Quarter period ending on September 30, 2012 (and not for the Rolling Period ending on September 30, 2012). From and after December 31, 2012, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based upon the relevant elements included in the calculation thereof for each relevant applicable Rolling Period.


ATTACHMENT 2

LEVERAGE RATIO

 

A.     Outstanding Funded Debt.

  

(1)    Aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans.

   $                        

(2)    Aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings (only to the extent, however, of unpaid reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that have been drawn).

   $                        

(3)    Aggregate principal amount of Term Loans.

   $                        

(4)    Aggregate principal amount of Delayed Draw Term Loans.

   $                        

(5)    Aggregate amount of Capitalized Lease Liabilities.

   $                        

(6)    Aggregate principal amount of all other obligations for borrowed money.

   $                        

(7)    Disqualified Equity Interests (only to the extent of any such obligations that are actually due and payable as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter).

   $                        

(8)    Total Funded Debt.

   $                        

The sum of Items A(1) to A(7).

  

B.     EBITDA for the Rolling Period.

   $                        

Item A(9) from Attachment 1.

  

C.     Leverage Ratio.

   $                        

The ratio of Item A(8) to Item B.

  


EXHIBIT G

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of April [    ], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), made by APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION, a California corporation and APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION, a California corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”) and each of the other Persons (such capitalized term and all other capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein to have the meanings provided for in Article I) listed on the signature pages hereof as a “Grantor” (Holdings, the Borrowers, such other Persons and the Additional Grantors are collectively referred to as the “Grantors” and individually as a “Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the Lender Parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders have extended Commitments to make Credit Extensions to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the initial Credit Extension under the Credit Agreement, each Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, each Grantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders and each other Lender Party to make Credit Extensions (including the initial Credit Extension) to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor agrees, with the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the benefit of each other Lender Party, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Certain Terms. The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

Additional Grantors is defined in clause (b) of Section 7.2.

Administrative Agentis defined in the preamble.

Agreementis defined in the preamble.


BorrowerandBorrowers are defined in the preamble.

Collateralis defined in Section 2.1.

Credit Agreement is defined in the first recital.

Grantor andGrantors are defined in the preamble.

Holdings is defined in the preamble.

LLC Agreement is defined in clause (c)(ii)(A) of Section 2.1.

Partnership Agreementis defined in clause (c)(ii)(A) of Section 2.1.

Pledge Agreement Supplement is defined in clause (b) of Section 7.2.

Pledged Equity Interestsmeans all Pledged Shares, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged Membership Interests.

Pledged Membership Interests is defined in clause (c)(i) of Section 2.1.

Pledged Notesis defined in clause (a) of Section 2.1.

Pledged Partnership Interests is defined in clause (c)(ii) of Section 2.1.

Pledged Shares is defined in clause (b) of Section 2.1.

Proceeds has the meaning provided for in the U.C.C. and includes, without limitation, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any Grantor from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to any Grantor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any Governmental Authority, (c) any recoveries by any Grantor against third parties with respect to any litigation or dispute concerning any of the Collateral including claims arising out of the loss or nonconformity of, interference with the use of, defects in, or infringement of rights in, or damage to, the Collateral, and (d) any and all other amounts, rights to payment or other property acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of the Collateral and all rights arising out of Collateral.

Secured Obligations” is defined in Section 2.2.

Securities Actis defined in Section 6.2.

Securities Issuermeans any issuer that has issued any Pledged Equity Interest or is the borrower under any Pledged Note, including but not limited to each Person listed under the heading “Securities Issuer” in Items A, B, C and D of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).


U.C.C.means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if, by reason of applicable Law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral granted under this Agreement is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, then as to such matters “U.C.C.” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction.

SECTION 1.2 Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 1.3 U.C.C. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in the U.C.C. are used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, with such meanings.

ARTICLE II

PLEDGE

SECTION 2.1 Grant of Security Interest. Each Grantor hereby pledges and collaterally assigns to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each of the Lender Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each of the Lender Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now or hereafter existing or acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”):

(a) all promissory notes listed on Item A of Schedule I hereto and all additional intercompany promissory notes that are required, pursuant to the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, to be pledged and delivered by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent as Collateral hereunder (as such promissory notes are amended, modified, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and together with any extension or renewal thereof or substitution therefor, collectively the Pledged Notes”);

(b) all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Securities Issuer identified in Item B of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and all additional shares of capital stock of Subsidiaries of Holdings and either Borrower from time to time acquired by such Grantor in any manner (other than voting capital stock in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, in which case only 66% of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of such Grantor in such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), whether or not such shares of capital stock are certificated, but, in any event, including the shares of capital stock identified in Item B of Schedule I attached hereto (collectively, the “Pledged Shares”), and all options, warrants and other rights to acquire additional Pledged Shares;

(c) (i) all Equity Interests in each Securities Issuer which is a limited liability company identified in Item C of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and all additional Equity Interests in the form of limited liability company membership interests of Subsidiaries of Holdings acquired from time to time by such Grantor (other than voting Equity Interests in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary,


in which case only 66% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of such Grantor in such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), whether or not such limited liability company membership interests are certificated, but, in any event, including the limited liability company interests identified in Item C of Schedule I attached hereto (collectively, the “Pledged Membership Interests”), and (ii) all Equity Interests in each Securities Issuer which is a partnership identified in Item D of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and all additional interests in the form of partnership interests of Subsidiaries of Holdings acquired from time to time by such Grantor (other than voting Equity Interests in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, in which case only 66% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of such Grantor in such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), whether or not such partnership interests are certificated, but, in any event, including the partnership interests identified in Item D of Schedule I attached hereto (collectively, the “Pledged Partnership Interests”), including, in each case, (A) all rights (but not obligations) of each applicable Grantor as a member or partner thereof, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable limited liability company agreement or other related Organizational Document (collectively, the “LLC Agreement”), partnership agreement or other related Organizational Document (collectively, the “Partnership Agreement”) or otherwise, and all rights to receive distributions, cash, instruments and other property and assets from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed thereunder, (B) all claims of each Grantor for damages arising out of or for breach of or default under the applicable LLC Agreement or Partnership Agreement, as the case may be, (C) the right of each applicable Grantor to terminate the applicable LLC Agreement or Partnership Agreement, as the case may be, to perform and exercise consensual or voting rights thereunder, and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder, (D) all rights of each applicable Grantor, whether as a member or partner thereof, as the case may be, or otherwise, to all property and assets of the Securities Issuer (whether real property, inventory, equipment, contract rights, accounts, receivables, general intangibles, securities, instruments, chattel paper, documents, choses in action, or otherwise) and (E) certificates or instruments evidencing an ownership, partnership or membership interest in the applicable Securities Issuer or its assets, together with all options, warrants and other rights to acquire additional Pledged Membership Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests;

(d) all dividends, distributions, interest and other payments and rights with respect to any of the items listed in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above; and

(e) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing Collateral.

SECTION 2.2 Security for Obligations. This Agreement secures the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations, including all amounts payable by Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document, whether for principal, interest, costs, fees, expenses, indemnities or otherwise and whether now or hereafter existing (all of such obligations being the “Secured Obligations”).

SECTION 2.3 Delivery of Collateral. (a) All Pledged Equity Interests that are evidenced by a physical certificate, and all other certificates or instruments representing or evidencing any Collateral, including any Pledged Notes, shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of (and, in the case of the Pledged Notes, endorsed to the order of) the Administrative


Agent pursuant hereto at the times required by the Credit Agreement, shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery and shall be accompanied by all necessary instruments of transfer or assignment, duly executed in blank.

(b) All Pledged Equity Interests that are not evidenced by a physical certificate shall be perfected by the filing of the appropriate U.C.C.-1 financing statements in the applicable U.C.C. filing office in the United States and any such further action as is required, in the case of any Securities Issuer that is a Domestic Subsidiary, to perfect in favor of the Administrative Agent a first priority security interest therein pursuant to the U.C.C.

(c) If any Pledged Equity Interests that are not evidenced by a physical certificate become evidenced by a physical certificate, then each applicable Grantor shall promptly (and, in any event, within five Business Days thereafter or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) (i) notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and (ii) comply with the provisions of clause (a), in each case with respect to such newly-certificated Pledged Equity Interests.

SECTION 2.4 Voting Rights; Dividends, Distributions and Payments. (a) In the event that any dividend or distribution is to be paid on any Pledged Equity Interest or any payment of principal or interest is to be made on any Pledged Note at a time when an Event of Default has not occurred and is continuing, such dividend, distribution or payment may, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, be paid directly to each Grantor. In addition, except during the continuance of any Event of Default and following receipt by any relevant Grantor of a notice described in clause (b)(ii), such Grantor may exercise its voting and other consensual rights with respect to the Pledged Equity Interests and Pledged Notes, provided that the same is exercised in a manner not prohibited under the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations set forth herein, all distributions paid on the Pledged Equity Interests in the form of additional Equity Interests shall be paid and delivered to the Administrative Agent and held as additional Collateral hereunder.

(b) Each Grantor agrees that if any Event of Default shall have occurred and only so long as such Event of Default is continuing:

(i) such Grantor shall, promptly upon receipt thereof and without any request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver (properly endorsed where required hereby or requested by the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent all dividends, distributions, interest, principal, other cash payments and Proceeds of the Collateral, all of which shall be held by the Administrative Agent as Collateral for use in accordance with Section 6.3; and

(ii) after the Administrative Agent has notified such Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intention to exercise its voting power under this clause:

(A) the Administrative Agent may exercise (to the exclusion of such Grantor) the voting power and all other incidental rights of ownership with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests or other Equity Interests constituting Collateral, and such Grantor


hereby grants the Administrative Agent an irrevocable proxy, exercisable under such circumstances, to vote the Pledged Equity Interests and such other Collateral; and

(B) such Grantor shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent such additional proxies and other documents as may be necessary to allow the Administrative Agent to exercise such voting power.

(c) All dividends, distributions, interest, principal, cash payments and proceeds which may at any time and from time to time be held by any Grantor but which such Grantor is then obligated to deliver to the Administrative Agent shall, until delivery to the Administrative Agent, be held by each Grantor separate and apart from such Grantor’s other property in trust for the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.5 Continuing Security Interest; Transfer of Notes. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall remain in full force and effect until all the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all Commitments shall have irrevocably terminated, at which time the security interest granted herein shall automatically terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall automatically revert to the Grantors. In the event that any part of the Collateral is sold, transferred or disposed of in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale, transfer or disposition to a Grantor) the security interest granted herein shall automatically terminate with respect to such Collateral and all rights therein shall automatically revert to the applicable Grantor or Grantors. Upon any such termination, the Administrative Agent will, at each Grantor’s sole expense, deliver to such Grantor, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, all certificates and instruments representing or evidencing all Pledged Equity Interests and all Pledged Notes, together with all other Collateral held by the Administrative Agent hereunder, and execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents or instruments as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release (including the execution and delivery of appropriate U.C.C.-3 termination statements and other releases as may be reasonably necessary and appropriate to effect the release and shall authorize the filing, as applicable, of all such documents or instruments).

SECTION 2.6 Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Administrative Agent and the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Loan Document;

(b) the failure of any Lender Party:


(i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against any Grantor, any other Loan Party or any other Person under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; or

(ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of, or collateral securing, any Secured Obligation of any Grantor or any other Loan Party;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations or any other extension, compromise or renewal of any Obligation of any Grantor or any other Loan Party, including any increase in the Secured Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Grantor or any other Loan Party or otherwise;

(d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Secured Obligation of any Grantor or any other Loan Party for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Grantor hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Secured Obligation of any Grantor, any other Loan Party or otherwise;

(e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms of any Loan Document;

(f) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or non-perfection of any collateral (including the Collateral), or any amendment to or waiver or release of or addition to or consent to departure from any guaranty, for any of the Secured Obligations; or

(g) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Grantor, any other Loan Party, any surety or any guarantor or otherwise (including as a result of any proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 8.1.9 of the Credit Agreement), other than (i) performance in accordance with the requirements of the Loan Documents or (ii) the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) having been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, having been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer).

SECTION 2.7 Grantors Remain Liable. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

(a) each Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein, and shall perform all of such Grantor’s duties and obligations under such contracts and agreements to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed;


(b) each Grantor will comply in all respects with all Laws relating to the ownership and operation of the Collateral, except where the failure to comply, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of such Grantor’s duties or obligations under such Grantor’s Organizational Documents or any contract or agreement included in the Collateral; and

(d) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Lender Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Organizational Document or any contracts or agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

SECTION 2.8 Waiver of Subrogation. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives to the extent permitted by applicable Law and until all the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all the Commitments have been irrevocably terminated, any claim or other rights which such Grantor may now or hereafter acquire against Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party that arises from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Grantor’s obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Lender Party against Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party or any collateral which any Lender Party now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract or Law. If any amount shall be paid to any Grantor in violation of the preceding sentence, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Grantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for, the Lender Parties, and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured. Each Grantor acknowledges that such Grantor will receive direct and indirect benefits for the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that the waiver set forth in this Section is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Grantor represents and warrants unto each Lender Party, as of the date such Grantor becomes a party to this Agreement, the making of each Credit Extension and each pledge and delivery by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent of any Collateral, as set forth in this Article.


SECTION 3.1 Ownership, No Liens, etc. Such Grantor has pledged to the Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of each other Lender Party, all the Pledged Equity Interests that it is required to pledge pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of, and has good title to (and has full right and authority to pledge and assign) the Collateral, free and clear of all Liens (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement). All of the Pledged Equity Interests have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and have not been issued or transferred in violation of any securities or other applicable Law. Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, there are no existing options, warrants, calls or purchase rights with respect to the Pledged Equity Interests.

SECTION 3.2 Valid Security Interest. Execution and delivery of this Agreement, together with (i) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of any Pledged Equity Interests in certificated form and Pledged Notes, in each case of each Securities Issuer that is a Domestic Subsidiary, and (ii) the filing of appropriate U.C.C.-1 financing statements with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests that are uncertificated of each Securities Issuer that is a Domestic Subsidiary, is effective to create a valid, perfected, first priority security interest therein (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement) and all Proceeds thereof, securing the Secured Obligations, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lender Parties.

SECTION 3.3 As to Pledged Notes.

(a) Item A of Schedule I hereto correctly sets forth, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension, a true and complete list of all intercompany Indebtedness owing to any Loan Party.

(b) Each Pledged Note has been duly authorized, executed, endorsed, issued and delivered, and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each borrower thereunder, subject in each case to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Law affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

SECTION 3.4 As to Pledged Shares.

(a) Item B of Schedule I hereto correctly sets forth, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension, a true and complete list of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Securities Issuer owned by a Grantor.

(b) In the case of any Pledged Shares constituting Collateral, all of such Pledged Shares are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable, and constitute all of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock (or, in the case of a Securities Issuer that is an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, solely 66% of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock) and 100% of the non-voting shares of capital stock of each Securities Issuer thereof owned by the applicable Grantor.


SECTION 3.5 As to Pledged Membership Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests, etc.

(a) Items C and D of Schedule I hereto correctly sets forth, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension, true and complete lists of all of the issued and outstanding membership interests or partnership interests, as the case may be, of each Securities Issuer owned by a Grantor.

(b) In the case of any Pledged Membership Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests constituting Collateral, all of such Pledged Equity Interests are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and constitute all of the issued and outstanding partnership interests and membership interests held by such Grantor in the applicable Securities Issuer (other than voting partnership interests or membership interests in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, in which case only 66% of the issued and outstanding voting partnership interests or membership interests of such Grantor in such Excluded Foreign Subsidiary). In the case of any Pledged Membership Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests, in each case of a Securities Issuer that is a Domestic Subsidiary, constituting Collateral that are not certificated, all appropriate U.C.C. financing statement filings have been filed (or will be filed by the times required by the Credit Agreement) to perfect in favor of the Administrative Agent a first priority security interest therein (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement), and other than filings and other actions contemplated by any of the Loan Documents, no further authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice or further filing with, any Governmental Authority is required with respect thereto.

(c) Except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, each LLC Agreement and Partnership Agreement to which the Grantor is a party, true and complete copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent, has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by such Grantor, has not been amended or otherwise modified except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, is in full force and effect, and is binding upon and enforceable against such Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights and remedies generally and (ii) general principles of equity (whether considered at a proceeding at law or in equity). There exists no material default (or other default that could reasonably be expected to impair the interests or rights of the Administrative Agent in any material respect) under any such LLC Agreement or Partnership Agreement by such Grantor.

(d) With respect to any Pledged Membership Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, in each case of a Securities Issuer that is a Domestic Subsidiary, that are evidenced by certificates, the applicable LLC Agreement or Partnership Agreement, as the case may be, expressly provides that such Pledged Membership Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, as the case may be, are “securities” governed by Article 8 of the U.C.C. and are required to be in certificated form.

(e) Such Grantor has the power and legal capacity to execute and carry out the provisions applicable to such Grantor of all such LLC Agreements and Partnership Agreements, as the case may be, to which such Grantor is a party.


(f) The state of organization of each Securities Issuer of any Pledged Membership Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests constituting a part of the Collateral is as set forth in Item C or Item D of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

SECTION 3.6 Other Equity Interests. As of the date of the initial Credit Extension, the Grantors have no Subsidiaries other than (a) the Securities Issuers, (b) Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries and (c) Subsidiaries of Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.7 Authorization, Approval, etc. Other than filings and other actions taken on or contemplated to be taken immediately following the date of the initial Credit Extension or pursuant to Section 4.6, no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority in the United States or any other Person in the United States is required either for (a) the pledge by such Grantor of any Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Grantor or (b) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except, with respect to the Pledged Equity Interests, as may be required in connection with a disposition of such Pledged Equity Interests by Laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally.

SECTION 3.8 Due Execution, Validity, etc. Such Grantor has full power and authority, and holds all requisite licenses, permits and other approvals of Governmental Authorities, to enter into and perform such Grantor’s obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by such Grantor of this Agreement does not contravene or result in a default under (a) such Grantor’s (i) Organizational Documents or (ii) Material Agreements in any material respect, (b) contravene any Law binding on such Grantor, (c) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, or result in the impairment, forfeiture or non-renewal of, any material permit, license, authorization, approval, entitlement, accreditation or privilege of any Governmental Authority or (d) result in, or require the creation or imposition of, any Lien on any such Grantor’s properties (other than Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender Parties). This Agreement has been duly authorized by such Grantor, has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Grantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Grantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and subject to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.1 Protect Collateral; Further Assurances, etc. No Grantor will create or suffer to exist any Lien on the Collateral (except a Lien permitted by Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement). Each Grantor will take reasonable action to warrant and defend the right and title herein granted unto the Administrative Agent in and to the Collateral (and all right, title, and interest represented by the Collateral) against the claims and demands of all Persons (other than the Administrative Agent and the other Lender Parties). Each Grantor agrees that at any time, and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly execute


and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect, preserve and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, no Grantor will permit any Securities Issuer to issue any Equity Interest unless the same (or, in the case of a Securities Issuer that is an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, solely 66% of the same that is voting Equity Interest) is promptly delivered and pledged to the Administrative Agent hereunder pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.1.9 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.2 Powers, etc. (a) Each Grantor agrees that all Pledged Equity Interests in certificated form delivered by such Grantor pursuant to this Agreement will be accompanied by duly executed undated blank powers, or other equivalent instruments of transfer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Each Grantor will, from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent such powers or equivalent instruments, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, with respect to the Collateral and will, from time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent during the continuance of any Event of Default, promptly transfer any Pledged Equity Interests or other Equity Interests constituting Collateral into the name of any nominee designated by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Each Grantor agrees that all Pledged Equity Interests of each Securities Issuer that is a Domestic Subsidiary and that are not in certificated form shall be perfected at all times by the filing of the appropriate U.C.C. financing statements and any such further action as is required to perfect in favor of the Administrative Agent a first priority security interest therein.

SECTION 4.3 Continuous Pledge. Subject to Sections 2.4, 2.5 and 7.2 and other limitations set forth in the Loan Documents, each Grantor will, at all times, keep pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto all Pledged Equity Interests constituting Collateral, all dividends and distributions with respect thereto, all Pledged Notes, all interest, principal and other proceeds received by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Pledged Notes, and all other Collateral and other securities, instruments, proceeds and rights from time to time received by or distributable to such Grantor in respect of any Collateral.

SECTION 4.4 LLC Agreements, Partnership Agreements and other Organizational Documents. (a) Each Grantor shall at such Grantor’s own expense:

(i) Except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, (i) perform in all material respects the terms and provisions of each LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other Organizational Document directly relating to the Pledged Equity Interests, as the case may be, to which such Grantor is a party, (ii) maintain such LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other Organizational Document relating to the Pledged Equity Interests, as the case may be, (iii) enforce, in such Grantor’s reasonable business judgment, such LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other Organizational Document relating to the Pledged Equity Interests, as the case may be, and (iv) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, take all such action to such end as may from time to time


be requested by the Administrative Agent; except for all purposes of this clause (i), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(ii) from time to time (A) furnish to the Administrative Agent such information regarding the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (B) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, make to any other party to such LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other Organizational Document relating to the Collateral, as the case may be, such requests for information and for action as such Grantor is entitled to make thereunder.

(b) No Grantor shall consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification of any of the terms or provisions contained in, or applicable to, any LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other Organizational Document relating to the Collateral in violation of Section 7.2.11 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.5 As to Pledged Notes. (a) If so required pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, any applicable intercompany Indebtedness owing to a Grantor (i) shall be evidenced by a promissory note in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (the foregoing to include, if the borrower of such intercompany Indebtedness is a Borrower, the requirement that such intercompany Indebtedness is subordinated to the repayment of the Secured Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (ii) such promissory note shall be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Each Grantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent enter into any agreement amending, supplementing or waiving any subordination provision of any Pledged Note.

SECTION 4.6 Additional Collateral. Upon any Person becoming, from and after the date of the initial Credit Extension, either a direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Grantor, or upon any Grantor acquiring additional Equity Interests of any existing Subsidiary, each applicable Grantor shall comply with the applicable provisions contained in Section 7.1.8 of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE V

THE Administrative AGENT

SECTION 5.1 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in such Grantor’s own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any and all actions and execute any and all documents and instruments that may, in the judgment of the Administrative Agent, be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on


behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following:

(a) take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under or in respect of any Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under or in respect of any Collateral whenever payable;

(b) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

(c) execute, in connection with any sale or other disposition provided for in Section 6.1, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(d) (i) direct any Person liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (ii) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and give receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (iii) receive, collect, sign and indorse any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with any of the Collateral; (iv) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (v) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (vi) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; and (vii) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Lender Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

Each Grantor hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees that the power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

SECTION 5.2 Administrative Agent May Perform. If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Administrative Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement and the reasonable and documented expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Grantor.

SECTION 5.3 Administrative Agent Has No Duty. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest (on behalf of the Lender Parties) in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty on it to exercise any such powers. The


Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the U.C.C. or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so, nor shall any such Person be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof (including (a) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Pledged Equity Interests, whether or not the Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, and (b) the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral). Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any loss, damage, depreciation or other diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, except in respect of any damages attributable solely to any such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 5.4 Filing of Financing Statements. Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record one or more U.C.C. financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral, in each case for the purpose of perfecting, continuing or protecting the security granted hereunder by each Grantor, in (i) any U.C.C. filing office and (ii) any other offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, in each case, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall provide such Grantor notice of the filing of any such statements with any Governmental Authority outside the United States. Each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to use any collateral description it determines to be reasonably appropriate to describe the Collateral granted pursuant to Section 2.1, which description may include “whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or using words of similar impact or any other description the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, chooses in any such U.C.C. financing statements, including, in any event, the description contained in Exhibit B hereto.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1 Remedies. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Administrative Agent may:

(a) exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it (including, without limitation, as provided in Section 5.1 and clause (b) of Section 2.4), all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the U.C.C. and also may, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, obtaining a final judgment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by Law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other


Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), sell, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing) in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Administrative Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by Law, at least 10 days’ prior notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchase or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Section, any Lender Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Lender Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Lender Party may upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor;

(b) exercise any and all rights and remedies of each Grantor under or in connection with the Collateral, including the right to sue upon or otherwise collect, extend the time for payment of, modify or amend the terms of, compromise or settle for cash, credit, or otherwise upon any terms, grant other indulgences, extensions, renewals, compositions, or releases, and take or omit to take any other action with respect to the Collateral, any security therefor, any agreement relating thereto, any insurance applicable thereto, or any Person liable directly or indirectly in connection with any of the foregoing, without discharging or otherwise affecting the liability of any Grantor for the Obligations or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the Assigned Agreements or otherwise in respect of the Collateral, including any and all rights of such Grantor to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, any Collateral; and

(c) enforce compliance with, and take any and all actions with respect to, each LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement or other Organizational Document, as the case may be, to the fullest extent as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Pledged Membership Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests, Pledged Shares and other Collateral, including the right to receive all distributions and other payments that are made pursuant to such LLC Agreement , Partnership Agreement or other Organizational Document, as the case may be.


SECTION 6.2 Compliance with Restrictions. Each Grantor agrees that in any sale of any of the Collateral whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction in connection with such sale as it may be advised by counsel is necessary in order to avoid any violation of applicable Law (including compliance with such procedures as may restrict the number of prospective bidders and purchasers, require that such prospective bidders and purchasers have certain qualifications, and restrict such prospective bidders and purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale of such Collateral), or in order to obtain any required approval of the sale or of the purchaser by any Governmental Authority or official, and each Grantor further agrees that such compliance shall not result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner, nor shall the Administrative Agent be liable nor accountable to any Grantor for any discount allowed by reason of the fact that such Collateral is sold in compliance with any such limitation or restriction.

SECTION 6.3 Application of Proceeds. All cash proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied (after payment of any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Credit Agreement and Section 6.4) in whole or in part by the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lender Parties against all or any part of the Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement. Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds held by the Administrative Agent and remaining after all the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all Commitments shall have irrevocably terminated, shall be paid over to the applicable Grantor or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

SECTION 6.4 Indemnity and Expenses. Each Grantor agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and its directors, officers, employees, agents, Affiliates and their Related Parties from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement), except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from any such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Grantor agrees to pay all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to this Agreement as provided in Section 10.3 of the Credit Agreement.


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 7.1 Loan Document. This Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Section 1.3 and Article X thereof.

SECTION 7.2 Amendments, etc.; Additional Grantors; Successors and Assigns.

(a) Except for updates, modifications, and other supplements to the schedules to this Agreement made by the Borrower from time to time by delivering a replacement schedule to the Administrative Agent, no amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the percentage of the Lenders as required by Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

(b) Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a pledge agreement supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each a “Pledge Agreement Supplement”), (i) such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Grantor” and shall be and become a Grantor, and each reference in this Agreement to “Grantor” shall also mean and refer to such Additional Collateral Grantor and (ii) the disclosure schedule attached to each Pledge Agreement Supplement shall be incorporated into and become a part of and supplement Schedule I attached hereto, as appropriate, and the Administrative Agent may attach such supplemental disclosure schedules to such Schedules, and each reference to such Schedules shall refer to such Schedules as amended or supplemented by such supplemental disclosure schedules.

(c) Any Grantor that becomes an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or is sold, transferred or disposed of in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement after the date hereof shall, promptly upon such occurrences or such sale, transfer or disposition be automatically released from the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents (and the Collateral owned by such Subsidiary shall automatically be released from the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto and the other Loan Documents), and the Administrative Agent will, at each Grantor’s sole expense and without representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release (including the execution and delivery of appropriate U.C.C.-3 termination statements and other releases as may be necessary and appropriate to effect the release and shall authorize the filing, as applicable, of all such documents and instruments).

(d) In the event that any Foreign Subsidiary previously categorized as an “Excluded Foreign Subsidiary” under the Loan Documents ceases to satisfy such qualifications, the Borrowers shall promptly (and in any event within five Business Days thereafter) cause


such Foreign Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Pledge Agreement Supplement pursuant to the requirements therefor as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

(e) This Agreement shall be binding upon each Grantor and its successors, transferees and assignees, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Grantor may assign except as permitted by the Credit Agreement such Grantor’s obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) any Credit Extension held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender under any Loan Document (including this Agreement) or otherwise, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 7.3 Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made as provided in, and subject to the terms of, Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement. All notices to each Grantor shall be sent care of AMRC at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement and all notices to the Administrative Agent shall be sent as provided in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 7.4 Section Captions. Section captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.5 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 7.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by electronic transmission (including portable document format (“.pdf”) or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.7 Waivers. Each Grantor hereby waives any right, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to receive prior notice of a judicial or other hearing with respect to any action or prejudgment remedy or proceeding by the Administrative Agent to take possession, exercise control over or dispose of any item of Collateral, where such action is permitted under the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or by applicable Law, or of the time, place or terms of sale in connection with the exercise of the Administrative Agent’s rights hereunder. Each Grantor waives, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, any bonds, security or sureties required by the Administrative Agent with respect to any of the Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that such Grantor will not invoke, claim or assert any benefit of applicable Law, or take or attempt to take any action that could reasonably be expected


to have the effect of delaying, impeding or preventing the Administrative Agent from exercising any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Collateral as herein provided.

SECTION 7.8 Governing Law, Entire Agreement, Etc. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDE ANY PRIOR AGREEMENTS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT THERETO.

SECTION 7.9 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY LENDER PARTY OR GRANTOR SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED IN THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH GRANTOR AND LENDER PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH LITIGATION. EACH GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH SUCH GRANTOR MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY GRANTOR HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO SUCH GRANTOR OR SUCH GRANTOR’S PROPERTY, SUCH GRANTOR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF SUCH GRANTOR’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 7.10 Waiver of Jury Trial, etc. EACH LENDER PARTY AND GRANTOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY


WAIVES ANY RIGHTS SUCH GRANTOR MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY LENDER PARTY OR GRANTOR. EACH GRANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SUCH GRANTOR HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 7.11 Waiver of Certain Claims. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO GRANTOR SHALL ASSERT, AND HEREBY WAIVES, ANY CLAIM AGAINST EACH LENDER PARTY ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (AS OPPOSED TO DIRECT OR ACTUAL DAMAGES) ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 7.12 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

By:

 
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION

By:

 
 

 

  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION

By:

 
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

APPLIED MEDICAL PROPERTIES I, LLC

By: Applied Medical Resources Corporation, as its Sole Member

By:

 
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


APPLIED MEDICAL PROPERTIES II, LLC
By: Applied Medical Resources Corporation, as its Sole Member

By:

 
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent

By:

 
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


Schedule I

to

Pledge Agreement

Item A. Pledged Notes

 

Grantor

   Securities
Issuer
   Original
Principal
Amount and
Date

Item B. Pledged Shares

 

Grantor

   Securities
Issuer
   Authorized
Shares
   Outstanding
Shares
(Class and
Par Value)
   % of Shares
Pledged
   Certificate
No. of
Pledged
Shares

Item C. Pledged Membership Interests

 

Grantor

   State of
Organization of
Securities Issuer
   Securities
Issuer
   No. of
Outstanding
Membership
Interests
   Membership
Interests %
of Interests
Pledged
   Certificate
No. of
Pledged
Membership
Interests (if
applicable)

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT SCHEDULE I


Item D. Pledged Partnership Interests

 

Grantor

   State of
Organization of
Securities Issuer
   Securities
Issuer
   Type and
no. of
outstanding
Pledged
Partnership
Interests
   Partnership
% of
Pledge
Partnership
Interest
   Certificate
No. of
Pledged
Partnership
Interests

(if
applicable)


EXHIBIT A

to

Pledge Agreement

FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

[Date]

Citibank, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

20 Pacifica, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Attention: Alison Davis

Senior Vice President

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Pledge Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein without being defined have the meanings provided for in the Pledge Agreement), by Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”) and certain other Persons listed on the signature pages thereto as a “Grantor”(the Borrowers, such other Persons and the Additional Grantors are collectively referred to as the “Grantors” and individually as a “Grantor”), in favor of Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the Lender Parties.

The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to become a Grantor under the Pledge Agreement as if the undersigned were an original party thereto and agrees that each reference in the Pledge Agreement to a “Grantor” shall also mean and refer to the undersigned.

The undersigned hereby pledges and collaterally assigns to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lender Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lender Parties, as collateral for the Secured Obligations, a security interest in, all of the right, title and interest of the undersigned in and to the undersigned’s Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Pledge Agreement, as if such Collateral of the undersigned had been subject to the Pledge Agreement on the date of its original execution.

The undersigned has attached hereto a supplement to Schedule I to the Pledge Agreement, and the undersigned hereby certifies that such supplement is accurate and complete as of the date first above written.


The undersigned hereby makes each representation and warranty set forth in Article III of the Pledge Agreement as to itself and as to the undersigned’s Collateral to the same extent as each other Grantor, and hereby agrees to be bound as a Grantor by all of the terms and provisions of the Pledge Agreement to the same extent as all the other Grantors.

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:
CITIBANK, N.A.,
    as Administrative Agent
By:  
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT B

to

Pledge Agreement

FORM OF FINANCING STATEMENT ATTACHMENT

[Insert copy of collateral description attachment from U.C.C.-1 financing statement filed against Holdings, as Grantor hereunder and debtor thereunder]


EXHIBIT H

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of April [        ], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), made by APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION, a California corporation, and APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION, a California corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), and each of the other Persons (such capitalized term and all other capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein to have the meanings provided for in Article I) listed on the signature pages hereof as a “Grantor” (the Borrowers, such other Persons and the Additional Grantors are collectively referred to as the “Grantors” and individually as a “Grantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the Lender Parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), the Borrowers, the Lenders parties thereto from time to time, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders have extended Commitments to make Credit Extensions to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the initial Credit Extension under the Credit Agreement, each Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, each Grantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders and each other Lender Party to make Credit Extensions (including the initial Credit Extension) to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor agrees, with the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the benefit of each other Lender Party, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

Additional Grantors” is defined in clause (b) of Section 7.2.

Administrative Agent” is defined in the preamble.

Agreement” is defined in the preamble.


Borrower” and Borrowers are defined in the preamble.

Collateral is defined in Section 2.1.

Collateral Account is defined in clause (a) of Section 4.16.

Computer Hardware and Software Collateral” means (a) all computer and other electronic data processing hardware, integrated computer systems, central processing units, memory units, display terminals, printers, features, computer elements, card readers, tape drives, hard and soft disk drives, cables, electrical supply hardware, generators, power equalizers, accessories and all peripheral devices and other related computer hardware; (b) all software programs (including both source code, object code and all related applications and data files) designed for use on the computers and electronic data processing hardware described in clause (a); (c) all licenses and leases of software programs; (d) all firmware associated therewith; (e) all documentation (including flow charts, logic diagrams, manuals, guides and specifications) with respect to such hardware, software and firmware described in the clauses (a) through (c); and (f) all rights with respect to all of the foregoing, including any and all copyrights, licenses, options, warranties, service contracts, program services, test rights, maintenance rights, support rights, improvement rights, renewal rights and indemnifications and any substitutions, replacements, additions or model conversions of any of the foregoing.

Copyright Collateral” means all copyrights of each Grantor (including Community designs, copyrights in software and databases and all Mask Works (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act)), whether statutory or common law, registered or unregistered, now or hereafter in force throughout the world including all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all copyrights registered in the United States Copyright Office or anywhere else in the world and also including the copyrights referred to in Item A of Schedule IV attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and all applications for registration thereof, whether pending or in preparation, all copyright licenses, including each copyright license referred to in Item B of Schedule IV attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any thereof, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, all extensions and renewals of any thereof and all proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

Credit Agreement” is defined in the first recital.

Deposit Account has the meaning provided for in the U.C.C. and includes, without limitation, each deposit account, lock-box account, concentration account and collateral accounts maintained by each Grantor, together with all funds held therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing such accounts) maintained with a bank (including, without limitation, those accounts identified on Item F of Schedule I attached hereto, as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

Grantor” and “Grantors” are defined in the preamble.

Holdings is defined in the first recital.


Intellectual Property Collateral” means, collectively, the Copyright Collateral, the Patent Collateral, the Trademark Collateral and the Trade Secrets Collateral.

Investment Accounts” means, collectively, the Collateral Account, Commodities Accounts, Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts.

Patent Collateral” means (a) all letters patent and applications for letters patent throughout the world, including each patent and patent application referred to in Item A of Schedule II attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time); (b) all patent licenses, including each patent license referred to in Item B of Schedule II attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time); (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals and reexaminations of any of the items described in clauses (a) and (b) above; and (d) all proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing (including license royalties and proceeds of infringement suits), the right to sue third parties for past, present or future infringements of any patent or patent application, including any patent or patent application referred to in Item A of Schedule II attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and for breach or enforcement of any patent license, including any patent license referred to in Item B of Schedule II attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

Proceeds has the meaning provided for in the U.C.C. and includes, without limitation, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any Grantor from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to any Grantor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any Governmental Authority, (c) any claim of any Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Intellectual Property Collateral, (d) any recoveries by any Grantor against third parties with respect to any litigation or dispute concerning any of the Collateral, including claims arising out of the loss or nonconformity of, interference with the use of, defects in, or infringement of rights in, or damage to, the Collateral, and (e) any and all other amounts, rights to payment or other property acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of Collateral and all rights arising out of the Collateral.

Receivables Collateral” means all Collateral relating to the right of payment for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, including, without limitation, all such rights evidenced by any Account, Document, Instrument, Chattel Paper, General Intangible or Investment Property.

Secured Obligations” is defined in Section 2.2.

Securities Account” means all “securities accounts” as defined in Article 8 of the U.C.C. and shall include, without limitation, all the accounts identified on Item G of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

Security Agreement Supplement is defined in clause (b) of Section 7.2.


Supporting Obligation” means a Letter-of-Credit Right or secondary obligation that supports the payment or performance of an Account, Chattel Paper, Document, General Intangible, Instrument or Investment Property, including, without limitation, all security agreements, guaranties, leases and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any such Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Instruments, including Goods represented by the sale or lease of delivery which gave rise to any of the foregoing, returned or repossessed merchandise and rights of stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and other rights and remedies of an unpaid vendor, lienor or secured party.

Trademark” is defined in the definition “Trademark Collateral”.

Trademark Collateral” means (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos, internet domain names, other source of business identifiers, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, designs and general intangibles of a like nature (all of the foregoing items in this clause (a) being collectively called a “Trademark”), now existing anywhere in the world or hereafter adopted or acquired, whether currently in use or not, all registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith, whether pending or in preparation for filing, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any office or agency of the United States of America or any State thereof or any foreign country, including those referred to in Item A of Schedule III attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time); (b) all Trademark licenses, including each Trademark license referred to in Item B of Schedule III attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time); (c) all reissues, extensions or renewals of any of the items described in clauses (a) and (b) above; (d) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by the items described in, clauses (a) and (b) above; and (e) all proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing, including any claim by each Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark, Trademark registration or Trademark license, including any Trademark, Trademark registration or Trademark license referred to in Item B of Schedule III attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), or for any injury to the goodwill associated with the use of any such Trademark or for breach or enforcement of any Trademark license.

Trade Secret” is defined in the definition “Trade Secrets Collateral”.

Trade Secrets Collateral” means common law and statutory trade secrets and all other confidential or proprietary information and all know-how obtained by or used in or contemplated at any time for use in the business of any Grantor (including all patent applications in preparation for filing anywhere in the world) (all of the foregoing being collectively called a “Trade Secret”), whether or not such Trade Secret has been reduced to a writing or other tangible form (including all documents and things embodying, incorporating or referring in any way to such Trade Secret, all Trade Secret licenses), including each Trade Secret license referred to in Schedule V attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and including the right to sue for and to enjoin and to collect damages for the actual or threatened misappropriation of any Trade Secret and for the breach or enforcement of any such Trade Secret license.


U.C.C.” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if, by reason of applicable Law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral granted under this Agreement is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, then as to such matters “U.C.C.” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction.

SECTION 1.1 Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 1.2 U.C.C. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in the U.C.C. are used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, with such meanings. Without limiting the foregoing the following terms are used herein as defined in the U.C.C.: Account, Authenticate, Certificated Securities, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Commodities Accounts, Control, Documents, Electronic Chattel Paper, Entitlement Holder, Entitlement Orders, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Right, Money, Payment Intangibles, Security Entitlements, Uncertificated Securities and Tangible Chattel Paper.

ARTICLE II

SECURITY INTEREST

SECTION 2.1 Grant of Security Interest. Each Grantor hereby pledges and collaterally assigns to the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of each of the Lender Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the ratable benefit of each of the Lender Parties, a security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now or hereafter existing or acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”):

(a) all Equipment of such Grantor;

(b) all Inventory of such Grantor;

(c) all Accounts of such Grantor;

(d) all Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor;

(e) all Computer Hardware and Software Collateral of such Grantor;

(f) all General Intangibles of such Grantor;

(g) all Investment Property of such Grantor;

(h) all Deposit Accounts of such Grantor;

(i) all Chattel Paper of such Grantor;


(j) all Commercial Tort Claims of such Grantor;

(k) all Goods of such Grantor;

(l) all Instruments of such Grantor;

(m) all Payment Intangibles of such Grantor;

(n) all Documents of such Grantor;

(o) all Supporting Obligations of such Grantor;

(p) all Letter-of-Credit Rights of such Grantor;

(q) all Fixtures of such Grantor;

(r) all of such Grantor’s other property and rights of every kind and description and interests therein, including all moneys, securities and other property, now or hereafter held or received by, or in transit to, the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party from or for such Grantor, whether for safekeeping, pledge, custody, transmission, collection or otherwise;

(s) all of such Grantor’s books, records, documents, instruments, electronic databases, computer records, ledger cards, customer lists, manuals, files, correspondence, tapes, drafts and related data processing software, writings, data bases, information and other property relating to, used or useful in connection with, evidencing, embodying, incorporating or referring to, any and all of the foregoing Collateral; and

(t) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing Collateral;

provided, however, that the Collateral shall not include a grant of security interest in (i) any asset or property right of Grantor of any nature if the grant of such security interest shall constitute or result in (A) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of such asset or property right or such Grantor’s loss of use of such asset or property right or (B) a breach, termination or default under any lease, license, contract or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the U.C.C. (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity) to which such Grantor is party; (ii) any asset or property right of Grantor of any nature to the extent that any applicable law or regulation prohibits the creation of a security interest thereon (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the U.C.C. (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity); (iii) all Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Holdings; (iv) all Pledged Notes (as defined in the Pledge Agreement); (v) any applications for trademarks or service marks filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”) pursuant to 15 U.S.C. §1051 Section 1(b) unless and until evidence of use of the mark in interstate commerce is submitted to the PTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. §1051 Section 1(c) or Section 1(d); (vi) vehicles; and (vii) property described in Item 7.2.3(c) in Schedule I to the Credit Agreement securing Ongoing


Indebtedness represented by the Term Loan described in Paragraph 1 of Item 7.2.2 in Schedule I to the Credit Agreement (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof); provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the security interest granted hereunder shall, in any event, cover and the term “Collateral” shall include, the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts listed on Schedule I.

SECTION 2.2 Security for Obligations. This Agreement secures the prompt payment in full in cash of all Obligations, including all amounts payable by Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document, whether for principal, interest, costs, fees, expenses, indemnities or otherwise and whether now or hereafter existing (all of such obligations being the “Secured Obligations”).

SECTION 2.3 Continuing Security Interest; Transfer of Notes. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall remain in full force and effect until all the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all Commitments shall have irrevocably terminated, at which time the security interest granted herein shall automatically terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall automatically revert to the Grantors. In the event that any part of the Collateral is sold, transferred or disposed of in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale, transfer or disposition to a Grantor) the security interest granted herein shall automatically terminate with respect to such Collateral and all rights therein shall automatically revert to the applicable Grantor or Grantors. Upon any such termination or release, the Administrative Agent will, at each Grantor’s sole expense and without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents or instruments as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release (including the execution and delivery of appropriate U.C.C.-3 termination statements and other releases as may be reasonably necessary and appropriate to effect the release) and shall authorize the filing, as applicable, of all such documents or instruments.

SECTION 2.4 Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Administrative Agent and the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Loan Document;

(b) the failure of any Lender Party:

(i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against any Grantor, any other Loan Party or any other Person under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; or


(ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of, or collateral securing, any Secured Obligation of any Grantor or of any other Loan Party;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations or any other extension, compromise or renewal of any Secured Obligation, including any increase in the Secured Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Grantor or any other Loan Party or otherwise;

(d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Secured Obligation of any Grantor or of any other Loan Party for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Grantor hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Secured Obligation of any Grantor or of any other Loan Party or otherwise;

(e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms of any Loan Document;

(f) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or non-perfection of any collateral (including the Collateral), or any amendment to or waiver or release of or addition to or consent to departure from any guaranty, for any of the Secured Obligations; or

(g) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Grantor, any other Loan Party, any surety or any guarantor or otherwise (including as a result of any proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 8.1.9 of the Credit Agreement), other than (i) performance in accordance with the requirements of the Loan Documents or (ii) the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) having been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, having been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer).

SECTION 2.5 Grantors Remain Liable. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

(a) each Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein, and shall perform all of its duties and obligations under such contracts and agreements to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed;

(b) each Grantor will comply in all respects with all Laws relating to the ownership and operation of the Collateral, except where the failure to comply, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;


(c) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under any contracts or agreements included in the Collateral; and

(d) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Lender Party shall have any obligation or liability under any contracts or agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

SECTION 2.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives to the extent permitted by applicable Law and until all the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all Commitments shall have irrevocably terminated, any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party that arises from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Grantor’s obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Lender Party against Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party or any collateral which any Lender Party now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract or Law. If any amount shall be paid to any Grantor in violation of the preceding sentence, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Grantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for, the Lender Parties, and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured. Each Grantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits for the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that the waiver set forth in this Section is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Grantor represents and warrants unto each Lender Party, as of the date it becomes a party to this Agreement, the making of each Credit Extension and each pledge and delivery by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent of any Collateral, as set forth in this Article.

SECTION 3.1 Location of Grantors; Collateral, etc. Item D of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) identifies for such Grantor the state in which it is organized and the relevant organizational identification number (or states that one does not exist). All of the Inventory (other than Inventory that is in-transit to a customer, distributor or Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, or to a location specified in Item A of Schedule I attached hereto) of such Grantor having a cost in excess of $2,000,000 at any single location are located at the places specified in Item A of Schedule I attached hereto (as such


Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time). The principal place of business and chief executive office of such Grantor and the office where such Grantor keeps its material records concerning the Collateral (other than any Collateral delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof), and the originals of all material Instruments (other than Pledged Notes, as defined in and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Pledge Agreement) and Tangible Chattel Paper, are located at the places specified in Item B of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time). Except as set forth in Item C of Schedule I attached hereto, as of the date hereof such Grantor has not been known by any legal name different from the one set forth on the signature page hereto at any time during the five years prior to the date hereof. Except as notified by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, such Grantor is not a party to any one or more Federal or state government contracts having purchase price obligations exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

SECTION 3.2 Ownership, No Liens, etc. Such Grantor owns its portion of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except for the security interest created by this Agreement and except as otherwise permitted by Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3.3 Chattel Paper and Instruments. To the extent constituting Collateral and otherwise required hereby, such Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent exclusive Control of all Electronic Chattel Paper and possession of all originals of all Instruments (excluding (i) checks deposited in the ordinary course of business in Deposit Accounts and (ii) promissory notes permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.6 of the Credit Agreement (other than promissory notes permitted pursuant to clauses (a) and (p) of Section 7.2.6 of the Credit Agreement) and Tangible Chattel Paper currently owned or held by such Grantor (duly endorsed in blank in favor of the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and if the aggregate amount of Instruments (excluding (i) checks deposited in the ordinary course of business in Deposit Accounts and (ii) promissory notes permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.6 of the Credit Agreement (other than promissory notes permitted pursuant to clauses (a) and (p) of Section 7.2.6 of the Credit Agreement) and Tangible Chattel Paper not delivered to the Administrative Agent, together with Electronic Chattel Paper in which the Administrative Agent does not have Control, has a face amount of less than $500,000 individually or $1,000,000 in the aggregate, such Grantor shall not be required to deliver or provide Control, as the case may be, of the same to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 3.4 Intellectual Property Collateral. With respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) such Intellectual Property Collateral that is exclusively owned by such Grantor is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and is valid and enforceable (except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights and remedies generally and (ii) general principles of equity (whether considered at a proceeding at law or in equity);


(b) with respect to Patent Collateral, Trademark Collateral and Copyright Collateral that is exclusively owned by such Grantor and for which applications are pending or for which a patent or trademark or copyright registration is in force, such Grantor has made all filings and recordations required by applicable law to have been made with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, or with any applicable foreign equivalent patent, trademark or copyright office to record its interest in such Patent Collateral, Trademark Collateral and Copyright Collateral;

(c) in the case of any such Intellectual Property Collateral that is exclusively owned by such Grantor, such Grantor is the exclusive owner of the entire right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property Collateral and except as listed in Item 6.7 of the Disclosure Schedule to the Credit Agreement no written claim has been made to such Grantor that the use of such Intellectual Property Collateral does or may violate the asserted rights of any third party;

(d) in the case of any such Intellectual Property Collateral that is licensed by such Grantor, such Grantor is in compliance with all the material terms of such license; and

(e) such Grantor has performed and will continue to perform all acts and has paid and will continue to pay all required fees and taxes to maintain any Intellectual Property Collateral that is under the sole ownership of such Grantor in full force and effect throughout the world.

Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Grantor owns or is entitled to use by license or otherwise, all patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, technology, know-how, processes and other intellectual property that is necessary for the conduct of such Grantor’s business.

SECTION 3.5 Commercial Tort Claims. Except for matters disclosed in Item E of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) no Grantor owns any Commercial Tort Claims having a value of more than $500,000 individually or $1,000,000 in the aggregate. Upon the relevant Grantor’s execution of such documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably requests for perfection thereof, the Administrative Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in such Commercial Tort Claims (subject to no other Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement).

SECTION 3.6 Investment Accounts. Item F of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) identifies each Deposit Account required to be subject to the Administrative Agent’s Control pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement of each Grantor, Item G of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) identifies each Securities Account of each Grantor and Item H of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) identifies each Commodities Account of each Grantor. Each Grantor is the sole owner of each such Deposit Account and the sole Entitlement Holder of each such Securities Account and Commodities Account, as the case may be, and such Grantor has not consented or has knowledge that any Person, other than the Administrative Agent, has Control over any interest in any such Investment Account.


SECTION 3.7 Letter of Credit Rights. Item I of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) identifies all letters of credit to which such Grantor has rights. To the extent required hereby, such Grantor has used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of each issuer of each such letter of credit to the assignment of the proceeds thereof to the Administrative Agent and to the extent such consent has been received, the Administrative Agent has exclusive Control over the Letter-of-Credit Rights related to such letters of credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit over which the Administrative Agent does not have Control does not exceed $500,000 individually or $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time, such Grantor shall not be required to deliver or provide Control, as the case may be, of the same to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 3.8 Valid Security Interest. Upon (a) the filing of U.C.C. financing statements in the U.C.C. filing offices of each jurisdiction referred to in Item D of Schedule I attached hereto that names each Grantor as “Debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “Secured Party” and adequately describes the Collateral; (b) the filing of customary intellectual property short form agreements with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, with respect to the applicable Intellectual Property Collateral (other than Trade Secrets); (c) consent of each applicable issuer with respect to Letter of Credit Rights and (d) execution of a control agreement establishing the Administrative Agent’s Control with respect to each Investment Account to the extent required to be subject to the Administrative Agent’s Control pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement creates a valid, first priority perfected security interest in such Collateral and all Proceeds thereof, subject to no other Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3.9 Authorization, Approval, etc. Other than filings and other actions taken on or contemplated to be taken immediately following the date of the initial Credit Extension, no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required either for (a) the grant by such Grantor of the security interest granted hereby or for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Grantor or (b) the perfection of or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its rights and remedies hereunder (other than the taking of those actions referred to in Section 3.8).

SECTION 3.10 Due Execution, Validity, Etc. Such Grantor has full power and authority, and holds all requisite licenses, permits and other approvals of Governmental Authorities, to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by such Grantor of this Agreement does not contravene or result in a default under (a) such Grantor’s (i) Organizational Documents or (ii) Material Agreements in any material respect, (b) contravene any Law binding on such Grantor, (c) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, or result in the impairment, forfeiture or non-renewal of, any material permit, license, authorization, approval, entitlement, accreditation or privilege of any Governmental Authority or (d) result in, or require the creation or imposition of, any Lien on any such Grantor’s properties (other than Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender Parties). This Agreement has been duly authorized by such Grantor, has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Grantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Grantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect


of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and subject to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees that, until all Commitments have irrevocably terminated and all the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification liabilities) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and performed in full, such Grantor will, perform the obligations set forth in this Section.

SECTION 4.1 Inventory. Each Grantor hereby agrees that it shall:

(a) keep all of its Inventory (other than Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business or that is in-transit to a location specified in Item A of Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) having a cost in excess of $2,000,000 at any single location, and the Documents evidencing the same, at the places therefor specified in Items A, or B of Schedule I attached hereto to (as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) unless such Grantor has given notice to the Administrative Agent of another location, and all action, if any, necessary to maintain in accordance with the terms hereof the Administrative Agent’s perfected first priority security interest therein shall have been taken with respect to such Inventory and Documents;

(b) comply with the covenants contained in Section 7.1.3 of the Credit Agreement relating to the maintenance of its properties;

(c) comply with the covenants contained in clause (b) of Section 7.1.2 of the Credit Agreement regarding the payment of taxes and other charges of Governmental Authorities; and

(d) not deliver any Document evidencing any Inventory to any Person other than the issuer of such Document to claim the Goods evidenced therefore or to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 4.2 Receivables Collateral and General Intangibles. (a) Each Grantor shall keep its principal place of business, chief executive office and the office where it keeps its records concerning the material Receivables Collateral and all originals of the Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper, at the places specified in Section 3.1 unless such Grantor has given at least 30 days’ (or such shorter period of time as the Administrative Agent shall agree) prior notice to the Administrative Agent and all actions, if any, necessary to maintain the Administrative Agent’s perfected first priority security interest shall have been taken with respect to such Collateral to the extent required hereby; not change its name or state of


organization unless such Grantor has given at least 30 days’ (or such shorter period of time as the Administrative Agent shall agree) prior notice to the Administrative Agent and all actions, if any, necessary to maintain the Administrative Agent’s perfected first priority security interest shall have been taken with respect to all of the Collateral (subject to the limitations set forth herein); hold and preserve such records, Instruments and Chattel Paper; and permit representatives of the Administrative Agent at any time during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, to inspect and make abstracts of the same.

(b) During the continuance of any Event of Default each Grantor shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, take such action as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to enforce collection of the Receivables Collateral.

SECTION 4.3 Investment Property. With respect to any such property constituting Collateral, each Grantor will, on or prior to the date that is 90 days after the Effective Date (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree), take any and all actions necessary to cause the Administrative Agent to obtain exclusive Control of any Investment Property owned by such Grantor in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent,. For purposes of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive Control of Investment Property if (i) such Investment Property consists of Certificated Securities if such Grantor delivers such Certificated Securities to the Administrative Agent (with appropriate endorsements if such Certificated Securities are in registered form); (ii) such Investment Property consists of Uncertificated Securities if such Grantor has used commercially reasonable efforts to have the issuer thereof to agree, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with instructions originated by the Administrative Agent without further consent by such Grantor; and (iii) such Investment Property consists of Security Entitlements and either (A) the Administrative Agent becomes the Entitlement Holder thereof or (B) the appropriate Securities Intermediary agrees, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, that it will comply with Entitlement Orders originated by the Administrative Agent without further consent by such Grantor.

SECTION 4.4 Intellectual Property Collateral. (a) No Grantor shall, unless such Grantor shall either (i) reasonably and in good faith determine that any of the Patent Collateral is of immaterial economic value to such Grantor or (ii) have a valid business purpose (exercised in the ordinary course of business that is consistent with past practice) to do otherwise, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any of the Patent Collateral may lapse or become abandoned or dedicated to the public or unenforceable.

(b) No Grantor shall, and no Grantor shall permit any of its licensees to, unless such Grantor shall either (i) reasonably and in good faith determine that any of the Trademark Collateral is of immaterial economic value to such Grantor or (ii) have a valid business purpose (exercised in the ordinary course of business that is consistent with past practice) to do otherwise:

(A) fail to continue to use any of the Trademark Collateral in order to maintain all of the Trademark Collateral in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use;


(B) fail to maintain as in the past the quality of products and services offered under all of the Trademark Collateral;

(C) fail to employ all of the Trademark Collateral registered with any Federal or state or foreign authority with an appropriate notice of such registration; or

(D) do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of the Trademark Collateral may lapse or become invalid or unenforceable.

(c) No Grantor shall, unless such Grantor shall either reasonably and in good faith determine that any of the Copyright Collateral or any of the Trade Secrets Collateral is of immaterial economic value to such Grantor or have a valid business purpose (exercised in the ordinary course of business that is consistent with past practice) to do otherwise, do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of the Copyright Collateral or any of the Trade Secrets Collateral may lapse or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain except upon expiration of the end of an unrenewable term of a registration thereof.

(d) Each Grantor shall notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows that any application or registration relating to any material item of the Intellectual Property Collateral could reasonably be expected to become abandoned or dedicated to the public or placed in the public domain or invalid or unenforceable, or of any adverse final, unappealable determination (including the institution of, or any such final determination in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any foreign counterpart thereof or any court) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any material item of the Intellectual Property Collateral, its right to register the same or to keep and maintain and enforce the same.

(e) Promptly following the end of each Fiscal Quarter, if any Grantor or any of its agents, employees, designees or licensees has, during such Fiscal Quarter, filed an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, such Grantor shall provide the Administrative Agent with notice thereof and, if requested by the Administrative Agent thereafter, shall execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s first priority security interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral (subject to no other Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement).

(f) Each Grantor shall take all necessary steps, including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office to maintain and pursue any application (and to obtain the relevant registration) filed with respect to, and to maintain any registration of, the Intellectual Property Collateral, including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings and the payment of fees and taxes (except to the extent that dedication, abandonment or invalidation is permitted under the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c)).


SECTION 4.5 Bailees, Warehouses and Leased Premises. With respect to Inventory forming a part of the Collateral that shall at any time be in the possession or control of any warehouse, bailee or any of any Grantor’s agents or processors, or located on any leased premises, each Grantor will, to the extent required and subject to the terms under Section 7.2.17 of the Credit Agreement, cause such parties to deliver Bailee Waivers and Landlord Waivers, as applicable, to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 4.6 Chattel Paper and Instruments. With respect to any such property constituting Collateral and to the extent required by Section 3.3, each Grantor will deliver to the Administrative Agent all Tangible Chattel Paper and Instruments duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Each Grantor will, to the extent required by Section 3.3, provide the Administrative Agent with exclusive Control over all Electronic Chattel Paper by having the Administrative Agent identified as the assignee of the records pertaining to the single authoritative copy thereof and otherwise complying with the applicable elements of Control set forth in the U.C.C.

SECTION 4.7 Letters of Credit. Each Grantor will, to the extent required by Section 3.7, deliver to the Administrative Agent all letters of credit in which it is the beneficiary thereof, duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Each Grantor will, to the extent required by Section 3.7, take any and all actions necessary (or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent), from time to time, to cause the Administrative Agent to obtain exclusive Control of any Letter-of-Credit Rights with respect to any such letters of credit owned by such Grantor in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 4.8 Commercial Tort Claims. Each Grantor shall advise the Administrative Agent promptly upon such Grantor becoming aware, after the date hereof, that it owns any Commercial Tort Claims having a value of $500,000 or more individually or $1,000,000 or more in the aggregate. With respect to any such Commercial Tort Claims, such Grantor will execute and deliver such documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably requests in order to create, perfect and protect the Administrative Agent’s first priority security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim.

SECTION 4.9 Collateral Generally. (a) The Administrative Agent may, at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, notify any parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder and enforce collection of any of the Collateral by suit or otherwise and surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise or extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original period) any Indebtedness thereunder or evidenced thereby. Upon request of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Grantor will, at its own expense, notify any parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent is authorized to endorse, in the name of each Grantor, any item,


howsoever received by the Administrative Agent, representing any payment on or other Proceeds of any of the Collateral.

SECTION 4.10 Insurance. Each Grantor will maintain or cause to be maintained insurance as provided in Section 7.1.4 of the Credit Agreement. All proceeds of insurance maintained by each Grantor so covering the Collateral shall, subject to the reinvestment rights set forth in the Credit Agreement, be applied to the payment of the Secured Obligations to the extent required by the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose, during the continuance of an Event of Default, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the Proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required by Section 7.1.4 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Administrative Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent deems advisable.

SECTION 4.11 Deposit Accounts. To the extent required by Section 7.2.16 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor will take any and all actions necessary to cause the Administrative Agent to obtain exclusive Control over all Deposit Accounts owned by such Grantor.

SECTION 4.12 Investment Accounts. On or prior to the date that is 90 days after the Effective Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may consent in its sole discretion), each Grantor will take any and all actions necessary to cause the Administrative Agent to obtain exclusive Control over all Securities Accounts and Commodities Accounts owned by such Grantor.

SECTION 4.13 Transfers and Other Liens. No Grantor shall (a) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (b) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, except for the security interest created by this Agreement and except as permitted by Section 7.2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.14 Further Assurances, etc. Subject to exceptions contained in the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents, each Grantor agrees that, from time to time at its own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect, preserve and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor will:


(a) execute (if applicable) and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices (including using commercially reasonable efforts to procure any assignment of claim form under or pursuant to the federal assignment of claims statute, 31 U.S.C. § 3726, any successor or amended version thereof or any regulation promulgated under or pursuant to any version thereof, in each case with respect to Federal or state government contracts having purchase price obligations exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding), as may be necessary, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the security interests and other rights granted or purported to be granted to the Administrative Agent hereby; and

(b) furnish to the Administrative Agent, from time to time at the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

SECTION 4.15 Filing Financing Statements. With respect to the the grant of the security interest hereunder, and pursuant to applicable law, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to authenticate and to file or record one or more U.C.C. financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, and make filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), in each case for the purpose of perfecting, confining, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party. Each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to use any collateral description it determines to be reasonably appropriate to describe the Collateral, which description may include terms such as “all assets” or “all personal property,” in each case “whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar impact or any other description the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, chooses in any such U.C.C. financing statements, including, in any event, the description contained in Exhibit B hereto.

SECTION 4.16 Collateral Account.

(a) Upon notice by the Administrative Agent to any Grantor pursuant to this Section following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, all Proceeds of Collateral received by such Grantor shall be delivered in kind to the Administrative Agent for deposit to a deposit account (the “Collateral Account”) of such Grantor maintained by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and until such Proceeds are so deposited they shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and shall not be commingled with the other assets of such Grantor.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall apply any amount in the Collateral Account to the payment of any Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement. Subject to the rights of the Administrative Agent, each Grantor shall have the right on each Business Day, with respect to and to the extent of collected funds in the Collateral Account, to require the Administrative Agent to purchase any Cash Equivalent Investment, provided that, in the case of Certificated Securities, the Administrative Agent will retain possession thereof as Collateral and, in the case of other Investment Property, the Administrative


Agent will take such actions, including registration of such Investment Property in its name, as it shall determine is necessary to perfect its security interest therein.

ARTICLE V

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

SECTION 5.1 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take, upon the occurrence and for so long as an Event of Default continues, any and all actions and execute any and all documents and instruments that may, in the judgment of the Administrative Agent, be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following:

(a) (i) demand payment of its Receivables Collateral; (ii) enforce payments of its Receivables Collateral by legal proceedings or otherwise; (iii) exercise all of its rights and remedies with respect to proceedings brought to collect its Receivables Collateral; (iv) sell or assign its Receivables Collateral upon such terms, for such amount and at such times as the Administrative Agent deems advisable; (v) settle, adjust, compromise, extend or renew any of its Receivables Collateral; (vi) discharge and release any of its Receivables Collateral; (vii) prepare, file and sign such Grantor’s name on any proof of claim in bankruptcy or other similar document against any Loan Party of any of its Receivables Collateral; (viii) notify the post office authorities to change the address for delivery of the such Grantor’s mail to an address designated by the Administrative Agent, and open and dispose of all mail addressed to such Grantor; and (ix) endorse such Grantor’s name upon any Chattel Paper, Document, Instrument, invoice, or similar document or agreement relating to any Receivables Collateral or any goods pertaining thereto;

(b) in the case of any Intellectual Property Collateral, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s security interest (for the benefit of itself and the other Lender Parties) in such Intellectual Property Collateral and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(c) take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under or in respect of any Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under or in respect of any Collateral whenever payable;

(d) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;


(e) execute, in connection with any sale or other disposition provided for in Section 6.1, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(f) (i) direct any Person liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (ii) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and give receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (iii) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (iv) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (v) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (vi) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (vii) notify, or require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make all payments directly to the Administrative Agent and change the post office box number or other address to which the Account Debtors make payments; (viii) assign, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis, as applicable and to the extent permitted under any agreement pertaining thereto, any Intellectual Property Collateral (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Intellectual Property Collateral pertains), throughout the world for such terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (ix) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Lender Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

Each Grantor hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees that the power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

SECTION 5.2 Administrative Agent May Perform. If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Administrative Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Grantor.

SECTION 5.3 Administrative Agent Has No Duty. (a) The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest (on behalf of the Lender Parties) in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty on it to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the U.C.C. or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors,


employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so, nor shall any such Person be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof (including the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral). Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any loss, damages, depreciation or other diminution in the value of any of the Collateral that may occur as a result of or in connection with or that is in any way related to any exercise, except in respect of any damages attributable solely to any such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) Each Grantor assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to the use, sale or other disposition of the Collateral. The Obligations shall not be affected by any failure of the Administrative Agent to take any steps to perfect the security interest granted hereunder or to collect or realize upon the Collateral, nor shall loss of or damage to the Collateral release any Grantor from any of its Obligations.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1 Remedies. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and for so long as an Event of Default is continuing:

(a) The Administrative Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it (including, without limitation, as provided in Section 5.1), all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the U.C.C. and also may:

(i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will, at its expense and upon the request of the Administrative Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at its premises or another place designated by the Administrative Agent (whether or not the U.C.C. applies to the affected Collateral);

(ii) without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, obtaining a final judgment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by Law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Administrative Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by Law, 10 days’ prior notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been


given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchase or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Section, any Lender Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Lender Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Lender Party may upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor;

(iii) with respect to the Intellectual Property Collateral, on demand, to cause the security interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Administrative Agent, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis, any such Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine (other than in violation of any then existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot reasonably be obtained);

(iv) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Collateral may be located and occupy (without the requirement to pay rent) the same until the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all the Commitments have been irrevocably terminated; and

(v) to notify any or all depository institutions with which any Investment Accounts are maintained to remit and transfer all monies, securities and other property on deposit in such Investment Accounts or deposited or received for deposit thereafter to the Administrative Agent, for deposit in the Collateral Account or such other accounts as may be designated by the Administrative Agent, for application to the Secured Obligations as provided herein.

(b) Without limiting clause (a), the Administrative Agent may exercise any and all rights and remedies of each Grantor under or in connection with the Collateral, including the right to sue upon or otherwise collect, extend the time for payment of, modify or amend the terms of, compromise or settle for cash, credit, or otherwise upon any terms, grant other


indulgences, extensions, renewals, compositions, or releases, and take or omit to take any other action with respect to the Collateral, any security therefor, any agreement relating thereto, any insurance applicable thereto, or any Person liable directly or indirectly in connection with any of the foregoing, without discharging or otherwise affecting the liability of any Grantor for the Obligations or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral, including any and all rights of such Grantor to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, any Collateral.

SECTION 6.2 Application of Proceeds. All cash proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be held, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, by the Administrative Agent as additional collateral security for all or any part of the Secured Obligations, and/or then or at any time thereafter shall be applied (after payment of any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Credit Agreement and Section 6.3) in whole or in part by the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lender Parties against all or any part of the Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement. Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds held by the Administrative Agent and remaining after all the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer), and the irrevocable termination of all the Commitments, shall be paid over to the Grantors or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

SECTION 6.3 Indemnity and Expenses. Each Grantor agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and its directors, officers, employees, agents, Affiliates and their Related Parties from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement), as set forth in Section 10.3 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor will promptly following demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one primary counsel and, if necessary, one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, which the Administrative Agent may incur in connection with (a) the administration of this Agreement, (b) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, (c) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or the other Lender Parties hereunder or (d) the failure by any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

SECTION 6.4 Grant of License. Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Grantor) to use, license or sublicense any Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or licensed or hereafter acquired or licensed by such Grantor, wherever the same may be located throughout the world, solely to the extent required to exercise its rights hereunder; provided, however, that no such license or sublicense is granted in the case of any


such Collateral if such license or sublicense would be prohibited by, or give rise to a right to terminate any contract governing such Collateral. The use of such license or sublicense by the Administrative Agent shall be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 7.1 Loan Document. This Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Section 1.3 and Article X thereof.

SECTION 7.2 Amendments, etc.; Additional Grantors; Successors and Assigns.

(a) Except for updates, modifications, and other supplements to the schedules to this Agreement made by the Borrower from time to time by delivering a replacement schedule to the Administrative Agent, no amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the percentage of the Lenders as required by Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

(b) Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a security agreement supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each a “Security Agreement Supplement”), (i) such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Grantor” and shall be and become a Grantor, and each reference in this Agreement to “Grantor” shall also mean and refer to such Additional Grantor and (ii) the disclosure schedule attached to each Security Agreement Supplement shall be incorporated into and become a part of and supplement Schedules I through V attached hereto, as appropriate, and the Administrative Agent may attach such supplemental disclosure schedules to such Schedules, and each reference to such Schedules shall refer to such Schedules as supplemented by such supplemental disclosure schedules.

(c) Any Grantor that becomes an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or is sold, transferred or disposed of in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement after the date hereof shall, promptly upon such occurrence, sale, transfer or disposition be automatically released from the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents (and the Collateral owned by such Subsidiary shall automatically be released from the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto and the other Loan Documents), and the Administrative Agent will execute and deliver to such Grantor (without representation or warranty) such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release (including the execution and delivery of appropriate U.C.C.-3 termination statements and other releases as may be necessary and appropriate to effect the release and shall authorize the filing, as applicable, of all such documents and instruments).

(d) Upon any Grantor entering into a transaction permitted by Section 7.2.2(e) of the Credit Agreement and incurring a Lien in respect thereof (as permitted by Section 7.2.3(b)


of the Credit Agreement), the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly release the Lien granted hereunder with respect to any property subject to such transaction and upon request of such Grantor, and the Administrative Agent will promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents and other instruments as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such release (including, without limitation, the authorization to file any U.C.C. financing statements relating to such release, without representation or warranty and at the sole expense of such Grantor).

(e) Upon any Grantor entering into any transaction involving the sale, transfer or other disposition of any of the Collateral (other than a sale, transfer or other disposition to another Grantor) permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest granted in such Collateral shall automatically be released and the Administrative Agent agrees, upon the request of such Grantor, to promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor (without representation or warranty) such documents and other instruments as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such release (including, without limitation, the authorization to file any U.C.C. financing statements relating to such release, without representation or warranty and at the sole expense of such Grantor).

(f) This Agreement shall be binding upon each Grantor and its successors, transferees and assignees, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, no Grantor may assign its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) any Credit Extension held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender under any Loan Document (including this Agreement) or otherwise, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 7.3 Protection of Collateral. The Administrative Agent may from time to time, at its option and at the expense of the Grantors, perform any act which any Grantor agrees hereunder to perform and which failure has caused an Event of Default to exist, and the Administrative Agent may from time to time take any other action necessary for the maintenance, preservation or protection of any of the Collateral or of its security interest therein.

SECTION 7.4 Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made as provided in, and subject to the terms of, Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement. All notices to each Grantor shall be sent care of AMRC at its address set forth in the Credit Agreement and all notices to the Administrative Agent shall be sent as provided in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 7.5 Section Captions. Section captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.6 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining


provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 7.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by electronic transmission (including portable document format (“.pdf”) or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.8 Waivers. Each Grantor hereby waives any right, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to receive prior notice of a judicial or other hearing with respect to any action or prejudgment remedy or proceeding by the Administrative Agent to take possession, exercise control over or dispose of any item of Collateral, where such action is permitted under the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or by applicable Law, or of the time, place or terms of sale in connection with the exercise of the Administrative Agent’s rights hereunder. Each Grantor waives, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, any bonds, security or sureties required by the Administrative Agent with respect to any of the Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that it will not invoke, claim or assert any benefit of applicable Law, or take or attempt to take any action that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of delaying, impeding or preventing the Administrative Agent from exercising any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Collateral as herein provided. Each Grantor also consents that the Administrative Agent, in connection with the enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, may enter upon any premises owned by or leased to it without obligations to pay rent or for use and occupancy, through self-help, without judicial process and without having first obtained an order of any court.

SECTION 7.9 Governing Law, Entire Agreement, etc. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDE ANY PRIOR AGREEMENTS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT THERETO.

SECTION 7.10 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF, ANY LENDER PARTY OR GRANTOR SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED IN THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH GRANTOR AND LENDER PARTY HEREBY


EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH LITIGATION. EACH GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY GRANTOR HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, EACH GRANTOR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 7.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH LENDER PARTY AND GRANTOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY GRANTOR. EACH GRANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 7.12 Waiver of Certain Claims. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO GRANTOR SHALL ASSERT, AND HEREBY WAIVES, ANY CLAIM AGAINST EACH LENDER PARTY ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (AS OPPOSED TO DIRECT OR ACTUAL DAMAGES) ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 7.13 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and year first above written.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL PROPERTIES I, LLC
By: Applied Medical Resources Corporation, as its Sole Member
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


APPLIED MEDICAL PROPERTIES II, LLC
By: Applied Medical Resources Corporation, as its Sole Member
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
The undersigned Grantor has executed this Agreement for the purpose of being bound by all sections herein, except that Grantor’s grant of security interests under Section 2.1 of this Agreement is limited solely to clause (h) thereof.
APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:
CITIBANK, N.A.,
    as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


SCHEDULE I

to

Security Agreement

Item A. Location of Inventory

 

Grantor Mailing Address

  

County

  

State

Item B. Principal Place of Business/Chief Executive Office

 

Grantor Mailing Address

  

County

  

State

Item C. Prior Legal Names

 

Grantor

  

Prior Legal Name

Item D. State of Organization and Identification Number

 

Grantor

  

State of Organization

  

Organizational Identification

Number

Item E. Commercial Tort Claims

 

Grantor

  

Description of

Commercial Tort Claim


Item F. Deposit Accounts

 

Grantor

  

Bank Mailing Address

  

Account Name and Number

Item G. Securities Accounts

 

Grantor

  

Bank Mailing Address

  

Account Name and Number

Item H. Commodities Accounts

 

Grantor

  

Bank Mailing Address

  

Account Name and Number

Item I. Letters of Credit

 

Grantor

  

Bank Mailing Address

  

Account Name and Number


SCHEDULE II

to

Security Agreement

Item A. Patents

Issued Patents

 

Grantor

  

Country

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

  

First

Named

Inventor

  

Title

Pending Patent Applications

 

Grantor

  

Country

  

Serial No.

  

Filing Date

  

First

Named

Inventor

  

Title

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Item B. Patent Licenses

 

Country or

Territory

  

Licensor

  

Licensee

  

Date

  

Effective

Date

  

Expiration

Date

  

Matter


SCHEDULE III

to

Security Agreement

Item A. Trademarks

Registered Trademarks

 

Grantor

  

Country

  

Trademark

  

Registration

No.

  

Registration

Date

Pending Trademark Applications

 

Grantor

  

Country

  

Trademark

  

Serial No.

  

Filing Date

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Item B. Trademark Licenses

 

Country or

Territory

  

Trademark

  

Licensor

  

Licensee

  

Effective

Date

  

Expiration

Date


SCHEDULE IV

to

Security Agreement

Item A. Copyrights

Registered Copyrights

 

Grantor

  

Country

  

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

  

Author(s)

  

Title

Copyrights Pending Registration Applications

 

Grantor

  

Country

  

Series No.

  

Filing Date

  

Author(s)

  

Title

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Item B. Copyright Licenses

 

Grantor

  

Country or
Territory

  

Licensor

  

Licensee

  

Effective Date

  

Expiration Date

  

Subject Matter


SCHEDULE V

to

Security Agreement

Trade Secret Licenses

 

Grantor

  

Country

or

Territory

  

Licensor

  

Licensee

  

Effective

Date

  

Expiration

Date

  

Subject Matter


EXHIBIT A

to

Security Agreement

FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

[Date]

Citibank, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

20 Pacifica, Suite 900

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Attention: Alison Davis

Senior Vice President

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Security Agreement, dated as of April [_], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein without being defined have the meanings provided for in the Security Agreement), by Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”) and certain other Persons listed on the signature pages thereto (the Borrowers, such other Persons and the Additional Grantors are collectively referred to as the “Grantors” and individually as a “Grantor”), in favor of Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the Lender Parties.

The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement as if it were an original party thereto and agrees that each reference in the Security Agreement to a “Grantor” shall also mean and refer to the undersigned.

The undersigned hereby collaterally assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lender Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Lender Parties, as collateral for the Secured Obligations, a pledge and assignment of, and a security interest in, all of the right, title and interest of the undersigned in and to its Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement, as if such Collateral of the undersigned had been subject to the Security Agreement on the date of its original execution.


The undersigned has attached hereto supplements to Schedules I through V to the Security Agreement, and the undersigned hereby certifies that such supplements are accurate and complete as of the date first above written.

Each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent (i) to file one or more U.C.C. financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, naming the undersigned as debtor and the Administrative Agent as secured party and (ii) to use any collateral description it determines to be reasonably appropriate to describe the Collateral, which description may include terms such as “all assets” or “all personal property,” in each case “whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar impact or any other description the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, chooses in any such U.C.C. financing statements.


The undersigned hereby makes each representation and warranty set forth in Article III of the Security Agreement as to itself and as to its Collateral to the same extent as each other Grantor and hereby agrees to be bound as a Grantor by all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement to the same extent as all the other Grantors.

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT B

to

Security Agreement

FORM OF FINANCING STATEMENT ATTACHMENTS

[Insert copy of collateral description attachment from each Grantor’s U.C.C.-1 financing statement]


EXHIBIT I-1

BAILEE WAIVER

[Date]

[Name and address of warehouse]

Citibank, N.A., as

    Administrative Agent

20 Pacifica, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Attention: Alison Davis

Senior Vice President

 

Re: [[Name of Loan Party] :Warehouse Location]

[Name of Loan Party] (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”) has entered into certain financing arrangements with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for certain financial institutions (collectively, the “Lenders”) and, as a condition to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent entering into financial arrangements with the Company, the Administrative Agent requires, among other things, that it have a security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets. Accordingly, the Administrative Agent has requested that [Name of Warehousemen] (together with your successors, the “Warehouseman”), as the owner of the premises located at the above address (the “Premises”), at which Premises the Company now stores, or may hereafter store, certain of its property (“Collateral”), sign and return to the Administrative Agent the enclosed copy of this Bailee Waiver showing that the Warehouseman agrees to the following terms:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s liens, claims, demands, rights and security interests in all or any part of the Collateral shall be prior to all liens, claims, demands, rights and security interests which the Warehouseman may assert against the Company or the Collateral, other than any claim the Warehouseman may have for any accrued and unpaid warehousing fees charged by the Warehouseman for actual storage of the Collateral.

(b) The Warehouseman may issue only non-negotiable warehouse receipts and other non-negotiable documents of title which evidence the Collateral (“Receipts”) to or for the account of the Company.

(c) Until the Warehouseman receives written notice from the Administrative Agent that it is exercising its rights under this Bailee Waiver, the Warehouseman is authorized to release the Collateral to the Company upon the Company’s request. On and after the delivery of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall have sole dominion and control over the Collateral and the Warehouseman will refuse to release the Collateral to or on behalf of the Company and will only release the Collateral as directed in writing by the Administrative Agent. The Warehouseman shall have no duty to inquire or determine whether the Administrative Agent


is entitled to send such notice and may conclusively presume (without any inquiry) that the person delivering the same is authorized to do so. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company agrees that the Warehouseman shall be entitled to conclusively comply with the instructions and demands of the Administrative Agent following delivery of such notice, including if such instructions are contrary to the instructions or demands that the Company may deliver to the Warehouseman.

(d) Following a written request to the Warehouseman from the Administrative Agent, the Warehouseman will deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the address specified above, no later than one Business Day (as defined below) after the Warehouseman’s release of the Collateral, a copy of each receipt describing to whom such Collateral was released and the quantity and description of the released Collateral. “Business Day” means any day on which the Administrative Agent is open for business and is neither a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York.

(e) The Warehouseman represents and warrants that there are no other bailee waivers covering the Collateral and the Warehouseman is not aware of any lien, claim or encumbrance with respect to the Collateral (other than as described herein). The Warehouseman agrees to inform all of persons who seek to obtain a security interest in the Collateral located on or at the Premises that the Collateral is subject to the first priority security interest of the Administrative Agent.

(f) If the Administrative Agent undertakes to enforce its security interest in the Collateral, the Warehouseman will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in its efforts to assemble all of the Collateral located on the Premises and will not hinder the Administrative Agent’s actions in enforcing its liens on the Collateral.

(g) This Bailee Waiver may be terminated by the Company only upon delivery to the Warehouseman of a written notification thereof jointly executed by Company and the Administrative Agent. This Agreement may be terminated by the Administrative Agent at any time, with or without cause, upon its delivery of written notice thereof to each of Company and the Warehouseman. The Company agrees that (a) the Warehouseman will have no liability to the Company if the Warehouseman complies with the Administrative Agent’s instructions as described above and (b) it will indemnify and hold the Warehouseman harmless in all respects if the Warehouseman complies with such instructions, except to the extent of the Warehouseman’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company further agrees that it will continue to pay all warehousing fees and other expenses related to the storage of the Collateral and will reimburse the Warehouseman for all reasonable costs or expenses that the Warehouseman incurs as a result of the Warehouseman’s compliance with the terms of this Bailee Waiver. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable or responsible for the payment of any such fees and expenses.

To assist the Administrative Agent in keeping accurate records relating to the Collateral, the Warehouseman agrees to provide the Administrative Agent such information regarding the Collateral as it may reasonably request from time to time.


The terms of this Bailee Waiver can only be modified or terminated by a written agreement signed by the Administrative Agent.


Very truly yours,
[NAME OF LOAN PARTY]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Attention:

 
 

 

 

Agreed to this          day of

                             ,         

[NAME OF BAILEE]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address:

 

 

Attention:    

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

BAILEE WAIVER

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT I-2

LANDLORD WAIVER

WHEREAS, [Name of Landlord] (together with its successors and assigns, the “Landlord”), is the owner of real property commonly known and numbered as [Identity of Real Property] and more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Premises”), and has leased the Premises to [Name of Loan Party] (together with its successors and assigns, the “Tenant”) under a lease dated [                    ] and described in Exhibit B attached hereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, including any renewal, extension or substitution thereof, the “Lease”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation, the Borrowers, the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), the Tenant has granted the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, a security interest on substantially all of the Tenant’s property, including the Tenant’s inventory, machinery, equipment, accounts, furniture, inventory, trade fixtures (such as equipment bolted to floors) and all other personal property (excluding building fixtures such as plumbing, lighting and HVAC systems, collectively, the “Personal Property”) which may from time to time be located on or be affixed to the Premises as security for all loans and financial accommodations which the Lenders may make to the Tenant from time to time; and

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make such loans and financial accommodations only if the Landlord subordinates to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any liens, claims, demands, or rights or security interests which the Landlord may have or acquire with respect to the Personal Property.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Landlord agrees as follows:

The Landlord hereby waives any and all liens, claims, demands, rights and security interests which the Landlord now has or may hereafter acquire with respect to any or all of the Personal Property that may from time to time be located on the Premises (regardless of the means in which the Personal Property is installed or affixed to the Premises or whether the Property is a “fixture” within the meaning of the then applicable Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law). The Landlord agrees that the Personal Property shall not form a part of the Premises regardless of how it is installed, affixed or located on the Premises.

The Landlord certifies that (a) it is the landlord under the Lease, (b) the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified, or supplemented except as set forth on Exhibit B annexed hereto, (c) to the knowledge of the Landlord, there is no defense, offset, claim or counterclaim by or in favor of the Landlord against the Tenant under the Lease or against the obligations of the Landlord under the Lease, (d) no notice of default has been given under or in connection with the Lease which has not been cured and the Landlord has no knowledge of the


occurrence of any other default under or in connection with the Lease and (e) except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent, no portion of the Premises is encumbered in any way by any deed of trust or mortgage lien or ground or superior lease.

The Landlord agrees to send to the Administrative Agent at its address specified in paragraph 6 a copy of any notice of default or other notice to take possession of the Premises, in each case as and when sent to the Tenant. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall have 30 days to cure any such default (but in no event shall Administrative Agent be required to cure any such default); provided, however, in the event any such default is not reasonably susceptible to being cured within 30 days, such 30-day cure period shall be extended as reasonably necessary to allow the Administrative Agent an opportunity to cure such default provided that Administrative Agent has commenced such cure within such 30-day period and thereafter continues to diligently pursue such cure to completion.

The Tenant agrees that (a) the Landlord will have no liability to the Tenant if the Landlord complies with the Administrative Agent’s instruction as described in this Waiver and (b) it will indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord in all respects if the Landlord complies with such instructions.

Subject to paragraph 3, if (a)(i) the Landlord intends to terminate the Lease or otherwise exercise its right to require the Tenant to surrender the Premises (other than upon expiration of the Lease by its own terms) or to remove the Personal Property from the Premises or (ii) the Tenant defaults on its obligations to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or (b) the Lease expires by its own terms (absent a default thereunder):

(i) the Landlord will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in its efforts to assemble all of the Personal Property located on the Premises and shall not hinder the Administrative Agent in enforcing its liens on the Personal Property;

(ii) the Landlord will permit the Administrative Agent to remain on the Premises, in the case of clause (a), for up to 60 days after the later of (x) the passage of any cure period under the Lease with respect to any action proposed to be taken by the Landlord pursuant to clause (a) and (y) the date the Administrative Agent declares a default under its financing arrangements with the Tenant, and in the case of clause (b), for up to 20 days after the Administrative Agent’s receipt of written notice of such expiration, provided that the Administrative Agent, for the period of time the Administrative Agent uses the Premises, (A) pays or causes to be paid the rental payments or, in the case where the Lease has terminated, the rental payments that would have become due under the Lease for such period if the Lease had not been terminated, for the period of time the Administrative Agent uses the Premises and (B) provides and retains the liability and property insurance coverage and pays utilities required, or which would have been required if the Lease had not been terminated, under the Lease. If any injunction or stay is issued that prohibits the Administrative Agent from removing the Personal Property from the Premises, the commencement of such 90-day period shall be deferred until such injunction or stay is lifted;

(iii) during the period referred to in clause (ii), the Administrative Agent or its representatives may enter upon the Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of removing,


repossessing, inspecting, conducting public auctions or private sales, appraising, maintaining, preparing for sale, repairing, leasing, selling or severing the Personal Property, provided that the Administrative Agent repairs any and all physical damage to the Premises caused by the taking of any such actions;

(iv) the Landlord shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent’s reasonable efforts to re-lease the Premises; and

(v) the Administrative Agent may exercise its rights with respect to the Personal Property as provided in this Waiver without assuming the Lease and the obligations contained therein or incurring any liability to the Landlord, except as provided in this paragraph.

All notices hereunder shall be in writing and delivered as follows: if to the Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., 20 Pacifica, Suite 300, Irvine, CA 92618, Attention: Alison Davis, Senior Vice President (Telecopier Number: (949) 623-6830) and if the Landlord, [Name and Address], Attention: [                    ] (Telecopier Number: [                    ]). All such notices shall be sent by telecopier, certified mail, return receipt requested, or other reputable overnight courier.

This Waiver shall remain in full force and effect until you have been advised in writing by the Administrative Agent that the Tenant has paid all of its Obligations payable by Tenant under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Notes (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and each other Loan Document (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations).

This Waiver shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Waiver shall be binding upon the Landlord and the Landlord’s successors and assigns, inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their successors and assigns. This Waiver can only be modified or terminated by a written agreement signed by the Administrative Agent. This Waiver may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The Landlord and the Administrative Agent waive their right to a jury trial in respect of any claim or cause of action arising out of this Waiver.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord has executed this Waiver this          day of             .

 

LANDLORD:

[Name of Landlord]

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

LANDLORD WAIVER

SIGNATURE PAGE


Exhibit A

Description of Premises


Exhibit B

Description of Lease


EXHIBIT J

GUARANTY

GUARANTY, dated as of April [    ], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Guaranty”), made by each of the Persons (such capitalized term not otherwise defined herein, and all other capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein, to have the meanings provided for in Article I) listed on the signature pages hereof as a “Guarantor” (such Persons, together with the Additional Guarantors, (as defined herein), are collectively referred to as the “Guarantors” and individually as a “Guarantor”), in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the Lender Parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders have extended Commitments to make Credit Extensions to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, each Guarantor is a Subsidiary of Holdings or a Borrower;

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the initial Credit Extension under the Credit Agreement, each Guarantor is required to execute and deliver this Guaranty; and

WHEREAS, each Guarantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and will receive direct and indirect benefits by reason of the availability of such Commitments and the making of Credit Extensions from time to time to the Borrowers by the Lenders;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders and each other Lender Party to make Credit Extensions (including the initial Credit Extension) to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Guarantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of each other Lender Party, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Certain Terms. The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Guaranty, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

Additional Guarantor” is defined in clause (b) of Section 4.2.


Administrative Agent” is defined in the preamble.

Borrower” and Borrowersare defined in the first recital.

Credit Agreement” is defined in the first recital.

Guaranteed Obligations” is defined in Section 2.1.

Guarantor” and “Guarantors” is defined in the preamble.

Guaranty” is defined in the preamble.

Guaranty Supplement” is defined in clause (b) of Section 4.2.

Holdingsis defined in the first recital.

SECTION 1.2 Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used in this Guaranty, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GUARANTY

SECTION 2.1 Guaranty. Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the full and prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including, without limitation, all amounts which would have become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 362(a)), of the following (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”):

(a) all Obligations of Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party, including all amounts payable under or in connection with the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document (including this Guaranty), whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise; and

(b) subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.3 and 10.4 of the Credit Agreement, any and all costs and expenses incurred by each Lender Party in enforcing any of its rights under this Guaranty.

This Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not merely of collection, and each Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or required that any Lender Party exercise any right, assert any claim or demand or enforce any remedy whatsoever against Holdings, the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any Collateral before or as a condition to the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to a maximum aggregate amount equal to the greatest amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any provisions of applicable state Law.


SECTION 2.2 Acceleration of Guaranty. Each Guarantor agrees that, if any Event of Default under Section 8.1.9 of the Credit Agreement shall occur or the Credit Extensions are declared due and payable, each Guarantor will, automatically and without the requirement that any demand for payment be made, pay to the Lender Parties forthwith the full amount of the Guaranteed Obligations that are then due and payable.

SECTION 2.3 Guaranty Absolute. This Guaranty is a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of payment and shall remain in full force and effect until all the Guaranteed Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all Commitments shall have irrevocably terminated. Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the agreement under which they arise, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Lender Party with respect thereto. The liability of such Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to any thereof;

(b) the failure of any Lender Party:

(i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against Holdings, the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any other Person (including any other guarantor) under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, or

(ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of, or collateral securing, any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any compromise, renewal, extension, acceleration or release with respect thereto, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document;

(d) any addition, exchange, release, impairment or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(e) any defense, set-off or counterclaim which may at any time be available to or be asserted by Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party against any Lender Party;

(f) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of the Guaranteed Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Guarantor hereby waives any right to or


claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise; or

(g) any other circumstances (other than the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations under the Loan Documents as provided in the first sentence of this Section) which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, Holdings, the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any Guarantor, including as a result of any proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 8.1.9 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2.4 Reinstatement, etc. Each Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Lender Party, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Holdings, the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

SECTION 2.5 Waiver. Each Guarantor hereby waives, to the extent permitted under applicable law, promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty, and any requirement that any Lender Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien on any property or exhaust any right or take any action against Holdings, the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any other Person (including any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations) or any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 2.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives to the extent permitted by applicable Law and until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full in cash (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Outstandings not then due and owing, have been cash collateralized or back-stopped by another letter of credit, in each case in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Outstandings, on terms, pursuant to documentation and, in the case of the back-stop letter of credit, from a financial institution, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable L/C Issuer) and all Commitments shall have been irrevocably terminated, any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Lender Party against Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Loan Party or any collateral which any Lender Party now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract or Law. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for, the Lender Parties, and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lender Parties to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that the waiver set forth in this Section is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.


SECTION 2.7 Payments Free of Taxes. All payments made by the Guarantors hereunder shall be free and clear of all Taxes except as provided in Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1 Representations and Warranties. Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants, as of the date it becomes a party to this Guaranty and the making of each Credit Extension, to the Administrative Agent as set forth below:

(a) such Guarantor is validly organized and existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction) under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and has full power and authority, and holds all requisite licenses, permits and other approvals of Governmental Authorities, to enter into this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform the obligations contemplated hereby and thereby;

(b) the execution and delivery by such Guarantor of this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by such Guarantor of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are within each such Guarantor’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action of such Guarantor. This Guaranty and such other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party have each been duly executed and delivered by such Guarantor and each constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws at the time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to the effects of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in law or equity); and

(c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party do not (i) contravene or result in a default under such Guarantor’s Organizational Documents, (ii) contravene or result in a default in any material respect under any Material Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party, (iii) contravene any Law binding on such Guarantor, (iii) require any filings, consents or authorizations with any Governmental Authority which have not been duly obtained or (v) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on such Guarantor’s properties (other than Liens pursuant to the Loan Documents).

SECTION 3.2 Covenants. Each Guarantor agrees to comply with all the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are applicable to it.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.1 Loan Document. This Guaranty is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be


construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Section 1.3 and Article X thereof.

SECTION 4.2 Amendments, etc.; Additional Guarantors; Successors and Assigns.

(a) No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty nor consent to any departure by any Guarantor herefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the percentage of the Lenders as required by Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

(b) Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a guaranty supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each a “Guaranty Supplement”), such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Guarantor” and shall be and become a Guarantor, and each reference in this Guaranty to “Guarantor” shall also mean and refer to such Additional Guarantor.

(c) Any Guarantor that becomes an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or is sold or disposed of in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement after the date hereof shall, promptly following a notification by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, be automatically released from the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents. Promptly following such notice by such Guarantor, the Administrative Agent shall, at the sole cost of the Guarantor, sign any releases or similar documentation reasonably requested by such Guarantor in order to evidence such release.

(d) This Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors, transferees and assignees, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Guarantor may assign its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (except in the case of an assignment resulting directly from a consolidation or merger of such Guarantor into or with another Loan Party as permitted under clause (a) of Section 7.2.9 of the Credit Agreement). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) any Credit Extension held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender under any Loan Document (including this Guaranty) or otherwise, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 10.10 and Article IX of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.3 Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made as provided in, and subject to the terms of, Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement. All notices to each Guarantor shall be sent care of AMRC at its address set forth in the Credit Agreement and all notices to the Administrative Agent shall be sent as provided in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.4 No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right


hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party shall have all remedies available at law or equity, including without limitation, the remedy of specific performance for any breach of any provision hereof. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or equity.

SECTION 4.5 Right to Set-Off. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to setoff and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Administrative Agent or any such Lender Party, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty, irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or any such Lender Party shall have made any demand under this Guaranty. The Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party agrees promptly to notify AMRC and the Administrative Agent (if applicable) after any such set-off and application made by the Administrative Agent or any such Lender Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each other Lender Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which the Administrative Agent or any of the other Lender Parties may have.

SECTION 4.6 Severability. Any provision of this Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Guaranty or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 4.7 Counterparts. This Guaranty may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by electronic transmission (including portable document format (“.pdf”) or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.8 Governing Law; Entire Agreement. THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THIS GUARANTY AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDE ANY PRIOR AGREEMENTS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT THERETO.

SECTION 4.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH GUARANTOR AND LENDER PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN


CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY GUARANTOR. EACH GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ENTERING INTO THIS GUARANTY.

SECTION 4.10 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS GUARANTY OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF, ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY GUARANTOR SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED IN THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH LITIGATION. EACH LENDER PARTY AND GUARANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY GUARANTOR HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, EACH GUARANTOR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS GUARANTY.

SECTION 4.11 Waiver of Certain Claims. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO GUARANTOR SHALL ASSERT, AND HEREBY WAIVES, ANY CLAIM AGAINST EACH OTHER PARTY HERETO ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (AS OPPOSED TO DIRECT OR ACTUAL DAMAGES) ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF, THIS GUARANTY OR ANY INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 4.12 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Guaranty. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Guaranty shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties


hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Guaranty.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and year first above written.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL PROPERTIES I, LLC
By: Applied Medical Resources Corporation, as its Sole Member
By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

APPLIED MEDICAL PROPERTIES II, LLC
By: Applied Medical Resources Corporation, as its Sole Member
By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

GUARANTY

SIGNATURE PAGE


Acknowledged and Accepted:

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:        
    Name:
    Title:

 

GUARANTY

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT A

to

Guaranty

FORM OF GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT

[Date]

Citibank, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent

20 Pacifica, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Attention: Alison Davis

Senior Vice President

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Guaranty, dated as of April [_], 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guaranty”; capitalized terms used herein without being defined have the meanings provided for in the Guaranty), by each of the Persons listed on the signature pages thereto as a Guarantor (together with such Persons executing an agreement in substantially the form hereof, each as “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”), in favor of Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (together with any successors thereto in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the Lender Parties.

The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to become a Guarantor under the Guaranty as if it were an original party thereto and agrees that each reference in the Guaranty to a Guarantor shall also mean and refer to the undersigned.

The undersigned hereby jointly and severally (together with each other Guarantor) unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the full and prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, all the Guaranteed Obligations, subject to all the terms of the Guaranty.

The undersigned hereby makes each representation and warranty set forth in Section 3.1 of the Guaranty as to itself to the same extent as each other Guarantor, and hereby agrees to be bound as a Guarantor by all of the terms and provisions of the Guaranty to the same extent as all the other Guarantors.


This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT K

EFFECTIVE DATE CERTIFICATE

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

[            ] [    ], [            ]

This Effective Date Certificate (this “Certificate”) is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1.14 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, each an Authorized Officer of Holdings and each Borrower, as applicable, hereby certify, represent and warrant for and on behalf of Holdings and each Borrower, as of the date of the initial Credit Extension, as follows:

Authority. The undersigned are authorized and empowered to execute and deliver this Certificate for and on behalf of Holdings and each Borrower.

Material Agreements. Attached at Annex I hereto are true and correct copies of the Material Agreements.

Representations and Warranties. Both before and after giving effect to the initial Credit Extension, the representations and warranties contained in Article VI of the Credit Agreement and in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects, provided that such representations and warranties (a) that relate to an earlier date and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date shall be true and correct as of such earlier date and (b) shall be true and correct in all respects if they are qualified by a materiality standard.

No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result from the making of the initial Credit Extension.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Effective Date Certificate in his aforesaid capacity as of the date first set forth above.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:

 

EFFECTIVE DATE CERTIFICATE

SIGNATURE PAGE


Annex I

Material Agreements


EXHIBIT L

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

[                ] [     ], [                ]

This Solvency Certificate (this “Certificate”) is delivered to Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), pursuant to Section 5.1.13 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

I hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in good faith and to the best of my knowledge and belief, as follows:

The undersigned duly qualified and acting [Chief Financial Officer] of Holdings is employed in a position involving responsibility for the management of the financial affairs and the preparation of financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries. I have, together with other officers of Holdings, acted on behalf of Holdings in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

I have carefully reviewed the contents of this Certificate.

In connection with the issuance of this Certificate, I have reviewed and relied upon the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1.7 of the Credit Agreement and have no reason to believe that they are not a fair and reasonable presentation as of the dates thereof of the financial position of Holdings and the Subsidiaries. In addition, I have reviewed such other information that I have deemed necessary and appropriate.

Based upon the foregoing, I have concluded, in good faith and to the best of my knowledge and belief, that as of the date hereof and after giving effect to all the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as follows:

(a) Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are Solvent; and

(b) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or made any conveyance pursuant to or in connection therewith, with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

I understand that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of this Certificate and that the delivery of this Certificate is a material inducement for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.


I am delivering this Certificate in my capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings and not in my personal capacity.

I represent the foregoing information to be, in good faith and to the best of my knowledge and belief, true and correct and have executed this Certificate as of the date first set forth above.

 

APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:

 

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT M

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT JOINDER AGREEMENT

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), among [NAME OF INCREMENTAL LENDER] (the “Incremental Lender(s)”), APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION (“Holdings”) and APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION and APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”) in favor of CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Holdings, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent are parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2012, (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement one or more existing Lenders or new Lenders may provide an Incremental Commitment (as defined below) to the Borrowers;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Incremental Commitment and Incremental Loans. The Incremental Lender agrees to make, from and after the date fully executed counterparts of this Agreement have been exchanged among the parties hereto and AMRC and the Administrative Agent have each confirmed that all the conditions to the effectiveness of this Agreement have been satisfied (the “Incremental Commitment Effective Date”), loans (collectively, the “Incremental Loans”) [and participate in Letters of Credit] to the Borrowers pursuant to the [Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment] [Revolving Loan Commitment] in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed [$            ] (each, an “Incremental Commitment”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below. 36[Schedule I hereto sets forth each Incremental Lender’s Incremental Commitment as of the date hereof.] 37[The Incremental Commitment is in addition to the Incremental Lender’s existing Commitments under the Credit Agreement, which shall continue to be subject in all respects by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents].

SECTION 2. Confirmations, Etc. The Incremental Lender (a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any

 

36 

Include if there are multiple Incremental Lenders signing the Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement.

37 

Include if the Incremental Lender is an existing Lender under the Credit Agreement.


other Lender Party and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (c) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (d) agrees that it will perform. in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, all obligations that are required to be performed by it as an Incremental Lender.

SECTION 3. Terms of Incremental Commitment. The Incremental Lender hereby agrees to make its Incremental Commitment and Incremental Loans [and participate in Letters of Credit] on the following terms and conditions:

(a) Applicable Margin. The Applicable Margin for the Incremental Loans is [        %] [the same as provided in the Credit Agreement].

(b) Maturity Date. The maturity date for the Incremental Commitment and the Incremental Loans is [                    ].

[(c) Amortization. The amortization for the Incremental Loans is as follows                    .]

(c) Other. [COMPLETE].

SECTION 4. Incremental Lender Obligations. The Incremental Lender acknowledges and agrees that, upon its execution of this Agreement, such Incremental Lender shall become a Lender under, and entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to its Incremental Commitment and Incremental Loans, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof.

SECTION 5. Credit Agreement Governs. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Incremental Commitment and Incremental Loans shall otherwise be subject in all respects to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 6. Borrowers’ Certifications. By its execution of this Agreement, each Borrower hereby certifies, as of the Incremental Commitment Effective Date, that:

(a) both before and after giving effect to any Incremental Loan made as of the Incremental Commitment Effective Date, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects, provided, that any such representations and warranties (i) that relate solely to an earlier date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) shall be true and correct in all respects if they are qualified by a materiality standard;

(b) both before and after giving effect to any Incremental Loan made as of the Incremental Commitment Effective Date, no Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and


(c) attached at Annex I hereto is a true and correct copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Borrower authorizing the incurrence of the Incremental Commitment and the Incremental Loans.

SECTION 7. 38[Eligible Assignee. By its execution of this Agreement, the Incremental Lender represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee.]

SECTION 8. 2[Notices. For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address for the Incremental Lender shall be as set forth below its signature below.]

SECTION 9. 2[Foreign New Lenders. The Incremental Lender that is a Foreign Lender, hereby delivers to the Administrative Agent those forms that are required to be delivered pursuant to clause (e) of Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement].

SECTION 10. Note Evidencing Incremental Loans. If requested by the Incremental Lender, the Borrowers agree to promptly deliver to such Incremental Lender [a Delayed Draw Term][Revolving] Note evidencing its Incremental Loans] [a replacement [Delayed Draw Term] [Revolving] Note evidencing its [Incremental Loans][Incremental Commitment], provided that the Incremental Lender delivers to AMRC substantially contemporaneously therewith its existing [Delayed Draw Term] [Revolving] Note being replaced].

SECTION 11. Amendment, Modification and Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

SECTION 12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 14. Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

SECTION 15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same

 

38 

Include if the Incremental Lender is not an existing Lender under the Credit Agreement.


agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including portable document format (“pdf.”) or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF INCREMENTAL LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
Notice Address:
Attention:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
APPLIED MEDICAL CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL RESOURCES CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
APPLIED MEDICAL DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent

 

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT JOINDER AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


By:     
  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

to Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement

Incremental Commitments

 

Incremental Lender

  

Incremental Commitment


ANNEX I

to Incremental Commitment Joinder Agreement

Board of Directors’ Resolutions


EXHIBIT N-1

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for Lenders.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loans (as well as any Notes evidencing such Loans) in respect of which it is providing this Certificate, (b) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (c) it is not a ten percent shareholder of either Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (d) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to either Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and each Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this Certificate, the undersigned agrees that (a) if the information provided on this Certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform each Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (b) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished each Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided for in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:                  , 20[ ]


EXHIBIT N-2

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for Lenders.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this Certificate, (b) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (c) it is not a ten percent shareholder of either Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (d) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to either Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this Certificate, the undersigned agrees that (a) if the information provided on this Certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (b) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided for in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:                  , 20[ ]


EXHIBIT N-3

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for Lenders.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this Certificate, (b) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (c) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (d) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of either Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (e) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to either Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this Certificate, the undersigned agrees that (a) if the information provided on this Certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (b) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided for in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:                  , 20[ ]


EXHIBIT N-3

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 17, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Applied Medical Corporation (“Holdings”), Applied Medical Resources Corporation and Applied Medical Distribution Corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for Lenders.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.6 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (a) it is the sole record owner of the Loans (as well as any Notes evidencing such Loans) in respect of which it is providing this Certificate, (b) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loans (as well as any Notes evidencing such Loans), (c) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (d) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of either Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (e) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to either Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and each Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this Certificate, the undersigned agrees that (a) if the information provided on this Certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform each Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (b) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished each Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided for in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:                  , 20[ ]

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated April 26, 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Applied Medical Corporation contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Irvine, California

February 13, 2013